BHB9H 


■ 


Sil 


"No  better  books,  introductory  to  Hebrew,  exist."— Prof. 
T.  K.  Chetne,  Oxford  University. 

HEBREW  AND  SEMITIC  TEXT-BOOKS, 

By  W.    R.    HARPER,  Ph.D., 

Professor  of  Semitic  Languages  in  Tale  College ;  Principal  of 
Schools  of  the  American  Institute  of  Hebrew. 

ELEMENTS    OF    HEBREW. 
Net  $2.00. 

INTRODUCTORY 

HEBREW    METHOD    AND   MANUAL.^ 

Net  $2.00. 

ELEMENTS     OF     HEBREW     SYNTAX,  v 

Net  $2.00. 

HEBREW    VOCABULARIES. 

Net  $1.00. 


INTRODUCTORY 

NEW    TESTAMENT    GREEK     METHOD. 
By  HARPER  and  WEIDNER. 

Net  $2.50. 


ELEMENTS 


OF 


HEBREW  SYNTAX 


BY 


AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD 


BY 


WILLIAM  RAINEY  HARPER 

n 

PROFESSOR  OF  SEMITIC  LANGUAGES,  YALE  UNIVERSITY 


THIRD  EDITION. 


NEW  YORK 

CHARLES   SCRIBNER'S    SONS 

153-157   Fifth  Avenue 

1895 


BJ 


Copyright 

1888 

American  Publication  Society  op  Hebrew 


IN  MEMORIAM 


?r(A.  X  V^^^H  -^^v^ 


Press  of  J.  J.  Little  &  Co, 
Astor  Place,  New  York. 


ti33 


TO 

MY  PARENTS 

IN  APPRECIATION  OP  THE  HELP 

AND  ENCOURAGEMENT  SO  FREELY  GIVEN 

DURING  MY  EARLY  STUDIES 

THIS  BOOK 

IS  AFFECTIONATELY  DEDICATED 


'926528 


PREFACE. 


It  is  commonly  taught  that  the  Syntax  of  Hebrew  is  a  matter  of  small 
importance.  Very  seldom,  indeed,  is  any  special  attention  given  to 
the  subject.  The  grammars  upon  which  American  students  have 
depended  furnish  exhaustive  treatments  of  Etymology,  "but  contain 
only  a  meagre  amount  of  Syntax.  It  is  because  men  have  not  studied 
Hebrew  Syntax,  because,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  they  are  ignorant  of  it, 
that  they  have  failed  to  appreciate  its  value. 

It  is  true  that  the  Hebrew  is  lacking  in  the  power  to  present  without 
ambiguity  many  of  the  exact  and  beautiful  shades  of  thought  for  which 
expression  is  found  in  the  Latin  and  the  Greek.  It  is  true  that  the 
Hebrew  is  more  dependent  upon  the  context  for  the  precise  determina- 
tion of  the  meaning  than  is  either  of  these  languages.  It  is  all  the  more 
necessary,  however,  to  become  acquainted  with  the  constructions  which 
are  possible  in  a  given  case.  It  will  generally  be  conceded,  that  in  no 
respect  is  the  Revision  of  the  Old  Testament  so  weak  as  in  its  Syntax. 
One  need  only  compare  critically  the  translation  of  the  tenses  in  the 
first  ten  or  twelve  Psalms,  to  discover  the  shortcomings  of  the  Revision, 
and  at  the  same  time  to  understand  the  difficulty  and  importance  of  the 
subject. 

It  may  be  said  that,  notwithstanding  the  lack  of  American  grammars 
in  this  respect,  the  existence  of  such  works  as  those  of  Driver,  Ewald, 
and  Miiller  renders  the  publication  of  a  new  treatment  unnecessary.  But 
it  will  be  remembered  that  Driver,  aside  from  his  Appendices,  treats 
exclusively  of  the  "Tense,"  the  most  important  of  all  syntactical  sub- 
jects, yet  a  single  subject ;  that  Ewald's  work,  the  only  philosophical 
treatment  of  the  subject,  can  only  be  appreciated  by  one  who  has  given 
much  time  and  attention  to  Hebrew  Syntax ;  and  that  Miiller's  book  is 
brief,  obscure,  and  unsatisfactory.  If  a  new  text-book  has  been  needed 
in  any  department  of  linguistic  study,  it  is  in  that  of  Hebrew  Syntax. 

The  present  work  has  not  been  undertaken  in  order  to  add  anything 
to  the  results  already  achieved  in  the  line  of  syntactical  investigation, 
but  rather  to  classify  and  arrange  these  results  in  such  a  way  as  to 
bring  them  within  the  reach  of  that  large  class  of  Hebrew  students  who 
need  and  desire  a  knowledge  of  them  but  have  little  time  in  which 
to  obtain  it.  No  claim,  therefore,  is  made  for  the  originality  of  the 
material  presented.  In  a  work  of  so  elementary  a  character,  intended 
only  to  serve  as  an  introduction  to  a  more  exhaustive  study  of  the 


6  HEBREW  SYNTAX. 

language,  the  presentation  of  any  but  the  most  common  principles  would 
have  been  out  of  place.  It  has  been  the  aim  of  the  author  (1)  to  present 
those  points  which  the  ordinary  student  would  find  of  the  greatest  prac- 
tical value ;  (2)  to  present  them  in  as  definite  and  clear  a  manner  as 
possible  ;  and  (3)  to  select  such  examples  as  would  most  strikingly  illus- 
trate the  points  made.  In  carrying  out  this  plan  a  free  use  has  been 
made  of  all  former  treatments  of  Syntax.  To  those  named  above  the 
writer  is  under  deepest  obligation ;  much  of  value  has  also  been  found 
in  Nordheimer  and  Gesenius.  In  most  cases  where  material  peculiar  to 
a  particular  writer  is  used,  special  credit  has  been  given.  It  has  been 
impossible,  however,  to  decide  in  every  case  to  whom  the  credit  belonged. 
For  all  material,  not  especially  credited,  a  general  acknowledgment  is 
hereby  made.  It  should  be  added,  that  in  the  selection  of  examples  for 
illustration,  and  of  the  texts  cited  under  "References  for  Study,"  pref- 
erence has  been  given  to  those  passages  which  have  always  been  used  by 
grammarians.  It  has  been  an  interesting  fact  to  note  in  how  many 
cases  the  same  texts  have  been  employed  by  several  writers. 

So  far  as  concerns  the  plan  of  presentation,  some  improvement,  it  is 
believed,  has  been  made  upon  former  methods.  The  facts  are  first  given  ; 
the  phrase  or  sentence  is  quoted  and  translated,  and  in  order  that  the 
student  may  determine  for  himself  its  full  force  from  the  context,  the 
book,  chapter,  and  verse  containing  it  are  cited.  In  the  treatment  of 
"Verbal  Government  and  Apposition,""  "The  Sentence,"  and  "Kinds  of 
Sentences,"  the  examples  have  been  given  in  the  unpointed  text,  in 
order  that  the  pupil  might  be  compelled  to  give  them  more  careful  study. 
The  work  of  pronouncing  the  texts  thus  printed  combines  with  the  study 
of  Syntax  also  a  drill  in  Etymology. 

Following  the  facts,  and  based  upon  them,  are  the  principles.  By 
means  of  a  carefully  arranged  tabulation  the  various  statements  of  prin- 
ciples correspond  exactly  to  the  facts  cited,  and  no  inconvenience  will  be 
found  in  passing  from  one  to  the  other. 

Under  "Remarks,"  additional  details,  interesting  comparisons,  and 
important  exceptions  are  given.  The  arrangement  of  this  material  is 
intended  to  make  it  easily  accessible. 

The  most  important,  and  likewise  the  most  practical,  feature  of  the 
work  is  included  under  "  References  for  Study."  Of  what  permanent 
value  is  the  memorizing  of  grammar?  Having  studied  the  facts  and 
from  them  deduced  the  principles  regulating  these  facts,  the  next  step  is 
application.  To  aid  in  this,  the  crowning  part  of  one's  work,  a  large 
number  of  texts,  containing  illustrations  of  the  various  points  included 
under  a  particular  subject  are  given  ;  these  texts  are  arranged  in  the  order 
of  their  occurrence  in  the  Hebrew  Bible,  and  in  the  case  of  each  text  that 
particular  subdivision  of  the  main  section  to  which  it  belongs  is  indi- 
cated. This  arrangement  not  only  makes  it  possible  to  read  a  large 
number  of  texts  in  a  comparatively  short  time,  but  also  breaks  up  the 
monotony  which  ensues  upon  the  examination  of  several  texts  covering 
exactly  the  same  point. 


PREFACE.  7 

The  study  of  Syntax  by  this  plan  combines  (1)  the  exegetical  study  of 
the  illustrations  cited,  (2)  the  mastery  of  the  principles  taught,  (3)  the 
translation  and  interpretation,  in  connection  with  the  context,  of  a  num- 
ber of  texts,  and  (4)  in  certain  portions  also  the  pronunciation  of  the 
unpointed  text.  The  student  may  be  required  to  translate  beforehand 
only  the  texts  cited  from  prophetical  and  poetical  portions,  these  being 
the  most  difficult;  the  texts  taken  from  the  historical  portions  may 
with  great  advantage  be  read  at  sight. 

For  valuable  assistance  in  reading  proof-sheets,  and  in  verifying  refer- 
ences, as  well  as  for  the  typographical  neatness  and  accuracy  of  the  book 
as  a  whole,  the  author  is  indebted  to  the  Rev.  John  W.  Payne,  of  New 
Haven,  Conn.,  who  for  some  years  has  been  closely  associated  in  the 
work  of  "The  Old  Testament  Student "  and  "Hebraica."  The  Indices, 
which  will  be  found  especially  full  and  helpful,  have  been  prepared  by 
the  Rev.  A.  M.  Wilson,  now  carrying  on  Semitic  studies  in  Yale  Univer- 
sity. From  Dr.  C.  R.  Brown,  of  Newton  Centre,  Mass.,  and  from  Mr. 
Charles  H.  Wissner,  of  Fredericksburg,  Va.,  the  author  has  received 
valuable  aid  which  he  desires  hereby  to  acknowledge. 

The  author  would  express  the  hope  that  this  work  may  meet  the 
approval  of  the  many  teachers  who  are  now  using  his  other  Hebrew  text- 
books, and  that  in  their  hands  it  may  prove  efficient  in  aiding  to  a  better 
knowledge  of  the  Old  Testament. 

New  Haven,  Conn.,  August  4, 1888. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


I.    THE  NOUN". 

Page. 

2    1.  The  Noun,  used  collectively 13, 14 

2.  Gender  of  Nouns 14-16 

3.  Number  of  Nouns 17-19 

4.  Determination  of  Nouns 19-22 

5.  Determination  of  Nouns  (continued) 22, 23 

6.  Apposition  of  Nouns 24-26 

7.  The  Nominative  Absolute 26,27 

8.  Annexion,  or  the  Construct  Eelation 28-32 

9.  Annexion  (continued) 32-36 

10.  The  Adjective 37,38 

11.  Personal  Pronoun  and  Suffixes 39-41 

12.  Demonstrative  and  Interrogative  Pronouns 41-43 

13.  The  Kelative  Pronoun 43-45 

14.  Other  Pronominal  Expressions 46, 47 

15.  Numerals 47-50 

II.    USE  OF  TENSES  AND  MOODS. 

I  16.  The  Tenses,  in  general 51-53 

17.  The  Perfect,  used  of  past  events 53, 54 

18.  The  Perfect,  used  of  present  events 55, 56 

19.  The  Perfect,  used  of  future  events 56-58 

20.  The  Imperfect,  used  of  past  events 58-60' 

21.  The  Imperfect,  used  of  present  events 60-62- 

22.  The  Imperfect,  used  of  future  events 62-64 

23.  The  Jussive,  Imperative  and  Cohortative 65-68 

24.  The  Imperfect,  with  Waw  Consecutive 68-73 

25.  The  Perfect,  with  Waw  Consecutive 74r-79 

26.  The  Perfect  and  Imperfect  with  Waw  Conjunctive 79-81 


10  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 

27.  The  Participle 81-84 

28.  The  Infinitive  Absolute 84-88 

29.  The  Infinitive  Construct 88-92 

III.    VERBAL  GOVERNMENT  AND  APPOSITION. 

2  30.  The  Object  Accusative 93}  94 

31.  The  Double  Accusative 94,  95 

32.  The  Cognate  Accusative 95,  96 

33.  The  Adverbial  Accusative 96-  98 

34.  The  Accusative  with  J1K 99-101 

35.  The  Accusative  with  the  Passive 101 

36.  Verbal  Apposition  and  Subordination 101-103 

IV.    THE  SENTENCE. 

I  37.  The  Subject  and  Predicate 104-107 

38.  Order  of  Words  in  a  Sentence 107-109 

39.  Emphasis 109-111 

40.  Agreement  of  Number  and  Gender 111-114 

V.    KINDS  OP  SENTENCES. 

I  41.  Negative  Sentences 115-118 

42.  Interrogative  Sentences 119-122 

43.  Exclamatory  and  Optative  Sentences 122, 123 

44.  Copulative  Sentences 123-125 

45.  Circumstantial  Sentences 126-129 

46.  Relative  Sentences 129-132 

47.  Subject,  Object  and  Adverbial  Clauses 132-136 

48.  Conditional  Sentences • 136-142 

VI.    INDEXES. 

1.  Index  of  Topics 145-150 

2.  Index  of  Texts 151-161 

3.  Index  of  Texts  under  " References  for  Study" 162-173 

4.  Index  of  Hebrew  Words 174-177 


SYNTAX 


I.    Tlie  Noun. 

7.    The  Noun,  Used  Collectively. 

1.  *lp*3  oxen;  T$£  flock;  Q^  "people;  *jj  nation, 

2.  PJ£  a  tree,1  trees;2  tJ^tf  a  man,3  men;*  j"p|"|  a  beast,5  beasts.6 

3.  jirni>}  caravan;7  fTlK  traveler;8  jf^JI  6<md  of  exiles;9  tl/i  an  exile. 

4.  ♦jn  j«6c*;ii  nj^K  «fc*;12  *$#  ^>;13  fTTIJjy  «  ^>-14 

Collective  nouns,  that  is,  nouns  which  are  singular  in  form,  but  plural 
in  sense,  may  be  classified  as  follows : — a 

1.  Those  which  always  express  a  collective  idea,  the  corresponding 
individual  idea  being  a  different  word. 

2.  Those  which  are  used  sometimes  in  an  individual,  sometimes  in  a 
collective  sense.b  6 

3.  Those  whose  feminine  form  is  collective ,d  while,  often,  the  corre- 
sponding masculine  form  is  individual. 

4.  Those  whose  masculine  form  is  collective,  while  the  corresponding 
feminine  is,  generally,  individual. 

REMARKS. 

(a)  The  very  frequent  occurrence  of  collective  expressions  in  Hebrew  is  in  accord 
with  the  extreme  simplicity  of  the  language. 

(b)  Here  are  included  the  numerous  cases  in  which  words,  for  the  most  part  or 
even  always  used  of  individuals  in  prose,  have  a  collective  sense  in  poetry;  there  are, 
indeed,  few  nouns  which  may  not  he  thus  used. 

(c)  Adjectives,  used  as  substantives,  have  frequently  a  collective  sense. 

(d)  Compare  with  this  use  of  the  feminine,  its  employment  in  abstract  nouns. 


i  Gen.  2:9;  Ps.  1:3. 
i  Gen.  1:11;  Ps.  74:5. 
3  Gen.  4:1. 
*lsa.  21:9. 
b  Gen.  37:20. 


e  Gen.  1:25. 
7  Gen.  37:25. 
s  Judg.  19:17. 
9Ezr.  1:11. 
io  2  Sam.  15:19. 


ulKgs.  9:26,27. 
12  Jon.  1:3,  5. 
is  Judg.  16:22. 

14  Judg.  20:16;  cf.  also  ISam. 
14:45. 


14  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [g  2, 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  1:26,  28  (rm*),  cf.  Jon.2:l(jn) 3    Isa.  16:4  (DD1) 2 

Gen.  9:13(pj?),  cf .  Job  3 :5  (rmy) 4  Jer.6:6(n¥p)  [cf.  yp[ 3 

Gen.  32:9  (nD,L73),  cf.  Gen.  46:7 3   Ezek.  11:6  (V?n) 2 

Ex.i^onDnS^,)--: 2  Mio.  7:8,  io  (raw 3 

Ex.  15:1  '{WVJh  cf .  ,;Ps.  42:9  (Vtf) 4  Nah.2:5Q3*l) S 2 

Ex.  15:19  (D1D).......-.<, 2  Zeph.3:19  (HySv) 3 

£fcam',15f2y(pK'a>;-,v.  2  Ps.  45:13  (IV  fl3  =  *13f  ^3) 3 

Isa.' 673  aW).-..'...' 2  Ps.66:4(p«H) 2 

Isa.  7:18  (mi3"l)  [cf.  Arabic  dabrun  Prov.  28:1  (jWl) 2 

(m.  sg.)  a  swarm] 4  Dan.  9:24  (tf\3 J),  cf.  Deut.  18:15, 18 2 

Isa.  12:6  (TDBrV) 3 

-2.    Gender  of  Nouns. 

1.  ty'*N  maw;  f^}  sorc;  *1t2^1  ./Wi;  Tjtf  £  luminary. 

I    "  T       T  T 

«.  D^fjn  rfikorr;1  cf.  nitf?^'  d^n2  «***&  •*>»«. 

. _       .  _  ...     . T _. 

b.  riD3  dead  (f.);    7^)3^  ^J4  a  hear  robbed  of  her  young;  tYy?i$5  cow. 
ft  HOT  they  (f.);    Oty    D?D,    D^D^  to,  /rom,  with  you  (f.); 

DJTfil^'8  ^y  two  (f.);  OyiX9  your  (f.j  father:  DDK10  them  (f.); 
DJtfJP1  their  {t)  Jhek 

T 

2.  a.  DJSt  rno^Aer  (cf.  3tf)j  ^ffjewe  (cf.  ^J});  priN  ^e-<m  (cf.  TlDOJj 

*?&}  fem.  (Gen.  32:16),  masc.  (Gen.  24:63);    ^P^  fern.  (Job  1:14), 

T   T  |T    T 

masc.  (Ex.  21:37). 
&«  HDN  metropolis  (cf.  DN);  JT£)  ec?ae  (cf.  Jl5)i  fDT  hinder  part 

t   -  t"  v  t   ••: 

(cf.   ^TV);  HplV  righteousness;  ftfflffi  deliverance;  tlHB  governor; 
D/TiD  preacher;    I'tfT'lK  caravan;     j"l7jj  exiles;    }T*jfc$  a  sAip; 

VJV|  t      :  |  t  t-  t: 

n*T^t^  a  AaiV. 

c.  itf12  ^/re;  DIN13  %*»;  3NiD14  Jfoa&;  DHVO15  ^«p«." 

t  -:  t  •  j-  :     • 

p#,  ^n,  t#  rjTj,  it$t,  nyn,  n^Dp,  ^w,  ps?.  pyo. 
Tj,  pp,  ^jj,  Jfjj,  qris,  ftg,  }$*,  *)$,  ni?;  ^  f$£ 

33pf,  |?X,  D13,  ^Jtt,   fin,  #{$  tffc  PfjJ,  0$$  (also  m.). 

i  Gen.  1:16.  6  Ruth  1:22.  n  Ex.  2:17. 

a  Deut.  27:6.  i  Ruth  1:8,  9, 11, 13.  12  Isa.  23:15. 

sGen.  23:4.  s  Ruth  1:19.  is  2  Sam.  10:11. 

4  Hos.  13:8,  cf.  2  Kgs.  2:24.        a  Gen.  31:9.  U  Jer.  48:4,  9. 

s  Ps.  144:14.  10  Gen.  41:23.  is  Joel  4:19. 

*  Also  used  individually,  Deut.  4:18;  Jon.  2:2. 


I  2.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  15 

3.  a.  21B1   that  which  is  good;  fDiD,2  same;  IMtttlQ?    ITlN  Ptt-4 

T  ~  *       -  "  T 

b.  DJ1&  fiipiT^5  all  that  befell  them;    j"Wp  hard  things* 

1.  Under  masculine  nouns  are  included  the  names  of  male  beings, 
and,  with  the  exception  of  those  referred  to  below  under  2.  a  and  c,  all 
nouns  without  a  distinctively  feminine  ending.    It  is  to  be  noted  that 

a.  In  masculines  which  have  plurals  in  JT)  (and  likewise,  in  feminines 
which  have  plurals  in  Q* ),  this  termination  does  not  affect  the  gender.a 

b.  In  some  instances,  a  masculine  form  occurs  where  the  sense,  and 
rarely  also  the  construction,  demands  a  feminine ;  and  this,  sometimes, 
when  a  feminine  form  is  in  existence. 

c.  In  the  case  of  pronouns  and  pronominal  suffixes  the  masculine,  in- 
stead of  the  feminine,  often  occurs  as  being  the  primary  form,  or  as  being 
superior  to  the  feminine  and  including  it. 

REMARKS. 

(a)  There  are  exceptions  to  this;  cf.  D't^J  (Gen.  7:13);  nUDBfD  (Ps.  84:2). 

(b)  The  feminine  rarely  so  occurs  for  the  masculine;  both  irregularities  may  be 
attributed,  in  many  cases,  to  colloquial  inaccuracy,  or  to  carelessness  on  the  part  of 
the  writer. 

2.  Under  feminine  nouns  are  included  three  classes  ? 

a.  Nouns  which  refer  to  female  beings  ;  of  these 

(1)  some  are  distinguished  from  corresponding  masculines  by 
having  an  entirely  distinct  form  ; 

(2)  some  are  so  distinguished  by  the  addition  of  a  feminine  ter- 
mination ; 

(3)  some  (called  epicene)  are  so  distinguished  only  by  the  con- 
struction, both  masculine  and  feminine  forms  being  the  same.a 

b.  Nouns  which  do  not  refer  to  female  beings,  yet  have  a  feminine 
termination ;  here  belong 

(1)  nouns  designating  things  without  life  ;b 

(2)  nouns  indicating  abstract  ideas0  or  official  designations  ;d 

(3)  nouns  used  collectivelye  (3  1.  3),  or  individually  (§  1.  4). 

c.  Nouns  which  neither  imply  distinction  of  sex,  nor  have  a  fem- 
inine termination,  but  are  always  construed  as  feminine  ;  here  belong 

(1)  names  of  countries,  cities,  towns  fvh 

(2)  common  nouns  designating  countries,  localities,  limited  space, 
points  of  compass,  etc.; 


x  Gen.  2:17.  3  Gen.  3:13.  s  Gen.  42:29. 

2  1  Sam.  24:18.  <  Gen.  24:14.  6  Gen.  42:7, 30. 


16  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [g  2. 

(3)  names  of  members  of  the  body,  especially  those  which  are 
double  ;* 

(4)  names  of  instruments,  utensils,  powers  of  nature.^' 

3.  There  being  in  Hebrew  no  separate  designation  of  the  neuter,  there 
is  used  in  place  of  it, 

a.  When  the  word  is  singular,  either  a  masculine  or  feminine  form. 

b.  When  the  word  is  plural,  generally  a  feminine  form  (except  in 
poetry). 

REMARKS. 

(a)  Certain  species  of  animals  are  treated  as  masculine,  because  regarded  as 
strong;  others  as  feminine,  because  regarded  as  weak;  cf.  2^3  dog,  DKT  wolf;  but 
njV  dove,  riTDn  stork. 

(b)  These  are  really  neuter,  the  signification  passing,  in  many  cases,  from  some- 
thing living,  to  that  which  is  without  life. 

(c)  So  adjectives,  when  used  as  neuter  substantives,  assume  the  feminine  form. 

(d)  Compare  our  abstract  terms  "Lordship,"  "Majesty,"  "Excellency,"  etc. 

(e)  Collectives  without  a  feminine  ending  are  often  treated  asfeminines;  cf .  Ex. 
8:3, 13, 14;  16:13;  3  Sam.  34:9. 

(/)  These  are  treated  as  "mothers"  or  "nurses"  of  the  inhabitants;  cf.  |V2f  ,j3 
Ps.  149 :2,  also  the  word  metropolis. 

(g)  When  these  words  refer  to  the  inhabitants,  they  are  construed  as  masculine. 

(h)  It  is  common,  in  poetry,  to  personify  nations,  countries  and  cities,  as  female 
beings;  cf.  Isa.  47:1;  50:1;  Lam.  1:1. 

(i)  Some  of  these  also  appear,  at  times,  as  masculine;  always  masculine  are  *]K 
nose,  n¥D  forehead,  1&02t  neck,  spy  neck,  PIS  mouth,  3py  heel,  3JT  tail. 

(j)  The  exceptions  to  the  principles  here  given  are  very  numerous,  great  variation 
existing  in  the  usage  of  the  language. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.l:16  (H^DD) 35.  Isa.  31:5  01321) 3a. 

Gen.  20:12  (ninK) 2a.  Jer.7:18 la. 

Gen.  32:34  (tfjVfl) 2a.  Jer.  49:17  (D1K) 2c. 

Gen.  24:43  (HD1?^) 2a.  Amos  3:10 3a. 

Ex.  1:31  (OH1?) 1c  Zech.  5:10  (HDH) lc. 

Ex.  7:17  (cf.  Isa.  7:7) 3a.  Ps.l:6qYl) 2c. 

Ex.  9:29,  33;  15:5 la.  Ps.  12:4  (mSlJ) 3b. 

Ex.29:9(njriD) 3b.  Ps.  22:29  (HDI^D) 2b. 

Lev.  5:7  mn) lb.  Ps.42:2(V«) lb. 

1  Sam.  9:24  (DIP) 2c.  Ps.45:5 3b. 

1  Sam.  10:9  (cf.  Josh.  24:17) la.  Ps.  45:10  ftjtf) 2a. 

lSam.l7:6(nmD) 2b.  Ps.  77:17 la. 

3  Sam.  19:37  01DJ1) 1*>.  Ps.  102:8  01320 2a. 

lKgs.  11:5  (DTI1?**) lb-  Prov.  8:6 3b. 

2Rgs.2:24Cn) lb.  Prov.  8:30  (|1DK)... lc 

Isa.  7:6(rmm 2c.  Job  1:14  (DiTT) lc 

Isa.  9:13  (7133) 2b.  Job  42:15 la. 

Isa.  10:14 la.  Neh.  6:13  (71813 J) 3b. 


I  3.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  17 

3.    Number. 

1.  a.  0*Dn  days;  D*"!j7ip2  seasons;  *}£p  faces  of;  J1HK4  signs. 

b.  "lpS  oxen;  D1K  mankind;  nrf)K  caravan;  *jfr$  ,/?ee£.  [AearJ. 

|t  t  t  t  t     :   I  •  t: 

c.  tJ^JO  &2^N5  every  mra;  0*3j  D*5^6  ^am/  ditches;  ^)  ^77  double 

2.  a.  B*Qt^  heavens;   D^3  /ace,  surface;  Q^D  water;  Di^Ulfi8  Zower 

•j-  t  •  t  \jr  •    i   " 

parte  o/$e  earZA.  BTi^iJl12  foolishness, 

b.  D^n^9  virginity ;    D^HK10  loveliness;    DHIJtt11  childhood; 
c  D^il^K  GW;  D^'np13  ^Zy;  ^1J<  JW;   niDil?14  hippopota- 

3.  ^|P3  silver,  O^iDDD15  pieces  of  silver;  T*J£  tfree,  0*V3£16  wo°d>  [mus. 
DH3317  taZe?ite,  ni^DD18  ^aues;  D  W£19  footsteps,  fiimte20  /ee* 
(artif.). 

4.  ^17  H13F  Aeroes  o/mZor;  DttK  JT222  families;  D^K  ^323  sows 

•j-        ••  t  : 

of  God;  0JT3¥#  H>524  the{r  idol-houses. 

5.  a.  D*.jfr$  ears;  D*£)N  nostrils;  DOtND  pair  o/ scales,  QvW  sandals. 
Z>.  D^V25  period  of  two  days;    D**"D326  *wo  talents;  QHJl^27  tow 

c  0*4^  ^o;  D^5328  double;  D^1?^  ^o  thousand.  [rivers. 

1.  The  plural-idea  is  indicated  in  one  of  three  ways : — 

a.  By  means  of  plural  affixes  (D* ,  * ,  ]!*!)• 

b.  By  means  of  words  which  have  a  collective  signification  (§  1.). 

c.  By  the  repetition  of  a  word  with  or  without  a  connectivea  {1 6. 3). 

2.  The  plural-termination  is  often  employed  in  Hebrew  in  the  desig- 
nation of  ideas  for  which  in  other  languages  the  singular  is  employed : — 

a.  Portions  of  space  or  time,  "their  unity  being  regarded  as  a  com- 
pound of  an  immense  number  of  single  particles  or  dates." 

b.  Abstract  ideas,  the  particular  quality  or  condition  contained  in 
the  stem  being  thus  heightened  or  intensified  ;b  c  closely  connected  with 
these  are 


i  Gen.  1:14. 

ii  Gen.  46:34. 

20  Ex.  25:12. 

2  Gen.  1:14. 

12  Eccl.  1:17,2:12. 

sUChron.  7:2, 

s  Gen.  1:3. 

is  Hos.  12:1. 

22  Num.  1:2. 

4  Gen.  1:14. 

14  Job  40:15. 

23  Ps.  29:1. 

6Ps.87:5. 

is  Gen.  42:25. 

24  1  Sam.  31:9. 

6  2Kgs.  3:16. 

i«  Gen.  22:3. 

25  Ex.  16:29. 

fPs.  12:3. 

"2Kgs.5:23. 

26  3Kgs.5:23. 

8lsa.44:23. 

is  Judg.  8:5.1 

27  Gen.  24:10. 

9  Lev.  21:13. 

19  PS.  119:133. 

28  Job  11:6. 

to  Prov.  5:19. 

18  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [1  3. 

c.  Ideas  of  power  and  greatness,  in  which  the  plural  magnifies  or 
increases  the  original  idea.d  6 

3.  The  plural  form  of  certain  nouns  often  conveys  a  different  shade 
of  meaning  from  the  singular  ;  and,  further,  the  feminine  plural  of  a  noun 
is  sometimes  used  in  a  different  sense  from  the  masculine  plural/ 

4.  The  pluralizing  of  compound  ideas  is  accomplished  either  by 
pluralizing  the  first  of  two  nouns,  or  the  second,  or  both. 

5.  The  dual  was,  in  use,  limited  to 

a.  Things  which  in  nature  exist  in  pairs,0  or  are  made  double  by  art. 

b.  Objects  which  are  regarded  as  going  together,  especially  measures 
of  time  or  quantity. 

c.  A  few  numerals,  and  anomalous  forms.71 

REMARKS. 

(a)  This  repetition  indicates  in  some  cases  entirety;  in  others,  distribution;  in  still 
others,  multitude,  or  diversity. 

(b)  It  is  important  to  note  the  close  connection,  (1)  between  the  abstract  and  the 
collective,  both  being  frequently  expressed  by  the  feminine ;  and  (2)  between  the  ab- 
stract and  the  plural,  the  latter  expressing  in  its  totality  that  quality  which  is  com- 
mon to  all  the  units  of  which  it  is  composed. 

(c)  The  plural  form  of  abstracts  often  expresses  "  a  high  degree  of  a  given  quality 
or  repeated  exhibitions  and  embodiments  of  it."  » 

(d)  The  use  of  this  plural  (called  the  plural  of  majesty)  is  limited  to  a  few  words  and 
in  construction  these  words  are  generally  treated  as  singular. 

(e)  Compare  the  plurals  in  the  mouth  of  God,  e.  g.  Gen.  1:26;  11:7;  Isa.  6:8. 

(/)  In  poetry  feminine  plurals  are  found  instead  of  masculine,  without  any  differ- 
ence of  meaning. 

(0)  The  names  of  double  members  of  the  body  often  have  a  feminine  plural  termi- 
nation instead  of  a  dual,  but  only  when  they  have  been  transferred  to  inanimate 
objects. 

(h)  Irregular  are  (1)  ryinSi?  instead  of  CTHflfef  (Pi.  45:3;  Is.  59:3);  (2)  D.'nDn  two 

walls  (2  Kgs.  25:4),  and  (3)  D'rinS  deck  [double]  (Ezek.27:5). 
•  „-     \ 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.2:9  (D'Tt) 2b.    Gen.  49:13  (OW 2a. 

Gen. 4:10 (D'Dt) 3       Ex.8:10  (DIDFI  DIDH) It. 

Gen.  11:10  (D'TW) 5b.    Ex.  9:32  (Han) , 3 

Gen.  11:28  (DTlKD) 5c.    Ex.  16:12  (tWty) 5b. 

Gen.  14:10  (miO  m*C) lc.    Ex.  26:17  (HIT) 5a. 

Gen.  21:2  (D'Jp?) 2b.    Ex.  29:12  (fimp) 5a. 

Gen.32:17rny  Vt#) lc.    Ex.  29:36(0^33) 2b. 

Gen.  37:34  (D^JID) 5a.    Le^.  12:5(D^3iy) 5b. 

Gen.  39:10  (DV  DV) lc.    Lev.  23:40  (mSD) 5a. 

Gen.  42:30  (D^IK) 2c.    Num.  5:15  (JYIfcOp) 2b. 

Gen.  43:16  (DnnV) 5b.    Deut.  3:5  (D'rVrt) 5a. 

Gen.  43:30  (D'ani) 2b.    Deut.  8:8  (m^t?) 3 

Gen.  49:12(0^) 5a.    Deut.  12:23 (D"t) 3 


g  4.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  19 

Deut.  24:6  (DTP) 5a.   Jer.  12:18  (D'Dn) 8 

Deut.  25:13  (|3K1  |3K) lc    Joel  4:14 lc. 

Deut.32:7(111in) lc    Zech.  3:9  (D^^  H;?3t50 5a. 

Deut.  32:7  CmD") 3       Ps.  5:7(0^1) 3 

Judg.5:22 .lb.    Ps.  68:18(0^131) 5c 

1  Sam.  19:13  (D^in) 2c.    Ps.  90:10  CWW) 8 

]  Sam.  19:16  (JWK1D) 2a.    Ps.  90:10  (ni113J) 2ft. 

1  Sam.  22:7  Or  D"  ^3) 4       Prov.  20:10 lc. 

lKgs.7:49(DTIpl?D) 5a.    Prov.  28:6  (0^311) 5ft. 

2Kgs.l7:29(niD3n  JV3) 4       Job  16:19  (D'DIIO) 0«- 

Isa.  l:3(D,l7^3) 2c.    Cant.  5:5  (r\133) 5a. 

Isa.  6:2  (D'B^  WW) 5a.    Ruth  1:20  (D'llJNM 3 

Isa.7:20  (D,Lni) 5a.    Ruth  3:4  (mSllD) 2a. 

Isa.  11:10  CnifiJD) 5a.    Eccl.  5:7(07131) 2*. 

Isa.  19:4  (D^IX) 0c.   Eccl.  12:1  (y«13) 2e. 

Isa.  42:22  (WVh^  TO) • 4       IChron.  7:5  (O'VtI  '3J) 4 

Isa. 49:20 (D,L?3t?) 2ft.    IChron.  12:33 1* 

Isa.  64:5  (y^)... 2c. 

4.    Determination  of  Nouns. 

1.  a.  pnjfip  JEfop*;  p-Qn  JEfe&ron;  ?T$>  &«A;  QUlfl  abyss, 
h.  g*^  //  Hf  this;  >£  icfto?  ^  my  son;  but  j-ffll  DW} 

2.  a.  *?$  rs^the  house  of  God;  WO^  tW§  the  wife  of  Air  am;  ^ 

7JO£^*  the  sons  of  Israel. 

0.  *QJl  ^x  the  affliction  of  my  people;  DD'Mt^  *#NT  the  heads 
of  your  tribes.  \war. 

c-  D1DDJ1  Dfc^3  the  name  of  the  place;  fttfflhtSft  *Wltf*  the  men  of 

I     t   -  T   t   :•-■•:  - 

1.  Certain  nouns  are  in  their  very  nature  definite,  and  require  no  sign 
to  indicate  their  definiteness  ;  these  are 

a.  Proper  names  which  were  not  originally  appellatives,  and  word* 
in  which  the  appellative  force,  originally  existing,  has  almost  or  entirely 
been  lost.a 

b.  All  pronouns  (except  the  Demonstrative  when  attributive),  and 
pronominal  suffixes.0  c  d 

2.  Nouns  may  become  definite  (or  determinate)  by  position  or  con* 
struction,6  as  in  the  case  of 

a.  Nouns  in  the  construct  state  before  a  proper  noun. 

b.  Nouns  in  the  construct  state  before  a  noun  with  a  suflix. 

c.  Nouns  in  the  construct  state  before  a  noun  with  the  article: 


i  Ex.  3:7.  a  Deut.  1:15.  »  Gen.  28:19.  <  Deut.  2:14. 


20  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [£  4. 

REMARKS. 

(a)  In  many  cases  the  usage  varies;  e.  g.  lyb)  (Num.  33:1),  "tySjn  (Gen.  31:31  ff.). 

(b)  A  noun  with  a  suffix  is  definite  and  does  not  receive  the  article;  exceptions  are 
seen  in  Lev.  37:33;  Josh.  7:31;  8:33;  3Kgs.l5:16;  Mic.3:13. 

(c)  The  Infinitive,  being  essentially  a  verbal  form,  never  receives  the  article;  HJH 
knowledge,  really  a  substantive  is  an  exception  (as  in  Gen.  3:9, 17).  . 

(d)  The  following  words,  archaic  and  poetic,  never  receive  the  article:  (1)  JT7K 
God,  (3)  [1*1  prince,  (3)  Hfr field,  (4)  ^p  the  Almighty,  (5)  h)KW  underworld,  (6)  ^fl  world, 
CI)  Dl'rm  abyss,  (8)  TV&F\  help. 

(e)  Every  noun  in  a  chain  of  several  constructs  is  definite,  provided  the  last  noun 
in  the  chain  is  for  any  reason  (§  4. 1.  a.  b)  definite. 


3.  a.  DVn1  to-day;  Jl^yfl2  this  night;  DJ^DJl3  this  time. 

b.  V*rnn4  the  expanse;    j"Q£lil5  the  ark;    tlt^f^tl6  the  woman; 

m-   J-    T|T  T   ••   -  t     •  It 

")X\  T]5??!  K*?  "H^t  BfyjBT  -*«  tfww-  who  hath  not  walked,  etc. 
rtO^Tf^  J^NrrflK8  *&e  jtfre  ofui  the  knife  (required  for 
the  sacrifice). 

c.  DD^rf-fifcO  DIDJTiTH8  the  horses  and  the  chariots  (of  the  enemy). 

•  •  Jtl  t  v   :  - 

fcWfifH  fljpnV0  and  she  took  the  veil  (usually  worn  by  women). 

d.  ^iViStV1    the   Canaanite;    5*1(1(1   7^KJ112  the  sword  devours; 

.  _.|_  .  _  VJV  _ 

*lp5513    like  oxen;     D^ST?  Tlfjpjfa  ^N314  «s  oees  do; 
^IDh1?-  •  •  •*lDfin15  aftmc. .  •  ./or  mortar;  5JltJl16  gold; 

V      |      -  T     "     -  T  T  ~ 

DH*0D517  with  blindness;  0i7Wtl)  DON?l18  truth  and  peace. 

e.  JV5I119  **«  house;  fhtfp20  -*«  <-**;  D^il^p21  the  God' 
WDBW  0  fteawn/  ■MQTP8  0  5oa?/  ItTBf1*  0  Spirit! 

•J-    T       -  ""J T 

D*Ot^H25  the  heaven;  BfotSftl26  ^  «m;  THNH27  &«  earth; 

•J-   T       -  VJV     -  I       V-IT    T 

\  *U  j?ll28  Lebanon  (=  the  white);  flTTl29  Jordan  (=  the  descender). 

f.  53DD30  ^a*  w^'c^  encompasses;  Q*fl£p5Jl31  they  who  trusL 
(1N3J132  {she)  that  hath  come;  (KJtt^JliT88  ^v  wAo  waiY. 

T_IT     —  •     It      •• 


i  Gen.  4 :14.  12  3  Sam.  11 :35.  23 1  Kgs.  18 :26. 

2  Gen.  19:5.  is  Isa.  11:7.  24  Ezek.  37:9. 

3  Gen.  39 :35.  u  Deut.  1 :44.  25  Gen.  1 :1. 

4  Gen.  1:7.  is  Gen.  11 :3.  26  Gen.  15 :13. 

5  Gen.  6 :14.  ie  Gen.  3 :11.  27  Gen.  1 :1. 

6  Ex.  3 :9.  "  Gen.  19 :1L  28 1  Kgs.  5 :30,3 
V Pa.  1:1  lsZech.  8:19.  29  Gen.  13:10. 

8  Gen.  33 :6.  is  Mic.  3 :13.  30  Gen.  3 :11. 

9 1  Kgs.  30 :31.  20  Ex.  35 :14.  si  p8. 135 :1. 

10  Gen.  34:65.  21  Gen.  5:33.  32  Gen.  18:31. 

11  Gen.  13:7.  22  Deut.  33:1.  »s  Josh.  10:34. 


I  4.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  21 

3.  Nouns,  not  determinate  in  themselves  or  by  position,  may  be  made 
determinate  by  prefixing  tbe  article.  The  article,  as  thus  employed,  may 
be  classified  and  named  as  follows : — 

a.  The  demonstrative,  which  was  the  original  use,  but  is  now  found 
only  in  a  few  stock  expressions. 

b.  The  objective,  including  those  cases  in  which  the  article  occurs 
with  an  object  or  person, 

(1)  which  has  just  been  described  in  the  narrative  ;  or 

(2)  which  is  described  by  words  (particularly,  a  relative  clause) 
which  immediately  follow  ;  or 

(3)  which  is  defined  more  or  less  closely  by  the  circumstances 
involved  in  the  particular  case. 

c.  The  subjective,  used  with  nouns  which,  though  in  no  way  de- 
scribed, are  definite  in  the  writer's  mind  and,  consequently,  supposed 
to  be  so  in  themind  of  the  reader  .a 

d.  The  generic,  used  with  words  which  describe  a  class  of  objects,  or 
several  objects  of  a  class ;  here  may  be  noted, 

(1)  the  more  general  use  of  the  generic  article  "with  a  common 
appellative,  which  is  used  collectively  to  denote  all,  or  an  in- 
definite number  of,  the  individuals  belonging  to  it ;" 

(2)  its  special  use  in  comparisons,  when  the  object  compared  is 
taken  as  a  class  and  not  as  an  individual ; 

(3)  its  special  use,  also  with  nouns  of  material  and  class-nouns, 
which  are  generally  known  and  employed  in  a  general  sense  f> 

(4)  its  special  use  with  abstract  nouns,  employed  in  their  widest 
significance. 

e.  The  distinctive,  used  to  convey  the  idea  of  pre-eminence,  as  when 

(1)  a  particular  object,  of  a  certain  class,  is  made  to  have  a  pre- 
eminence over  all  other  objects  in  that  class  ;  or 

(2)  a  noun  in  the  vocative  is,  by  its  use,  made  more  pointed ;  or 

(3)  a  particular  object  or  individual  is  emphasized  as  being  the 
only  one  in  a  class  ;  or 

(4)  a  proper  name,  originally  an  appellative,  continues  to  retain 
the  article  which  it  first  received  because  it  was  regarded  (see 
(1)  above)  as  the  chief  member  of  its  class  (cf.  I  4.  1.  a).c 

/.  The  relative,  which,  when  prefixed  to  the  participle  (and,  rarely, 
to  a  finite  form),  has  the  general  force  of  a  relative  pronoun. 

REMARKS. 

(a)  In  these  cases  the  idea  may  often  be  well  expressed  by  the  employment  of  an 
unemphatic  possessive  pronoun. 


22  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [g  5. 

(b)  With  this  may  be  compared  cases  like  D,l?3n  (Gen.  14:13),  nNn  (1  Sam.  17:34), 
2HT31  ^pDZ  mpnn  (Gen.  13:2),  in  which  the  Individual,  though  really  indeterminate, 
is  to  he  represented  as  being  made  definite  by  the  context. 

(c)  In  the  case  of  many  such  nouns  the  usage  varies. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  2:11 3e.  lKgs.  8:1;  20:15 2 

Gen.  13:2;  14:13;  15:11;  41:42 3d.  1  Kgs.  20:21 3b. 

Gen.  16:7;  28:19 2  2  Kgs.  18:15 2 

Gen.  24:65,  66;  26:8 3b.  Isa.l:18;  10:14;  22:18;  29:21;  40:31;  42:13 

Gen.21:3 3/.  49:18 3d. 

Gen.30:15,  20 3a.  Isa.9:2 3c. 

Gen.  31:21  nnjri) 3e.  Isa.9:12;  27:6;  28:16 3/. 

Gen.  47:31 3c.  Isa,10:2,12 2 

Ex.2:14,15;  3:2,5;  7:18,21 3b.  Jer.  13:1,  2 3b. 

Ex.  2:15;  3:2 3c.  Jer.  46:9 3e. 

Ex.  8:1 3d.  Hos.l4:6,7,8 v.3d. 

Ex.  9:27 3a.  Joel  1:14 (pKTD 3e. 

Ex.  20:12;  21:5;  22:3 3b.  Mic.4:9 3d. 

Num.  14:45;  21:23;  23:14,28 3e.  Zech.  3:1  (mWTi) 3c. 

Num.  22:32 3c.  Zech.  3:5 3b. 

Deut.  2:4 3b.  Zech.  3:8 3c. 

Deut.  4:1;  21:3,4;  22:19 2  Zech.8:19 3d. 

Deut.  8:14 3/.  Mai.  2:5 3d. 

Josh.  4:19;  12:2,  5,  9 3e.  Ps  19:11;  103:4;  104:3 3/. 

Josh.  15:47  (DTI) 3e.  Ps.  49:15 3d. 

1  Sam.  1:3 3b.  Job 5:10 3/. 

1  Sam.  12:17 3a.  Job  28:12 3d. 

ISam.  17:34 3d.  Eccl.3:17;  10:18 3d. 

2  Sam.  14:4 3e.  Ezra8:25;  10:14,  17 3/. 

2  Sam.  19:27 3b.  IChron.  26:28 3/. 

1  Kgs.  1:47 3c. 

5.    Determination  of  Nouns  (cont.). 

i-  TXtyrfoffln  HS^fct1  the  men  of  war;  N^H  ^Ol2  the  prophet's  word. 

t  t   :•-••:  -  •  t  -  -: 

«•  I Vlil    /33  the  whole  generation;  OVtl   /34  all  the  people; 

^tOST  /D5  every  first-horn;  t*J7  ~/36  every  tree. 
o.  »yp*rra7  the  Benjamite;    ^Oti?il  fVJlF  the  Bethlehemite. 

2.  ^hiT\  *$HBBf  the  great  luminary;   rfpKH  DHD^H10  these  things; 

T  _  T  _  v  _,..  T  .  T   .  _ 

*3P3$T)  Dini  the  seventh  day;  N1H  tfyfySP  *»  that  night. 

~      ■  t  :j — 

3.  nilK  ^D13  a  oasket;  1(lK  t^'W4  «  man;  IJlN  N>2315  a  prophet. 


i  Num.  31:49.  e  Lev.  19:23.  n  Gen.  2:2. 

*  Jer.  28:9.  I  Judg.  3:15.  12  Gen.  19:33. 

t  Ex.  1:6.  8  1  Sam.  17 :58.  w  Ex.  29 :3. 

«Ezek.  45:16.  9  Gen.  1:16.  "  Judg.  13:2. 

s  Ex.  13:2.  10  Gen.  15:1.  1*  1  Kgs.  20:13. 


I  5.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  23 

4.  T'lK"^^1  kbty*  °f  the  earth;  *\i)%  tlH^,2  the  morning  comes. 

1.  An'  idea,"  expressed  by  means  of  two  nouns  in  the  construct  rela- 
tion, is  made  definite  by  prefixing  the  article  to  the  second  noun.oft 
Worthy  of  notice,  however,  is 

a.  (1)  The  use  of  the  article  after  ^3,  when  this  word  means  all  or 

whole. 
(2)  The  absence  of  the  article  after  ^3,  when  it  means  any  or 
every.6 

b.  The  use  of  the  article  with  the  second  part  of  a  compound  word. 

2.  An  adjective  or  demonstrative  pronoun,  connected  attributively 
with  a  definite  noun,  must  be  marked  as  definite  by  having  the  article 
prefixed/* 

3.  Indefiniteness  is  expressed  by  the  numeral  *!f7N,  rarely,  however, 
and  chiefly  in  later  writers.6 

4.  The  article  may  be  omitted  in  poetry,  when  in  prose  it  would  be 
required ;  this  omission  is  explained  by  the  brevity,  vividness  and  em- 
phasis characteristic  of  poetic  style. 

REMARKS. 

(a)  When  the  first  of  two  nouns  expressing  one  idea  is  to  be  marked  as  indefinite, 
a  construction  with  the  preposition  7  is  employed  (§  9.  5). 

(lb)  On  the  occurrence  of  the  article  with  the  first  of  two  nouns  in  the  construct 
relation,  see  §  9.  2. 

(c)  Compare  the  similar  usage  of  izdq  all  or  every. 

(d)  There  are  not  a  few  exceptions  to  this,  the  article  being  sometimes  omitted 
from  the  noun,  sometimes  from  the  attributive. 

(e)  This  numeral  is  sometimes  found  in  the  construct  relation  with  the  noun 
which  it  limits  (cf .  Job  2 :10) ;  its  use  with  things  is  more  rare  than  with  persons 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  1:31;  10:12;  19:25;  28:19;  30:16;  ISam.  2:23;  14:29;  17:12 2 

32:23 2  lSam.l6:18 lb. 

Gen.7:21;  26:4 la.  2Sam.6:3;  12:4 2 

Gen.  23:19 1  lKgs.l9:4 3 

Ex.  20:4 la.  Isa.l:5;  13:7;  28:24 la. 

Lev.7:27;  14:45 la.  Isa.l0:l;  24:12 4 

Num.  9:7 2  Neh.l:5 4 

Num.  35:23 la.  Hab.l:4 4 

Deut.l:35;  9:6;  11:7 2  Zech.l4:15 la. 

Deut.  11:12 4  Ps.l2:8 2 

Josh.  3:13 la.  Ps.  72:17;  148:10 4 

Judg.6:ll 1Z).  Job 9:24 4 

1  Sam.  1:1 3  Dan.  8:3, 13 8 


IPs.  2:2.  slsa.  21:12. 


24  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [2  6. 

6.    Apposition  of  Nouns. 

1.  a.  tlK^nin  ID^Jn1  ^  oxen  the  brass  =  £Ae  brazen  oxen;   tOSH 

v    j  :  -         |t  t  - 

0*D2  —  ^e  deluge  (of)  water.  [offerings. 

0.  ilOK  DHDN3  words,  truth  =  tfrwe  words;  D^D1?^'  0*lll}?4  peace- 

v  v:  •  t   -:  •  t   :  •    t  : 

c-  JJJ3.3  ri^^5  ^e  ?a»^(of)  Canaan;  PT\Q  1tlXlQ  the  river  Euphrates 
d.  tlliu?^  ilt^'N7  #  woman,  a  widow;  38W7  Kt^'l8  greenness,  herb. 

t  t    :    _  t  v    *!••        v   -iv 

6.  *)BDD  D*D*9  fl^y*,  a  number;  0*D*  DVUfc^'10  <m?o  years,  time. 

t    :     •  •  t  •  t        --i-  t  : 

2.  HDD  D'ND  t^'1?^11  ^ree  seaAs,  meaZ;  D*ft*  tlB^t^12  a  *™ad,  ^*- 

- 1  j  .  •    :  :  •  t         t         : 

0*4^  I^3^18  *cven-  years;  D*TJ^  (7fl*$14  «^  ephah,  barley. 

3.  a.  *1KD  IKM15  *»  &#A  decree,  Aia/A  <%ree;  JliiHl  iTTtSJ16  P roudly, 

:  :    •  t        :  t        : 

proudly.  [generation. 

b.  |7^5^  ny3^*17  seven  by  seven;    *fl  ^i*ip18  /rom    generation   to 

c.  JI^IJO  il^N319  many  wells;  D^3.^  D^5i?2°  many  ditches. 

d.  PT\Q  *1?1^  ^ll^fl  ^lfliin21  ^e  <7?*ea£  m?er,  £Ae  river  Euphrates. 

t  :  -   :  t  -  t  t  - 

Apposition,  because  of  a  scarcity  of  adjectives,  and  a  desire  for  brev- 
ity, is  of  much  more  frequent  occurrence,  and  of  far  wider  range  in  He- 
brew, than  in  languages  generally.  The  various  kinds  of  apposition  may 
be  grouped  as  follows : — 

1.  Cases  in  which  the  first  of  two  nouns  contains  the  principal  idea, 
the  second  being  added  for  fuller  explanations  h  Here  belong  the  instan- 
ces in  which 

a.  The  first  noun  denotes  a  thing,  the  second,  the  material  of  which 
that  thing  is  composed. 

b.  The  first  noun  denotes  a  thing,  the  second,  a  quality  of  it. 

c.  The  first  noun  denotes  a  person  or  thing,  the  second,  its  name.c 

d.  The  first  noun  denotes  a  genus,  the  second,  a  species;  or  the  sec- 
ond gives  a  more  precise  idea  than  the  first. 

e.  The  first  noun  denotes  a  thing,  the  second,  the  number,  weight, 
or  measure  of  it.d  6 


i  2  Kgs.  16 :17.  s  Gen.  1 :12.  is  Gen.  17 :2. 

2  Gen.  6 :17.  9  Deut.  4 :27.  ie  1  Sam.  2 :3. 

s  Prov.  22:21.  io  Gen.  41:1.  u  Gen.  7:2. 

4  Ex.  24:5.  u  Gen.  18:6.  is  Ex.  17:16. 

5  Num.  34:&  12  1  Sam.  30:12.  "Gen.  14:10\ 
6 1  Chron.  5:9.  is  Gen.  5:7.  20  2  Kgs.  3:16. 
*  2  Sam.  14 :5\  M  Ruth  2 :17.  21  Gen.  15 :18. 


$6.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  25 

REMARKS. 

(a)  Where  the  first  noun  is  definite,  and  the  second  indefinite,  the  latter  may  be 
regarded  as  an  accusative  .of  limitation  (cf.  §  40.  2);  cf.  1  Chron.  28:18;  Ps.  71:7;  Hab. 
3:8;  Lev.  26:42;  Jer.  33:2. 

(b)  The  appositional  relation  is,  at  times,  so  loose  that  one  or  more  words  may 
stand  between  the  nouns  thus  connected. 

(c)  Sometimes  the  "name"  is  the  first  noun  (Isa.  37:2);  if  the"name"  is  the  sec- 
ond noun  and  a  preposition  stands  before  the  first,  the  preposition  must  be  repeated 
before  the  second  (Gen.  24:4;  cf.  Gen.  22:20). 

(d)  For  all  these  cases,  there  are  parallel  cases  in  which,  by  the  introduction  of 
a  copula,  a  complete  sentence  is  formed;  cf .  Gen.  1:2;  11:1;  14:10;  47:9;  Ex.  9:31; 
Deut.  33:6;  2  Sam.  17:3;  Isa.  5:12;  19:11;  Jer.  24:2;  Ezek.  45:11;  Ps.  23:5;  45:9;  110:3. 

(e)  While  nouns  like  hD  all,  BP  there  is,  and  PK  there  is  not  generally  stand  in  the 
construct  relation  with  what  follows,  they  sometimes  stand  in  apposition  with  a  follow- 
ing, and  rarely  with  a  preceding,  noun. 

2.  Cases  in  which  the  second  word  conveys  the  principal  idea,  the  first 
marking  the  measure,  weight,  or  number  of  it.a  h 

3.  Cases  in  which  the  first  word  is  simply  repeated.  [Here  belong 
those  instances  in  which  the  second  word  is  a  pronoun  repeating  a  pre- 
ceding noun,  or  a  noun  repeating  a  preceding  pronoun  (whether  expressed, 
or  implied  in  a  verbal  form)  (see?  11. 1. a).]  The  appositional  repetition 
serves 

a.  To  express  emphasis,  intensity. 

b.  To  express  distribution,  entirety. 

c.  To  express  multitude. 

d.  To  afford  an  opportunity  for  the  addition  of  a  new  idea  without 
rendering  the  construction  faulty.0 

REMARKS. 

(a)  In  the  great  majority  of  cases  under  this  head,  the  construct  relation  may  be 
employed  (§  8.  2). 

(b)  It  is  probable  that  the  second  noun,  in  these  cases,  is  an  accusative  Of  limita- 
tion (§  40.  5),  rather  than  in  apposition. 

(c)  The  two  constructions,  apposition  and  annexion  (i.  e.,  the  construct  relation), 
are  closely  related.  In  the  expression  of  many  ideas  the  one  or  the  other  may  be 
used  according  to  choice.  Apposition  was  the  earlier  construction,  and  out  of  it  grew 
annexion. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  6:17 la.  Ex.  8:10 3c. 

Gen.9:4;  39:1,2 Id.  Ex.9:8;  16:32 3 

Gen.  10:21 3a.  Ex.  16:5;  23:30 35. 

Gen.  22:20;  24:4 lc.  Ex.25:35;  36:4 3Z>. 

Gen.  25:30;  35:14 3d.  Ex.27:16;  29:40 le. 

Gen.32:17 3b.  Ex,28:17;  39:17 la. 

Ex.  1:19 Id.  Lev.  6:13 1Z). 


26  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [3  7. 

Num.5:15 2  lKgs.7:12 la. 

Num.7:13;  15:4,6 la.  1  Kgs.  18:32 2 

Num.  15:4-7 le.  2Kgs.3:4 2 

Num.  17:17,21 3b.  Isa.6:3 3a. 

Num.  21:14 —  'lc.  Isa.l0:7 le. 

Num.  28:13 35.  Isa.  30:20 la. 

Deut.  2:27;  28:43 3a.  Isa.37:2 lc. 

Deut.  3:5 la.  Jer.  7:4 3a. 

Deut.  22:23 Id.  Jer.l0:10;  25:15 lb. 

Deut.  34:5 lc.  Ezek.  16:27 lb. 

Josh.  13:5 lc.  Ezek.  21:14 3d. 

Judg.  5:30 3b.  Ezek.  21:32 3a. 

Judg.  5:22 3a.  Ezek.  24:6 3b. 

1  Sam.  3:1;  4:1 lc.  Joel  4:14 3c. 

1  Sam.  25:24 3a.  Zech.l:13 lb 

2  Sam.  10:7 lb.  Ps.  120:2 lb.* 

2  Sam.  17:5 3a.  Neh.  2:11 le. 

2  Sam.  24:24 le.  lChron.9:32 3b. 

lKgs.4:l lc. 

7.    The  Nominative  Absolute. 

i.  ruirw  *t>  rrhs  m#  nfiN  ntsto  pan1  the  land  u^on  wMch 

tjy  :   v        J:      t  -iy^t  t  -         v    -:     J     y-jt  t 

thou  art  lying, — to  thee  will  I  give  it. 

2.  D*3J*C*3  i£*'£3   npfcPn  ^2  D3&*/2  Shechem  my  son— his  soul  hath 

v    :    •    :  :-  Jt    :    |t       •  :  v   : 

longed  for  your  daughter. 

3.  D^rfrX  iT*2  i1?  JlD^D  t*/*Nn3  the  man  Micah, — to  him  was  a  house 

...        ..  T  .  T 

of  God. 

4.  ?]fiK  *JY*"Q  n^r*  ^4^4 1— behold  my  covenant  is  with  thee. 

5.  rrittir*  ^h  nan  ww*J#fc  irwr^Tt^  al1  the  land  wUch 

tjy  :    y        )  :  v  t   -  y    _:     |     y-it  t  t 

thou  seest — to  thee  I  will  give  it. 

6.  D'ifwn  *an  mrr6  rakoch,  he  *  the  God;  m^ro  ran  nm47 

y:)t  t-:|- 

Tahweh,  He  is  his  inheritance;  fc*/£3Jin  fcOn  Din8  ^  blood,  THAT  is 

YJY  -  T  ~ 

the  life. 

7.  0<7  D*D7t£*  i*l  xKH  &$ Mil9  these  men — they  are  at  peace: 
....        VJ..  T         .  T  _.|T 

Kill  injS»  HJTIQ  Di^n10  the  dream  of  Pharaoh — it  is  one;         [holy. 
Kin  t£*lD DiD^n11  the  place  (upon  which  thou  standest) — it  is 

Y|J  I      T   - 

i  Gen.  28:13.  *  Gen.  17:4.  7  Deut.  10:9.  io  Gen.  41:25. 

2  Gen.  34:8.  6  Gen.  13:15.  «  Deut.  12:23.  U  Josh.  5:15. 

a  Judg.  17 :5.  el  Kgs.  18 :39.  »  Gen.  34 :21. 


2  7.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  27 

For  the  sake  of  emphasis,  and  for  the  avoidance  of  unwieldy  sentences, 
a  noun  or  pronoun  is  frequently  placed  at  the  beginning  of  the  sentence 
with  no  grammatical  relation  to  the  other  words  of  the  sentence,  but  rep- 
resented in  the  body  of  the  sentence  by  a  pronominal  suffix.  This  noun 
or  pronoun  is  said  to  be  a  Nominative  Absolute.  The  various  cases  may 
be  classified  as  follows : — 

1.  Where  this  nominative  absolute  is,  logically,  the  object  of  the  sen- 
tence. 

2.  "Where  it  is,  logically,  the  subject  of  the  sentence. 

3.  Where  it  is,  logically,  the  object  of  a  preposition  occurring  farther 
along  in  the  sentence. 

4.  Where  it  is  a  pronoun,  and  is,  logically,  the  subject  or  object  of  the 
sentence,  or  a  genitive  after  a  noun. 

5.  Where  it  is  preceded  by  JIN,  the  sign  of  the  object. 

6.  Where,  standing  as  the  logical  subject,  it  is  resumed  by  the  pro- 
noun fcOHi  which  then,  though  really  the  grammatical  subject  of  the  fol- 
lowing predicate,  is  practically  equivalent  to  a  copula. 

7.  A  similar  usage  to  that  just  given,  except  that  the  pronoun  follows, 
instead  of  preceding,  the  predicate. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  2:14,  19;  9:18 6  1  Sam.  9:13;  25:29 5 

Gen.  15:2;  42:6 6  1  Sam.  12:23 4 

Gen.  21:13 1,5  2  Sam.  23:6 2 

Gen.  24:27;  42:11 4  2Kgs.9:27 5 

Gen.  26:15 1  Isa.l:7 1 

Gen.  47:21 5  Isa.  1:13 7 

Gen.  48:7;  49:8 4  Isa.9:l;  15:7 1 

Gen.  30:33;  31:16 7  Isa.9:14;  33:6 6 

Gen.  45:20;  47:6 7  Isa.ll:10;  19:17 3 

Lev.  3:4 5  Isa.  13:17 3 

Lev.  7:7,33 3  Isa.  41:29 ........2 

Deut.  2:23;  7:15 1  Isa.  42:3;  53:4 1 

Deut.  14:27 1  Isa.  49:21 7 

Deut.  18:14 3  Isa.  51:22 5 

Deut.  32:4 4  Jer.  13:27 1 

Deut.  33:17 3  Ps.46:5 2 

Josh.5:15;  6:19 7  Ps.  90:10 3 

Josh.  9:12 1  Job  17:15 1 

lSam.301. 2  Job  22:8 3 


28  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [|  ». 

8.    Annexion,,  or  the  Construct  Relation. 

1.  a.  DD*1*  DDI71  cruelty  of  [=  done  by)  your  hands;  DlNfl  ^7  TJP9 

v     ••:--:  t  t  |t  v-r* 

tfAe  imagination  of  man's  heart;  D^lt^3  #owy  fear  (=  wAicA  yow 
have);  I^J^p4  Hs  vexation. 
&•  fU^*?  DOr?5  crudty  of  {=  done  to)  Lebanon;  ^Xfc^  Jl^pt^6  report 
about  Saul;  O^Pitl1  fear  of[=  concerning)  you;  DID  Dpl/t8  cry 
concerning  Sodom, 

2.  a.  DJTJlttf9  ^ey  ftuo  (not,  two  of  them);  tilitfttl  ^$10  ^  *wo  Zwmi- 

naries;  O^Dfct1?  ^C^11  ^°  PeoP^esl  ^S^SSli  W^Tttfi2  the  three  cities. 

b.  |*JjJ^^  aZZ  (of)  «Ae  *ree(s);  Df?^  D^14  »»«<*  (of)  peace; 
D^ll  H15  enoMflrt  (of)  ww7&;  cf.  also  jf?3  ^NTtC"16  «E  of  Israel. 

c.  0$&j?  DDH717  their  food  is  for  themselves;  *)D7*  *^518w?/pres- 

t     :  -  !  t     :    -  rV* "      -  t 

ewce  (=  I  myself)  shall  go;  Jltfl  Di'\*7  D^V19  that  very  day;  D^l^ 
D'DGSM20  AeaveTi  ifeeZ/. 

•J-     T       _ 

d.  ^)3DD    TN2i  without  number;    HDIl^D   TN22  without  war;  ^% 
U!Vh2z  without  clothing;   TfftfO  ^S24  unanointed;  Ift&i  *75P 

t  :  ^   t   :    • 

unheard;    ^^"K1?26  «  non-God;    rfiD"1?^27  immortality;    K*?3 

vjt         —  : 

nD*N28  without  enmity, 
c  fTtH*  *^}*l  Di^29  OTi  *Ae  c?ay  (that)  Jehovah  spake. 

t      :  : 

D]lX  UO yfjnn  *D*30  the  days  we  walked  with  them. 

NTN  DV31  ^e  ^2/ 1  fear;  JTOtJ^  Dl^32  ^  feme  thou  wast  broken. 

3.  a.  ^H^H  D*133  ^e  innocent  blood;  TTTli  N*J34  «  ?«W  ravine;  fy^U 

|-  t  -  -  t      :  •• 

71JI35  «  large  house;  "OD  7*ll36  OS  strong  force;  CJ1D  D1DD37  $e 

T  "    T  JT  |        : 

holy  place;  J^  fWJtf38  ot  bad  woman;  f  ItOpH  ^539  ^*  smallest  vessels. 


i  Ps.  58:3. 

ii  Gen.  25:23. 

21  Gen.  41:49. 

si  Ps.  56:4. 

2  Gen.  8:21. 

is  Num.  35:14. 

22 1  Kgs.  22:1. 

32  Ezek.  27:34. 

3Prov.  1:26. 

13  Gen.  1:29. 

23  Job  24:10. 

33  Deut.  19:13. 

4  Prov.  12:16. 

w  Ps.  37:11. 

a*  2  Sam.  1:21. 

34Zech.  14:4. 

s  Hab.  2:17. 

is  Prov.  27:27. 

25  Ps.  19:4. 

35  2  Kgs.  25:9. 

6  2  Sam.  4:4. 

16  2  Sam.  2:9. 

26Deut.32:5,rr,21. 

86  2  Kgs.  18:17. 

t  Gen.  9:2. 

ifHos.  9:4. 

27  Prov.  12:38. 

37Eccles.  8:10. 

s  Gen.  18:20. 

is  Ex.  33:14. 

28  Num.  35:22b. 

38  Prov.  6:24. 

9  Gen.  2:25. 

w  Gen.  7:13. 

29  Ex.  6:28. 

39  Isa.  22:24. 

io  Gen.  1:16. 

20  Ex.  24:10. 

30  1  Sam.  25:15. 

§  8.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  29 

&•  D£jQ  ^P1  /ew>  People;  01\1  *D*12  &?oo^  sfoc?  causelessly; 

7"@9  *D^N3  a  God  from  near;  *T*pJl  fi^i^4  continual  offering. 
c  HIS  ")JT35  *Ae  rtW  Euphrates;  *hft  fa^ti?6  the  tribe  of  Levi. 

t  :         -  :  ••  -  vj" 

d*  7TT  *V)3j|7  a  s^oti^  hero;  W  fjl^8  a  wooden  chest; 

B^lp  ^l??9  ^<%  garments;  ttDD  ^^N10  **7t>er  iY?o?s. 
c.  0>taD*l  fc^N11  aw  eloquent  man;  rVjtfjfin  bV^12  having  dreams; 

7*f7  *Jp18  507ls  °/  sirength;   Tf?lyV5P*  son  of  a  night; 

tlXtf  iliKp  t^Dr?"f315  (Noah  was)  a  son  of  Jive  hundred  years  = 

Jive  hundred  years  old. 
f>  DIN  WO}™  the  anointed  of  men;  QTK  tfP3K17  the  poor  of  men; 

t  t       ••     •    :  t  t       ••       :    v 

D1X  frO£)18  a  wi'ZcZ  ass  of  a  man;  VW  tibO19  a  wonder  of  a  coun- 

T  T  VJV  I    m"  VJV 

sellor. 
4.  a.  ri^nj  n??)!20  wisdom  and  knowledge;  j^Q  J*1?}  tTff^M 

&•  2iN  ri7^3  DEW22  a  woman  possessed  of  a  spirit;  fi*t{  flj  n^ri!?*23 
c  ♦flPFpf?  >D  W-DN24  wAose  ox  have  I  taken  f  Dif?  rt^'H^n25 

:  l-r-T  v  v  t  v  -   :    t 

That  relation  between  two  nouns  which  is  indicated  in  Latin  or  Greek 
by  placing  the  second  noun  in  the  genitive,  is  expressed  in  Hebrew  by 
pronouncing  the  two  words  as  one.a  As  a  result  of  this,  the  tone  passes 
to  the  second  word,  and  the  first  word  is,  if  possible,  shortened.  This 
construction  may  for  convenience  be  called  annexionP  The  varieties  of 
annexion  may  be  classified  as  follows : — 

1.  Cases  in  which  the  two  nouns,  thus  joined,  contain  distinct  ideas  of 
equal  value  ;  this  is  seen 

a.  When  the  second  noun  designates  a  person  or  thing  which  is  the 
subject  or  possessor  of  that  which  is  indicated  by  the  preceding  noun.c 

b.  When  the  second  noun  designates  the  object  of  an  action  or  feel- 
ing expressed  by  the  preceding  noun. 

REMARKS. 

(a)  The  remnants  of  original  case-endings  are  quite  numerous  (El.  §  121. 1-3),  but 
these  remnants  (except  in  the  case  of  the  accusative  n_)  no  longer  have  any  signi- 
fication. 


iDeut.  26:5.  «  Deut.  10:1.  "Jon.  4:10.  20  Isa.  33:6. 

2lKgs.  2:31.  9  Ex.  28:2.  i»  Gen.  5:32.  21  Isa.  51:21. 

a  Jer.  23 :23.  10  Isa.  2 :20.  ie  Mic.  5:4.  » 1  Sam.  28 :7. 

*  Num.  28:6.  11  Ex.  4:10.  "Isa.  29:19.  2s  Isa.  37:22. 

6  Gen.  15:18.  12  Gen.  37:19.  is  Gen  16:12.  24 1  Sam.  12:3. 

6  Josh.  13:33.  U  Deut.  3:18.  is  Isa.  9:55.  25  Jer.  8:9. 
» Judg.Il:!. 


80  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [§  8. 

(b)  A  noun  with  a  pronominal  suffix  is  to  be  regarded,  syntactically,  as  in  annexion 
With  that  suffix. 

(c)  Because  of  their  inflexibility,  proper  names  are  seldom  found  in  annexion  with 
a  following  noun.  In  cases  like  DHBO  1HI  Ur  (city)  of  the  Chaldees  (Gen.  11:28),  HliT 
fil&GV  Jehovah  (God)  of  hosts,  there  is  an  ellipsis  to  be  supplied  (cf.  2  Sam.  5:10). 

2.  Cases  in  which  the  second  of  two  nouns,  thus  joined,  is  the  more 
important,  the  first  merely  indicating  its  number,  size,  nature,  etc.;  this 
is  seen, 

a.  In  the  usage  of  numerals  2-10,  which  may  stand  in  the  construct 
state  before  the  substantive  which  they  number" 

b.  In  the  usage  of  certain  nouns,  e.  g.,  ^3  totality,  %h  abundance, 
1*5  sufficiency,  which  have  almost  come  to  have  the  force  of  adjectives.b 

c.  In  the  usage  of  certain  commonly  occurring  nouns  as  "purely 
mental  concepts,"  e.  g.,  gffll  D\3D  and  QW  =  self  (the  first  used  of 
animate  objects,  the  second  of  persons,  the  third  of  inanimate  objects);  cf. 
also  *?1p  =  voice  of=  Harh!c  d  6 

d.  In  the  usage  of  words  designating  the  existence  or  non-existence 
of  a  nominal  idea ;  e.g.,  f£f*  there  exists,  pfrf  and  *JT?J  non-existence  (and 
in  poetry,  ^7,  *7JSt  and  rjQj  =  without,  in-,  un-,  -less;f  "J^  solitariness. 

e.  In  that  usage  which  permits  a  noun  expressing  in  a  general  way 
place,  time,  manner  to  stand  in  annexion  with  a  following  relative  clause 
(in  which,  however,  the  relative  may  be  omitted). 0 

REMARKS. 

(a)  For  other  constructions  which  the  numeral  may  have,  see  6  15.  1.  b. 

(0)  In  reference  to  bh  the  following  points  may  be  noted :  (1)  It  regularly  precedes 
in  the  construct  the  noun  it  modifies  (Isa.  2:2),  but  (2)  sometimes  follows  with  the  idea 
of  the  modified  noun  repeated  in  the  form  of  a  pronominal  suffix  (2  Sam.  2:9);  and  (3) 
rarely  occurs  with  the  article  after  a  preceding  noun  in  the  construct  state  (Isa.  29:11). 

(c)  For  examples  of  this  use  of  Sip,  see  Cant.  2:8;  5:2;  Ps.  29:3-9  (?). 

(d)  The  common  use  of  jy£)J  with  suffixes  to  express  a  reflexive  idea  is  to  be  noted; 
e.  g.,  ,,ty£)J  I  myself,  DIPS  J  they  themselves. 

(e)  Compare  also  some  of  the  indefinite  uses  of  *OT  thing,  for  which,  however,  see 
the  lexicon. 

(/)  The  use  of  vh  and  ^K  in  poetry  to  form  a  noun  with  an  exactly  opposite  mean- 
ing to  that  conveyed  by  the  noun  itself,  is  not  uncommon  (cf.  Deut.  32:5, 17,  21;  Amos 
6:13). 

(0)  See,  more  in  detail,  §  18.  2. 

3.  Cases  in  which  the  first  of  two  words,  thus  joined,  is  the  more  im- 
portant, the  second  merely  indicating  its  character,  number,  size,  or  con- 
tents; this  is  seen, 

a.  When  the  second  word  is  an  adjective.  This  use  is  late,  and  occurs 
chiefly  in  the  case  of  a  few  common  adjectives  like  *?'lj|,  |bp>  D1Di  JH-a 


§  8.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  31 

b.  When  the  second  word  is  an  attributive  word,  whether  noun,  ad- 
verb or  prepositional  phrase. 

c.  When  the  second  word,  a  proper  noun,  is  the  name  of  the  first 

d.  When  the  second  word  is  used  "by  circumlocution  to  describe  a 
property  of  the  first."  This  usage  is  very  common  on  account  of  the 
scarcity  of  adjectives. 

e.  When  the  second  word,  a  neuter  or  abstract  noun,  is  joined  to  a 
preceding  general  noun  like  £^&  /I^3>  ?5'  i")2>  denoting  possessor, 
origin,  derivation^ 

f.  When  the  second  word  designates  the  whole  of  which  the  first 
noun  is  a  part;f  or  when  the  second  word  is  a  literal  term,  the  first  being 
figurative^ 

4.  Peculiar  and  rare  is  the  occurrence  of  a  construct, 

a.  Before  the  conjunction  ^  and. 

b.  With  a  noun  which,  in  sense,  is  in  apposition  with  it. 

c.  Before  the  interrogative  pronoun.6 

REMARKS. 

(a)  The  adjective  in  this  case  is  really  treated  like  a  neuter  noun.  Compare 
V^TS  T  the  right  hand,  in  which  the  word  rQ\  originally  an  adjective,  has  become  a 
substantive. 

(b)  Here,  of  course,  the  appositional  construction  is  much  more  common. 

(c)  Compare  the  peculiar  cases  of  this  construction  seen  in  Isa.  5:11;  Eccles.  12:11. 

(d)  For  cases  in  which  three  or  more  nouns  are  Joined  together  by  annexion,  see 
Gen.  40:3;  47:9;    Josh.  3:15;  Judg.  9:1;  Isa.  10:12. 

(e)  The  form  *inX  (e.  g.,  in  2  Sam.  17:22)  is  sometimes  used  as  an  absolute  and  not 
as  a  construct. 

(/)  On  the  use  of  the  preposition  jD  from  to  express  the  partitive  idea,  see  the 
lexicon. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  1:16 lb.  Deut.4:42;  32:6 2d. 

Gen.4:19;  5:8;  19:1;  22:3 2a.  Deut.l9:18 3d. 

Gen.7:6;  14:13;  15:3;  37:3 3e.  Deut.33:l 3e. 

Gen.8:5;  24:13;  43:11 3/.  Deut.33:19 4b. 

Gen.  14:10 4b.  Josh.  9:13 2b. 

Gen.  15:18 3c.  1  Sam.  1:16;  20:31 3e. 

Gen.  17:23 2c.  1  Sam.  3:13 2e. 

Gen.  19:4;  31:8 2b.  1  Sam.  5:12 la. 

Gen.  24:23 4c.  2  Sam.  16:8 3c. 

Gen.39:20;  40:3 2e.  2Sam.l7:ll 2c. 

Ex.  4:13 2e.  2  Sam.  20:19 4b. 

Ex.  20:9;  26:3 2a.  lKgs.l:52;  2:26 3e. 

Ex.  21:3;  24:14 3c.  lKgs.  21:19 2c. 

Ex.  34:1;  38:30 3d.  Isa.  1:11... 2b. 

Num.  5:18 3a,  Isa.5:9;  10:15 2d. 


32  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [§  9. 

Isa.l3:4 la.  Ps. 2:9;  21:4;  36:13;  45:7 , 3d. 

Isa.22:4;  41:15;  53:3 3e.  Ps.l7:8;  55:24;  72:4 3e. 

Isa.  28:9 3Z>.  Ps.43:l 2d. 

Isa.  35:2 4a.  Ps.  78:49 Sa- 
lsa. 46:2 2c.  Ps.81:6 2c. 

Jer.  22:12;  48:36 2e.  Prov.l:7 17). 

Jer.  44:28 4c.  Prov.2:19;  24:25 3a. 

Jer.  48:41 3/.  Prov.3:25;  26:2 37). 

Ezek.l:l 3c.  Prov.5:23 2d. 

Ezek.  13:2 35.  Pro  v.  10:24 la. 

Ezek.  26:10 4a.  Prov.  22:24 3e. 

Ezek.  27:6;  32:10 3c.  Job  5:7;  11:2;  34:10;  41:20. 3c. 

Ezek.  29:2 27>.  Job  6:14 17). 

Hos.  1:2 2c.  Job  21:23 2c. 

Hos.3:l la.  Job  34:13 2b. 

Amos  5:2 3c.  Cant.  7:10 3a. 

Obad.l:10 17).  Eccles.  1:13 3a. 

9.    Annexion  (continued). 

1.  a.  | K¥  ni^l1  keeper  of  sheep;  D*J?J£  rWND2  enlightening  the  eyes; 

*DJ^  ^5^?3  consumers  of  my  people;  ^3^  *'l*!i*4  w^°  9°  down  to 

the  dust, 
b-  D^li1?^  H205  stricken  of  God;  Q^  *W36  despised  by  the  people; 

f]P3~r^pP7  bought  with  money;  2~\tl  *3p8  slain  by  the  sword. 
c  ftB-*]iy  slow  of  speech;  ?fi%  HMO10  stiff  of neck;  D^D?!!;11 

DytlD  W))}12  fearful  in  praises;    tlt2fl/t2  *J"lD13  dead  in  battle. 

:  t  t    t    :    •  ••    •• 

2.  a.  D*£DJl  *j314  face  of  the  waters;  flp'V  HIV  J}15  to  the  house  of  Joseph, 
b.  D^79  W2}16  prophets  out  of  their  own  heart;  J^-J^jQ  HJl17  moun- 
tains in  Gilboa;  *j^}  *pif"T18  those  trusting  in  him;  JVj?  PD^D19  on 
the  right  of  the  house. 

e.  PfO^I  "TYl  *fo  the  sons  and  daughters  of  David; 

It:  •    t     ••  : 

YlHtl  Vf?*?}  0*12$  tl  *rf?K20  the  God  of  heaven  and  earth. 

J      v-it  t        ••  ••         •-!-  t    -        ••       v: 

d.  ♦tfip-TTF1  m^  Ao^  **#;  flSterf  VifW"?22  ^  #<W  Aanrf  of 

■      :|t         -  t  -  t       v: 

Azs  GW;  7^|J  D^^N"^23  <*  great  heap  of  stones. 


i  Gen.  4:2. 

7  Gen.  17:12. 

is  Isa.  22:2. 

19  Ezek.  10:3. 

2Ps.  19:9. 

s  Jer.  18:21. 

14  Gen.  1:3. 

20  Gen.  24:3. 

3Ps.  53:5. 

9  Ex.  4:10. 

is  Gen.  43:17. 

21  Ps.  2:6. 

4  Ps.  22:30. 

io  Deut.  9:6. 

is  Ezek.  13:2. 

22  Ez.  7:9. 

s  Isa.  53:4. 

n  Job  9:4. 

"2  Sam.  1:21. 

23  Josh.  7:2 

6  Ps.  22:7. 

12  Ex.  15:11. 

is  Ps.  2:12. 

2  9.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  33 

1.  Participles  and  adjectives  are  frequently  joined  by  annexion  with 
a  following  substantive.  This  is  a  closer  construction  than  a  following 
object-accusative  or  accusative  of  specification  would  be.  Here  may  be 
noted, 

a.  The  usage  in  the  case  of  active  participles,  in  which  the  noun 
expresses  the  object  of  the  action,  or,  as  sometimes  in  poetry,  the  sphere 
in  which  the  action  is  exerted.a  b 

b.  The  usage  in  case  of  passive  participles,  in  which  the  noun  ex- 
presses, sometimes  the  author  of  the  action,  sometimes  the  secondary 
agent  or  instrument. 

c.  The  usage  in  the  case  of  adjectives  (denoting  a  property  or  quality) 
in  which  the  noun  has  the  force  of  an  accusative  of  limitation  or  specifi- 
cation. 

REMARKS. 

(a)  Cases  of  the  construct  before  fi$  occur,  e.  g.,  Jer.  33:22. 

(b)  The  accusative  rather  than  a  genitive  is  used  (1)  after  a  participle  or  adjective 
when  it  (the  participle)  has  the  article,  and  (2)  when  a  word  is  for  any  reason  inserted 
between  the  participle  and  the  word  which  would,  otherwise,  be  in  the  genitive ;  cf . 
Isa.  40:20;  Job  15:10;  32:6. 

2.  Words  in  annexion  form  one  complex  idea,  and  therefore  cannot  be 
separated  by  intervening  words.    Here  are  to  be  noted  certain  points  : — 

a.  The  article  and  He  locative  everywhere  form  exceptions  to  the 
general  law  just  given  ;  but  aside  from  these  only  a  few  anomalous  cases 
occur  of  the  interposition  of  words.a 

b.  Prepositions,  particularly  the  shorter  ones  and  especially  in  po- 
etry, quite  frequently  occur  prefixed  to  the  second  of  two  nouns  in  annex- 
ion, thus  defining  more  exactly  the  relationship  existing  between  the  two 
nouns.6 

c.  As  one  result  of  this  inseparability,  two  or  more  nouns  joined  by 
"  and  "  cannot  stand  in  annexion  with  a  single  genitive  ;  but  the  genitive 
is  employed  with  the  first,  and  in  the  form  of  a  suffix  with  the  second;cde 
while  further,  a  single  construct  does  not  usually  stand  in  annexion  with 
two  or  more  genitives,  but  is  repeated  with  each/ 

d.  As  a  second  result  of  this  inseparability,  a  word  or  suffix  limiting 
the  construct  must  be  placed  after  the  following  genitive  and  not  between 
the  construct  and  the  genitive.^  - 

REMARKS. 

(a)  73  all,  having  almost  come  to  be  an  adjective,  occasionally  allows  the  inter- 
position of  a  wor«d  before  its  genitive,  e.  g.,  2  Sam.  1:9;  other  cases  in  which  this  is 
claimed  to  occur  are  capable  of  a  different  explanation;  e.  g.,  Job  27:3;  Ps.  45:7;  Isa. 
28:1;  36:9.    Cf.  also  the  bold  poetic  constructions  in  Gen.  49:11;  Isa.  19:8;  22:16. 


34  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [g  9. 

(b)  This  is  most  frequent  with  participles  of  verbs  which  are  regularly  followed  by 
a  preposition,  e.  g.,  3  HDn  trust  in;  3  pttf  dwell  in,  etc. 

(c)  Hence  one  may  not  say,  "the  sons  and  daughters  of  David,"  but  " the  sons  oj 
David  and  his  daughters  f*  and  it  is  better  to  say  "  the  God  of  heaven  and  the  God  of  earth" 
than  "the  God  of  heaven  and  earth;"  but  see  Gen.  14:19. 

(d)  The  same  holds  true  of  pronominal  suffixes;  instead  of  "his  sons  and  daughters" 
one  must  say  M  his  sons  and  his  daughters." 

(e)  Sometimes  the  suffix  is  omitted,  or  there  is  substituted  for  it  the  article,  in, 
which  case  the  absolute  state  is  employed,  e.  g.,  Gen.  40:1. 

(/)  Exceptions  occur:  (1)  when  the  second  of  the  two  nouns  joined  by  "  and"  is  a 
repetition  or  a  synonym  of  the  first;  and  (2)  in  poe+ry  where  greater  liberty  is  allowed, 
e.  g.,  Job  20:17;  Ezek.  39:4;  2  Sam.  20:19. 

(g)  Whether  the  modifying  word  which  follows  two  nouns  in  annexion  limits  the 
construct,  or  the  genitive,  or  the  complex  idea  expressed  by  both  together  must  be 
determined  from  the  agreement  and  from  the  context.  When  there  would  be  mani« 
f  est  ambiguity,  resort  is  had  to  a  periphrastic  construction  (§  9.  5.). 

3.  a.  i7Dfr!?8r?  ^'^N1  n°t  rnen  °f  the  war,  but  the  men  of  war. 
b.  OPfoWtl  1^D"1  MliD2  the  face  of  the  expanse  of  the  heavens. 

•  j-   t    -     *    J  •  ••    : 

injtf  iOHl  O^ri^K  D/^^J3  *w  the  image  of  God  he  created  him. 

t  t  •         v:  v-jy  : 

D3*t?5t^  Hj^fcO*  the  heads  of  your  tribes. 

4.  a.  D*1D,J^  "OI?5  a  servant  of  servants,  i.  e.  the  lowest  servant. 

*ypn  *N*tSO  J$*t£06  the  prince  of  the  princes  of  Levi.  [dwell. 

b.  [3&^7  D^n^  T^nj^l7  *«•  the  most  frightful  of  valleys  they  must 

DJlt0n""I1^1  D /IJIO8  from  the  greatest  of  them  even  to  the  least  of 
t  -|:        *■:        t      :  • 

them. 

5.  a.  T[/f2f?  D^Dt^  fOCO9  •*  ^e  year  two  °f  ^e  king* 

D^N1?  fii^ryti™  a  great  city  of  God. 

T  m 

Tl^D^IlN1?  "fllX  [311  one  son  of  Ahimelech. 
b.  *$??  j312  a  son  of  Jesse. 

D*rOt?rf  *")j^  7  I3i^13  a  servant  of  the  captain  of  the  guard. 
Hi^N^  D^'JO14  heads  of  fathers. 

t    :  t 

"Jl"!1?  ^iDtD15  a  psalm  of  David. 

*  t  :  :    • 

fi*?X  ^^7  f  D^16  a  Pr{est  °f  the  most  high  God. 


i  Num.  31: 49.  •  Gen.  9:25.  9  Hag.  1:1.  is  Gen.  41:12. 

a  Gen.  1:20.  6  Num.  3:32.  io  Jon.  3:3.  u  Neh.  11:13. 

a  Gen.  1:27.  » Job  30: 6.  xi  1  Sam.  22:20.  uPs.  3:1. 

4Deut.l:15.  8  Jon.  3:5.  ial  Sam.  16:18.  xe  Gen.  14:18. 


I  9.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  36 

c.  *fn  71  (a  psalm)  of  David. 

'   t  : 

OJ^tfa?.1?  PO^2  ^m"0^  (s<>n)  °f  AMnoam.  [the  month. 

d.  tSHrf?  Dl*  QT^}f)  W3^*53  0?l  ^e  5eve71  a^  twentieth  day  of 
W?  \W$y  the  first  of  all. 

e.  t^b1?  tl'lWil  Hp^n5  the  portion  of  the  field  of  Boaz. 
^JSnb"  ^ti?  W0JTJ  HIT}  ^D6  flfe  &oo/*  ©/  tfc  chronicles  oj 
the  kings  of  Israel. 

b^0  K&it  D^nn  yiX7  the  chief  of  the  herdmen  of  Saul 

3.  The  construct,  containing  only  a  portion  of  the  idea  intended  to  b* 
conveyed,  is  incomplete  and,  in  itself,  indefinite;  hence 

a.  The  construct  cannot  receive  the  article  ;a  or  be  definite  in  itself 
(§  4.  U* 

b.  The  construct,  however,  becomes  definite  by  position  (g  4.  2), 
whenever  its  following  genitive  is,  for  any  reason,  definite.0  d 

4.  The  use  of  annexion  to  express  the  superlative  idea  is  worthy  of 
special  notice.    This  is  seen, 

a.  When  the  two  nouns  in  annexion  are  the  same,  the  former  being 
singular,  the  latter  plural. 

b.  When  the  relation  between  the  nouns  is  a  partitive  one  (§  8.  3./). 

5.  Instead  of  annexion,  there  is  often  employed  a  periphrasis,  made 
by  means  of  the  preposition  *p.6  /  This  is  substituted  when  there  is  a 
desire  on  the  part  of  the  writer, 

a.  To  interpose  a  word  between  the  construct  and  genitive. 

b.  To  mark  the  first  noun  as  indefinite,  when  the  second  is  definite. 

c.  To  omit  entirely  the  noun  which  would  be  in  the  construct,  as  in 
inscriptions,  and  in  the  case  of  common  words  like  son,  day,  etc. 

d.  To  designate  explicitly  relations  of  place  and  time. 

e.  To  avoid  a  long  series  of  constructs. 

REMARKS. 

(a)  Exceptions  to  this  may  be  classified  as  follows:  (1)  Cases  where  the  article 
seems  to  have  a  demonstrative  force,  Josh.  8:33;  cf .  also  Ps.  123:4;  Ezek.  17:15;  1  Kgs. 
14:24.  (2)  Cases  where  the  genitive  is  a  proper  name,  e.  g.,  2  Kgs.  23:17;  Gen.  31:13; 
Isa.  36:8.  (3)  Cases  where  what  seems  to  be  a  construct  is  a  participle  with  an  accusa- 
tive suffix,  e.  g.,  Ps.  18:33;  Isa.  9:12.  (4)  Cases  where  the  connection  is  loose,  the  second 
noun  denoting  the  material  (and  to  be  regarded  in  many  instances  as  an  adverbial 


IPs.  69:1.  a  Gen.  8:14.  6  Ruth  2: 3.  71  Sam.  21: 8. 

32  Sam.  3:2.  4  2  Sam.  19:21.  el  Kgs.  15:31. 


36  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [g  9. 

accusative),  e.  g.,  2  Kgs.  16 :14 ;  Zech.  4 :10.    (5)  Cases  where,  the  connection  being  loose, 
a  preposition  is  inserted,  e.  g.,  Ps.  113:5;  Judg.  8:11. 

(b)  Proper  names,  therefore,  except  when  applied  to  more  than  one  object,  cannot 
stand  in  the  construct. 

(c)  The  construct  cannot  be  indefinite  and  the  genitive  definite;  nor  can  the  gen- 
itive be  indefinite  and  the  construct  definite ;  either  both  are  definite  or  both  indefinite. 
To  both  of  these  oases,  however,  exceptions  are  found,  where  there  would  be  no 
room  for  ambiguity;  e,  g.,  Gen.  16:7;  42:19;  9:20;  Lev.  14:34;  1  Sam.  17:17;  Deut.  22:19. 

(d)  On  the  determination  of  words  in  annexion,  see  §  5. 1. 

(e)  The  pronoun  lENfc  is  frequently  inserted  before  the  preposition  to  secure 
greater  clearness. 

(/)  The  preposition  jp  from  is  sometimes  employed  as  a  substitute  for  annexion; 
e.  g.,  2  Sam.  19:18;  Isa.  6:6;  1  Kgs.  20:35;  Ps.  16:4.  The  sense,  in  this  usage,  is  generally 
partitive. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  7:11 ~ 5a,  d.  2  Kgs.  22:5 la. 

Gen.8:5,13 5c.  Isa.l:7;  22:2 lb. 

Gen.  9:10;  25:27 la.  Isa.  2:20;  36:9 2d. 

Gen.  14:19 2c.  Isa.5:ll;  9:1,2;  14:6,19 2b. 

Gen.  20:1 2a.  Isa.  6:5 lc. 

Gen.  40:5 5a.  Isa.  8:1 5c. 

Gen.  41:12 5b.  Isa.  11:2 2c. 

Ex.  3:6, 15  (cf.  16) 2c.  Isa.  53:3 4b. 

Ex.  4:20 , 2a.  Jer.8:l 2c. 

Ex.  12:8,  9 lb.  Jer.8:16 2b. 

Ex.  26:33 4a.  Jer.  20:17 lc. 

Num.3:49 lb.  Ezek.  26:7 4a. 

Num.  10:17 la.  Ezek.  31:3 lc. 

Deut.  1:3 5c.  Ezek.  31:16 2c. 

Deut.  10:17 4a.  Ezek.  47:10.... 2d. 

Deut.  22:22 lb.  Hos.4:17 lb. 

Deut.32:24 la.  Hos.7:5 2b. 

Josh.  8:11;  15:21 2b.  Joell:8 lb. 

Josh.  19:51 5e.  Joel  2:5 lc. 

Judg.3:28;  12:5 5d.  Mic.  2:8 lc. 

Judg. 5:10 2b.  Hab.3:l 5b. 

Judg.  6:11 2a.  Ps.  12:7;  84:7 ; 2b. 

lSam.2:5 lc.  Ps.  19:8,9;  40:5;  88:6 la. 

1  Sam.  9:21 4b.  Ps.  90:1 5b. 

ISam.  17:17, 18 2d.  Prov.9:18 lb. 

1  Sam.  24:6 lc.  Prov.  11:22 lc. 

2  Sam.  2:8 5c.  Job  18:2 2b. 

2  Sam.  4:4 lc.  Cant.  1:1 4a. 

1  Kgs.  2:7 la.  Ruth  2:3;  4:3 5c. 

1  Kgs.  3:18 5a.  Eccles.l:2 4a. 

lKgs.  15:23 5e.  lChron.27:34 5b. 

1  Kgs.  19:15 2a.  2Chron.21:17 4b. 

2Kgs.  16:19 5c. 


2  10.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  37 

10.    The  Adjective. 

1.  a.  *T33   'D1  a  host  of  mighty  =  a  mighty  host;  *p3!TD*l2  ^e  ^nn°- 
b.  tK3*P  fc^lp3  *Ae  Ao?y  o/£%  temple  =  thy  holy  temple,    [cent  blood. 

2.  ^190  ^iNDIl4  the  great  luminary;  D'JIDJl  DH!Hfl5  the  good  things; 
/!JH  1^6  ^  efcZes^  so?i;  jffjf  DiDDH7  this  place; 

t  -  :  /     t    - 

fl^Nn  fiJOil  JTQl3?7  D^tfiftT8  these  good  years  that  are  to  come. 

VJ"    T  T    ~  •   T      ~ 

3.  lllfTj  !Tto9  Yahweh  (is)  ^ood;  11133  *?n$*  ft*  fltfoiy  (is)  ^rea*; 
pJNll  n^lCD11  ^e  Zawd  (is)  good;  ^J  Irb12  Aw  strength  (is)  ^rea*; 
p**l¥  JlfiK13  ^ow  (art)  righteous. 

4.  a.  E^TtQ  plfiD14  sweeter  than  honey;  D^r?D  DltD15  Setter  $aw  fo/e; 

J7N7D  7rn-JlN  Df"TN*116  and  he  loved  Rachel  more  than  Leah. 

r t  v         -  v:|v- 

b.  <7\m  nqg  ttftp  D^1|p  rwbifi  fDpn  kvi  nnv7  «**  •#«- 

vi<^  was  $e  smallest,  and  the  three  oldest  had  followed  Saul. 
Q3£?p"*lJT)  ED^XO1*  from  ^e  greatest  among  them  even  unto  the 
least  among  them. 
D"7p~^3"73D  /Ilil19  greatest  of  all  the  men  of  the  East. 

vj-iv     ••  :  T   •  T 

D^-33  n£\*l20  the  fairest  among  women.  [priests. 

•       T  -  TT  - 

yjtfl  ^IJ)21  the  greatest  of  the  city;  D^ijbn  ^.pt22  *fo  oldest  of  the 

5.  D*"0*7  J^'*N23  ®n  eloquent  man;  Hitifrtlil  ^j/324  having  dreams; 
7*17  ^325  *07is  of  strength,  valiant;  rf?**?"? *126  s0?l  °/  a  wi^. 

•j-      "  :  t  :-i-     I  v 

1.  The  adjective  is  frequently  treated  as  if  it  were  a  substantive: 

a.  When  it  stands  in  the  genitive  after  a  noun  in  the  construct  state 
(I  8.  3.  a.). 

b.  When  it  stands  in  the  construct  state  with  a  following  genitive.a 

2.  The  adjective  (here  including  participles  and  demonstratives)  when 
used  in  an  attributive  sense, 

a.  Folio  wsb  the  noun  which  it  modifies. 

b.  Agrees0  with  it  in  number  and  gender. 


ilsa.36:2. 

s  Gen.  41:35. 

is  Ps.  63:4. 

a  2  Kgs.  10:6. 

s  Deut.  19:13. 

9Ps.34:9. 

is  Gen.  29:30. 

22  isa.  37  ;2. 

3Ps.65:5. 

io  Ps.  21:6. 

"1  Sam.  17:14. 

23  Ex.  4:10. 

4  Gen.  1:16. 

u  Num.  14:7. 

is  Jon.  3:5. 

24  Gen.  37:19. 

s  Josh.  23:14. 

wjudg.  16:5. 

w  Job  1:3. 

25  Deut.  3:18. 

6  Gen.  27:1. 

i3Neh.9:33. 

20  Cant.  1:8. 

28  Jon.  4:10. 

i  Gen.  28:17. 

1*  Judg.  14:18. 

38  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [§  10. 

c.  Beceivesd  the  article,  if  the  noun  which  it  modifies  is  for  any 
reason  a  definite  noun. 

3.  The  adjective  (here  including  participles  and  demonstratives)  when 
used  as  a  predicate,  regularly  precedes  the  subject,  yet  frequently  fol- 
lows it,  when  the  sense  is  clear.e 

4.  The  comparison  of  adjectives  is  expressed  as  follows  : — 

a.  The  comparative  degree,  by  the  use  of  the  preposition  VQ  from 
prefixed  to  the  word  with  which  comparison  is  made/  o 

b.  The  superlative  degree, 

(1)  By  the  emphatic  use  of  the  positive  with  the  article,  a  pro- 
nominal suffix  or  a  following  genitive.71 

(2)  By  employing  the  phrase  /3pi  or  5. 

(3)  By  the  constructions  referred  to  in  I  9.  4. 

5.  The  adjectival  idea,  because  of  the  scarcity  of  adjectives,  is  fre- 
quently expressed  by  certain  nominal  constructions  (see  \  8.  3.  e.). 

REMARKS. 

(a)  This  does  not  include  the  cases  cited  under  §  9. 1.  c. 

(b)  Very  rarely  does  the  adjective  precede;  and  in  most  of  these  cases  the  adjec- 
tive or  demonstrative  is  treated  as  a  substantive;  e.  g.,  Ex.  33:1;  Ps.  104:35;  Ps.  33:10. 

(c)  It  is  to  be  noted  that  the  adjective  is  plural  when  the  noun  is  dual,  and  that 
with  collectives  the  construction  is  often  one  according  to  sense ;  e.g.,  Isa.43:7;  1  Sam. 

(d)  The  article  is  quite  frequently  omitted  (see  §  5.  3.  Rem.  d).  [13:15: 17:38. 

(e)  Note  also  the  use  of  a  substantive  (or  a  substantive  and  preposition)  as  predicate 
instead  of  an  adjective,  thus  emphasizing  the  idea;  Gen.  1:2;  Job  3:4;  Ps.  35:10;  Isa.5:13. 

(/)  This  use  of  ftp  is  frequent  also  after  verbs;  e.  g.,  1  Sam.  10:23;  Gen.  37:3. 

(g)  The  adjective  is  often  omitted  and  is  to  be  supplied  from  the  context;  Mic.  7:4; 
Job  11:17. 

(7i)  The  individual  is  thus  designated  as  possessing  in  a  pre-eminent  degree  the 
quality  referred  to. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  1:16;  19:20;  41:20 2  2Kgs.35:9 la. 

Gen.  3:1;  42:13 4b.  Isa.  13:12 4a. 

Gen.6:5;  19:20;  29:2,7 3  Isa.23:8 4b. 

Gen.  27:1 4a.  Jer.  15:15..^ lb. 

Ex.  12:4 2,4b.  Jer.  49:15 4b. 

Ex.l5:16 lb.  Ezek.28:3 4a. 

Deut.  1:19;  21:3 2  Ezek.38:7 4b. 

Deut.l:25 3  Amos  6:2 f la. 

Deut.  11:23 4a.  Zech.l4:4 la. 

Deut.l4:2;  21:3,6 4b.  Ps. 40:13 4a. 

Josh.  14:11 3  Ps.  46:11 4b. 

Josh.  14:15 4b.  Ps.  145:7 lb. 

Judg.6:15 4b.  Prov  3:14;  16:33;  21:3 4a. 

Judg.  14:18 ..4a.  Cant. 5:8 3 

1  Sam.  4:10 3  Ruth  1:13;  3:13 4a. 

1  Sam.  10:33 4b.  Eccles.  1:13 la. 

1  Sam.  16:7 lb.  Eccles.  7:3 ...4a. 

lKgs.  17:17 3 


J  11.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  39 

77.    Personal  Pronoun  and  Suffixes, 

1.  a.  *3K  WlD1  w3/  death,  mine;  JOJTDJI  HC}^?2  ^  $eth  a^so  to  him. 
b.  itfX  Wri  J^J8  Bela,  that  is  Zoar;  Ji^tJ  *ttfl  *0£D.4 

c  tflfin  Y^Xtl5  that  land;  ^)tlil  t^Nil6  that  man. 

•     -         I       VJT    T  ,'      T 

d.  Nin  Dfit^'  0>rf7N7  GW  is  Judge;  1Q#  JflD*  is  its  name. 

2.  a.  DN*D9  he  created  them;  DHN  JO^10  he  created  them; 

T       T  :  T  TT 

♦IftDVn**  did  ye  fast  for  me?  ^fijl^12  thou  hast  given  me. 

■  jf.    :   -  -:  •  -it  -  : 

h-  *&nO  ^W13  thee  I  had  killed;  iDtf  ^JOIT]14  and  he  will  maU 
me  see  it;  STS&    wOl18  and  the  choosing  him;  ifift  flfi"!^16  when 

she  hare  him;   OJ"lK 0*DM^3D  0?717  ^e2/  provoke  themselves; 

1ilN"Di3Jl18  to  smite  him. 

c  f?19  to  him;  ^ISO2®  from  it;  ^ty21  upon  me;  tI1?"?]?22  #°  /or  thee, 
=  ta&e  thyself;  y)  0H2d  ^e  fled  for  himself. 

T 

d-  *DDfT24  ^2/  wrong;  IfiNT25  Aw  /ear  (caused  by  him). 

•    t  -:  t: 

1.  The  Personal  Pronoun,  in  its  separate  form,a  aside  from  its  ordi- 
nary use,b  c  d  e  is  employed, 

a.  In  apposition  with  a  noun  or  pronoun  in  an  oblique  case,  for 
emphasis  (§  6.  3);  and  in  the  case  of  the  third  person, 

b.  As  a  brief  explanatory  particle  equivalent  to  that  is. 

c.  As  a  remote  demonstrative  (see  '4  12.  1.  b.). 

d.  As  a  sort  of  copula  (see  I  7.  6,  7). 

2.  The  Pronominal  Suffixes  are  substituted  for  the  personal  pronouns 
in  all  oblique  cases.    Here  may  be  noted  their  use, 

a.  With  verbs  '/  Q  in  which  case  the  suffix  is 

(1)  generally  the  direct  object  of  the  verb  as  an  accusative,  either 
directly  appended  to  the  verb,  or  joined  to  flN  (see  b.  below); 

(2)  sometimes,  for  brevity,  the  indirect  object,  as  a  dative. 

b.  With  the  sign  of  the  definite  object  JIN  'P 1  this  occurs 

(1)  when  for  emphasis  the  pronominal  idea  must  be  expressed 
first ; 


12  Sam.  19:1. 

s  Gen.  2:19. 

14  2  Sam.  15:25. 

20  Gen.  3:3. 

2  Gen.  4:26. 

9  Gen.  5:2. 

15  1  Sam.  2:28. 

2i  2  Sam.  15:33. 

s  Gen.  14:8. 

io  Gen.  1:27. 

16  Gen.  38:5. 

22  Gen.  12:1. 

<  Gen.  23:19. 

nZech.  7:5. 

njer.  7:19. 

23lsa.  31:8. 

s  Gen.  2:12. 

12  Josh.  15:19. 

is  Gen.  4:15. 

2^  Jer.  51:35. 

»  Job  1:1. 

13  Num.  22:33. 

w  1  Sam.  1:2. 

25  Ex.  20:20. 

IPs.  50:6. 

40  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [§  H. 

(2)  when  a  verb  has  two  pronominal  objects,  only  one  of  which 
can  be  joined  directly  to  the  verb  ; 

(3)  when  it  is  the  object  of  an  Infinitive  Absolute  which  cannot 
receive  a  suffix ; 

(4)  when  it  is  the  object  of  an  Infinitive  Construct  whose  subject 
is  a  pronominal  suffix,  or  a  noun  which  must  stand  near  it ; 

(5)  when  the  pronominal  idea  is  a  reflexive  one  ; 

(6)  when,  by  the  use  of  J1K>  ambiguity  is  avoided,  or  greater 
distinctness  secured. 

c.  With  prepositions: — 

(1)  In  all  the  various  uses  which  occur  in  the  case  of  nouns ; 
and  besides 

(2)  In  the  so-called  "ethical  dative,"  which  marks  "an  intimate 
relation  sustained  by  the  subject  to  the  act."4 

d.  With  nouns ;  here  the  noun  is  properly  a  construct  ($  8.  Rem.  &), 
and  the  suffix  a  genitive,  subjective  or  objective  [l  8.  1.  a.  b).k  l 

REMARKS. 

(a)  The  personal  pronoun,  in  its  separate  form,  may  be  used  only  as  a  nominative, 
except  in  the  case  cited  in  1.  a.  above. 

(b)  While  the  personal  pronoun  is  included  in  the  finite  verb,  it  ;is  also  written 
separately  (1)  for  emphasis  or  contrast;  e.  g.,  Ps.  71:23;  Gen.  48:19;  (2)  if  a  second  sub- 
ject besides  the  pronoun  follows  the  verb;  e.  g.,  Gen.  6:18;  13:1;  (3)  superfluously, 
chiefly  by  later  writers ;  e.  g.,  Lev.  18 :26 ;  Eccles.  2 :12.  [24 :36 ;  19  :24. 

(c)  It  is  not  uncommon  to  repeat  a  noun  rather  than  employ  a  pronoun;  e.  g.,  Gen. 

(d)  The  third  person  rather  than  the  first  is  generally  used  by  authors  in  speaking 
of  themselves;  e.  g.,  Jer.  7:1;  but  cf.  Isa.  6:1;  Jer.  1:4. 

(e)  The  terms  thy  servant,  thy  handmaid  for  the  first  person,  and  of  my  Lord,  the 
king  for  the  second  person  are  common;  e.  g.,  Gen.  18:3;  19:19;  44:18;  2  Sam.  14:12. 

(/)  The  suffix,  when  the  object  of  a  verb,  is  often  omitted  when  it  can  be  easily 
supplied  from  the  context;  e.  g.,  Gen.  2:19;  9:22;  38:17;  Ex.  2:3. 

(Cf)  It  is,  on  the  other  hand,  sometimes  expressed  redundantly;  e.g., Ex.  2:6;  ISam. 
21:14;  Ezek.  10:3;  Isa.  17:6;  Josh.  1:2. 

(h)  As  the  language  grows  older  there  is  an  increasing  tendency  to  separate  the 
pronoun  from  the  verb  which  it  modifies. 

(£)  For  the  usage  of  the  sign  of  the  definite  object  fiX  with  nouns,  see  §  12.  2.  ib. 

0")  "In  most  cases  this  mode  of  expression  indicates  a  special  participation  in  the 
action  by  the  agent  or  speaker,  a  certain  earnestness  or  zeal  with  which  he  acts;  but 
it  occurs,  as  an  expression  of  heartiness,  more  in  the  diffuse  and  easy-going  popular 
style,  both  in  poetry  and  in  unimpassioned  prose,  and  especially  in  sentences  in  which 
advice  is  tendered,  or  a  question  asked."— Ewald. 

(k)  The  suffix,  in  a  few  cases,  seems  almost  entirely  to  have  lost  its  original  force; 
e.g.,  (1)  ^K  =  my  lords  (§  3. 2.  c)  =  the  Lord,  used  only  of  God  (Gen.  15:2;  18:3);  (2)  nTV 
=  his  joinings  =  he  together  =  together  (Ex.  19:8;  1  Kgs.  3:18). 

(I)  On  the  inaccurate,  and  largely  colloquial,  interchange  of  masculine  and  femi- 
nine pronouns  and  suffixes,  see  §  2. 1.  c. 


§  12,]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  41 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  15:13 26.  Isa.27:4;  44:21 * 2a. 

Gen.  16:5 2d.  Jer.7:19;  16:11 ..26. 

Gen.21:16;  24:6 2c.  Jer.  9:1 2a. 

Gen.  23:2 16.  Jer.  25:14 la. 

Gen.  24:27;  27:34, 38 la.  Hos.8:9 2c. 

Gen.  37:4 2a.  Amos2:13;  7:12 2c. 

Ex.  7:9;  18:27 2c.  Hag.l:4 la. 

Num.  14:32 la.  Zech.7:5 la. 

Num.  22:33 2a.  Ps.  9:7 la. 

Deut.22:2 26.  Ps.  58:8;  120:6 2c. 

Josh.  15:8,9 16.  Job  20:29:  23:14;  34:6 2d*. 

1  Sam.  25:24 la.  Cant.  2:11 2c. 

2  Sam.  17:5 la.  Eccles.  8:15 2a. 

lKgs.  21:19 .....la.  Dan.  8:15 la. 

Isa.2:22;  23:7 2c. 

12.    Demonstrative  and  Interrogative  Pronoun. 

1.  a.  ftfft  tfO'fin1  iliis  place;  ff?Kft  Dt*"0*??fta  these  things, 

v  -  I     t  -  v-i-  t  •  t     :  - 

b.  fcttftft  E^KfT8  that  man;  Dftft  0*0*3*  *»  those  days. 

•    r  "   t  •  t- 

c.  Dl^flft5  this  stroke  =  now;  ft7*  vft6  this  night  =  to-night. 

d.  ^T*]1?*  ftp  who  begat  thee;    fo  fSHXf  ftt8  **  which  thou  dwellest. 

Iavt:         V  t  :j-  t 

t*  D*ft  ft}8  A^  seot  tfAere;  ftf  V?^.10  come  wp  Aere; 

D*3ft  D*D*  ftt11  now  many  days;  0*D1*£D  ftt12  n°w  twice; 

•      -  -TV  -jr*-.\- 

ftf  *D13  wAo  fAera?  ftt  ft/D1?14  1*%  then?  ftf-ftD15  &ow  w  A  that? 

T-IT 

/.  JltfPKS  ^JH16  my  feet  are  like  those  of  hinds;  "jfttf  "tB^O 

FOftH17  and  those  who  were  with  him  in  the  ark , 

T    "     ~ 

g.  ftOJ  IfoK  fttl  ftD5  HJ  *"M?N*V8  «^  this  one  said  so,  arcd  that 
one  said  so;  ftJQ  ft*?$0  ftt D  ft^N19  ^e*e  hither  and  those  thither. 

2.  a.  B^KTI  *£20  w^o  *  ^  maTif  ft1?**  *ft21  wfto  are  these? 

•       T  *  VJ" 

Ifca-ta  W  who  is  all  flesh?  fttft  ftJPTOft-ta  rf?  ♦D.23 

t    t  t  v  -:  |-  ]-  t        |  : 

fc  ftN  *JD"ft324  w^ose  daughter  art  thou  ?   ft^'tf   ^D"ftN25  toftom 
sAaZZ  I  send? 


i  Gen.  28 :17.  s  ps.  74 :2.  m  Gen.  18 :13.  20  Gen.  24 :65. 

2  Gen.  15:1.  »  Ps.  104:25.  is  Judg.  18:24.  21  Gen.  33:5. 

3  Job  1:1.  10  Num.  13:17.  is  2  Sam.  22:34.  22Deut.5:23. 

4  Gen,  6:4.  u  Josh.  22:3.  «  Gen.  7:23.  23  Gen.  33:8. 
6  Gen.  2 :23.  12  Gen.  27 :36.  is  1  Kgs.  22 :20.  24  Gen.  24 :23. 
6  Gen.  19:5.  is  Job  38:2.  »  2  Sam.  2:13.  25  l8a.  6:8. 
"fProv.  23:22. 


42  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [§  12, 

c.  yiJDK'HID1  what  did  they  say?  j7P~J13pn2  what  wisdom  f 

tVtfrfor  what?  HD  WH  on  account  of  what?  tlfi'^V5  upon  what? 

T    |T  V       l*J~  T  ^~ 

cZ.  DfiDtf  ■*/?  j/"l*'N76  ^e  knows  not  who  shall  gather  them. 

JOiTfTD  ^T  K1?7  ^y  &rcew  wo*  what  it  was. 
e.  Jjfe^  "VHT)  iO*"*D8  fe£  whoever  is  fearful  and  timid  return. 

T  "  t    :  "T         f 

T]l?"rTt^J^K1  ?I^$^  lONH'nD9  whatever  thy  soul  desires  I  will  do 
for  thee.  [thou? 

f  wi  nr-'N10  which  house?  nnN  mt  nro-^11/^  what  dty  art 

1.  In  reference  to  the  demonstrative  pronoun,  it  may  be  noted  that 

a.  The  demonstrative,  when  attributive,  is  treated  as  an  adjective 
[l  10.  2.). 

b.  The  personal  pronoun  of  the  third  person  is  used  as  a  remote 
demonstrativea($  11.  1.  c). 

c.  The  article  sometimes  still  retains  its  original  demonstrative 
force  (§  4.  3.  a). 

d.  The  pronoun  j"ft ,  especially  in  poetry,  is  often  used  as  a  relative 
pronoun.** 

e.  The  pronoun  Jit  (sometimes  having  a  preposition)  is  also  used  as 
a  demonstrative  adverb,  sometimes  referring  to  place  and  sometimes  to 
time;  and  frequently  serves  as  an  enclitic  to  emphasize  words  of  interro- 
gation (cf.  English  then).c 

f.  The  demonstrative  is  omitted  whenever,  if  expressed,  it  would 
stand  as  a  construct  before  a  genitive,  or  before  a  relative  pronoun. 

g.  The  demonstratives  are  often  used  antithetically  =  this — that, 
these — those. 

2.  In  reference  to  the  interrogative  pronouns  it  may  be  noted  that 

a.  *£},  either  singular  or  plural,  refers  generally  to  persons^  though 
very  seldom  to  things. d 

b.  *£p  may  be  used  as  a  genitive  after  a  construct,  an  accusative  with 
J1K>  or  with  prepositions. 

C  JlDi  referring  always  to  things,  may  stand  as  a  nominative,  accu- 
sative, or  genitive,  or  with  prepositions. 

d.  Either  *£  or  fjft  may  introduce  indirect  as  well  as  direct  ques- 

T 

tions.6 


Usa.  39:3,  4.  *  Hag.  1:9.  t  Ex.  16:15.  lolsa.  66:1. 

2Jer.  8:9.  5  Job  38:6.  sjudg.  7:3.  n  2  Sam.  15:2. 

sPs.2:l.  6P8.39:7.  »1  Sam.  20:4 


I  13.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  43 

e.  Either  *£)  or  jfft  may  be  used  as  indefinite  pronouns,  whoever, 
whatever/ oh 

/.  By  prefixing  *Jtf  (construct  of  *tf  where)  to  the  demonstrative  fljf 
a  quite  common  interrogation  is  formed. 

REMARKS. 

(a)  It  is  important  to  distinguish  closely  between  HT  and  R1H;  e.g.,  Judg.  7:4. 

(b)  In  the  same  manner  our  English  that  may  be  used  as  a  relative. 

(c)  Kin  also  is  sometimes  an  enclitic  emphasizing  the  preceding  interrogative; 
e,  g.,  Ps.  24:10. 

(d)  In  most  cases  the  objects  to  which  ,D  refers  involve  individual  beings. 

(e)  In  the  Semitic  languages  the  difference  between  direct  and  indirect  sentences 
is  scarcely  felt. 

(f)  Compare  HD  ^31  whatever,  Num.  23:3;  and  also  HD1XD  anything  whatever. 

(g)  In  a  few  cases  «0  and  HD  qualify    a  following  word;  e.  g.,  ^K^D  (Deut.  3:24) 
What  God?  fflDTTID  (Isa.  40:18)  what  likeness?  also  Ps.  77:14;  Jer.  2:5. 

(h)  Notice  should  be  taken  of  those  cases  in  which  HD,  asking  the  mode  of  an  action, 
is  equivalent  to  how?  e.  g.,  Num.  23:8;  1  Sam.  10:27;  Gen.  28:17;  Ps.  8:2;  84:2. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  4:10;  47:8 2c.    lKgs.  13:12 2/. 

Gen.  15:18 , lb.    lKgs.  17:24;  19:5 le. 

Gen.  16:8 2/.    2Kgs.l9:22 2b. 

Gen.  24:23,  32:18 2b.    Isa.  2:17 lb. 

Gen.  27:21 le.    Isa.  3:9 1/. 

Gen.  28:15;  31:1 If.    Isa.  54:15 2e. 

Ex.  2:11 lb.    Joel  3:2 1^. 

Ex.  5:22 le.    Jon.  1:8 ..2/. 

Ex.  24:14........ le,2e.    Mic.3:4 lb. 

Num.  14:22 le.    Mic.5:4 le. 

Deut.  8:2,  4;  9:12 le.    Zech.  5:5 2d. 

Deut.  17:9 lb.    Zech.  7:3 le. 

Judg.  9:28 2a.    Mai.  1:7 2c. 

lSam.l2:3;  17:55-58 2b.    Ps.l2:5;  77:14 2a. 

1  Sam.  14:17 2d.    Ps.20:8;  75:8 lg. 

1  Sam.  30:13 2/.    Ps.  104:8 Id. 

2  Sam.  19:43 le.    Prov.  19:12 If. 

lKgs.l:27;  14:3 2d.    Job  13:13 2e. 

lKgs.3:23.... lg.    Job  19:19 Id. 

lKgs.l2:16 2c.    Eccles.7:14 lg. 

13.    The  Relative  Pronoun. 

1-  Tj7£DJl  in^C^  *1X^H  l&il1  the  general  whom  the  king  has  sent. 

}%W/  J/D^ri"K7  *KJW  *iil2  a  nation  whose  tongue  thou  wilt  not  hear. 
3TW!  DB^TB^  rfyiflff  Savilah  where  it  gold. 

t  t  -         t  v    -:        t     •  -:  |- 


x  Isa.  37:4.  2  Deut.  28:49.  sGen.2:U. 


44  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [|  13. 

D*TSD3  11103  fTiTN*?  ^ttf'K  1131  hail  such  as  has  not  been  in  Egypt. 

•j-  :     •     :  j    t         t  t  |         v     -:  t  t 

*lN5nK  ^15  *"!??'&?  ilJW  **13J/2  ^0W  ar*  w^  servant  in  whom  I  will 

2.  iJlNO  IMJp  ^t^'N1?3  ^°  him  from  whom  he  bought  it.  [be  glorified. 
rWj/'lt^N  ^y4  0?l  account  of  that  which  he  did. 

IWiW  *T8^$  1*35  w&  ^e  hand  of  him  whom  thou  hatest. 

••  t  v    _:         -  : 

JTlDN  *fVlDJl  ta)£^'N36  ™  the  place  in  which  thou  diest,  I  will  die. 

t        •      j    t         v    -:|- 

*j*V3  Jl*lD*  ^t^^D7/^m  f^e  ft'me  in  which  thou  wast  precious  in  mine 

-  *"\      t     :|j-t      v    -:|" 

t]*l3p  ?|*)Drr*1^N  JIN8  he  whom  thou  blessest  is  blessed.  [eyes. 

3.  a.  Orf?  $h  T^)N39  ^  a  land  which  is  not  theirs. 

j"lN1D"Di*  fiN3il10  thou  hast  brought  the  day  thou  hast  called. 

T  JtJt  I  T  -I"    - 

13  I^IK  DV11  the  day  on  which  I  was  born. 
..  T . 

°*  ^  l^T"^1?  DipO12  the  place  of  him  who  knows  not  God. 

flt?t^n"1^313  ty  ^e  ^a7l<^  °/  aw#  one  whom  thou  wilt  send. 

Infill  TitffJP  13J1K  fTiil*14  ^e  whom  Yahweh  loves  will  accomplish 

4.  a.  ^l"-!1?*  fit  ^l^K1?  J/Ofc^'15  Zwten.  to  thy  father  who  begat  thee,  [his  desire. 

*3"133ilJ  *il3r7N~f7t16  ^ose  ^  Zoved  are  turned  against  me. 
b.  ^"I^i^n  i3317  /«*  «o?i  wAo  was  born  to  him.  [turned. 

frOD^rrJl18  who  went;  PHOT?19  w/ucA  Aas  come;  il3fc2ftl20  ^Ao  re- 

:    fT     V  T-IT    -  TJT       " 

The  word  It^'K  is,  strictly  speaking,  an  unchangeable  relative  particle, 
and  not  a  pronoun.  It  is  used  to  give  a  relative  force  to  something  which 
follows.    Hence, 

1.  A  pronominal  suffix  or  an  adverb  following  this  particle,  receives 

from  it  a  relative  meaning,   "j1? *"K^£?  =  to  whom,  DJ1N ^^^  = 

whom,  Dfc^ *T0^$  =  where,  etc.ab 

2.  When  the  particle  I^N  is  immediately  preceded  by  a  preposition, 
or  by  riNi  the  sign  of  the  definite  object,  or  by  a  noun  in  the  construct 
state,  there  is  always  to  be  supplied  as  its  antecedent,  according  to  the 
demands  of  the  context,  either  a  demonstrative  pronoun,  or  a  word  indi- 
cating place  or  time.c 


i  Ex.  9:18. 

6  Ruth  1:17. 

nJob3:3. 

16  Job  19:19. 

2lsa.  49:3. 

7lsa.  43:4. 

n  Job  18:21. 

n  Gen.  21:3. 

3  Lev.  27:24, 

8  Num.  22:6. 

is  Ex.  4:13. 

is  Josh.  10:24. 

4  Jer.  15:4. 

9  Gen.  15:13. 

l*  Isa.  48:14. 

19  Gen.  18:21. 

eEzek.  23:28. 

io  Lam.  1:21. 

is  Prov.  23:22 

20  Ruth  4:3. 

1  13.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  45 

3.  The  relative  particle  may  be  omitted  from  any  construction  ii_ 
which  it  is  accustomed  to  be  used,  as, 

a.  When  it  would  be  the  subject  or  object  of  the  sentence,  or  used 
as  a  genitive  or  dative  ;  and  even 

b.  When,  by  its  omission,  there  is  also  omitted  its  antecedent  (see 

2  above)  which  is  included  in  it. 

4.  The  relative  idea  is  otherwise  expressed, 

a.  By  the  demonstrative  pronoun  f|J  (§  12.  1.  d). 

b.  By  the  article  with  a  participle  and  rarely  with  a  finite  verb 
(§4.  3. /).<** 

REMARKS. 

(a)  When  the  pronominal  suffix  is  the  object  of  a  verb,  it  may  be  omitted  as  easily 
understood  from  the  context,  and  in  this  case  the  particle  serves  alone  to  express  the 
idea,  e.  g.,  Gen.  2:8;  31:3;  26:32;  Ex.  4:21. 

(b)  Generally  one  or  more  words  stand  between  the  particle,  and  the  pronoun  or 
adverb  which  receives  from  it  the  relative  force. 

c)  In  Gen.  31:32  and  Isa.  47:12  the  relative  particle  is  said  by  some  to  be  directly 
connected  with  the  preposition. 

(d)  The  relative  particle  is  used  with  7  as  a  periphrasis  of  annexion  (§  9. 5.  Rem.e). 

(e)  The  relative  particle  is  largely  used  in  the  formation  of  conjunctions  from 
prepositions  and  adverbs,  but  even  here  it  may  be  omitted,  e.  g.,  Josh.  2:22;  Gen.  31:20; 
1  Sam.  5:9;  2  Sam.  12:22. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  2:11 4b.  Isa.  7:16 1 

Gen.9:24;  39:9 2  Isa.25:9;  42:24;  43:21 4a. 

Gen.l3:3;  45:4 1  Isa.30:6;  54:1 3a. 

Ex.4:15;  32:34 2  Isa.  40:29;  41:24;  65:1 3b. 

Ex.  9:4 3a.  Jer.2:8 3b. 

Ex.  15:13 4a.  Jer.  32:19 1 

Lev.  5:8 2  Ezek.  11:12 1 

Lev.  16:32 1  Hos.  1:2 3b. 

Deut.3:4 1  Hos.  14:4 1 

Deut.4:3 2  Hab.2:6 3b. 

Deut.  32:15,  20 3a.  Ps.4:8;  7:7;  49:20 3a. 

Josh.  10:24 4b.  Ps.9:16;  74:2 4a. 

Judg.5:18 3a.  Job  10:2;  15:17 4a. 

Judg.l7:8 2  Ruth  1:16 2 

1  Sam.  15:2;  16:3 2  Est.  6:6 1 

lKgs.  18:12 2  IChron.  26:28 4&. 

2KgS.  8:1 2 


46  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [2  14. 

14.    Other  Pronominal  Expressions. 

1.  a.  KjnN*)1  and  I  hid  myself;  NJHrV**)2  and  he  hid  himself. 

h.  tfttl  '-TIN3  the  Lord  himself;  tlftil  DH^TiT4  the  Jews  themselves. 

t       -:  tj"  •         :- 

3ftf|  TlilN  i7  W^1^  a^  Ehud  made  for  himself  a  sword. 
tlf2^  liYjy^JHl6  and  she  took  him  up  with  herself. 
c.  *tf  &)  yi^is?7  I  know  not  myself  (lit.,  my  soul). 

n^")D2l  TV\\&  Dn^D*)8  and  Sarah  laughed  within  herself. 

t     :)•    :  tt     |      -    :     •  - 

2.  a.  'itjjtl  K^'K 107rW  an<^  ^ey  dreamed each  his  dream. 

^Db^l  IMS10  every  morning;  TUN1?  ^ft^H  *^'u  two  omers  for 

Jv-i   -        \: -i   -  t   v  |t         :-0j   t      ••  : 

each;  Oi*~TO-312  Ml  every  d*a?/;  *fT"7313  every  one  living. 

t    :  -  t 

&•  iDpQD  C^K  NV?"  /N14  ?e^  «©*  any  one  go  forth  from  his  place. 
^'yi  fflltVO  Hh&il15  I*  anything  too  difficult  for  Yahwehf 

t    t        t        |"         ••  t  •  -: 

9  /11V9  z^16  any  °f  ^  s  commandments;  JTVtO17  anything  evil. 
*y^3  rl/"*^^^  7"318  whoever  belongs  to  thee  in  the  city. 
Hi^JJ  '*  ^fllT^N.  *?319  whatever  Y.  pleases,  he  does. 

c.  '♦  *j)ptO Ftp20  *a&e some  o/  *Ae  eZoJers  of  Israel. 

DWT"ttp  ^NV^21  507we  °/  A*  people  went  out. 

d.  bb*?  liXP  N*722  8  6  good  for  nothing;  ^"^V  ti&  jfi^H  PH*  wo- 
6oc?i/  ta&es  «{  to  heart;  **0*I  ^J^fi-7^24  <&>  nothing; 

l?T?to  r?  WK*7  QHN"^25  nooocfy  sAoiZ  6e  in  tfie  *en*. 

V     J    T  v   :   |-  f  T  T  T 

e.  Hf  D"*1t^K  *1  il26  swcA  a  people;  K^S  HjO27  s^c^  a  man; 
VT03  H3*TN  f5  n^lTN1?28  ^ere  w^?"6  ^°  SMC^  locusts  as  they. 

/•  *1(1N  PWffl  "TflK  ntO29  ^e  owe  °n  the  one  side,  the  other  on  the  other. 

T     V  V    •  T     V  V     • 

VIlK  ^yO  &*$  ^H^S^30  awd  ^ey  separated  the  one  from  the  other. 
j7)""7X  ftf  ^^p"tf /I31  a^  ^  one  did  not  draw  near  the  other. 
'12122  HD/OO  *TV3  *V .y32  one  city  against  another,  one  kingdom 

:    -    :  t  t    :    -  ^   :  Wt 

against  another. 


i  Gen.  3:10. 

•  Gen.  40:5. 

nlsa.  56:2. 

25  Lev.  16:17. 

2  Gen.  3:8. 

io  Ex.  16:21. 

is  Gen.  19:12. 

26  Jer.  5:9. 

s  Isa.  7:14. 

u  Ex.  16:22. 

19  Ps.  135:6. 

27  Gen.  41:38. 

4  Est.  9:1. 

12  Ps.  7:12. 

20  Ex.  17:5. 

28  Ex.  10:14. 

sjudg.  3:16. 

13  Gen.  3:20. 

21  Ex.  16:27. 

29  Ex.  17:12. 

6  1  Sam.  1:24. 

u  Ex.  16:29. 

22jer.  13:7. 

so  Gen.  13:11. 

i  Job  9:21. 

15  Gen.  18:14. 

23  Isa.  57:1. 

si  Ex.  14:20. 

«  Gen.  18:12. 

is  Lev.  4:2. 

24  Gen.  19:8. 

32  Isa.  19:2. 

§  15.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  47 

Certain  ideas,  expressed  in  English  by  means  of  pronouns,  are  other- 
wise expressed  in  Hebrew.  The  more  important  of  these  are  the  fol- 
lowing : — 

1.  The  reflexive  pronoun  is  expressed, 

a.  By  the  Niph'al  and  Hlthpa'el  stems. 

b.  By  the  personal  pronoun  of  the  third  person  and  by  pronominal 
suffixes. 

c.  By  the  use  of  certain  nouns  like  t^£0»  OV#>  D^B  (2  8.  2.  c), 

mp,  and  as. 

v|jv 

2.  The  indefinite  pronouns  are  expressed  variously : — 

a.  Each,  every,  by  j^*|$,  or  the  repetition  of  a  word  (2  3.  1.  c),  or 

nn^or^b. 

6.  J.m/,  anyone,  anything,  whoever,  whatever,  by  ttfW,  "0*7;  /3« 

c.  &?me  of,  by  the  preposition  Jp  from. 

d.  Nothing,  nobody,  by  ^j. .. .&,  B*tf  M*,  W-  .  •  tf?  (or  ^J), 

...  •      I       ••  T      T 

67^byn.D,f3. 

/.  ^Ae  one-thl other,  by  intf-intf,  tf'N-^N,  fc^-flN  or 
Wtf— JYH7N,  ^N— l^*),  fTMTfi  or  the  repetition  of  a  noun. 

T       •  T  m*    " 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.8:9;  23:3;  33:17 lb.    2Sam.l2:l 2/. 

Gen.  9:5;  13:11 2/.    lKgs.3:23 2/. 

Gen.  30:14 2c.    1  Kgs.  10:12 2e. 

Gen.  39:23 2d.    Isa.6:3 2/. 

Ex.4:9 2c.    Isa.  66:8 26. 

Ex.  35:24 2b.    Jer.  7:19 lb. 

Lev.  5:9 2c.    Jer.  9:3 2d. 

Lev.  11:32 2b.    Jer.  37:9 le. 

Num.  20:19 2d.    Ezek.l5:3 2b. 

Num.  35:22 2b.    Ezek.34:2 lb. 

Deut.2:7 2d.    Hab.2:19 2d. 

Judg.6:29... 2/.    Eccles.  8:5 2d. 

Judg.  13:23 2e.    1  Chron.  9:28 2c. 

1  Sam.  10:3 2/.    1  Chron.  17:5 2/. 

15.    Numerals. 

1.  *7f7N  Dln  one  day;  JlflK  mill2  one  law;  OH(7N  OW3  single  days. 

TV  -     -  T  •   T     ~:  •    T 

2.  a.  D'P*  PtthW4' triad  of  days  =  three  days;  flhNJSfT  W'5  the  two  I. 
b.  0!*}$  J^fc^'6  seven  years;  D**"^  tl^^tif1  seven  bullocks. 

i  Gen.  27:45.  3  Gen.  27:44.  e  Gen.  1:16.  i  Num.  23:1, 29. 

2  Ex.  12 :49.  4  Josh.  2 :22.  «  Gen.  5 :7. 


48 


HEBREW  SYNTAX 


[215. 


C*  1*1^5^  O*?^1  seven  rams;  %?%$  J"lfrl?92  seven  steps. 

3.  Q*8^N  ItiW  D\3^'3  ^eZve  mew;  ^{JW  Q*J#  DHS4  *we?ve  bullocks; 
W  *)fcW  nr?N5  e7^™  ^a?/s;  #flj  mtW  fcW6  *ia*ee»  souk. 

4.  D\3^  D^5^7  seventy  sons;  0**1^7  HiDN8  twenty  cubits; 
Vh'h  U>VT\$?  forty  nights;  #£)j  O'lft^'10  seventy  sowZs. 

5.  mb^l  OU^IN  DH^11  forty-eight  cities;   QTf^  >#fl  DUEHN12 
forty-two  children;  ftfl&  wTEfi  O^/fc^'13  thirty-three  years; 

t  t  t    :  •  : 

i"W  D* JDKfl  D  W  t^'DH14  seventy-Jive  years. 

T  T  '    .*        I  *    T  *     T 

6.  D *N*5fl  Jl^O15  a  hundred  prophets;  D\5"7N>  DJStD16  a  hundred  sockets; 
nJtr-nNO,17  FU#  ftKO18  a  Anntfred  years;   fTKO  D^iDI19  «  Awn- 

TTT"  TT_:  T     "  •  • 

dred  pomegranates;  fii^j?  ^I^^j20  or  ^|!?&?  fi'fry21  «  thousand  burnt- 
offerings. 

7.  a.  D>#T)Nn22  the  forty;  DHt^jT3  the  twenty;  'TIWP4  the  one. 

h-  tttfXKFl  WEf"?25  the  five  men;  D'<l  V7  D^ltf  MK26  ^e/orty  day*; 

•.    t  -:  |t  v  -J"    _:  t     :  - 

D'DN&ni  D^JOt^ni  ntJ^?t^n27  ^  tfwo  hundred  and  seventy-three; 
fcJ^N  OVlNftl  D^DTm"?28  ^e  Zwo  hundred  and  fifty  men.     [month. 

8.  a.  ftfteftWrt  H^329  «•  fleJi***  year;  *Jft}TST\  £HrD30  in  the  ninth 

T  |*   T  T   T     ,~  W.    ,         .      —  ..  j     _ 

°-  flT#E  rWOI^  n^'?,31  or  fij^  iYl£#  W^'332  *» the  eighteenth 
year;  fWt^  DU^STIJO33  w»  the  fortieth  year. 

t  t  ^  t     :  -    : 

c-  J^HK  fOt^'534  «•  the  fourth  year;  ^Wtl'D^35  the  seventh  year. 

9.  a.  DW'  D^t^'36  ftoo  %  two;  tSy&fr  "UlN37  one /or  eacA  tribe. 

0.  D  W£38  **&&*;  D*01fS  t^t^39  or  D^?JD  fc^*40  ^ree  times; 

•-1-      .P  '     T.  t  •  t     :  T 

nflN41  once;  D^V^PD"1?^  I^&J^42  seven  times  for  your  sins; 
O^ili^^43  seve?l  times;  DVW^fr?44  four  times. 


1 2  Chron.  13:9. 
2Ezek.  40:22. 
s  Deut.  1:23. 
4Ezr.  8:35. 
s  Deut.  1:2. 
e  Gen.  46:18. 
7  2  Kgs.  10:1. 
»2  Chron.  3:4. 
9  Gen.  7:4. 
10  Ex.  1:5. 
"Josh.  21:39. 


i2  2KgS.  2:24. 

13  2  Sam.  5:5. 

14  Gen.  12:4. 
is  1  Kgs.  18:4. 
16  Ex.  38:2T. 
11  Gen.  17:17. 
is  Gen.  11:10. 

i9  2Chron.  3:16. 
20 1  Kgs.  3:4. 

21  2  Chron.  1:6. 

22  Gen.  18:29. 


23  Gen.  18:31. 
24Eccles.4:9. 
25  Judg.  18:17. 
26Deut.  9:25. 

27  Num.  3:41. 

28  Num.  16:35. 

29  2  Chron.  29:3. 
so  Jer.  36:9. 

si  2  Chron.  34:8. 

32  2  Kgs.  22:3. 

33  Deut.  1:3. 


»4Zech.7:l. 
36  Deut.  15:9. 

36  Gen.  7:9. 

37  Deut.  1:23. 

38  Num.  20:11. 

39  Ex.  23:17. 

40  Ex.  23:14. 
4U  Kgs.  10:22. 

42  Ley.  26:18. 

43  Gen.  4:15. 

44  2  Sam.  12:6. 


I  15.]  BY  AN"  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  49 

c.  *yn  one-half;   tVtt*7&  one-third;    ffff  ffl#  two-thirds;  Vy\tf 

•    -:  •    :  t       ••    :  *  -     :  - 

ft}*]*  four-fifths;  JTJ"J*  Jft^il  nine-tenths. 

The  various  constructions  of  the  numerals  may  be  classified  as  follows : 
1-  *THK  is  an  adjective,  and  follows  the  substantive  which  it  modi- 

T    V 

fies.a 

2.  The  numerals  from  two  to  ten  are  used  with  plural  nouns  and  may 
stand  in  one  of  three  constructions : — 

a.  Before  the  noun  and  in  annexion  with  it  (2  8.  2.  a). 

b.  Before  the  noun,  with  the  noun  in  apposition  (§  6,  2.  and  Rem.  b). 

c.  After  the  noun,  and  in  apposition  with  it  (§  6.  1.  e)Pc 

3.  The  numerals  from  eleven  to  nineteen  are  used  with  plural  nouns,d 
and  usually  stand  before  the  noun  (|  6.  2.  and  Rem.  b),  though  sometimes 
after  it  {I  6.  1.  e). 

4.  The  numerals  from  twenty  to  ninety  may  be  followed  by  the  sub- 
stantive (in  apposition,  cf.  \  6.  2.  and  Rem.  b),  or  may  be  preceded  by  the 
substantive  and  stand  in  apposition  with  it  (§6.  1.  e).  In  the  former 
case  the  substantive  is  generally  in  the  singular,6  in  the  latter  it  is  always 
in  the  plural. 

5.  Numerals  made  up  of  tens  and  units  vary  greatly  in  usage.  They 
generally  follow  a  plural  noun,  though  sometimes  they  precede  it.  The 
common  nouns  cited  below  (Remarks  d,  e)  generally  stand  in  the  singular, 
if  .the  numeral  precedes.  Frequently  the  substantive  is  used  twice,  in 
the  singular  with  the  ten,  in  the  plural  with  the  unit. 

6.  The  numerals  HNO  hundred,  D*J"IND  two  hundred,  together  with 

T     "  'J"  T  , 

the  words  for  three  hundred,  four  hundred,  etc.,  and  CI7K  thousand, 
D^S'pN  two  thousand  admit  the  same  constructions  as  the  numerals 
two  to  ten  (see  above  2.  a.-c)f  The  substantive,  except  in  the  case  of 
those  named  in  Remarks  d,  e  (below),  is  in  the  plural. 

7.  In  the  use  of  the  article  with  numerals,  it  may  be  noted  that, 

a.  A  numeral  standing  alone  receives  it,  as  would  any  other  noun. 

b.  When  the  numeral  is  in  the  construct,  the  article  is  written  with 
the  following  substantive  ;  when  it  is  in  the  absolute,  the  article  may  be 
prefixed  to  the  numeral,  or  to  the  substantive,  or  to  both. 

8.  In  reference  to  the  use  of  ordinals,  it  may  be  noted  that, 

a.  Those  from  one  to  ten  are  treated  as  ordinary  adjectives. 

b.  Above  ten,  the  cardinals  are  used  as  ordinals,  following  in  an- 
nexion with  the  noun,  or  preceding  it  in  apposition. 

c.  In  dates,  the  cardinals  from  one  to  ten  also  are  often  used  instead 
of  the  ordinals.0 


50  HEBREW   SYNTAX  [g  15. 

9.  a.  Distributives  are  expressed  by  the  repetition  of  the  numeral,  or 
by  the  use  of  the  preposition  7. 

b.  Numeral  adverbs  are  expressed  by  forms  of  OVQ  time,  ^yifoot, 
*J*  hand,  by  feminine  forms  of  the  cardinals,  by  dual  formations. 

c.  Fractions  are  expressed  by  specific  words  (e.  g.,  *¥f7  one-half), 
by  the  feminine  form  of  the  ordinals,  by  use  of  the  word  JTJ*V,  etc. 

REMARKS. 

(a)  inX  is  sometimes  used  as  a  substantive  in  annexion  with  a  following  word, 
e.  g.,  2  Sam.  13:13;  Job  2:10. 

(b)  This  construction  is  comparatively  rare  and  late. 

(c)  Nouns  designating  weights  and  measures  are  frequently  omitted  after  the 
numeral,  which,  however,  is  masculine  or  feminine  according  to  the  gender  of  the 
omitted  noun;  e.  g.,  Gen.  24:22;  1  Sam.  10:4;  Ruth  3:15. 

(d)  Certain  common  nouns  stand  in  the  singular  with  the  numerals  eleven  to  nine* 
teen:  VPX  man,  fjStt  thousand,  HDK  cubit,  DV  day,  *\03  silver,  ty£)J  soul,  7WW  year, 
*?pty  shekel;  e.  g.,  Num.  1:44;  Deut.  1:2;  Hos.  3:2;  Gen.  46:18. 

(e)  But  except  in  the  case  of  the  nouns  just  mentioned  in  Rem.  d,  and  a  few  others 
denoting  weight  or  measure,  such  as  J"D  bath,  133  talent,  13  cor,  H1J  gerah,  the  nu- 
merals from  twenty  to  ninety,  even  when  they  precede  the  substantive,  usually  take  a 
noun  in  the  plural;  e.  g.,  Num.  11:25;  Ezek.  40:17. 

(/)  These  words,  however,  with  the  exception  of  HKD,  having  no  construct,  can* 
not  stand  in  annexion  with  a  following  substantive. 

(g)  In  dates  the  nouns  DV  day,  BHn  month  are  frequently  omitted;  e.  g.,  Gen.  8:5; 
Ex.  12:3;  Deut.  1:3. 

REFERENCES   FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  4:19;  5:26;  8:10,12;  25:23;  30:36;  Judg.  7:3 6 

31:23 2a.  Judg.  11:33 4 

Gen.  7:24-  32:15 6  Judg.  14:17 75. 

Gen.8:13;  14:4 8b.  lSam.l3:5;  25:18 6 

Gen.U:25;  14:4;  17:20 3  lSam.20:27 8c. 

Gen.  18:2;  41:18 2b.  2  Sam.  2:15 3 

Gen.  18:24 4  2  Sam.  19:44 9b. 

Gen.  23:1 5  2  Sam.  21:20 9a. 

Gen. 43:34 9b.  lKgs.5:3;  7:2;  18:19 6 

Gen.  47:24 9c.  1  Kgs.  7:38 4 

Ex.  11:1 1  2  Kgs.  6:25 9c. 

Ex.  12:3 8c.  2  Kgs.  18:23 6 

Ex.  12:6 8b.  Isa.  6:2 9a. 

Ex.  29:40 9c.  Ezek.  40:36 5 

Lev.  27:5 4  Zech.  11:12 4 

Num.  7:3 3  Zech.  13:8 9c. 

Num.  11:19 4  Prov.6:31 9b. 

Deut.  1:23 1  Job  32:1 2a. 

Deut.  4:13 7b.  Neh.  8:2 8c. 

Deut.  4:41;  19:2 2b.  lChron.2:22 5 

Deut.  22:19 6  lChron.23:4 6 

Josh.3:12;  4:3 3  lChron.25:5 2c. 

Josh.  4:20 7b.  2Chron.3:4 4 

Josh.  21:32 2c.  2Chron.U:J7 2c. 


H.     XJse  of  Tenses   and   Moods. 

16.    The  Tenses,  in  General 

1.  a.  *1DN  nt^Kn/X1  unio  the  woman  he  said. 

-     T  T        •     |T 

b.  B^Jjtv  DVr?D  *rOpt2  J***  *°°  old  to  be  to  a  husband, 
c  DpV*P  DDi3  T]^*l3  a  star  shall  proceed  from  Jacob,  etc. 

2.  a.  n2flD**VB^  fN4  then  sang  (proceeded  to  sing)  Moses,  [answering  him. 

•    |T        T 

'littlP  DTfT^lt)  T3*J  iTttfty  Moses  kept  speaking  and  God  kept 
*01D  T^IKH  ^lUX^D*6  he  found  him  in  a  desert  land. 

t     :  •      |    vjv  :  j--  t   :  • 

b.  flft]?  tih*\  13JON7  I  see  him  but  not  now. 

t  mm  :       jv     :  v 

H^DN  ^3  ^ID^^DI8  but  all  the  first-born  of  my  sons  1  redeem. 

Vjv         t  :  t  : 

D*TlOttfrl  D*D^n  *05^9  ^e  ^s  o/$e  wise  preserve  them. 
c  rtifftfH  TltfH  ilfcOfl  HflJ^10  ^ow  *Aow  sAaft  see  what  I  shall  do. 
tlttl  1D*ir?  HUT  Ht^l/*  *1HDn  to-morrow Yahweh will  do  this  thing. 

v  -         t    t  -        t       :         v   -:  |_        t   t 

*?5^fi  ^^^  Pn"!^.  ^D12  /rom  WWy  tree  of  the  garden  thou 

mayest  eat. 

%TXm7  tyfl^fltl  ^^J/JH13  ^at  ^y  maV  ^e  to  mefor  a  testimony. 

The  Hebrew  has,  strictly  speaking,  two  tenses.  These,  however,  do 
not  correspond  to  the  tenses  of  the  Indo-European  languages.  The  fol- 
lowing general  statements,  based  chiefly  on  the  examples  cited  above,  al- 
though also  in  part  upon  a  larger  induction,  will  present,  briefly,  the 
peculiarities  of  the  Hebrew  tenses  : 

1.  The  Perfect,  used  alike  of  actions  or  states  belonging  to  the  sphere 
of  the  past,  present,  or  future,  represents  the  action  or  state  as  actually 
completed  (finished),  or  as  conceived  of  by  the  writer  or  speaker  as  com- 
pleted.   Hence  it  may  be  used 


i  Gen.  3:16. 

s  Ex.  19:19. 

8  Ex.  13:15. 

ii  Ex.  9:5. 

2  Ruth  1:12. 

eDeut.  32:10. 

9Prov.  14:3. 

12  Gen.  2:16. 

3  Num.  24:17. 

i  Num.  24:17. 

io  Ex.  6:1. 

13  Gen.  21:30 

*  Ex.  15:1. 

52  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [§  16. 

a.  Of  actions  belonging  to  the  past,  and  so  finished. 

b.  Of  actions  or  states  in  the  present,  but  regarded  as  finished. 

c.  Of  actions  or  states  that  are  yet  to  happen,  but  which,  for  the 
sake  of  effect,  the  writer  or  speaker  describes  as  having  actually  taken 
place  or  existed. 

2.  The  Imperfect,  used  alike  of  actions  or  states  belonging  to  the 
sphere  of  the  past,  present  or  future,  represents  the  action  or  state  as 
actually  incomplete  (unfinished),  or  as  conceived  of  by  the  writer  or 
speaker  as  incomplete.    Hence  it  may  be  used 

a.  Of  actions  belonging  to  the  past,  but  regarded  by  the  writer  as 
incipient  or  frequentative. 

b.  Of  actions  in  the  present,  regarded  as  happening  or  likely  to 
happen. 

c.  Of  actions  in  the  future,  and  so,  whether  the  idea  be  that  of 
mere  futurity,  or  of  possibility,  obligation,  purpose  or  condition,  in  the 
strictest  sense  unfinished. 

GENERAL   REMARKS. 

(1)  The  tense,  therefore,  has  in  itself  no  indication  of  the  order  of 
time ;  it  merely  assigns  to  the  action  or  state  a  given  characteristic,  viz., 
completeness,  or  incompleteness.  The  order  of  time,  i.  e.,  the  sphere  of 
time  (whether  past,  present,  or  future)  of  each  action  or  state  must  be 
determined  from  the  context. 

(2)  The  Imperfect  may  perhaps  better  be  described  as  representing  an 
action  as  coming,  or  becoming,  i.  e.,  as  in  movement.  The  Perfect,  on  the 
other  hand,  is  the  tense  of  rest.  The  former  represents  the  thing  as  doing, 
the  latter  represents  it  as  done. 

(3)  The  names  "Past"  and  "Future"  not  only  fail  to  convey  the  true 
meaning  of  the  tenses,  but  carry  with  them  an  entirely  false  conception. 
The  names  "Aorist"  and  "Subsequent"  are  far  better;1  yet  also  they 
fail  to  cover  the  respective  usages  of  these  tenses.  The  terms  "Perfect" 
and  "Imperfect,"  while  not  entirely  satisfactory,  seem,  upon  the  whole, 
to  be  the  best.  They  are,  however,  to  be  used  in  the  sense  described, 
viz.,  "finished,"  "unfinished." 

(4)  No  effort  to  translate  literally  the  Hebrew  tenses  will  be  success- 
ful. It  is  incorrect  to  say,  e.  g.,  that  the  literal  rendering  of  Gen.  2:5  is 
and  a  mist  will  go  up,  etc.  The  future  idea  is  no  more  a  necessary  ele- 
ment in  the  Imperfect  tense  than  in  the  Perfect.  Every  attempt  to  follow 
rigidly  the  so-called  past  and  future  rendering  will  fail. 


i  Suggested  by  Prof.  Wm.  G.  Ballantine,  D.  D.,  in  October  Hebraica,  1885,  pp.53-55. 


I  17.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  53 

(5)  This  peculiarity  often  appears  also  in  the  Greek,  e.  g.,  nzioai  differs 
from  neideiv,  and  fiv  Treiow  from  [iy  nei&e  not  as  to  the  sphere  of  time  to 
which  they  belong,  but  as  to  the  character  of  the  act.  Both  are  indefinite 
as  to  date  ;  the  former,  however,  is  momentary,  the  latter,  continuous. 

(6)  The  distinction  indicated  by  the  tenses  is  not  necessarily  a  real 
one.  It  may  exist  only  in  the  mind  of  the  writer  or  speaker.  He  is  at 
liberty,  therefore,  upon  one  occasion  to  describe  the  action  as  it  really  is, 
upon  another,  as  he  for  any  reason  may  conceive  it  to  be.  Still  further, 
in  describing  events  belonging  to  the  past  he  may  either  represent  them 
as  they  really  are,  viz.,  finished,  or  he  may,  for  the  sake  of  rhetorical 
effect,  represent  them  as  taking  place  before  his  eyes.  In  the  same  series, 
one  event  may  be  described  in  one  way,  the  second  in  the  other  way.  In 
the  representation  of  events  belonging  to  the  sphere  of  the  future,  the 
same  liberty  may  be  exercised.  At  times  this  is  puzzling  ;  but,  in  most 
cases,  the  context  is  a  sure  guide. 

(7)  There  is  danger,  of  course,  that  in  our  effort  to  analyze  the  various 
possible  uses  of  the  tenses,  we  may  force  into  them  some  significations 
which  they  were  never  intended  to  convey.  Prof.  Driver,  however,  has 
truly  said :  "  In  itself  the  Perfect  (for  example)  enunciates  simply  the 

.completion  of  an  act:  it  is  by  way  of  accommodation  to  the  usage  of  an- 
other language  that,  eliciting  its  special  force  from  the  context,  we  make 
the  meaning  more  definite  by  exhibiting  it  explicitly,  as  occasion  de- 
mands, under  the  form  of  an  aorist,  a  perfect,  or  a  present." 

17.    The  Perfect,  Used  of  Past  Events. 

1.  r"M1  JIN!  DtXftl  JIN  "tf  N^D1  God  created  the  heaven  and  the 

I       V|T    T  "     :  "J-    T     ,-  "  iTT 

"I'lD^riN  l^l  t^W  and  Cush  begat  Nimrod.  [earth. 

115  *?iO£j^  *^13  cmd  the  children  of  Israel  were  fruitful. 

t         ••    t  :     •     ••  : 

**3  Tt^D  D^t^  fv/ffl  three  years  reigned  he  in  Jerusalem. 

|-     T  '    T  T 

2.  rTirP'DK  *Q  W6  they  have  forsaken  Yahweh. 
^M£)  )/&%  tlu?6  why  hath  thy  countenance  fallen? 

|-IYT  :|T  TJT 

wV  ^\TW  1£'N7  who  have  set  themselves  against  me. 

|t*t  -it  v    -: 

fr?fT7n  OJ1D  1N/D8  niy  loins  have  become  (=  me)  full  of  anguish. 

t  t   :    -      -    :    t  :  |t 

3.  'fiftD1?  *D  TiSP-flN9  whose  ox  have  I  taken? 

•     :  J-i-t       • 

riNt  VTj^DN10  if  I  have  (ever)  done  this. 

i  Gen.  1:1.  *  1  Kgs.  15 :2.  »  Ps.  3 :7.  9  1  Sam.  13 :3. 

a  Gen.  10:8.  s  Isa.  1:4.  sisa.  21:3.  n>Ps.7:4. 

3  Ex.  1:7.  «  Gen.  4:6. 


64  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [g  17. 

T?  JlJirO  'iZfr  niNf)1  thou  "hast  given  him  the  desire  of  his  heart. 
4.  tl&V  IttfN  iDDN^O2  his  work  which  he  had  made. 

t  wt       v    -:  :        -    : 

DD^fl^N  fTllT?  EriNDfl3  ye  had  sinned  against  Yahweh  your  God. 
Df"?1?  ^DK  N*?  ^for  he  had  not  eaten  bread. 

VJV  ~     T 

The  Perfect,  designating  that  which  is  finished,  is  used  of  past  events. 
Here  may  be  distinguished, 

1.  The  historical  perfect  (employed  in  simple  narration),  which  denotes 
an  action  or  state  completed  at  or  during  a  particular  period  in  the  past. 
This  period,  long  or  short,  is  fixed  by  the  context.  There  is  no  reference 
to  other  events. 

2.  The  present  perfect  (or  Greek  perfect),  which  denotes  an  action 
(not  a  state)  completed  in  the  past,  but  viewed  in  relation  to  the  present ; 
in  other  words,  an  action  resulting  in  a  state.a  b 

3.  The  indefinite  perfect,  which  denotes  an  action  completed  at  some 
point  in  the  past,  which  "  the  speaker  is  not  able  or  desirous  to  specify 
more  closely."6 

4.  The  pluperfect,  which  denotes  a  finished  action,  viewed  in  relation 
to  some  other  past  action,  either  already  mentioned,  or  yet  to  be  men- 
tioned. 

REMARKS. 

(a)  This  perfect  is  frequently  to  be  rendered  as  a  present,  though  the  past  should 
be  used  wherever  it  is  possible. 

(o)  The  difference  between  this  and  the  historical  [perfect  is  an  important  one. 
The  whole  interpretation  of  a  passage  will  turn  on  the  choice  made. 

(c)  While  the  exact  moment  is  not  specified,  the  limits  within  which  it  must  fall 
are  often  seen  from  the  context. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  1:31;  19:28;  20:18;34:5 4       Isa.5:24b 2 

Gen.  25:30;  32:11;  49 :30f 1       Isa.6:6 4 

Gen.  32:11 2       Jer.  2:11a 3 

Ex. 2:18;  4:22 DDK) 3  Ps.2:l;  5:11;  16:6;  17:5;  22:2;  31:15; 

Ex.  12:40 1  88:7-10 2 

Num.9:23 1       Ps.3:8;  44:2 3 

Num.22:33 4       Ps.30:3;  40:8;  44:3f 1 

Deut.2:14 1       Ps.48:4 2 

Judg.6:28 4       Job4:3;  9:4;  37:20 3 

2Sam.  18:18 4       Job  19:18-20 2 


xPs.21:3.  s  Gen.  2:2.  sDeut.9:16.  *1  Sam.  28:20. 


§  18.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  56 

18.    The  Perfect,  Used  of  Present  Events. 

1.  rtW^W  fT  'HD")?!1  I  lift  up  my  hand  to  Yahweh. 

t     :         v        *t      •   j     •  -: 

*T*JJ  nVrf?  *lfWV  Irtfl8  a7U^  ^*m  I  aPX>oint  to  he  prince. 
BO(lfftf*H  *JVrJlC/  Jin^1)3  «^^  *<H»  Isend  a  wise  man. 

2.  ♦filfl*  K^4  {I  have  perceived  =  I  have  come  to  know  =)  I  know  not. 
"Ill  Jl3ir7"nN  U^Df5  we  remember  the  fish,  etc. 

T    T  ~  v  :j-t 

0*"7DHn  ^3D  VllbD6  -^aw-  too  smaZ?  /or  aZ?  £^e  mercies,  etc. 

•t   -:|-  •         •    :  j  Jt 

3.  IfTlp  ^VICT  J^7*7  an  ox  knoweth  his  owner. 

mt  ^33  y^fl  U?y8  grass  withereth,  flower  fadeth. 

|  •  "  T  •     T  "T 

"JIK  HN*1  '*  £0*317  O^fittfft9  from  heaven  Y  looks  down;  he  sees,  etc. 

T      T  *      *  -J-    T       * 

The  Perfect,  as  designating  that  which  is  finished,  is  used  of  events 
which,  indeed,  are  regarded  as  completed,  yet  sustain  so  close  a  relation  to 
the  present  as  in  many  cases  to  be  regarded  as  belonging  to  the  sphere 
of  the  present.    Here  belong, 

1.  The  perfect  of  the  immediate  past,  which  denotes  an  action  finished 
at  the  moment  or  just  before  the  moment  of  speaking,  and  is  generally 
best  rendered  by  our  present. 

2.  The  stative  perfect,  used  of  verbs  expressing  a  physical  or  mental 
state  (see  Elements,  I  58.  Note  3);aD  here  the  state  or  condition  is  one 
which,  although  entered  into  in  the  past,  or  the  result  of  some  past  activ- 
ity, is  regarded  as  existing  at  the  time  of  speaking,  and  is,  consequently, 
best  rendered  by  the  present.0 

3.  The  perfect  of  experience,  used  to  express  truths  which  have  been 
established  by  experience,  and,  hence,  generally  accepted/*6 

REMARKS. 

(a)  Compare  the  Latin  novi,  memini,  and  the  Greek  olSa. 

(b)  The  most  common  verbs  in  this  class  will  be  found  below  in  the  "  References 
for  Study." 

(c)  It  is  not  to  be  supposed  that  the  Perfect  of  these  verbs  is  limited  to  this  usage. 
They  may  have,  according  to  the  demands  of  the  context,  the  other  uses  of  the  per- 
fect. 

(d)  With  this  use  of  the  Perfect  may  be  compared  the  gnomic  aorist  of  the  Greek. 

(e)  The  Imperfect  is  likewise  employed  to  express  general  truths,  but  from  a  dif- 
ferent point  of  view  (§  21.  3). 


i  Gen.  14:22.  4  Gen.  4:9.  e  Gen.  32:11.  slsa.40:7. 

alKgs.  1:35.  6  Num.  11:5.  Usa.  1:3a.  »  Ps.  33:13. 

«2Chron.2:12. 


56  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [§•  19. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  21:36;  27:9 2  Ps.  7:16;  15:3-5;  24:4;  33:13;  34:11;  37:23; 

BX.10:8(|KO) 2  39:12;  84:4 3 

Sam.2:l(nDfr) 2  Ps.25:2(nD2) 2 

Sam.  2:3-5 3  Ps.  92:6  6"t:i) 2 

1  Sam.  17:10 1  Ps.  104:24  (j6d,  331)...: 2 

2Sam.l6:4;  17:11;  19:30 1  Ps.  144:4  (H31) 2 

Isa.40:8,  23 3  Prov.  11:2,  8;  22:12  f 3 

Isa.  55:9  (mj) 2  Prov.  20:9  OHO) 2 

Ps.5:6(JOfr) 2  Job  10:15  (p*TC) 2 


►    Ps.  7:2  (HDn) 2       Ruth  1:12  (jpT) 2 

19.    The  Perfect,  Used  of  Future  Events. 

1«  71/  *fnj"0  mt^n1  the  field  I  give  (=  will  give)  thee. 

||T  •    -I"  T  VT        " 

ilNTn  'Nil'DK  T)fi3  TttHf1?2  to  thy  seed  I  will  give  this  land. 
1  J£#1fl  *?  'WT3  ^^ow  *Aa*  Yahweh  will  save. 

2.  a.  *jtpj£  1T?J  I?  /4  therefore  my  people  shall  go  into  captivity. 

Dpy*P  23  *D  Tl^ll5  a  star  shall  proceed  from  Jacob,  etc. 
I?1^J  TJN  ^K*"! Dl/n6  the  people shall  see  a  great  light. 

T  T  *T    T 

6.  JW!  nNJV"1i;  T3JJ1  f)B#  ITplTS  f^W  and  he  shall  sweep 
onward  into  Judah;  he  shall  overflow  and  pass  through;  he  shall 
reach  even  to  the  neck. 

tfiWn  T|#n  ortM  #tp  rf?..  •  -tKMti  ♦jaip^y/w  ^  stars 

of  heaven shall  not  give  their  light,  the  sun  shall  be  darkened,  etc. 

c.  '»-nK  run  pxrr  rrtfws. . .  .*nw  n1?!9  and  they  shaii  do 

*T  "     P     vjt  t  t    :  |t  j*    :    -  : 

no  harm for  the  earth  shall  be  filled  with  the  knowledge  of  Y. 

IJlJl^j  DilftD  JTl2rW"*310  for  the  windows  of  heaven  shall  be 

t    :    •  t    •  \  —. 

opened. 

^55  "P  '*  yDWmi>2nfor  Y.  shall  hear  the  voice  of  my  weeping. 

3.  ^TV2  fTiJT  D3fU"*312  for  Y.  will  have  given  them  into  our  hand. 

-i"T  :  t      :         t   t   : 

ffiiT?  Tjn1?^  *5  Tl1?13  ^o,/or  (then)  F.  wi7Z  Aare  se^  thee.  {ten. 

D1 7iJl""lt^K  TTDn^iDV4  «M^  thine  issue  which  thou  shalt  have  begot- 


i  Gen.  23:11. 

5  Num.  24:17. 

9  Isa.  11:9. 

121  Sam.  14:10. 

2  Gen.  15:18. 

6  Isa.  9:1. 

io  Isa.  24:18. 

13  1  Sam.  20:22. 

3Ps.  20:7. 

7  Isa.  8:8. 

"Ps.6:9(cf.l0). 

H  Gen.  48:6. 

* Isa. 5:13. 

8  Isa.  13:10. 

I  19.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  57 

m*?*«  •  •  'Ay  "TV1  until  the  time  when  she shall  have  brought  forth. 

4.  ODfiN  Will  tO?  DHiN  nr\»nn  t>2  if  you  had  kept  them  alive,  I 

v    :    v        •    :  -i-  t  t  %■    •  -:  h 

should  not  have  killed  you. 

a  very  small  remnant,  we  should  have  been  as  Sodom,  etc. 

•      jt   :    ■  P  jv  ••••-: 

not  have  brought)  back  to  thee then  I  will  bear  the  blame. 

The  Perfect,  as  designating  that  which  is  finished,  or  conceived  of 
as  finished,  is  frequently  used  of  events  which  belong  to  the  sphere  of  the 
future.*  Here  are  to  be  noted, 

1.  The  perfect  of  certainty,  used  of  actions  in  the  future,  which  the 
speaker  or  actor  has  fully  determined  to  perform ;  this  occurs  especially 
in  the  statement  of  promises,  decrees,  and  contracts. 

2.  The  prophetic  perfect,  really  an  extension  of  the  Perfect  of  certain- 
ty; this  use  of  the  tense  portrays  boldly  and  expressively  the  confidence 
of  the  speaker  as  to  the  certain  occurrence  of  a  yet  future  event.  There 
may  be  distinguished, 

a.  Cases  in  which  the  Perfect  is  the  first  verb  of  a  series,  the  re- 
maining verbs  being  Perfects  of  a  similar  character,  or  Imperfects  with  a 
future  meaning. 

b.  Cases  in  which  the  series  of  verbal  forms,  while  composed  chiefly 
of  Imperfects,  contains  here  and  there  a  Perfect  which  has  been  inserted 
u  to  give  variety  to  the  scene,  or  to  confer  particular  emphasis  upon  indi- 
vidual traits  in  it." 

c.  Cases  in  which  the  Perfect  is  used  after  *3  in  assigning  a  reason 
for  something  which,  though  still  future,  is  deemed  certain. 

3.  The  future-perfect,  which  denotes  a  finished  action,  viewed  in  rela- 
tion to  some  other  action  still  in  the  future.** 

4.  The  conditional  perfect,  used  in  certain  forms  of  conditional  sen- 
tences (§  48.  6,  7),  in  which  the  fulfillment  or  non-fulfillment  of  the 
condition  is  thus  vividly  expressed.  c  d 

REMARKS. 

(a)  The  ease  with  which  the  Hebrew  writer  passed  from  one  tense  to  the  other  is 
paralleled  only  by  the  difficulty  which  the  modern  translator  finds  in  expressing  the 
force  of  the  change. 

(b)  The  auxiliaries  shall  have,  or  will  have  do  not  always  furnish  the  best  rendering 
of  this  construction,  there  being  many  cases  in  which,  especially  after  conjunctions, 


iMic.5:2.  2judg.8:I9.  slsa.l:9.  4  Gen.  43:9. 


58  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [§  20. 

the  ordinary  rendering  (hoe  or  have)  is  entirely  sufficient;  e.  g.,  7W1JI  *J    (Isa.  16:12; 
Gen.  28:15;  2  Kgs.  4:24). 

(c)  That  the  Perfect  may  also  be  used  to  express  a  wish,  i.  e.,  as  a  Precative,  is  claim- 
ed by  some  grammarians.  In  accordance  with  this  usage,  the  following  passages  are 
by  some  explained:  Isa.  26:15;  43:9;  Ps.4:2;  7:7;  10:16;  22:22;  31:6;  57:7;  71:3;  116:16; 
Job  21:16;  22:18,  and  a  few  others.  But  expositors  do  not  agree  on  the  cases  in  which 
this  force  exists;  and  nearly  every  case  cited  by  any  writer  can  be  satisfactorily  ex- 
plained in  another  way. 

(d)  Of  interest,  likewise,  are  those  cases  in  which  the  Perfect  is  used  in  interroga- 
tion (1)  after  such  phrases  as  ''JID  "IJ?  till  when?  fOK  "tj£  up  to  where?  e.g.,  Ex.  10:3; 
Ps.  80:5;  and  (2)  where  the  speaker  desires  to  represent  a  thing  as  highly  improbable; 
e.  g.,  Gen.  18:12;  21:7;  Deut.  5:23;  Judg.  11:13. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  17:20 1  Isa.  46:1  f 2a. 

Gen. 30:13 2c.  Isa.  60:1 2c. 

Ex.  12:17 1  Jer.  2:26;  13:26 2a. 

Lev.26:44 1  Jer.  25:38 2ft. 

Num.  32:19 1  Jer.  28:2 2a. 

Deut.28:45,  62 3  Jer.  31:14. 1 

Judg.  14:18 4  Jer.  46:14-16 2a. 

Judg.  15:3 1  Joel 2:10;  4:15 2ft. 

1  Sam.  1:28 3  Amos  5:2 2a. 

1  Sam.  15:2 1  Mic.  1:9, 12, 16 2c. 

1  Sam.  25:34 4  Zeph.l:ll 2c. 

2  Sam.  5:24 3  Zech.9:5 2c. 

lKgs.3:13 1  Zech.ll:2 2c. 

Isa.  6:5 1  Ps.7:13;  11:2 2ft. 

Isa.  9:1-6;  10:28-31 2a.  Ps.  22:22,  30 2a. 

Isa.  11:8;  13:10 2ft.  Ps.  28:6 2c. 

Isa.  16:12 3  Ps.  30:12;  36:13 2a 

Isa.  16:8, 9 2c.  Ps.41:4 2a. 

Isa.  16:10;  18:5 2ft.  Ps.  56:14 2c. 

Isa.  21:1 2a.  Ps.  59:17 3 

Isa.  23:1,  4, 14 2c.  Ps.  71:24 2c. 

Isa.  24:4-12 2a.  Ps.  73:15 4 

Isa.  25:8 2ft.  Ps.  85:11 2a. 

Isa.  34:2 2c.  Ps.  94:17 4 

Isa.  43:20 1  Ruth  4:3 1 


20,    The  Imperfect,  used  of  Past  Events. 

1.  a.  fa  *"frlX  Dl*  ^DN*1  perish  the  day  on  which  I  was  born. 
*ID?P5*  flDnri2  the  depths  covered  them. 
*"D"tD  THSO  IHN^D*3  he  found  him  in  a  desert  land. 

t    :  •     |     vjv  :  j"  t   :  • 


i  Job  3:3.  2  Ex.  15:5.  sDt.  32:10. 


1  20.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  59 

&.  tVtfVf^  ft*1  then  sang  [proceeded  to  sing)  Moses. 

'$2  tVtV  CT\0  m&n  fT£>  ^bl2  and  no  shrub  of  the  field  was 

t        v  :  •         vjv  vt    "      ■     •  : 

yet  in  the  earth. 

WQ  p1f7&^  N^?D*  fN3  then  our  mouth  was  filled  with  laughter. 
2.  rUt^'3  tlM  ti$$*  pi4  anar  so  fc  <^  #ear  ^#  2/ear«  [throng. 

t&DS  7]7?X3  D^li^K  n^^l5  we  wsed  to  #o  to  the  house  of  God  in  a 

vjt  :        |  -  -  :  •        v:  ••    : 

OpH  ^It^'fl  N*7  ^Kfi^  D^in6  Saul's  sword  never  returned  empty. 

Jt      "  T  T  VJ/ 

The  Imperfect,  designating  that  which  is  unfinished  (developing,  mov- 
ing), is  used  of  events  which  belong  to  the  sphere  of  the  past.  Here  may 
be  distinguished  :a 

1.  The  incipient  (strictly  so  called)  imperfect,  which  represents  the 
action  so  designated  as  beginning  or  in  movement.    This  usage, 

a.  Is  most  common  in  poetic  and  prophetic  diction,  when,  present- 
ing the  action  in  the  most  vivid  and  lively  manner,  it  is  equivalent  to  our 
historical  present fi  c  a 

b.  Is  common  in  prose  with  certain  particles  which  mark  the  point 
in  the  past  at  which  the  action  described  was  still  unconcluded.  These 
particles  are  ftf  then,  D*")CD,  D1D3  not  yet.6 

t  vjv  vjv  : 

2.  The  frequentative  imperfect,  used  to  express  repeated  a«ts,  habits 
or  customs/  Qn 

REMARKS. 

(a)  Certain  exceptional  cases  of  the  Imperfect  used  of  past  time  are  Gen.  37:7; 
Ex.  8:20;  Deut.  32:35;  2  Sam.  15:37;  23:10;  1  Kgs.  7:8b;  21:6;  2  Kgs.  13:20;  Jer.  52:7;  Ezek. 
9:4;  Job  6:17;  Ps.56:4. 

(b)  This  Imperfect  is  frequently  used  in  poetry  immediately  after  a  Perfect,  to  in- 
dicate the  "rapid  and  instantaneous  manner  in  which  the  second  action  is  conceived 
as  following  the  first,"  e.  g.,Ex.  15:12, 14;  Hab.  3:10;  Ps.  37:14f.;  74:14;  77:17. 

(c)  Just  as  a  prophetic  Perfect  may  be  inserted  in  a  series  of  Imperfects  (§  19. 2.  b), 
so  an  Imperfect  may  be  inserted  in  a  series  of  Perfects,  and  the  description  thus  be 
rendered  more  lively  and  forceful,  e.  g.,  Isa.  9:10;  Joel  2:3  ft\;  Nah.  2:5. 

(d)  This  Imperfect  is  also  frequently  used  in  descriptions  instead  of  the  more  com- 
monly employed  participle,  e.  g.,  Gen.  2:10;  and  in  circumstantial  clauses,  e.  g.,  2  Sam. 
15:37. 

(e)  TK  is  found  sometimes  with  the  Perfect;  D^.CJ  also,  but  rarely;  e.  g.,  Gen.  4:26; 
24:15;  Ex.  4:26;  15:15;  1  Sam.  3:7a;  Ps.  90:2. 

(/)  The  frequentative  use  of  the  Imperfect  has  its  origin  as  follows :  the  Imperfect 
characterizes  an  action  or  state  as  uncompleted.  The  action  thus  characterized,  may, 
indeed,  be  one  which  has  not  begun;  but,  if  begun,  and  in  the  sphere  of  the  past,  it 
must,  unless  it  be  a  continuous  action,  be  one  which  is  repeatedly  exercized.  A  mere 
continuous  action  (see  h  below)  is  expressed  by  the  Participle. 

i  Ex.  15:1.  3  Ps.  126:2.  6  Ps.  55:15.  «  2  Sam.  1:22. 

2  Gen.  2;5.  <  1  Sam.  1:7. 


60  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [$  21. 

(fir)  The  incipient  and  frequentative  Imperfect  denote  actions  which  are  un- 
finished; they  differ,  however,  in  that  the  former  is  used  only  of  single  acts,  the 
latter  of  several. 

(h)  The  difference  between  the  usage  of  the  Participle  and  Imperfect  is  important: 
the  former  represents  an  action  as  continuing  without  interruption;  the  latter  as  occur- 
ring repeatedly.  In  many  cases  the  difference  may  he  difficult  to  perceive;  a  close 
study,  however,  will  invariably  show  that  there  is  a  distinction,  it  being  impossible  to 
substitute  one  for  the  other  without  a  change  of  meaning.  "While  the  Imperfect 
multiplies  an  action,  the  Participle  prolongs  it;  the  one  presents  a  series  of  units,  the 
other,  a  continuous  line.*'*    Cf .  Gen.  29:2;  1  Sam.  2:13  f. ;  1  Kgs.  10:22. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  2:10 la.  1  Kgs.  3:4;  5:28 2 

Gen.  6:4 2  Isa.  1:21 2 

Gen.  19:4;  24:45 lb.  Isa.  6:2 la. 

Gen.  30:38;  31:39 2  Isa.  7:23 2 

Ex.  1:12 2  Isa.  23:7 2 

Ex.  15:6,  7,15 la.  Isa.26:ll 2 

Ex.  19:19 2  Isa.  43:17 la. 

Num.  9:16-23 2  Isa.  45:4 la. 

Num.  23:7 la.  Isa.  51:2 la. 

Deut.  32:16, 17 2  Hab.3:3,7 la. 

Josh.8:30;  10:12;  22:1 lb.  Ps.  7:16 la. 

Josh.  23:10 2  Ps.  18:4,  7, 21 la. 

Judg.2:l la.  Ps.30:9 la. 

Judg.2:18 2  Ps.42:5 2 

Judg.5:8,26,29 la.  Ps.69:5 lb. 

Judg.6:5 2  Ps.95:10 2 

1  Sam.  2:22 2  Ps.99:6f 2 

1  Sam.  3:3,  7b lb.  Ps.  104:6-8 la. 

1  Sam.  9:9 2  Job  4:12;  10:10  f la. 

15:37 la. 


21.    The  Imperfect,  used  of  Present  Events. 

1.  fc^MrrnD  "nOK1?1  saying:  What  art  thou  seeking? 
£|T>^9  Bfyt  &TJJ1  ftiil2  so>  Ve  see  (the)  man  is  mad- 
n&?**5,?9  UVVV3  kings  of  the  earth  set  themselves. 

2.  "Ul  "TQ8!  ?3"^4  therefore  it  is  said,  etc. 

HlfiN  *^*3  ^llD^rtOI5  and  all  the  first-horn  of  my  sons  I  redeem. 

V .  V         t  :  t  : 

*}tiy  33lt^'  *&£)¥  mV  soul  he  restoreth,  he  guideth,  etc. 

.      ..      .—  ^y.  .  .  . 

HID*  JYlfT  *&<n*"nN7  those  who  fear  Yahweh,  he  honoreth. 


*  Driver's  Use  of  the  Tenses  in  Hebrew,  1881,  pp.  41, 42. 
l  Gen.  37:15.  sPs.2:2.  5  Ex.  13:15.  »Ps.l5:4. 

2 1  Sam.  21 :15.  4  Gen.  10 :9  6  ps.  23 :3. 


I  21.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  61 

xhh  nxy  l#n  wtf?  n*o*  dikh2  ma«  zoo&et&  o»  ^  appear- 

cmce,  &«£  I7]  looTceth  on  the  heart. 

TWX'1?]}  DiDJl  n1?*!?!3  ^  door  turneth  on  its  hinges. 
"*  3#fi?-  •  •  •  DWW'tf4  the  bloody  man  Y.  ahhorreth. 
4.  £"p£?*  3$ft  PD*J35  Benjamin  is  a  ravening  wolf.  [man? 

JW*  t^ti&Q  VV03  JlN"*D6  who  art  thou  that  thou  fearest  mortal 

The  Imperfect,  as  designating  that  which  is  unfinished  and  so  develop- 
ing and  moving,  is  used  of  actions  or  states  which  belong  to  the  sphere  of 
the  present.    Here  we  may,  for  convenience,  distinguish, 

1.  The  incipient  (strictly  so  called)  imperfect,  which  gives  more  force 
and  vividness  to  the  action,  or  represents  it  as  taking  place  (or  beginning 
to  take  place),  while  the  words  are  being  spoken/1 

2.  The  definite  frequentative,  used  of  particular  facts  which  are  accus- 
tomed to  occur  more  or  less  frequently  within  certain  limits  of  time. 

3.  The  indefinite  frequentative,  used  in  the  statement  of  facts  which 
may  and  do  occur  at  any  time,  and  of  truths  universally  admitted.6 

4.  The  adjectival  imperfect,  coming  strictly  under  the  indefinite  fre- 
quentative, which,  with  an  omitted  relative,  serves  to  denote  a  general 
attribute  of  the  object  with  which  it  is  connected. 

REMARKS. 

(a)  It  is  not  unusual  for  such  an  Imperfect  to  be  found  in  a  series  of  Perfects, 
referring  strictly  to  the  present,  thus  rendering  the  style  more  vivid,  as  well  as  more 
varied;  e.  g.,  Isa.  2:8;  9:10;  10:4,  28.    Cf.  §  20.  R.  c. 

(o)  The  use  of  the  Imperfect  to  express  "general  truths"  is  to  be  distinguished 
from  the  similar  usage  of  the  Perfect  of  experience  (§  18.  3).  The  Imperfect  empha- 
sizes the  idea  that  the  fact  or  truth  is  one  liable  at  any  time  to  occur;  the  Perfect, 
that  it  is  a  permanent  and  established  one,  as  shown  by  past  experience.  The  occa- 
sional occurrence  of  both  usages  in  the  same  verse  is  sometimes  merely  for  variety, 
though  frequently  very  significant.  Cf.  Ps.  2:1  f.;  5:6;  6:7;  7:13  f.;  22:16;  23:5;  26:4, 5; 
38:12;  Prov.4:17;  12:12;  28:1;  Job  3:17;  11:20. 

REFERENCES   FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  22:14 2       Josh.  7:12 2 

Gen.  37:15 1       Judg.  14:10 2 

Ex.  18:15 2       1  Sam.  9:6 2 

Num.  24:17 1       1  Sam.  24:13 3 

Deut.  28:49 3       2  Sam.  5:8b 2 

Deut.  32:11 4       Isa.  1:23 2 


i  Deut.  1:44.  sProv.  26:14.  e  Gen.  49:27.  6  Isa.  51:12. 

2  1  Sam.  16:7.  «Ps.  5:7. 


62                                                     HEBREW  SYNTAX  [J  22. 

Isa.5:ll,  23 2       Ps.l:3,  4,  5,6 2 

Isa.  9:2 3       Ps.  3:6 2 

Isa.  14:8 2       Ps.3:7 2 

Isa.  31:4 3       Ps.  11:2 2 

Isa.  32:6 3       Ps.ll:4 ' 3 

Isa.  40:20 4       Ps.l2:3 2 

Isa.40:31 3       Ps.  16:4 '. 2 

Isa.55:13 4       Ps.l7:9,12 2 

Isa.  62:1b 4       Ps.  18:26-28 3 

Jer.6:* 1       Ps.42:2 ....  4 

Hos.4:ll 3       Ps.  104:11-17 3 

Hos.4:14 4       Prov.  10 :1,  2, 3,  4 3 

Hab.3:9 1      Job  5:2 3 


22.    The  Imperfect,  used  of  Future  Events. 

1-  DHV9D  HfiN  W^V"*?1  when  the  Egyptians  shall  see  thee. 
rtJfcPW  *3  1HN  tVSS?  whereby  shall  I  know  that  I  shall  etc. 

TJY        T        •  •      W      ~    "  T    - 

D"TK  fcOS  JTJT  Nin*)3  and  he  will  be  a  wild-ass  of  men. 

t  t  yjy        V  :  |-  : 

1SDJ1-  •  -)y)D  JT^iTDJO4  but  if  ye  do  evil,  ye  will  be  swept  away. 

2.  a.  'ifiZb  Di^fl  yiy&Tf  thou  canst  understand  a  dream  to  interpret  it. 

tf\tl  *\TV  TST^a  'fUPT6  I  know  that  he  can  speak  well. 

••   -  :        ••   -  •  *:  j-t 

*n$D*"N7  *^{?^?  *"lp37  oxen  which  could  not  be  counted, 
b.  ^Dtfft .  •  •  }SJ*W£  *?2t28from  every  tree. . .  thou  may  est  eat. 

n5f")Jl  3\ffi9  the  murderer  may  return.  [thou  shalt  eat. 

3.  a.  *7DKJl  ^^y)  n?^)  ^pnJT^^10  upon  thy  belly  thou  shalt  go  aud  dust 

Di^il  N*? n^Tiri  N1?11  thou  shalt  do  no  murder. .  .thou  shalt  not 

b.  \3T*7&QT)  nn&O12  but  thou  shouldst  rule  over  him.  {steal. 

t     :     •  t    -  : 

tfjSKTDltf  3##-  •  ^5^V3  and  Iou9ht  to  sit  with  the  king. 
*1<jDK  fflO*  ^-3  fl'IO^H14  was  Abner  to  die  as  a  fool  dieth. 

•■  :    -  t        t  t  :    - 

c.  '7\^\2y  &0"*DT15  let  now  thy  servant  speak. 

d.  i15i?5  n1?^?^  K^fT"1?^16  ^et  not  the  king  sin  against  his  servant. 
^\y\  HDD  JlQ1?17  why  shouldst  thou  smite  thy  neighbor? 

Tl^N  *5  >3iN  >J?18  who  am  I  that  I  should  go? 

i  Gen.  12:12.  6  Ex.  4:14.  n  Ex.  20:14.  i*  Gen.  44:18. 

2  Gen.  15:8  U  Kgs.  8:5.  12  Gen.  4:7.  iel  Sam.  19:4. 

s  Gen.  16:12.  « Gen.  2:16.  is  1  Sam.  20:5.  11  Ex.  2:13. 

4  1  Sam.  12:25.  »  Num.  35:28.  l*  2  Sam,  3:33.  is  Ex.  3:11. 

e  Gen.  41:15.  10  Gen  3:14. 


I  22.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  63 

4.  a.  IN^DJl  *VttfNO  DJl  03*7  1HD1  take  for  you  straw  whence  ye  may 

t    :     •  v    -:|-      Ivjv         v  t  }: 

find  it.  [brother. 

VlJflTflft  fWV  ^$8  ^V^2  ^e  murderer  who  might  slay  his 

me  half  thy  house,  I  would  not  go  in  with  thee. 

cow?c?  number  the  dust  of  the  earth,  thy  seed  also  could  be  numbered. 
c>  ^tyff^  K 7  *1^'N>5  ^a^  ^W  ma#  wo^  understand. 
D^P^N1?  *")&'N  JJ^^1?6  ^a^  ^ere  ma2/  f10*  come  near. 
•j*l*  lr?B^"Kp7  ^es*  he  put  forth  his  hand. 

The  Imperfect,  as  designating  that  which  is  unfinished,  finds  its  fullest 
and  largest  use  in  describing  events  which  are  yet  within  the  sphere  of 
the  future.    Here  we  may  distinguish : 

1.  The  future  imperfect,  corresponding  to  our  future.  This  is  merely 
an  extension  of  the  incipient  Imperfect  ($£  21.  1;  22.  1),  since  future  ac- 
tions are  conceived  of  as  events  which  are  to  begin  at  some  future  time.a 

2.  The  potential  imperfect,  which  denotes 

a.  Possibility  and  capability,  usually  best  expressed  by  the  auxil- 
iaries can,  may,  or  if  the  action  is  viewed  from  the  stand-point  of 
the  past,  by  could,  might. 

b.  Permission  and  concession,  to  be  rendered  in  the  same  way.& 

3.  The  imperative  imperfect,  used  in  presenting  ideas  which  are  also 
expressed  by  the  Imperative,  or  which  are  practically  equivalent  to  those 
expressed  by  the  Imperative  : — 

a.  Command,  prohibition;  the  latter  may  be  expressed  only  by  the 
Imperfect,  the  Imperative  never  being  used  with  a  negative 
(1  24.  1.  a.). 

b.  Obligation,  necessity;  the  exact  rendering  in  these  cases  must  be 
determined  by  the  demands  of  the  context,  e.  g.,  /  must  sit,  1 
ought  to  sit,  I  am  to  sit,  I  should  sit. 

c.  Entreaty,  deprecation;  these  may  be  distinguished  from  com- 
mand, and  prohibition,  by  noting  the  position  of  the  speaker  and 
his  relation  to  the  person  or  persons  addressed.  With  this  be- 
longs the  use  of  the  Imperfect  in 


i  Ex.  5:11.  slKgs.  13:8.  6  Gen.  11:7.  *Gen.3:S 

a  Deut.  4 :43.  *  Gen.  13:16.  6  Num.  17:5. 


64  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [g  22. 

d.  Questions  implying  deprecation  or  entreaty;0  d  or  perhaps  only- 
greater  courtesy  than  would  have  been  expressed  by  the  Per- 
fect.* 
4.  The  subjunctive  imperfect;  under  which  may  be  classified  loosely 
three  or  four  general  usages : 

a.  In  expressions  of  indefiniteness  and  uncertainty  (compare  §  23. 2, 
above); 

b.  In  certain  forms  of  conditional  sentences  (2  48.  4,  7.  a) ; 

c.  In  ^waZ  sentences  after  conjunctions,  e.  g., 
(S  47.  4.  b).f 

REMARKS. 

(a)  It  may  be  sufficient  to  say  that  the  Imperfect  is  used  to  denote  future  events 
because  they  ar  j  in  the  strictest  sense  incomplete. 

(b)  The  cases  belonging  under  the  potential  Imperfect  are  to  be  regarded  as  Indica- 
tives, since  they  express  independent  ideas  (cf .  §  23.  4.  a). 

(c)  Compare  Josh.  9:8  and  Gen.  16:8. 
«*)  After  HdS,  yHD,  fH. 

(e)  Compare  the  use  of  the  Perfect  in  Gen.  40:15;  Isa.  43:23. 

(/)  On  the  use  of  the  Imperfect  with  1  to  express  purpose,  see  §  24. 1.  e,  and  2.  d. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  2:17 3a.    1  Sam.  14:44 3b. 

Gen.  27:4, 10, 19, 25 4c.    1  Sam.  21:15 3d. 

Gen.  42:37 2b.    lKgs.3:8 2a. 

Ex.  3:3 3b.    lKgs.8:27 2a. 

Ex.  5:11 4a.    2  Kgs.  12:5 4a. 

Ex.  5:15 3d.    Isa.  1:18 1 

Ex.  8:23 4a.    Isa.  33:14 2a. 

Ex.  9:19 4a.    Isa.  40:30 2b. 

Ex.  10:26 3b.    Isa.  49:15 2a. 

Ex.  20:3-17 3a.    Jer.24:2 2a. 

Ex.  21:12 3a.    Hos.2:l 2a. 

Ex.  22:26 3b.    Ps.5:8 2a. 

Num.ll:12 3d.    Ps.8:5 3d. 

Num.  15:14 3a.    Ps.l5:l 2a. 

Num.  23:8 3b.    Ps.  18:30 2a. 

Num.  32:11 3a.    Ps.27:3 4b. 

Num.  35:33 2a.    Ps.30:6 2b. 

Num.  36:7,  9 3a.    Ps.32:8 3b. 

Dt.5:22 3d.    Ps.  44:21  f 4b. 

T>t.l2:n • 1      Job4:19 2a. 

Dt.  32:29 4b.    Job  7:17 3d. 

Judg.l7:9 3d.    Job  8:11 2a. 

Judg.  19:17 3d.   Job  38:31 2a. 


§23.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  66 

23.    The  Jussive,  Imperative  and  Cohort  awe. 

1.  a.  ^itf-'rV  K  "ION*!1  «^  God  said:  Let  there  he  light. 

^iDN-nNfl  ?]*!}K"JlN  ^332  ^owor  thy  father  and  thy  mother. 

£PI*  tODK^W  Zetf  £A#  Aarad  release  it. 

Oflt^n*1^  *M  D114  o»wZ  sAed  no*  innocent  blood. 

:    :      •  -      J-  t  t: 

&  3pl?*  ^T5  Jacob  will  {be  permitted  to)  rejoice. 

WW  !"1lH£3  fcO*6  let  Pharaoh  look  out  a  man. 

T11 1 7  ^QK'^l7  and  he  said  to  him :  Run. 

JT\JA5  H/'Dn  *yW>?  It^p?^8  let  them  seek  for  my  lord. .  .a  maiden, 
c  *tjTQ  Vy\  *5*3  m~)1D&V/9  judge  now  between  me  and  my  vineyard. 

*27tf!?  ItV  JO"7tt10  let  not  the  Lord  be  angry. 

^1*15^  JO'Sfl?*11  let  thy  servant  remain,  I  pray. 

d.  £hWT\\  3*83  ntni  JVVD  '*  ^ny12  Yahweh  bless  thee  out  of 
Zion  and  see  thou  the  good  of  Jerusalem. 

D*fl§  jyyfWlT/J}  *1£DD*13  upon  the  wicked,  he  shall  rain  snares. 
Vtl)  )W&  J")Kt14  V ye  do  this,  then  ye  shall  live. 

e.  Tw[?  *ST1  ^Wtl'DWD15  appoint  darkness — then  shall  be  night. 
Th  ]}W*)  ffiiT1?  fTlp16  wait  on  Tahweh  that  he  may  save  thee. 

2.  a.  ?!p2^  n^^NV7  and  I  will  make  great  thy  name. 

rO""Tj£  HD'pj18  we  will  go  thither, 
o.  tlTV2WIV\  n7*JKM  let  me  be  glad  and  rejoice. 

t    :     :     v  :         t  -t  t 

fOvlMfl PTDflJJ20  let  us  break  asunder and  cast. 

t   j-     :     -:  |t    :  -.: 

c.  J113DK1  KJHrJjttfc21  let  me  go  up,  I  pray,  and  bury. 

0*D*  TSffl0  H*"H.  W'rQ1?^  we  would  fain  go  three  days' journey. 

d.  7T73&0  **?  nN^Jll23  and  bring  it  to  me  and  I  will  {that  I  may)  eat. 

TfS"       :      •  t  -i-    t    :  v 

n<DDN1  *JID0  ^N^'24  ask  of  me  that  I  may  give. 


1  Gen.  1:3. 

7  2  Sam.  18:23. 

is  Ps.  11:6. 

is  Ps.  31:8. 

2  Ex.  20:12. 

slKgs.  1:2. 

w  Gen.  42:18. 

20  Ps.  2:3. 

3Dt.  15:3. 

slsa.  5:3. 

15  Ps.  104:20. 

21  Gen.  50:5. 

*  Jer.  7:6. 

10  Gen.  18:30. 

16  Prov.  20:22. 

22  Ex.  3:18. 

5  Ps.  14:7. 

11  Gen.  44:33. 

17  Gen.  12:2. 

23  Gen.  27:4. 

e  Gen.  41:33 

12  Ps.  128:5. 

is  Gen.  22:5. 

24  Ps.  2:8. 

66  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [g  23, 

ipriyte-nn  n^»W!  *?n:?  fffe^N^  ftlSiJTDK1  though  i 

speak,  my  grief  is  not  assuaged,  and  though  I  forbear,  what  depart- 
eth  from  me. 

The  simple  Imperfect,  in  the  majority  of  instances,  is  an  indicative. 
That  it  may  also  be  used  with  the  force  of  an  imperative  or  subjunctive, 
has  been  shown  in  I  22.  3.  There  are,  however,  certain  special  formsabcd 
of  the  Imperfect,  the  Jussive  and  Cohortative,  which  always  convey 
some  such  force.  These  forms,  it  may  be  said,  express  "a  motion  of  the 
will,"  and  hence  may  be  joined  together  under  the  head  of  "voluntative." 
With  the  "  voluntative  "  Imperfect,  there  may  be  classified  for  syntactical 
purposes  the  Imperative.    We  may  distinguish  as  follows  : — 

1.  The  Jussive,  used  of  the  second  and  third  persons,6  and  the  Imper- 
ative, used  only  of  the  second,  denote,  in  general,  a  strong  desire  that 
something  should  happen/    They  may  express 

a.  A  positive  injunction  or  command  ;  the  Jussive,  but  not  the  Im- 
perative, may  also  express  prohibition .ahijh 

b.  Permission  to  do  a  thing,  advice,  or  suggestion. 

c.  Entreaty,  or  simple  petition. 

d.  Benediction,  imprecation,  threatening. 

e.  Conditional  or  final  ideas. 

2.  The  Cohortative,  used  only  of  the  first  person1  (sg.  or  pi.),  empha- 
sizes the  direction  of  the  will,  the  intention  or  purpose.m  n  It  is  employed, 
therefore, 

a.  To  mark  a  strong  determination  to  do  a  given  thing  (expressed 
by  I  will). 

b.  To  indicate  a  self-excitement  toward  a  certain  line  of  conduct 
(expressed  by  let  me). 

c.  To  express  a  wish  or  request. 

d.  In  subordinate  final  sentences  (cf .  1.  e.  above),  and  in  conditional 
sentences  (§  48.  H  (t)). 

REMARKS. 

(a)  See  Elements  of  Hebrew,  §  72. 1,  2. 

(b)  While,  therefore,  the  ordinary  form  of  the  Imperfect  may  have  the  force  of  an 
Imperative  or  Subjunctive,  the  special  forms  must  have  that  force.  In  many  gram- 
matical forms  there  is  no  possible  way  of  distinguishing  the  ordinary  and  the  special 
form,  e.  g.,  SbD"1.  may  mean  he  will  kill,  he  shall  kill,  let  him  kill. 

(c)  The  shortened  form  of  the  Jussive,  corresponding  to  the  Arabic  Jussive,  is  ac- 
counted for  by  the  fact  that  the  form  is  one  of  command  and  hence  pronounced 
rapidly. 


Uobl6:6. 


I  23.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  67 

(d)  The  special  form  of  the  Cohortative  (marked  by  the  syllable  n_)  corresponds 
to  the  Arabic  Energetic,  the  nature  of  which  is  indicated  by  its  name. 

(e)  A  few  cases  of  the  Jussive  of  the  first  person  are  found,  e.  g.,  Dt.  18:16;  1  Sam. 
14:36. 

(/)  The  Jussive  and  likewise  the  Imperative  are  often  found  in  poetry  where  the 
ordinary  form  would  have  been  expected.  This  anomalous  usage  is  to  be  explained 
not  upon  the  supposition  that  the  mood  has  here  lost  its  original  force,  but  that  the 
poet  saw  fit,  for  the  sake  of  vividness  and  variety,  to  represent  a  given  act  under  the 
form  of  a  command,  rather  than  in  the  usual  manner.  Cases  of  this  usage  in  the 
second  person  are  found  in  Ps.  41:3;  65:14;  98:7;  104:19;  114:3-7;  Isa.  2:9;  13:2;  23:1,4; 
35:1  f.;  40:3,9;  54:14;  57:14;  62:10.  Cases  of  the  same  usage  which  may  be  said  to  be 
expressive  of  emotion  in  the  third  person,  are  found  in  Ps.  11:6;  12:4;  34:6;  50:3;  66:7; 
72:8,13,16,17;  85:14;  121:3;  Jer.46:6;  51:3;  Zech.  9:5;  10:7. 

(g)  In  prohibition,  (1)  in  the  second  person,  the  ordinary  Imperfect  takes  K1?  and 
means  thou  shalt  not,  the  Jussive  takes  7X  and  means  do  not;  (2)  in  the  third  person, 
the  ordinary  Imperfect  takes  In  and  means  he  shall  not,  the  Jussive  takes  *7i<  and 
means  let  him  not;  rarely  the  Jussive  takes  $h,  e.  g.,  rjDfi  x"?  Gen.  4:12. 

(h)  The  Cohortative  Imperative  (Elements  of  Hebrew,  §  72.  3)  emphasizes  the  ear- 
nestness of  the  request,  marking  it  as  especially  impressive,  e.  g.,  Dt.  26:15;  Ps.  6:5. 

(i)  When  several  verbal  forms  expressing  command  would  follow  in  succession, 
three  usages  exist :  (1)  The  use  of  successive  Imperatives,  e.  g.,  Gen.  1 :22 ;  22 :2 ;  Isa.  1 :16 ; 
(2)  the  use  of  the  Imperative  for  the  first,  and  of  ordinary  Imperfects  for  the  remain- 
ing forms,  e.  g.,  Dt.  33:7;  (3)  the  use  of  the  Imperative  for  the  first  and  of  the  Perfect 
with  Waw  Consecutive  for  the  remaining  forms,  e.  g.,  Gen.  6:14. 

U)  When  several  successive  commands  are  made,  of  which  one  or  more  are  in  the 
first  or  third  persons,  the  latter  must  of  necessity  be  expressed  by  the  Imperfect,  e.g., 
Gen.  24:56;  Dt.9:14;  Jer.51:9. 

(k)  The  interchange  of  the  Imperative  and  the  Imperfect  (2d  pers.),  in  the  expres- 
sion of  command,  occurs  without  perceptible  force;  the  only  gain  being  that  of 
variety. 

(Z)  A  few  cases  of  the  Cohortative  of  a  third  person  occur:  Isa.  5:19  (twice);  Ezek. 
23:20;  Pro  v.  1:20;  8*3.  In  the  last  three  cases  it  does  not  seem  to  have  any  significance. 

(m)  Notice  is  to  be  taken  here  of  the  fact  that  a  form  like  that  of  the  Cohortative 
occurs  frequently  with  the  Waw  Consecutive;  itlis  not  to  be  regarded,  however,  as  a 
Cohortative;  Gen.  32:6;  1  Sam.  2:28  and  in  all  about  ninety  times. 

(n)  Cases  in  which  the  volition  indicated  by  H_  is  so  controlled  by  outward  circum- 
stances as  almost  to  become  an  involuntary  action  are  found  in  Ps.  42:5, 10;  55:3, 18: 
77 :4,  7 ;  Job  10 :1 ;  Isa.  38 :10 ;  59 :10 ;  Jer.  3 :25.  Perhaps  in  some  cases  the  n_  cohortative, 
like  the  H_  directive,  has  entirely  lost  its  original  force,  Ps.  88:16;  Jer.  4:19,  21. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  11:3,  7 2b.    Gen.  41:34 H> 

Gen.l2:2. lc    Gen.  50:5 2c. 

Gen.  12:13 lc    Ex.  10:1, 12,21 la. 

Gen.  13:9 2d.    Ex.  23:1 la. 

Gen.l3:15. 2a.   Lev.  10:9 la. 

Gen.  22:5 2c.    Num.  9:8. 2a. 

Gen.  24:2 lc    Num.  11:13 2c. 

Gen.  27:7 lc    Dt.9:27 lc. 

Gen.30:28,  31 2d.    Dt.  10:1 la. 


68                                                           HEBREW  SYNTAX                                                   [§  24." 

Deut.  12:20 2a.       Isa.  1:16 la. 

Deut.  13:3,14 2b.       Isa.  1:18 2b. 

Deut.  20:5 lb.       Isa.  5:3 lc. 

Deut.  28:8;  33:6 Id.       Isa.  23:1 Id. 

Judges  11:17,19 2c'       Isa.  41 :  22,23,26 2d. 

1  Sam.  2:10 Id.       Mic.  1:8 2a. 

1  Sam.  15:16 le.        Hab.  3:17,18 2d. 

2  Sam.  12:8;  17: 3 2d.       Job  6:8-10 .2d. 

2  Sam.  16: 9;  17:1; 24:14 2c.        Ps.  2:3 2b. 


24.    The  Imperfect,  with  Waw  Consecutive. 

1.  a.  ^DKMI  iD'll1?  iTtSftjtn  't/fFft  ana*  the  worn,  went  her  way  and  ate. 
HtfSH  vAHH)  DOST^N  tMfl  'K  WIO2  /few*  seen  God  face  to 

'       :    -  "  T    •     -  '    T  V  •    T  '      J"      T 

face,  and  my  life  has  been  spared. 

Kyi JO   DflV^3   and  I-  had  come and  he  had  gone  out. 

t      |     t    :•: 

o.  jKDfiV  •  •  -*)DJ0 ....'•  *1DK  Ji34  thus  saith  T.:  {Israel  is  my  son), 
and  I  say,  [Let  my  son  go),  and  thou  refusest  [to  let  him  go). 
^intnm  D1K"n^5  what  is  man,  and  [yet)  thou  knowest  him. 

*    T   |"  "  T    T  T 

^^3*5  DJl^l  £"]t£^J6  J5f«  bloweth  upon  them,  and  they  wither. 

*?& *)  ^iNC*  iHiD7  Se  bringeth  down  to  Sheol,  and  bringeih  up. 

*?3ff^1  j"0"fi8  he  is  weeping  and  mourning. 

ni^DDI  D*Ul  t^UD9  Thou  expellest  the  nations,  and  plantest  it. 

T   JIV  t    •  -         *  -,t    : 

:  t|:  •-  :    •  ■*■  t  :      •    -         •     :  -        jt  -  •.        y-jv 

/or  to  us  a  child  shall  be  born;  and  the  dominion  shall  be  upon 
his  shoulder,  and  one  shall  call  his  name,  etc. 

olrip....urn  prrn^rr  pND  dwj  nnp11  watchmen  come 

from  a  distance,  and  shall  lift  up  their  voice. 

Remark. — In  reference  to  the  substitution  of  the  Imperfect  with 
Waw  Consecutive  for  the  Perfect,  three  general  statements  may  be  made : 

(1)  In  uninterrupted  narrative  in  which  the  first  verb  is  a  Perfect,  or 
some  equivalent  of  the  Perfect,  the  verbs  following  are  regularly  in  the 
Imperfect*  with  Waw  Consecutive  ,h  unless  they  are  separated  from  the 
conjunction  by  intervening  words.0 

H  Sam.  1:18.  *  Ex.  4:22,23.  *1  Sam.  2:6.  io  Isa.  9:5. 

2  Gen.  32:31.  eps.  144:3.  8  2  Sam.  19:2.  uJer.4:16. 

s  Gen.  24:62,63.  6  Isa.  40:24.  sPs.80:9. 


I  24.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  69 

(2)  The  expression  for  and-he-called  being,  therefore,  JOp^l ,  the  form 
tflp)  cannot  be  used  in  this  sense  ;  see,  however,  1 26.  2. 

(3)  From  the  instances  cited  above,  it  will  be  seen  that  the  introduc- 
tory verbal  form  may,  under  certain  circumstances,  be  an  Imperfect,  or  a 
Participle ;  in  some  cases  even  a  noun  is  employed,  and  in  others,  no 
governing  word  of  any  hind  precedes. 

We  may  now  consider  the  more  important  details : 

1.  The  Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive  is  found,  like  the  Perfect, 
for  which  it  is  a  substitute, 

a.  To  describe  events  or  conditions  belonging  to  the  sphere  of  the 
past  (§17. 1-4),  whether  as  a  historical  Perfect,  a  present  Perfect,  an 
indefinite  Perfect,  or  a  Pluperfect  j*  in  these  cases  it  is  the  continuation 
of  a  Perfect. 

h.  To  describe  events  or  conditions  belonging  to  the  sphere  of  the 
present  (2  18. 1-3),  whether  as  a  Perfect  of  the  immediate  past,  a  stative 
Perfect,  or  a  Perfect  of  experience ;  in  these  cases  it  is  the  continuation 
of  a  Perfect,  or  a  Participle,  or  a  nominal  expression,  or  even  an  Imper- 
fect which  refers  to  the  present. 

c.  To  describe  events  belonging  to  the  sphere  of  the  future ;  it 
assumes  here  the  usage  of  the  prophetic  Perfect  (319. 2).  Two  cases  are, 
however,  to  be  distinguished : 

(1)  that  in  which  the  Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive,  having 
this  usage,  is  preceded  by  a  prophetic  Perfect.6 

(2)  that  in  which  it  is  not  so  preceded ;  this  occurs  when  the 
writer  desires  to  introduce  a  prophetic  Perfect  for  variety, 
but,  at  the    same  time,  wishes  to   connect  it  with  what 

./ 


REMARKS. 

(a)  On  the  form  of  the  Imperfect  which  is  thus  used  with  the  Waw  Consecutive, 
see  Elements  of  Hebrew,  §  73. 

(b)  Various  theories  have  been  presented  in  explanation  of  the  form  of  the  con- 
junction, •  )  .  Ewald's  view,  that  the  vowel  and  DagheS-forte  were  the  relics  of  some 
particle  like  TK ,  seems  most  satisfactory. 

(c)  For  the  explanation  of  the  use  of  the  tense  in  this  connection,  Professor  Driver 
says:  "The  Imperfect  (from  the  point  of  view  of  the  spectator)  expresses  what  in 
German  is  called  Eintritt,  and  represents  action,  as  eintretend— two  terms  which  may 
be  rendered  in  English  by  ingress  and  ingre&sive.  A  succession  of  events  need  not 
invariably  be  regarded  as  a  mere  series  of  completed  and  independent  wholes:  each 
term  may  be  conceived  as  having  relations  with  the  one  preceding  it;  it  may  be 
viewed  as  stepping  in  after  it,  as  presenting  itself  to  view  through  an  entrance  pre- 
pared by  its  forerunner.  The  date  at  which  the  ingress,  or  entry,  is  imagined  to  take 
place  is  determined  by  the  •  1 ,  which  connects  the  new  event  with  a  point  previously 


70  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [g  24. 

assigned  in  the  narrative:  the  goal  at  which  it  sets  out,  the  starting-point  from  which 
it  takes  its  origin,  and  to  which  therefore  it  is  relative,  is  fixed  at  the  termination  of 
the  action  denoted  by  the  preceding  verb."— Hebrew  Tenses,  p.  85. 

(d)  Two  comparisons  maybe  considered  herewith  profit:  (1)  In  Assyrian  there  are 
two  forms  of  the  Imperfect,  differing  only  slightly  from  each  other,  and  both  etymo- 
logically  connected  with  the  Hebrew  Imperfect;  of  these  the  first  represents  an  action 
as  continuing,  whether  in  past,  present,  or  future;  the  second  is  the  usual  narrative 
tense,  equivalent  to  the  Greek  Aorist,  e.  g.,  iddin  (=  in-din),  the  etymological 
equivalent  of  {JFT  ,  always  means  Tie  gave,  while  f  JT  has  this  meaning  only  when  pre- 
ceded by  a  Waw  Consecutive.  (2)  In  Arabic,  there  are  not  a  few  cases  in  which  the 
Imperfect  is  used  in  the  sense  of  an  Aorist,  e.  g.,  y  a-qum,  the  etymological  equiva- 
lent of  D^p"1 ,  when  preceded  by  the  negative  adverb  lam  means  Tie  did  not  stand;  D^ 
is  so  translated  only  when  the  Waw  Consecutive  precedes. 

(e)  Some  assert  that  an  Imperfect  with  Waw  Consec.  may  be  used  as  a  Pluperfect 
without  any  preceding  Perfect,  e.  g.,  D1PK1 ,  Isa.  8:3;  =1*0*1 ,  37: 5;  but  this  may  well 
be  doubted. 

(/)  Having  introduced  his  thought  by  a  prophetic  Perfect,  the  writer  may  continue 
it  in  one  of  four  ways:  (1)  by  an  Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive;  (2)  by  changing 
abruptly  to  the  Imperfect  used  in  a  future  sense;  (3)  by  a  Perfect,  the  connective 
"and"  being  omitted;  (4)  by  a  Perfect,  the  connective  "and"  being  separated  by  cer- 
tain words  from  the  verb. 

(fir)  This  is  of  course  rare  and  limited  to  prophetic  usage;  according  to  Professor 
Driver  (p.  114)  the  only  cases  are  Isa.  2:9;  5:15f.;  9:10-15;  59:15b-17;  Ezek.  28:16;  31:12; 
Jer.  4:16;  15:6b-7;  51: 29;  Ps.  64:8-10;  94: 23;  but  some  of  these  are  doubtful. 

2.  a.  ^rtJTVT*  1 PD  DD*  I1  and  Oain  rose  up  and  slew  him. 

••    :  -|--  \]j-       Jtjt- 

Dn*3"7tf  1N2*1  )EHttf*P  and  they  returned  and  came  unto  their 

T       "  V  J  T~  S-.  T- 

house. 
o.  N5n^1[....N7N1  ♦llUfgtf  ^ft-riK3  I  heard  thy  voice  in  the 
garden,  and  so  was  afraid  and  hid  myself. 
fltSftv?  V  Hiltf  npNI4  and  so  I  took  her  to  be  my  wife. 

t     •    :        •  t  |-  V  t 

c'  *D*1* ' ' *'K   zip  D^  tyftWil5  did  ever  a  people  hear  the  voice  of 

God,  and  yet  live  f 

DJl*")DNV  •  D5J"^  *rOH^6  ^  l°ved  you . .  and  yet  ye  say.  [is  dead, 
d.  ttf*t$  fiW)  ^K  fUD'WfrtSfe*7  I  am  a  widow,  for  my  husband 

TJT-         '     T  T    T    :      ~  T       * 

*1DKrn  i"TC^Q  iD^  frODJl*)8  and  she  called  his  name  Moses,  and 

v        J  -  :  tJ:     •  - 

said,  etc. 

6.  ^IDK*1)  \  yn*yyy*P  and  he  blessed  him;  and  he  said,  etc. 

i  Gen.  4:8.  s  Gen.  3:10.  sDt.4:33.  » 2  Sam.  14:5. 

si  Sam.  1:19.  4  Gen.  12:19.  « Mai.  1:2.  s  Ex.  2:10. 

»  Gen  27:23,24. 


I  24.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  71 

DfTvM  ION**)  \ IflDW?  and  they  hated  him  all  the  more; 

v    ••   _:  v        ■  j*       — 

and  he  said,  etc. 

/*.  Tin^i  bx'y?*  ^np2  the  Holy  0ne  °f  l8rael>  wh° hath  chosen 

thee. 

WPim    Ytm    !....nKC?nn8    the  travail how  our  fathers 

_,..     _.  ...»  T  T  .  _ 

descended. 

9-  T^O  1\l7^-  &Wffl  fWJP?  T*  I1DI7v])4  and  the  sound 

which  was  in  the  camp  of  the  P.  {and  it)  went  on  continually. 

*PH*9?1  '*'^3Tfl#  ^IP^D  \V£  hecause  thou  hast  despised  the 

word  of  Y.,  therefore  he  hath  despised  thee. 

tf?*1  ty*$?*  N^DN6  if  they  are  not  satisfied,  then  they  stay  all 

night. 

2.  The  use  of  the  Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive  marks  some  kind 
of  connection,  or  relation  with  that  portion  of  the  narrative  which  pre- 
cedes.   This  relation  may  be  that  of 

a.  Chronological  sequence;  in  this  case  the  force  is  expressed  by 
the  simple  conjunction  and. 

b.  Consequence;  in  this  case  the  force  may  be  expressed  by  and  so. 

c.  Contrast ;  in  this  case  the  force  may  be  expressed  by  and  yet. 

d.  Accessory  circumstance,  when  something  passed  over  is  after- 
wards brought  in  ;  here  the  force  of  the  conjunction  may  best  be 
rendered  by  for,  or  since. 

e.  Amplification,  when,  after  a  general  statement  has  first  been 
made,  the  particulars  of  the  case  are  added. 

/.  Explanation  of  a  preceding  expression  or  word ;  here  the  con- 
junction must  be  rendered  by  a  relative  pronoun,  or  by  that  or  how. 

g.  Apodosis,  the  protasis  being  either  a  noun  in  the  nominative 
absolute  ($7.),  or  a  complete  conditional  clause;  here  the  con- 
junction must  either  be  omitted,  or  rendered  by  some  such  word 
as  then  or  therefore.0-^0 

REMARKS. 

(a)  In  quite  a  number  of  cases  the  action  expressed  by  the  Imperfect  with  Waw 
Consecutive  is  really  parallel  or  synchronous  with  what  goes  before;  e.  g.,  Gen.  5:6; 
1  Sam.  14:25b,49;  Isa.  39:1;  64:4. 


i  Gen.  37 : 5,6.  »  Num.  20:14,15.  «  1  Sam.  14 :19. 

2  Isa.  49 :7.  *  1  Sam.  15 :  23.  «  Ps.  59 :16. 


72  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [f  24. 

(b)  In  other  cases  the  Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive  introduces  an  amplification 
not  of  any  particular  preceding  verb,  but  of  the  entire  preceding  narrative,  considered 
as  a  whole;  thus  furnishing  what  is  practically  a  parallel  account;  e.  g.,  1  Sam.  9:1; 
lKgs.7:13. 

(c)  It  is  only  fair  to  ask  how  far  some  of  these  usages  are  to  be  explained  as  due 
to  the  combining,  by  a  reviser  or  editor,  of  two  or  more  distinct  narratives  into  one. 

3.  a.  tlb^b  VTV)  WffT\  Oi*  Tttf2  '8  NTI1  and  God  called  the 

t  Itfr  tJjt     I   v    j  -  :  t  t|:  •- 

light  day,  and  the  darkness  he  called  night. 

i/IK  tC©  'K  D1?^....^  *TO*ta  and  God  created....,  in  the 

t  t  vjv  ;  t  :  •  -  ' 

image  of  God  created  he  him. 
o.  tfflS   \W   p^J^I   '♦   OW"?   DJH?-    and  Y-  tendered  in  the 
heavens,  and  the  Most  High  uttered  his  voice. 

^9j#*  DHD^  T^— Q1&P  *K"?9  '3*  M  they  are  filled 
from  the  east,  and  they  strike  hands  with  the  children  of  strangers. 

4.  'N  ^DN"^  N^riri  T\$2  *ri*y  «w^  #  came  to  pass  at  that  time  that 
Abimelech  said. 

'p  JO*1  D*P*  ¥[?£  *'*T16  a7lc^  **  came  to  Pass  at  the  end  of  days  that 
Cain  brought,  etc. 

S\&$    \ *?§*)£DK  *0*3  *iT17  and  it  came  to  pass  in  the  days  of 

Amraphel they  made  war. 

J73JT) ilftO  C'Dt^'n  Wl8  «^^  #  came  to  pass  the  sun  had  gone 

....  T  JT        . .  _,.._.._ 

down and  behold. 

5.  fcOpfcO  vip  ^OHn?9  as  I  lifted  up  my  voice  and  cried.  [me. 
**7    ^5*1    H!¥  "  T¥i710  that  hath  taken  venison  and  brought  it  to 

3.  When  for  any  reason  one  or  more  words  intervene  between  the 
Imperfect  and  its  conjunction, 

a.  In  prose,  the  verb  invariably  goes  back  to  the  Perfect ;  for  the 
whole  force  of  the  construction  seems  to  rest  upon  the  union  of  the 
verbal  form  and  the  conjunction ;  but 


i  Gen.  1:5.  4lsa.  2:6.  *  Gen.  14:1.  »  Gen.  39.18. 

2  Gen.  1:27.  6  Gen.  21:22.  8  Gen.  15:17.  io  Gen.  27:33. 

»Ps.l8:4.  «  Gen.  4:3. 


I  24.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  73 

b.  In  poetry,  the  verb  is  frequently  found  still  remaining  in  the 
Imperfect,  thus  adding  vividness  and  force  to  the  narrative,  in  accordance 
with  the  principle  explained  in  I  20. 1.  a. 

4.  Notice  is  to  be  taken  of  the  frequent  occurrence  of  the  preparatory 
formula  *J7**|  and  it  happened,  and  it  was,  to  introduce  adverbial  and 
especially  temporal  clauses.  This  usage,  while  not  universal,  prevails 
largely  in  the  earlier  books.  The  following  verb  may  be  either  Imperfect 
with  Waw  Consecutive,  a  Perfect,  or,  when  the  context  demands,  an 
Imperfect.  Frequently,  also,  the  sentence  is  resumed  by  tlSil)  »  or  by  *) 
with  the  subject  of  the  verb. 

5.  The  Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive  is  used  to  continue  a  sen- 
tence introduced  by  an  Infinitive  or  Participle.  This  occurs,  in  contrast 
with  the  parallel  usage  of  the  Perfect,  with  Waw  Consecutive  (225,  5), 
when  that  which  is  described  by  the  Infinitive  or  Participle  is  something 
real  or  definite,  rather  than  contingent  or  indefinite. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  1:5;  3:3,17 3a.       2  Sam.  16:13 la. 

Gen.  23:30;  31:27 2b.        1  Kgs.  2:5;  18:13 2/. 

Gen.  32:31 2c.        1  Kgs.  9:21;  12:17 2a. 

Gen.  35:3;  49:17b 5  1  Kgs.  10:1 la. 

Gen.  36:14,22 2/.        lKgs.l9:10 lb. 

Gen.  39:18 5  2  Kgs.  1:2 2d. 

Gen.  42:21,22 2c.        2Kgs.l5:l;  18:1 4 

Ex. 4:22,32 lb.        Isa.  2:6 3b. 

Ex.  40: 18 2c.        Isa.  5: 1,2 la. 

Num.22:ll 5  Isa.  5:14,15;  5:25;  9:5;  24:6;  31:2;  48: 

Dt.l0:15 2b.  20,21 lc. 

Dt.  17:2,8 lb.       Isa.  40:14 2b. 

Josh.  4:9 lb.       Isa.  51:2b 3b. 

Josh. 8:24 5  Isa.  51:12 lb. 

Josh.  22: 17 2/.        Jer.  6:19 2g. 

Judg.  1:35 ...2c.        Joel  2: 23 lc. 

Judg.5:l;  6:27 2c.        Mlo.2:13 lc. 

Judg.  11:1b 2/.        Nah.l:4,5 lb. 

Judg.  16:23 2d.        Hab.  3:5,16,19 3b. 

1  Sam.  7:12;  18:11 2d.        Mai.  1:2 2c. 

lSam.8:8;  15:17 2/.        Ps.  8:6b;  18:8;  24:2 3b. 

1  Sam.  28:1,2 4  Ps.  22:30 lc. 

2Sam.3:8 2c.        Ps.  34:8;  50:17 lb. 

2  Sam.  11:1;  15:1;  21:1 4  Ps.  50:16,5;  92:11 2b. 

2  Sam.  19:2 lb.        Prov.ll:2 lb. 


74  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [g  25. 

25.    The  Perfect,  with  Waw  Consecutive. 

La  . .  .nD^ffl n*?!^  INI1  ari^  a  mis£  used  to  go  up  and  water 

}  t  :     •    :  v  «:  |-         -  i 

the.... 

UVh  X1&*} . .  •  •  Wl  '33  1K3*2  <*«  *<™s  o/  GW  used  to  go  in.... 

v  t  :  jt  :  ••  :  -it 

and  they  bore  to  them.  [it 

/Vp^r?1)  Tiyit"riN  i^Jn3  thou  usedst  to  sow  thy  seed  and  water 

b.  p^T) £^"Dt^*    fD"1?^4    there/ore  a  man  forsakes ...  .and 

cleaves .... 

*2l?  ftJFDI  ^JOD5  &<*•  seest  me  and  triest  my  heart. 

t  :  -  t         •  ••    :   • 

3tf^1*~/3  ^pSft  'Nil  ^DNtfl6  the  earth  mourns,  and  every  inhab- 
itant fainteth. 
c  (1)  13  \TQ3\  irtl&  *tf?  rWT—'KI7  and^raAom  wi7Z  become 

:  :   •  :  t  :  1ft  f 

a  #rea£  nation,  and  [all  the  nations  of  the  earth)  will  be  blessed 
in  him. 

tt?  rrjng-Di:)  nnn  sp^gj.  z$tirn$  x&? he  wil1 

lift  up  thy  head  and  restore  thee,  and  thou  wilt  place  the  cup  of 
Pharaoh  in  his  hand. 

D!iJin-{?3...n^  mn  onrrrr  tftfig... ng  r#i*  pay 

£Ae  mountain w^7?  6e  established  at  the  top  of  the  mountains, 

and  will  be  lifted  up. ...,  and  all  nations  will  flow. 

7V3"nV  •  'nHfirn  1ftk  *J17}310  *«*#  W««  **»»  and  make 

himfruitfid  and  multiply  him. 

*l)b\)nY-.^m-n$  K*30  ^H11  behold,  I  am  going  to 

bring  the  flood ,  but  I  will  establish,  etc. 

(2)  VrT)   •  •  •iTH&D  \*T12  fe£  there  be  luminaries. .  .and  let  them  be. 

t  :  :         •   : 

73fi   Dm?  y&Vfi)]  ) 3  7 n3  ^  iAem  00  a?id  gather  themselves 

I  v  -iv  v  t  :  1 1  :  :  I- 

s£raio. 


1  Gen.  2:6. 

sJer.  12:3. 

8  Gen.  40:13. 

u  Gen.  6:17,18. 

2  Gen.  6:4. 

«Hos.  4:3. 

£>Isa.  2:2. 

12  Gen.  1:14. 

sDeut.  11:10. 

t  Gen.  18:18. 

10  Gen.  17:20. 

is  Ex.  5:7. 

<  Gen.  2:24. 

§  25.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  75 

*FO20\  '03  WtepD  N^N1  do  not  bury  me  in  Egypt,  but 

-!•••-   t    :  :        -j-  :  |:    •  t 

let  me  lie. 

VnODiO  ^"ntOjp^K2  let  me  glean,  now,  and  gather. 

niDJft  Vty\  •  •  •  rD^D^3  let  us  draw  near  and  lodge  in  Gibeah. 

*t   :  •  -         j-  :  t   :J:    • 

(3)  Jl^ftiO  '*  ^"^N  *\yi*  speak  unto  the  sons  of  Israel  and  say. 

jt    :  -  |t:  •  :  v         ••    - 

mON*! n^DN'!  7l^5  go  and  gather and  say.        [swarm. 

I^nt^l  H^N  Nrfirt6  bring  them  forth  with  thee,  and  let  them 

(4)  *£>fij  nn^HV  ..-^"DtD^  Wti?7  that  it  may  be  well  with  me 

•     :  -  t:|t  :  •  -    |-    \"-j-  : 

....  and  my  soul  may  live. 

rtftjj  wjptf!  ng^i fx#g\  n1?*  j^d1?8  that  they 

may  go  and  stumble and  be  broken  and  snared  and  taken. 

*ffl  •  •  •  HD^I  1*J*  n1?^"^9  l^st  he  put  forth  his  hand  and  take 

-  t  J-  t  :  t        -   :    •    I  v 

and  live. 

Remark. — In  reference  to  the  substitution  of  the  Perfect  with  Waw 
Consecutive  for  the  Imperfect,  Imperative,  etc.  (cf.  the  corresponding 
construction  \  24.),  three  general  statements  may  be  made : 

(1)  In  uninterrupted  narration  in  which  the  first  verb  is  an  Imperfect, 
an  Imperative,  or  some  expression  possessing  the  characteristics  of  these 
forms,  the  verbs  following  are  regularly  in  the  Perfect01  with  Waw  Con- 
secutive, unless  they  are  separated  from  the  conjunction**  by  intervening 
words.c» d 

(2)  The  expression  for  and-he-will-call  being  therefore  JODI >  the 

t|t  : 

form  fcOp*l  cannot  be  used  in  this  sense  ;  see,  however,  \  26. 2. 

(3)  From  the  instances  cited  above  and  below,  it  will  be  seen  that  the 
introductory  verbal  formula  may  be  an  Imperfect,  Imperative,  Participle ; 
that  in  some  cases  even  a  noun  may  be  employed,  and,  in  others,  no  gov- 
erning word  of  any  kind  precedes. 

We  may  now  consider  the  more  important  details : 

1.  The  Perfect  with  Waw  Consecutive  is  found  (with  a  preceding 
Imperfect  or  equivalent)  like  the  Imperfect  (or  Imperative,  or  Participle), 
for  which  it  is  a  substitute, 

a.  To  describe  events  or  conditions  belonging  to  the  sphere  of  the 
past  (§20.  2),  especially  as  &  frequentative  Imperfect. 

l  Gen.  47:29.  4  Lev.  1:2.  e  Gen.  8:17.  slsa.28:13. 

a  Ruth  2: 7.  6  Ex.  3:16.  t  Gen.  12:13.  »  Gen.  3:22. 

8  Jud.  19:13. 


76  HEBREW   SYNTAX  [§  25. 

b.  To  describe  events  or  conditions  belonging  to  the  sphere  of  the 
present  {1 21.1-3),  whether  as  an  incipient,  definite  frequentative,  or  indef- 
inite frequentative  Imperfect. 

c.  To  describe  events  belonging  to  the  sphere  of  the  future  (§22. 
1-4) ;  whether  (1)  after  an  Imperfect,  Participle,  or  prophetic  Perfect,  as 
a  future  Imperfect ;  (2)  after  a  jussive  or  cohortative  Imperfect;  (3)  after 
an  Imperative  ;  (4)  after  a  subjunctive  Imperfect  expressing  purpose.6'/ 

REMARKS. 

(a)  On  the  form  of  the  Perfect  when  thus  used,  and  especially  on  the  change  of 
accent  which  takes  place,  see  Elements  of  Hebrew,  §73. 

(b)  On  the  form  of  the  conjunction  when  thus  used  see  Elements  of  Hebrew,  §  73. 

(c)  In  explanation  of  this  use  of  the  Perfect  three  points  may  be  considered:  (1) 
that  the  idiom  corresponds  to  and  was  called  forth  by  the  opposite  construction  of 
the  Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive;*  (2)  that  "the  usage  rests  originally  upon  a 
'play  of  the  imagination,'  in  virtue  of  which  an  action,  when  brought  into  relation 
with  a  preceding  occurrence  as  its  consequence,  from  the  character  of  inevitability  it 
then  assumes,  is  contemplated  as  actually  completed ;"+  (3)  "that  the  consciousness 
of  this  relation  is  to  be  conceived  as  essentially  dependent  upon  union  with  Waw,  of 
which  union  the  change  of  tone  (where  not  hindered  from  taking  place  by  external  or 
accidental  causes)  is  the  inseparable  criterion  and  accompaniment,"  the  Waw  appear- 
ing really  in  this  connection  to  possess  a  demonstrative  significance,  and  being  equiv- 
alent to  then  or  so  (cf .  Gen.  3:5).* 

(d)  In  Assyrian  the  Perfect  has  been  greatly  narrowed  (or  has  not  been  developed) 
in  its  usage,  and  presents  no  analogy  to  the  construction  under  consideration.  In 
Arabic  the  Perfect  after  the  conjunction  '  adha  when,  as  often  as,  is  said  to  take  the 
meaning  of  the  Imperfect. 

(e)  It  is  to  be  noted  that  the  exact  modal  force  of  the  preceding  dominant  verb, 
characterizes  also  the  following  Perfect  with  Waw  Consecutive;  in  other  words,  the 
particular  auxiliary  used  in  translating  the  first  verb,  will,  should,  let,  must  also  be 
used  with  the  second. 

(/)  The  following  is  a  list  of  particles  given  by  Driver  which  govern  a  Perfect 
with  Waw  Consecutive  following  an  Imperfect:— (1)  ""S^K  perhaps,  Gen.  27:13;  (2) 
ft*  or  if,  1  Sam.  26:10;  (3)  W  then,  1  Sam.  6: 3;  (4)  ^K  how  f  Gen.  39: 9;  (5)  Sx  not,  Jer.  17: 
21;  (6)  DK  if,  Gen.  28:20,21;  (7)  1WK  so  that,  Deut.  2:25;  when,  Lev.  4:22;  whoso,  Gen. 
24:14;  (8)  H  inter.,  Ex.  2:7;  (9)  *6n  nonne  ?  2  Kgs.  5:12;  (10)  |H  if,  Jer.  3:1;  (11)  D^D  or 
D"1^3  before  (that),  Jer.  13:16;  (12)  ^|fR3  when,  Deut.  22:26;  (13)  O  that,  Gen.  37:26; 
When,  Ex.  21:20;  (14)  DK  "2  surely,  1  Kgs.  20:6;  (15)  *6  or  h$  not,  Ex.  28:43;  (16)  D£D3 
almost,  Gen.  26:10;  (17)  h  if,  Ezek.  14:15;  (18)  HdS  why,  2  Kgs.  14:10;  (19)  fjTD1?  in  order 
that,  Gen.  12:13;  (20)  ,p  expressing  wish,  2  Sam.  15:4;  (21)  jHi1  *Q  perhaps,  2  Sam.  12:22 
(Qerl);  (22)  ^JID  when,  Ps.  41:6;  (23)  !]D£  in  return  for,  Deut.  7:12;  (24)  1#K  Tj?  or  "1£ 
until,  Ex.  23:30;  (24)  ]3  lest,  Gen.  3:22;  •#  that,  Eccl.  2:24.  Only  a  few  examples  (the 
list  is  given,  Driver,  p.  162)  occur  of  an  Imperfect  repeated  after  one  of  these  particles, 
e.g.,  Num.  22:6;  Isa.40:27;  Hos.  10:12. 


*  So  nearly  all  grammarians.  t  Olshausen,  §  229a  (cf.  Driver,  p.  141)c 

*  Driver,  p.  141. 


I  25.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  77 

2.  a.  -  n#  •  - . .  D#rr  -  m  ©fi^j ....  ojpi  -  ■?#  onftrj  oni*  |jw 

fH^D/$  pN*5!  ntj^pil  "Dill  «*^  fo  maie  *Aem  Aeads  over 

£Ae  people cmcZ  they  used  to  judge  the  people. . .  .but  the  weighty 

matters  they  used  to  bring....  [ and  judge. 

tD§£^ ttO) n1?^*!2  anar  he  would  go and  come  around 

^  rTKJ3  ti*T£fl  Vfr  **  ytl^tl3  Y.  hath  given  enlargement  to  us,  and 
we  shall  be  fruitful  in  the  land. 
FPttt  DHHI  tVty  K1?4  thou  hast  not  borne,  but  thou  shalt 

:     :  -t:  •  t  :       :     :  -t  ' 

conceive  and  bear  [your  heart. 

c.  DD??1?  PhnW'fflt  Of)1?^5  therefore  circumcise  the  foreskin  of 

Qrh$  ^wsf  say  unt°  ^em- 

TffiV  /IN  il^JlNV  therefore  love  thou  Tahweh. 

TV\1TS  \yfti~?  D*?fl5  Jl'in!}}8  so  choose  life,  that  thou  mayest  live. 

d.  '*?#  inNSni-  •  -^T^K  ")31Pn9  he  that  speaketh  to  thee. .  .bring 
him  to  me. 

'jn  nJTD^I   TO^   vOi$";010  everyone  eating  leavened  bread, 

that  soul  shall  die. 

nyyX  nnp$)^  mt?  ZfilX:  DV311  &  the  day  of  your  eating 

from  it  your  eyes  will  be  opened. 

OF))?1*)  ZT)}?12  at  evening,  then  ye  shall  know. 

*J1K  Dfi^P^  *niD513  when  I  die,  ye  shall  bury  me. 

EH98V  •  *  *^p3  :Hl7^^!  *3U  when  thy  son  shall  ask  thee...  .thou 

shalt  say. 

HDf"T  HJTFVtyVl ^13?  ON15  V  thou  rememberest  me. .  .then 

do  me  a  kindness.  [bring  the  man  ? 

3.  t^N*?  fcWU-njyi  T??}  ft&fP*  but  behold,  {if)  we  go.  what  shall  we 

•  t  •  t  -         J : 

^^pD*  K/V  ■  •  *r£tf  j  }i*717  if  we  sacrifice ,  will  they  not  stone  us  f 

1  Ex.  18:26.  eZech.  1:3.  10  Ex.  13:15.  14  Deut.  6 :  20,21. 

21  Sam.  7:16.  7  Deut.  11:1.  u  Gen.  3:5.  i*  Gen.  40:14. 

3  Gen.  26: 22.  »  Deut.  30:19.  u  Ex.  16:6.  i6lSam.9:7. 

4Judg.l3:3.  9  2  Sam.  14:10.  is  1  Kgs.  13:31.  "  Ex.  8:22. 
5  Deut.  10:16. 


78  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [§  25. 

2.  The  Perfect  with  Waw  Consecutive  is  frequently  found  without  a 
preceding  Imperfect  (or  equivalent^  to  introduce  it.  Here  we  may  distin- 
guish several  usages : 

a.  When  the  Perfect  (with  Waw  Consecutive)  is  equivalent  to  a 
frequentative  Imperfect ;  in  such  cases  the  verbal  form,  but  for  its  con- 
nection with  what  precedes,  would  have  been  in  the  Imperfect.a»b 

b.  When  it  is  equivalent  to  an  ordinary  future  Imperfect. 

c.  When  it  is  equivalent  to  an  Imperative  expressing  a  command 
or  entreaty. 

d.  When  it  is  used  in  the  apodosis  of  a  conditional  sentence,  the 
protasis  being  expressed  either  by  a  Participle,  an  Infinitive,  a  finite  verb 
(Perf.  or  Impf.),  or  a  noun.c»d 

3.  When  for  any  reason  one  or  more  words  intervene  between  the 
Perfect  and  its  conjunction,  the  verb  goes  back  to  the  Imperfect.6 

REMARKS. 

(a)  It  will  be  noted  that,  in  such  passages,  an  Imperfect  is  frequently  found  in 
connection  with  the  Perfect  (with  Waw  Consecutive),  e.  g.,  in  Ex.  38:26,  ])Wy  and 

hwwt  . 

(b)  Notice  also  the  series  of  Perfects  in  Josh.  15: 3-11;  16: 2,3,6,7,8;  17:9;  18:12-21,  etc. 

(c)  Here )  has  a.  demonstrative  force;  cf.  the  use  of  fa  in  Arabic. 

(d)  Notice  the  use  of  the  Perfect  with  Waw  demonstrative  after  a  Participle,  Judg. 
7:17;  1  Kgs.2:2;  18:11,12;  20:36;  2  Kgs.  7:9,  etc. 

(e)  There  are  very  few  cases  of  this,  nearly  all  being  cited  by  Driver,  p.  181. 

4.  a.  iirMm) IM?  U3tf2)  iTfT)1  and  it  shall  be  when  I  bring  clouds 

t  -:    :  •  :  1  t^t       •  -r~  :         t  t  : 

then  shall  be  seen 

D*2P*ft  JV*"irTN£l  J7*rn2  and  it  shall  be  in  the  end  of  days, 
o.  TP   tf?rii$fl  iW12  K23   tVtTf  and  it  used  to  be  when  Moses 

t  v:   |   t  v  :  t  t  : 

entered  the  tent  there  would  come  down. 

'0  tl/V)  '*  V*\  t  DN  WTt*  anat  it  used  to  happen  when  Israel  had 

t  ^t  :         w   -  t  •         t  t  : 

sown  that  Midian  would  come  up. 
5.  J1D1  B^ijt  njD5  the  smiter  of  a  man  and  he  dies. 

DHfcOn  *?J£  b&y\  N¥iV76  he  that  goeth  forth  and  falleth  upon. . 
^ vfl^l  ^irO/57  w>  thy  going  forth  with  us  and  we  are  separated. 
^W)  5V?%1  ^UJlfllJ8  when  thy  people  are  smitten  and  turn. 


i  Gen.  9:14.  s  Ex.  33:7.  5  Ex.  21:12.  i  Ex.  33:16. 

alsa.2:2.  <Jud.6:3.  ejer.21:9.  si  Kgs.  8:33. 


§26.] 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


79 


4.  Notice  is  to  be  taken  of  the  frequent  occurrence  of  the  preparatory 
formula  i7*rT)  (cf.  *f"H  1 24,),  to  introduce  adverbial  and  especially  tem- 

t  t   :  •  :- 

poral  clauses.    There  may  be  distinguished, 

a.  The  cases  in  which  tVTVS  has  the  force  of  &  future. 

t  t  : 

b.  The  cases  in  which  it  has  &  frequentative  force. 

5.  The  Perfect  with  Waw  Consecutive  is  used  to  continue  a  sentence 
introduced  by  an  Infinitive  or  Participle.  This  occurs,  in  contrast  with 
the  parallel  usage  of  the  Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive  (§24.5),  when 
that  which  is  described  by  the  Infinitive  or  Participle  is  something  con- 
tingent or  indefinite  rather  than  real  or  definite. 


REFERENCES 

Gen.  6:14;  12:3;  19:19;  38: 3 lc. 

Gen.  12:12;  27: 40 4a. 

Gen.  17:4 2b. 

Gen.  24:14 2c. 

Gen.  29:2,3 la. 

Gen.  30:41 2a. 

Gen.  38:9 4b. 

Ex.  1:10;  7:15,  26;  19:23;  23: 29 lc. 

Ex.  1:16 5. 

Ex.  4: 21;  9:19;  30: 33,38 2d. 

Ex.  6: 6 2b. 

Ex.  17:11;  18: 26 2a. 

Ex.  33:7-11;  34:34 la. 

Lev.  24:14 lc. 

Num.  4:19 lc. 

Num.  10: 32;  17: 20 4a. 

Num.  21: 9 4ft. 

Deut.  4:16,19;  5:30;  6:18;  28:8 lc. 

Deut.  4:42;  30:16 5. 

Deut.  7:9 2c. 

Deut.  12:11 ...4a. 

Deut.  13:15;  22: 2,21 2d. 

Josh,  23:11 ....2c. 


FOR  STUDY. 

Jud.  2:18 2a. 

Jud.4:20;7:17;9:33 4a. 

Jud.  11: 8 2c. 

1  Sam.  1:3;  13:21;  16: 23 2a. 

1  Sam.  2:31 2d. 

1  Sam.  6:7;  12:20;  15;3 lc. 

2  Sam.  11:15 lc. 

2  Sam.  12: 31;  14:26;  17:17 2a. 

2  Sam.  14:7 2b. 

lKgs.  14:28 la. 

2  Kgs.  12:15-17 la. 

Isa.  1:20;  13:11;  14:1,2,4 lc. 

Isa.2:2;6:7 2b. 

Isa.  4:3 4a. 

Isa.  5  ;12;  27:10;  44:15 lb. 

Jer.20:9 lb. 

Ezek.29:7  lb. 

Hos.  8:14;  10:14;  11: 6 2b. 

Amos4:2;8:ll 2d. 

Hab.2:12 5. 

Ps.  17:14;  46:10;  49:11;  78: 38. lb. 

PS.  25:11 2d. 

Job  5:5;  14:11 lb 


26 ,    The  Perfect  and  Imperfect  with  Waw  Conjunctive. 


i.  a.  latfrrw 


ifTn~r»N  'N  '*  JWDH1  Y  thy  God  hardened 

t  J:    • 


his  spirit  and  made  strong  his  heart. 

*ftDfti*)1  ^D^IJ  D*^}2  children  I  have  made  great  and  exalted. 

•     :  -i-         :         •    :  j-  •  •  t 

ftfl^  fatfS  ,4"t?D3  they  stumbled  and  fell. 
i  Deut.  2 :  30.  a  Isa.  1:2.  3  p8. 27 : 2. 


80  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [g  26. 

b.  tV\TV  bytl'D^  D^Jiin  HCW  and  the  builders  established  the 
temple  of  Y. 

iTvojd  noan  rate  >»  widki2  <*«*  /  «*&*,  f^o™  * 

t         ;•  t:t  t  •  -jt  •     :j-  t  : 

feeder  than  strength. 
C*  "til  rtVf*3  fDNrr*)3  owrf  ^e  believed  in  Yahweh,  etc. 

;¥?0'3N"lfiK  DTHSK  hSIffl*  °^  Abraham  rebuked  Abimelech. 

|v  -iv     •    -:  v  t    t  :    -      -    •  : 

irVSTW  ♦JN  Dfit^  *3  t>  VFljfi/f.  <™d  I  have  told  him  that  I 
will  judge  his  house. 

2.  a.  UH  V!  OB^*l ^5^6  command that  they  return  and  encamp. 

D^il  pntJ^^*|  nt^W"r?D7  wAatf  sAa?Z  we  do  tf^atf  £^e  sea  may  be 
calm  ? 

b.  '*J7  JlN^irn D*D!7  ^llp*8  ^  tfAe  waters  be  collected and  the 

dry  land  appear. 

*liW}  ^JJQKtf*  DVil  7D*)9  and  all  the  people  shall  hear  and  fear. 

rVr-  :      *     :  TTt  t  : 

*WT"IW  13*1   *l /V*10  they  shall  go  up  and  smite  Ai.  [sion. 

"r  t  -:  *!j- 

^D/yi  K^2£  fr?11  behold,  they  shall  be  ashamed  and  put  to  confu- 
'D"l  tfpD''}  D^HpB  TJJgJ  •tfjtjfiy1  ^e  &™6e  WMWI  ^  seeing 
and  perverteth  the  words,  etc. 
^JWI  D*")^  *\  &  V*}™  even  youths  faint  and  are  weary. 

At-  :  •    t  :  -:  |*  : 

c.  »y^J5  Utfft!)  ^*7M  *T^  JJ7D1?14  ^*  K*^  may  see  and  know 
and  consider  and  understand. 

*n5^ni  ^N  *""?$15  Zestf  he  be  angry  and  ye  perish. 

There  are  cases  in  which,  contrary  to  the  principles  set  forth  in  11  24, 
25.  there  is  found  the  Perfect  with  Waw  Conjunctive  instead  of  the  Im- 
perfect with  Waw  Consecutive,  or  the  Imperfect  with  Waw  Conjunctive 
instead  of  the  Perfect  with  Waw  Consecutive.  All  such  cases  are  to  be 
regarded  as  exceptional.    They  may  be  loosely  classified  as  follows : 

1.  Instead  of  the  Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive  (  •*)),  there  is  used 
the  Perfect  with  Waw  Conjunctive, 


i  Ezra  3:10. 

si  Sam. 3:13. 

»Deut.  17:13. 

is  Isa.  40:30. 

sEccl.  9:16. 

6  Ex.  14:2. 

io  Josh.  7:3. 

14  Isa.  41:20. 

3  Gen.  15:6. 

7  Jon.  1:11. 

ulsa.  41:11. 

is  Ps.  2:12. 

4  Gen.  21:25. 

s  Gen.  1:9. 

12  Ex.  23: 8. 

I  27.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  81 

a.  "When  the  second  action  is  synonymous  or  simultaneous  with 
the  first,  and  is  consequently  to  be  represented  as  co-ordinate  with  it,  the 
usual  construction  representing  it  as  subordinate. 

b.  In  the  later  books  in  which  the  influence  of  the  Aramaic  is  felt.a 

c.  In  instances  of  which  no  sufficient  explanation  can  be  given.b 

2.  Instead  of  the  Perfect  with  Waw  Consecutive,  there  is  found  the 
Imperfect  with  Waw  Conjunctive, 

a.  When  the  Imperfect  is  a  voluntative,  and,  combining  with  *] , 
furnishes  a  most  concise  and  elegant  expression  of  purpose  (§24. 1.  e,  2.  d).c 

b.  When,  as  in  the  case  of  the  Perfects  cited  above  (3  26. 1.  a),  the 
second  is  to  be  treated  as  co-ordinate,  being  emphatic,  or  synonymous 
with  the  first, — whether  used  in  the  sense  of  a  future  or  a  frequentative.^ 

c.  When  the  Imperfect  follows  another  Imperfect  introduced  by  a 
conjunction.6 

REMARKS. 

(a)  The  Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive  continues  even  in  the  later  books  to  be 
the  prevailing  construction  except  in  the  Book  of  Ecclesiastes,  in  which,  according  to 
Driver,  it  occurs  only  three  times  (1:17;  4:1,7).  This  construction,  however,  is  not 
found  in  Aramaic. 

(b)  Some  of  these  cases  occur  in  the  very  earliest  books. 

(c)  While  in  most  cases  the  special  form  of  the  voluntative,  i.  e.,  the  Jussive  or 
Cohortative,  is  employed,  in  many  the  usual  form  of  the  Imperfect  occurs. 

(d)  This  is,  of  course,  more  frequent  in  poetry  than  in  prose. 

(e)  These  cases  are  few,  cf .  Driver,  p.  162. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  1:26;  9:27;  17:2;  22:17;  27:29,31..2b.       Isa.2:ll;  40:12 la. 

Gen.  28:6 lc.       Isa.  41:11,15,22;  42:6,14,21,23 2b. 

Gen.31:7 la.  Ezek.9:7;  13:6,8; 25: 12; 37: 2;  41:3,8,13, 

Ex.24:7;  26:24 2b.  15 lib. 

Dt.2:30;  33:2,20 la.       Amos 7:2,4b lc. 

Judg.3:23;  7:13 lc.       Ps.25:9;  37:40;  49:9;  73:8. 2b. 

lSam.l:12;  3:13 lc.       Esth.  2:14;  3:12;  8:15;  9:23,24 lb. 

2Sam.6:16;  13:18 lc.       Ezra6:22;  8:30,36;  9:2 lb. 

lKgs.3:llb;  6:32,35:  11:10 lc.       Neh.  9:7,8;  12:39;  13:1,30 16. 

27.    The  Participle. 

1.  a.  7£^  njj^1  keeper  of  a  flock. 

V1i)  *JJB  HT"i*2  knowers  of  good  and  evil. 

!njl*5  *3^3  dwellers  in  thy  house.  [cf  Gush, 

b.  \tf\2  r*lX"^3  ilJSt  D3Dn4  the  one  that  encompasseth  all  the  land 
i  Gen.  4:2.  a  Gen.  3:5.  s  ps.  84:5.  *  Gen.  2:13. 


82  HEBREW   SYNTAX  [2  27. 

fiftN*)  10fl  QfyfV*-  doing  kindness  and  truth. 

v  v:|v        vjv  •  * 

rrK^o  rbx&r)2  mi  of  noise. 

TVyT\F\  |3DDr73  he  that  is  impoverished  of  an  oblation. 
2.  a.  ^fi'NiTftnS  3fi^*  fcOffi4  and  he  was  sitting  in  the  door  of  the  tent. 

v  j  t  -   v  "  : 

D*U?^0  UftiJ!  fljm8  and  behold,  we  were  binding  sheaves. 

FtfV   JN¥~MK   rtJlfl   fVJl  flt^O8     -Mbse*  was  keeping  Jethro's 

flock. 

r\)y?ftt2il/2%   /&*!2  iTM7  ^e  too*  ruling  over  all  the  kingdoms. 

t    :    -  -  t  :  ••  t  t 

o.  *2%  OPpjfc  *Pt$$  W  ^ip8   the  voice  of  thy  brother's  blood  is 
crying  unto  me.  [ing. 

DUT")  DJl  li£*N  V  tOrtWSFf  teM  me  where  they  are  shepherd- 

**  T  T    -I*    - 

DDfiK  ID^D  '5JIN  ^'N10  which  I  am  teaching  you. 
Dl*"7D3  Dlft   /N11  <*  ^roc?  <Aa£  AatfA  indignation  every  day. 
p**T5f7  Jflfc^  DD?12  tlie  wicked  plot  against  the  just.  [earth, 

c.  ^"l^rf"1?^  ^DpQ   *D^13  ^  am  {about)  to  bring  rain  upon  the 
D*fcO  D*ft*  /TDM14  behold,  tlie  days  are  coming. 

•     T  '  T  "    * 

rfp  JT17*  ^tfl^N  *l£^15  Sarai,  thy  wife,  will  bear  thee  a  son. 
0*5  /H  UftiK  ""^N16  *n  wfo'cA  we  are  (about)  to  go. 

1.  In  respect  to  government,  the  Participle^  may  be 

a.  A  wozm  (construct)  followed  by  another  noun  in  the  genitive,6  or 

b.  A  verb  governing  the  following  noun  as  an  accusative  or  by 
means  of  prepositions.^'6 

2.  In  respect  to  tense  or  temporal  function,  the  Participle  is  used  in 
the  description  of 

a.  A  state  (or  action)/  belonging  to  the  sphere  of  the  past;  thus 
presenting  some  particular  attribute  or  characteristic,  or  picturing  vividly 
the  particular  circumstances  under  which  a  given  event  took  placed 

b.  A  state  or  action  belonging  to  the  sphere  of  the  present,  and  thus 
represented  as  continuing,  enduring,  permanent.'1'^ 

c.  A  state  or  action  belonging  to  the  sphere  of  the  future,  thus 


1  Gen.  24: 49. 

6  Gen.  37:7. 

9  Gen.  37:16. 

13  Gen.  7:4. 

2lsa.  23:2. 

e  Ex.  3:1. 

ioDeut.4:l. 

U  Jer.  23:5. 

3lsa.40:20. 

UKgs.  5:1. 

up8.7:12. 

15  Gen.  17:19. 

<  Gen.  18:1. 

s  Gen.  4:10. 

12  Ps.  37:12. 

16  Jud.  18:5. 

I  27.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  83 

represented  as  beginning,  and  hence  certain;  only  the  context  determin- 
ing whether  there  is  reference  to  a  near  or  to  a  remote  future J* 

3.  a.  JllD3^  D^H^O  D^n  p*")1  only  the  people  kept  sacrificing  in  the 

high  places. 
b>  ntTf  DiptDJl  £Oi3-|1Q2  how  fearful  [timendus)  is  this  place. 

4.  a.  ?n5 H  $3W  *3 ^5?  s.Pca& *for  thy  servant  heareih. 

b.  SV?£  *Ij7  DHpK  D^3?^4  yet  brick,  they  say  to  us,  make,  [discord. 

5.  a.  D^*TD  (lxt^D1 D^tD  (T£)*5  who  uttereth  lies  and  letteth  loose 

•t:       -  ••  -     :  •  t  :      -     •  t 

b.  JlflD^  'K  '^"nN1! rOfrjfil6  whoforsaketh. .  .and  the  covenant 

of  God  forgetteth.  \the  needy. 

P^N  D^ /f D*!M7  ^e  raiseth  up  the  poor lifteth  up 
:   v              t                -                  p  •• 

c.  71M*)   /iNt^  H^iD8  ^e  bringeth  down  to  Sheol  and  bringeth  up. 
JOD1 D**JD1/  D^fi^t^9  seraphim  were  standing,  and  each  kept 

t)t  :  •    : H  •   t   : 

3.  a.  While,  usually  and  properly,  the  Participle  denotes  a  fixed,  con- 
tinuous state,  it  is  sometimes  found,  instead  of  the  Imperfect,  marking  a 
"  fact  liable  to  recur." 

b.  The  passive  Participle  is  often  equivalent  with  Latin  Participle 
in  dus. 

4.  a.  The  subject  of  the  Participle  generally  precedes  it ;  but  it  some- 
times follows,  especially  when  the  verbal  idea  is  to  be  emphasized. 

b.  The  subject  of  the  Participle  is  occasionally  omitted,  and  in 
such  cases  must  be  supplied  from  the  context. 

5.  The  Participle  is  found  joined  in  one  way  or  another  with  finite 
verbal  forms,  as  follows : 

a.  Following  an  Imperfect. 

b.  Followed  by  a  Perfect  or  Imperfect. 

c.  Followed  by  a  Perfect  or  Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive:  (cf.. 
the  usage  in  \\  24.  5 ;  25.  46). 

REMARKS. 

(a)  When  the  Participle  is  used  as  an  adjective,  it  follows  the  law  of  the  adjective 
(§  10). 


HKgs.3:2.  4  Ex.  5:16.  6Prov,2:17.  si  Sam.  2: 6. 

2  Gen.  38:17.  eProv.6:19.  U  Sam.  2:8.  9lsa.  6:2. 

si  Sam. 3:9. 


84  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [§  28. 

(b)  On  the  use  of  the  Participles  with  the  article,  see  §  4. 3./. 

(c)  This  construction  is  especially  frequent  in  poetry. 

(d)  The  Participle  is  sometimes  followed  by  S  (dative  of  advantage  or  disadvantage) 
rather  than  by  an  accusative,  e.  g.,  1  Sam.  11: 9. 

(e)  Cases  in  which  both  constructions  of  the  Participle  (nominal  and  verbal)  occur 
simultaneously  are  not  infrequent,  e.  g.,  TtiPp  "ITU?  7W$  Amos  4: 13. 

(/)  On  the  force  of  the  Participle  as  compared  with  that  of  the  Imperfect,  see  §  20. 
R.(fc). 

(g)  Note  the  rarity  in  earlier  books  of  the  use  of  a  Participle  with  a  finite  verb  (e.  gM 
Gen.  4 :17 ;  37 : 2 ;  1  Sam.  2 :11)  as  compared  with  the  same  usage  in  later  books  (e.  g.,  Neh. 
1:4;  2:13,15). 

(h)  The  Participle,  as  well  as  the  Perfect  (8 18. 3)  and  the  Imperfect  (§  21. 3),  may  be 
used  to  express  a  general  truth,  e.  g.,Ps.  19:2;  29:6,  but  only  in  later  Hebrew. 

(£)  Note  also  its  frequent  use  as  an  appositive  of  a  preceding  substantive,  e.  g., 
Isa.  40:22,23. 

0")  With  use  of  the  Participle  for  the  present,  compare  the  similar  usage  in  Ara- 
maic, where  it  is  more  common  than  the  proper  participial  usage. 

(k)  In  this  usage  the  Participle  is  often  preceded  (for  vividness)  by  TMT\  "behold; 
though  this  particle  is  also  employed  when  the  Participle  refers  to  the  past  or  present, 
e.  g.,  1  Kgs.  19: 5;  1  Sam.  14:[33. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  2:9 3b.  2  Sam.  13:4 2b. 

Gen.  3: 5;  19:13 4a.  1  Kgs.  1:25,48 2b. 

Gen.  13-7;  46:34 la.  1  Kgs. 22: 44 3a. 

Gen.l5:14;  18:17 2c.  2Kgs.  15:5 lb. 

Gen.24:21;  41:1 2a.  Isa.l:7;  41:17 .2b. 

Gen.34:30;  32:7;  41:1 4b.  Isa.  1:81;  3:13;  8:7 2c. 

Gen. 39:3,6,22 3a.  Isa. 21:11;  32:12 4b. 

Ex.  9:3 2c.  Hos.2:8 5c. 

Num.  11:27 2b.  Mic.3:9 5b. 

Num. 21:34 2a.  Ps.3:3;  4:7 2b. 

Deut.  1:20,25 2c.  Ps.  22:32 3b. 

Deut.  10:13;  11:26 2b.  Ps.29:5 5c. 

Deut.ll:7 lb.  Ps.95:10;  97:7;  119:2 la. 

Deut.  12:10 2c.  Prov.  13:24 ...5b. 

Judg.2:22;  8:4;  19:18 4a.  Prov.l6:28 5a. 

lSam.3:ll;  19:11;  20:36 2c.  Jobl:13 2a. 

1  Sam.  14:11 2b.  Job  1:14 2a. 

1  Sam.  17:34 2a.  Job  12: 21 5b. 

2  Sam.  6:16 2a.  Esth.2:ll,13 3a. 

2  Sam.  12: 23b 2c. 

28.    The  Infinitive  Absolute. 

1.  T*y~vS  D'inri1  the  destroying  every  city. 

JKV  DrW)  *lp^l  inH2  slaughtering  oxen  and  killing  sheep. 

i  Deut.  3: 6.  a  Isa.  22:13, 


I  28.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  85 

2.  a.  Tp7J7  VD""H5  *QN  N*?1  they  would  not  walk  in  his  ways. 

1p^5    *M^"n   ^T^J ^fl^l2  /see  committing  adultery  and 

walking  in  lies, 
b-  Stytl  fiflD  in&  J"Dfr03  and  I  stamped  it,  grinding  diligently. 

Ii^t2  tiy\tl  iO*N14  a^cZ  /was  very  wwcA  afraid. 

The  Infinitive  absolute*  partakes  of  both  a  nominal  and  a  verbal  char- 
acter.b  Like  the  verbc  it  may  govern  a  noun  in  the  accusative;  like  the 
noun  it  may  be  construed  as  a  nominative,  genitive,  or  accusative.  Its 
more  important  usages  may  be  classified  as  follows: 

1.  It  may  govern  a  dependent  noun  only  in  the  accusative;  it  never 
stands  in  annexion.d 

2.  a.  It  may  stand  as  an  accusative,6'/  governed  by  a  finite  verb,  but 
the  Infinitive  construct  is  more  frequently  employed. 

b.  It  may  stand  as  an  adverbial  accusative,  equivalent  to  an  ordi- 
nary adverb.0 

REMARKS. 

(a)  The  Infinitive  absolute  differs  from  the  Infinitive  construct  in  being  more  stiff, 
and  in  being  unable  either  to  stand  in  annexion  with  a  following  word,  or  to  be  gov- 
erned by  a  preceding  preposition. 

(b)  "1.  The  Semitic  Infinitive  is  really  not  an  Infinitive  in  the  sense  of  the  term  as 
used  in  Greek,  Latin,  German  [and  English]  grammar;  for  it  was  originally,  and  has 
remained  to  the  present  day,  a  true  noun,  which  contains  in  itself  all  the  properties 
of  the  noun,  and  is  construed  as  such  in  the  sentence.  The  most  which  can  be  admit- 
ted is,  that  this  noun  sometimes  gives  up  its  capacity  for  inflection,  and  becomes  an 
adverb;  but  never  in  any  case  does  it  pass  over  into  the  verb-system,  in  the  manner 
which  characterizes  the  proper  Infinitive  idea.  2.  The  Semitic  nomen  actionis  ex- 
presses the  abstract  idea  of  being,  acting,  or  suffering;  and  has  been  derived  from 
the  verb  in  the  way  in  which  verbal  derivatives,  with  a  concrete  meaning,  passed 
over  into  the  abstract  meaning.  3.  This  abstract  verbal  noun,  through  its  derivation 
from  the  verb,  has  received  the  power  of  construction  peculiar  to  the  verb,  so  that  it 
can  subordinate  another  noun  in  the  accusative,  and  attach  to  itself  a  subject  in  the 
nominative;  while,  on  the  other  hand,  it  has  no  power  whatever,  in  itself,  of  express- 
ing any  difference  in  tense,  or  in  the  kind  of  verb.  4.  From  the  agreement  in  form 
among  the  different  branches  of  the  Semitic  family  of  languages,  it  plainly  follows 
that  even  the  original  Semitic  language  had  already  handed  over  the  function  of  the 
abstract  verbal  noun  to  certain  forms."5 

(c)  The  Infinitive,  like  the  Participle,  is  without  tense,  referring  alike  to  past,  pres- 
ent, or  future,  according  to  the  demands  of  the  context. 

(d)  The  Infinitive  absolute  rarely  has  a  subject,  e.  g.,  Ps.  17: 5. 


Hsa.42:24.  2  Jer.  33:14.  sDeut.9:21.  *Neh.2:2. 

5  Adolph  Koch,  Der  semitische  lnfinitif,  1874. 


86  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [g  28. 

(e)  Sometimes  also  as  a  nominative,  e.  g.,  Isa.  32: 17;  2  Chron.  31: 10;  and  as  a  geni- 
tive, e.  g.,  Isa.  14:23. 

(/)  The  suffix  governed  by  the  Infinitive  absolute  must  have  j"IK . 

(flf)  The  most  common  Infinitives  thus  used  are  rO^H,  Gen.  15:1;  prnn ,  Gen. 
21:16;  pnn,  Ex.  30: 36;  tihzTI,  Isa.  29:14;  DD^H  ,  1  Sam.  17:16;  pn,  Josh.  3: 17;  «pn , 
Josh.  6:11;  yijfil,  1  Sam.  17:16.  With  the  exception  of  1HD ,  Josh.  2:5,  all  forms 
thus  used  are  in  the  HIph'll. 

3.  a.  T\t2tf  '*  J7*H  *2  )W\  IfcO1  we  saw  for  a  certainty  that  Y.  was 

]   T "  T  T  J*     T  T 

wiYA  thee. 

DlDJlK  ^DID  3  *1D52  I  will  surely  visit  you. 

:•    :    v         •      :|j-t         }      t 

*ilDD   /KtS^J  7N&^3  he  urgently  besought  me. 
U3  Tl^n  11/n4  ^6  strictly  charged  us. 

JT  "     "  "*    T 

6.  tOi^t^  tOiD^l5  a^  ^  w  always  acting  as  judge. 

if^3  rO*"06  ^ow  ^as^  repeatedly  blessed, 
c-  *V)*")tf  ^HiN7  cwrse  t/e  bitterly. 

T 

INI  1N*V) yiDC^  tyftW8  hear  ye  indeed and  see  ye  indeed. 

d-  2l\Bft  ni^n D*Di7  foffiV  and   the  waters    kept  continually 

receding. 

tWfl  *flW)  ^7»*110  ^y  we?i£  going  on  and  lowing. 

3.  The  Infinitive  absolute0  is  used  in  connection  with  a  finite  verb6 
(generally  of  the  same  rootc  and  stemd),  as  a  sort  of  cognate  or  absolute 
accusative  (§  31. 4).    Various  cases  arise  : — 

a.  The  Infinitive  may  precede  the  finite  verb,  and  mark  the  cer- 
tainty of  the  idea  conveyed  or  intensify  it.«/ 

b.  The  Infinitive  may  follow  the  finite  verb,  and  convey  the  idea  of 
repeated  or  continued  action. 

c.  The  Infinitive  may  follow  the  finite  verb,  and,  as  when  preceding 
it,  intensify  the  idea.0 

d.  Two  Infinitives  may  follow,  one  of  which  is  frequently  jftft-, 
and  the  idea  thus  emphasized  is  that  of  continuance.11 

REMARKS. 

(a)  The  Infinitive  construct  is  rarely  employed  for  the  Infinitive  absolute,  e.  g., 
Ps.  50:21;  Ruth  2:16;  Neh.l:7. 

(b)  Sometimes  the  finite  verb  is  omitted,  the  Infinitive  only  remaining. 


i  Gen.  26:28.  4  Gen.  43:3.  7Judg.  5:23.  9  Gen.  8:3,5. 

2  Ex.  3:7.  e  Gen.  19:19.  8  Isa.  6:9.  i°  1  Sam.  6:12. 

s  1  Sam.  20 : 6.  6  Num.  24 :10. 


?  28.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  87 

(c)  In  poetry  the  Infinitive  is  sometimes  of  a  different  (though  cognate)  root,  e,  g., 
Jer.  8:13;  48:9;  Isa.  28:28. 

(d)  The  Infinitive  absolute  is  frequently  in  Qal  when  the  finite  verb  is  of  a  differ- 
ent stem;  e.g.,  in  the  NIph.,  Ex.  19:13;  21:20,22,28;  Mic.  2:4;  in  the  Pl'el  or  Pti'al, 
Josh.  24:10;  Gen.  37:33;  in  the  HIph'll,  1  Sam.  23:22;  in  the  HIth.,  Isa.  24:19.  Cf.  also 
Lev.  19:20;  Ezek.l6:4. 

(e)  The  particle  DJ  is  frequently  employed  to  give  additional  emphasis;  it  stands 
between  the  verb  and  the  infinitive ;  e.  g.,  Gen.  31 :  15 ;  46 : 4 ;  Num.  16 :  13. 

(/)  A  negative,  in  such  cases,  generally  stands  between  the  Infinitive  and  the 
verb,  e.g.,  Ex.  5:23;  34:7;  Deut.  21:14;  Nah.l:3;  Mic.  1:10;  though  sometimes  before 
both  verb  and  Infinitive,  e.  g„  Gen.  3:4;  Amos  9:8;  Ps.  49: 8. 

(fir)  While  the  Infinitive,  when  it  follows  the  verb,  generally  gives  the  idea  of 
repetition  or  continuance,  there  are  many  cases  in  which  this  force  is  not  allowed  by 
the  context,  e.  g.,  Gen.  31:15;  Isa.  22:17;  Jer.  22:10. 

(h)  In  connection  with  "jSn ,  used  to  express  continuance,  the  second  word,  which 
then  expresses  the  principal  idea,  may  be  not  only  an  Infinitive  absolute,  but  also 
a  Participle,  or  verbal  adjective,  e.  g.,  1  Sam.  2 :  26 ;  14 :  19 ;  2  Sam.  3 : 1 ;  1  Chron.  11 : 9. 

VI  t  :  •     J"     T  V  T 

plied  my  heart. 

OH??!  p£0i  nnflitefr  WWW  and  they  blew  the  trumpets  and 

broke  the  pitchers. 

b.  rntfhr^ft..-.*tnfe  cfin*"-ctotr?  rw  **  the  man  be  put  to 

t"'   |T  T  t  •     T  - 

death  .  ..let  all  the  congregation  stone  him. 

**0^7  *1^D  iK*  •  •  •  fl!l  Jinn*  •  •  '*U74  to  the  stranger  thou  shalt  give 

•   :  t  :  t  tjv  :     • 

it,  or  sell  it  to  an  alien.  [watch,  etc. 

5.  a.  'TJI  JYSVil  !"]£¥  tfffflft]  HVW8  they  prepare  the  table,  set  the 
b.  ni"Vjni  ^i^X6  Ve  shall  eat  and  leave  thereof. 

:  t 

e.  fiO&ffl  Di*"i"lX  *")iDT7  remember  the  Sabbath  day. 

r  -    -  V  t 

rfjJHn  D^flDrrnK  Hip*?8  take  thou  these  documents. 

d-  rTTyf*? |J"0i  *?tlp rfyjfFl9  I  will  bring  up  a  company  and 

deliver  them  to  vexation. 

4.  The  Infinitive  absolute  is  used  to  continue  the  verbal  ideaa 

a.  Introduced  by  a  Perfect,  or  an  Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive. 

b.  Introduced  by  an  Imperfect  referring  to  the  future. 


lEccles.  8:9.  4  Deut.  14:21.  6  2Kgs.  4:43.  8  Jer.  32:14. 

sjudg.  7:19.  5  Isa.  21: 5.  1  Ex.  20:9.  »Ezek.  23:46. 

3  Num.  15:35. 


88  HEBREW   SYNTAX  [§  29. 

5.  The  Infinitive  absolute  is,  still  further,  used  as  a  concise  and  vivid 
substitute  for  a  finite  verb;bc  as, 

a.  For  the  Perfect  in  narration  and  description ;  cf.  Latin  Histor- 
ical Infinitive. 

b.  For  the  Imperfect,  referring  to  the  future. 

c.  For  the  Imperative,  when  it  is  to  be  expressed  emphatically. 

d.  For  the  Cohortative,  in  the  way  of  exclamation.^ 

REMARKS. 

(a)  Especially  frequent  in  later  literature,  when  it  was  thought  sufficient  to  ex- 
press the  distinction  of  tense,  number  and  person  in  the  first  verbal  form  and  allow  it 
to  be  understood  in  the  case  of  those  following. 

(b)  For  examples  of  its  use  where  the  subject  is  expressed,  see  Gen.  17: 10;  Ps.17: 5; 
Prov,  17:12;  etc. 

(c)  This  usage  is  probably  due  to  the  ellipsis  of  the  finite  verb,  e.  g.,  VlDK  standing 
for  ib^tfJJ  StoK  ;  n'OT ,  for  n3Tfl  M3{  • 

(d)  In  none  of  these  cases,  or  in  those  under  4  a,  b,  may  the  Infinitive  have  a 
negative. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  8: 7 3b.  1  Kgs.  23:30 5d. 

Gen.  27:30;  43: 3,20 3a.  2  Kgs.  4:43 5b. 

Gen.  41:43 4a.  Isa.  5:5;  59:4 1 

Gen.46:4 3c.  Isa.7:15;  22:13 2a. 

Ex.  3:7 3a.  Isa. 42:20 4a. 

Ex.  8:11 4a.  Isa. 59: 4 5a. 

Ex.  36:7 2b.  Jer.2:2 5c. 

Lev.  32:44 4b.  Jer.7:13 2b. 

Num.  16:13 3c.  Jer.  22:10 3b. 

Num.  25:17 5c.  Ez.l:14 5a. 

Deut.  5:12 5c.  Hos.  4:2 5a. 

Josh.  6:13 3d.  Amos  9:8 3a. 

Judg.5:23 3e.  Zech.3:4;7:5 4a. 

Judg.7:19 4a.  Zech.  12:10 5b. 

Judg.ll:25 3a.  Job  15:3 5b. 

1  Sam.  2:30;  9:6 3a.  Job  15: 35 1 

1  Sam.  2:26;  14:19 3d.  Eccl.9:ll ' 4a. 

1  Sam.  2:27,28 4a.  Dan.  9:5 4a. 

2 Sam. 3:1;  5:10 3d.  lChron.ll:9 3d. 

2  Sam.  19:43 3a. 

29.    The  Infinitive  Construct. 

1.  a.  1^07  DIK^F  DVTl  DiD  ^h1  the  being  of  man  alone  is  not  good. 

-  :  t  t  |t  v: 

D*tfOi$  DiN^H  D2D  D^DH2  W  the  wearying  of  men  too  little 
for  you  f 
i  Gen.  2:18.  2  isa.  7:13. 


§  29.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  89 

o.  0*rfr#  '*  filter  0V21  on  the  day  of  Y.  God's  making,  etc. 
£"|DKn  n^"N/2  not  time  for  being  gathered. 

ft  nlDj  ^Q^Jj?3  /or  the  sake  of  trying  =  in  order  to  try.  [see. 

HfrOD  Y1*V  VtlSDY  and  his  eyes  were  weak  so  that  he  could  not 
DfttP-fiN  ^7  "l^fl^5  when  Isaac  was  born  to  him. 

|     t   :•  v  •  t  •    : 

o3.  biy)  nNV  yW  N*?6  I  know  not  {how)  to  go  out  or  to  come  in. 
D*t?Q  flfcW  >fi*0£>7  I  hate  the  doing  of  sin. 
2.  a.  T3t^'jDf7"riN  D*pH8  ^o  set  up  the  tabernacle. 
p**lV  J"VP<  T?9  ^°  destroy  the  righteous. 
?ir)K  D*pJ7  WQ710  *»  order  to  establish  thee. 

b.  (1)  *TfT*  D3  D*I"?K  D^Vf11  the  dwelling  of  brethren  also  together. 

D^n  f"ri£lt?V  D*Q  ?*N12  ^ere  was  no  water  for  the  people  to 
drink. 

r?9  '*  D^OH^J13  w»  Yahwelis  sparing  him. 
*  J  31^  *N*")D^14  **  m3/  calling,  answer  me  (cf.  VW  N*)D2) 
(2)  iSfr'^K  ^htptj  tfi'W1?15  that  the  king  should  take  it  to  heart. 
Hlltf  $W  DD3  ^t^D16  that  one  man  should  rule  over  you. 

T    V  V   t  : 

c.  THN  'K  '*  ftft^fi  D1^517  **  ^e  ^a#  °/  *•  GooVs  making  earth,  etc. 
in^  ^Wtt  t£f1r\18  thy  brother's  seeking  it. 

}   j-   t  : 

UftH  rTKT  HK^519  *»  YahweKs  hating  us. 
DB(^0  Ji*!lN  ^l^l20  to^ew  tfAe  weedv  spea&  justice. 

t    :      •     I        :   v  ••    -   : 

The  Infinitive  construct,  like  the  Infinitive  absolute,  partakes  of  both 
a  nominal  and  a  verbal  character.  It  is  much  more  flexible  than  the 
Infinitive  absolute  and  may,  at  one  time,  exercise  both  functions. 

1.  The  Infinitive  construct  as  a  noun0,  may  be  used, 

a.  As  a  nominative  serving  as  the  subject, 

b.  As  a  genitive  depending  upon  a  preceding  construct, 
c  As  a  genitive  depending  on  a  preceding  preposition,0 
d.  As  an  accusative,  the  direct  object  of  a  verb. 


i  Gen.  2: 4. 

6 1  Kgs.  3:7. 

ii  Ps.  133:1. 

16  Judg.9:2. 

2  Gen.  29:7. 

7ps.l01:3. 

12  Ex.  17:1. 

17  Gen.  2: 4. 

s  Ex.  20:20. 

s  Num.  9:15. 

i3lsa.47:9. 

is  Deut.  22:2. 

4  Gen.  27:1. 

9  Gen.  18: 25. 

MPs.  4: 2. 

19  Deut.  1:27. 

5  Gen.  21:5. 

io  Deut.  29:12. 

is  2  Sam.  19:20. 

2oIsa.32:7. 

90  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [g  29. 

2.  a.  The  Infinitive  construct,  likewise  the  verbal  noun,  which  is  really 
an  Infinitive,  governs  as  its  direct  object  a  noun  which  is  construed  as  an 
accusative.6'^ 

b.  The  Infinitive  construct  may  have  a  subject,  which  will  be 

(1)  a  noun  placed  immediately  after  it  as  genitive,  or 

(2)  a  noun  following  it  (not  always  immediately)  as  a  nomina- 
tive.e>f>Q 

c.  The  Infinitive  construct  maybe  followed  by  two  nouns,  a  subject 
and  an  object,  in  which  case  the  former  of  the  two  is  the  subject  (either 
genitive  or  nominative).71'* 

REMARKS. 

(a)  While  the  Infinitive  construct  is  in  many  respects  a  noun,  it  does  not  receive 
an  article,  cases  like  Pi^lT}  n#  (Gen.  3:9)  being  rare  and  exceptional. 

(b)  3  with  the  Infinitive  construct  is  equivalent  to  while,  when  (quando) ;  D,  as 
soon  as,  when  (cum  with  subjv.). 

(c)  The  object  of  the  Infinitive  construct  is  never  a  genitive. 

(d)  Only  the  suffix  of  the  first  person  may  be  appended  as  an  accusative  to  the 
Infinitive ;  other  suffixes,  except  occasionally  the  third  plural,  must  have  fltt . 

(e)  In  Arabic  there  are  three  possible  constructions:  (1)  Infinitive,  subj.  in  gen., 
obj.  in  ace.;  (2)  Infinitive,  obj.  in  gen.,  subj.  in  nom.;  (3)  Infinitive,  subj.  in  nom.,  obj. 
in  ace. 

(/)  Since  the  case-endings  have  been  lost,  it  is  often  impossible  to  determine 
whether  the  subject  is  a  genitive  or  nominative;  but  it  may  clearly  be  taken  as  a 
nominative  (1)  when  the  S  prefixed  to  the  inf.  has  pretonic  t  (e.  g.,  2  Sam.  19:20); 
(2)  when  a  word  stands  between  the  Infinitive  and  the  subject  (see  above). 

(g)  The  subject  is  frequently  omitted  when  it  can  be  supplied  from  the  context, 
e.  g.,  Gen.  24 :  30 ;  Isa.  5 : 2. 

(h)  Sometimes  the  object  rather  than  the  subject  follows  the  Infinitive,  e.  g.,  Josh. 
14:11;  Isa.  5: 24;  20:1. 

(£)  The  Hebrew  by  the  "  combination  of  the  verbal  and  nominal  construction  of 
the  Infinitive  construct  is  enabled  to  secure  wonderful  brevity,"  e.  g.,  Gen.  39:18; 
Deut.22:2. 

3.  a.  Ifc^p1?  '£TJ  Oi*"nS$  liSt1  remember  the  Sabbath  day  to  keep  it 
holy,  [tell  thee. 

Tl1?  Tilrf?  H!)1?  ^K"D^  il^EfrO2  and  only  I  have  escaped  to 

)|t  •  -   :         •  -  :       •  -:      J      -         r   :    |t   •  t 

o.  Nti1?  WJDt&tl  W?  and  the  sun  was  about  to  go  down. 

MJPB^IfT?  ffiiT*  Yahweh  is  about  to  deliver  me. 
c.  T(7  Hi&tf?  Jit?5  what  can  be  done  for  thee  f 

^H  l^pfr  tC^lT8  °an  one  speak  for  thee  f 

i  Ex.  20: 8.  3  Gen.  15:12.  4  Isa.  38:20.  5  2Kgs.4:13. 

a  Job  1:16. 


I  29.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  91 

d*  flDIKiTJlK  *"tol^?  rX  D^NY1  and  there  was  no  man  to  till  the  g. 

t    t  -:  |t  v  *!  |-    I  •  j-         t  t  : 

i"VlD7  filfl  fiH1?1?  nV2  ^eye  w  a  ^'me  *°  &e  &orw  <ww#  a  **ww  fo  efts. 
€'  fflfe^jft  'N  lOS'^Tt^K8  tcftidi  GW  created  while  making. 
IDN1?  'N  DHK  Tl  1 3  *  I4  «»<£  #.  blessed  them,  saying. 

t  |   vjt:- 

/JK/Ntff?  7^^H5^y  °m^  ^e2/  tempted  God  in  asking  for  food. 

4.  a.  3>")7  DlJ^rT   /nn6  w^?i  began  to  multiply. 

T  TT    |T  "     " 

VHK"nK  til1?1?  ?\DD)7  and  she  added  to  bear  his  brother. 

•     T  V  VJV  T  |V     J" 

b.  t)M!u7  WW   /5V8  <*>  man  may  be  able  to  number. 
ft  Hr\J2h  1i^$J"DK  7N^*)9  and  he  asked  for  himself  to  die. 
t]7n  /  DDHK  J]H*"N710  he  will  not  permit  you  to  go. 

3.  The  Infinitive  construct  with  the  preposition  ^ , 

a.  Is  used  primarily  to  express  purpose.0, 

b.  May  be  rendered  "  is  to,"  "  is  about  to,"  in  statements  of  time.6 

c.  Is  sometimes  best  expressed  by  "  can  "  (=  possibility). 

d.  Denotes  consequence,  "  that,"  "  so  that." 

e.  Marks  a  concomitant  circumstance  (=  gerund  in  do).6 

4.  The  Infinitive  construct  with  the  preposition  ~)  occurs  when  the 
Infinitive  alone  would  have  answered, d 

a.  After  verbs  of  beginning,  ceasing. 

b.  After  verbs  implying  ability,  ox  possibility. 

c.  After  verbs  of  wishing,  commanding,  refusing. 

REMARKS. 

(a)  Cf.  the  more  emphatic  construction  (1)  with  j^D1?,  Deut.  8:3;  1  Kgs.  12:15; 
Isa.30:l;  Jer.  33:29;  Mic.  6:5,16;  (2)  with  "m^D1?  ,  2  Sam.  17:14;  18:18. 

(b)  The  use  of  S  in  IWy1? ,  Isa.  5:2,  till  it  should  produce,  is  worthy  of  note. 

(c)  "It  thus  serves  to  characterize  more  closely  the  idea  of  the  verb  by  stating  the 
sphere  in  which  the  action  moves;"  the  phrase  is  best  translated  by  treating  the  In- 
finitive as  the  main  verb,  and  the  finite  verb  as  an  adverb. 

(d)  The  Infinitive  as  subject  semetimes  has  S  t  e.  g.,  Prov.  21: 9;  2  Sam.  18: 11. 

5.  a.  tf?t5*nft  iDN*?!.  B^Tl^?  iD^rT11  who  says  to  C.  .and  says  to  J. 

&lfp*  *y&  ft  E&feftl  irorjp:?  i1?  ofcn  rrj?  05^-naf2 

your  sons  he  will  take  and  set  them  on  his  chariots,  and  will  make 
them  leaders  of  thousands. 

1  Gen.  2:5.  *  Gen.  1:22.  7  Gen.  4:2.  io  Ex.  3:19. 

2Eccl.3:2.  c  Ps.  78:18.  s  Gen.  13: 16.  n  Isa.  44: 28. 

s  Gen.  2: 3.  6  Gen.  6:1.  $>l  Kgs.  19:4.  12 1  Sam.  8:11,12. 


92  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [g  29. 

&■  VOITl  DH^1  liD*!^"1?!^1  because  he  pursued  him  and  stifled  his 

t  -:  |-  ••    •    :  :   t       *- 

compassion. 

JOPN1  WirO  *tffl  and  it  came  to  pass  when  I  raised  my  voice 

t|:    V  t       •      •  -:~        •    •- 

and  cried.  [eat. 

6.  toDD"^**  *JlW?  rWWtf  TWtf?  of  which  I  commanded  thee  not  to 

35   •  t   -:       •    :    •    :        )    J-     •   •  v    -: 

CPIH  ^bK  OT737  Dtfl  D^4  07%  &e  strong  not  to  eat  the  blood. 

t  -  -:        •    :    •   :     |   -  -:    |     - 

5.  The  Infinitive  construct  sometimes 

a.  Continues  a  sentence  introduced  by  an  Imperfect  or  Participle. 

b.  Is  continued  by  the  Perfect  or  Imperfect  with  "Waw  Consecutive 
(II 24. 6;  2ft.  5). 

6.  When  the  Infinitive  is  to  be  negatived,  tffiKh  *s  employed. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen. 4:18;  24:30 lc  Isa.l0:32 36. 

Gen.  18:29..-: 4a.  Isa.  13:19;  10:15 2c. 

Ex.  14:12 la.  Isa.  47:9 2b. 

Ex.  14:12 2a.  Jer.7:10 2a. 

Ex.  32:29 5  Jer.  17:10;  19:12 5 

Lev.  10:10,11 5  Hos.9:13 3b. 

Deut.  8:2;  11:4;  15:10;  25:17 lc.  Amos  8:4 5 

Deut.  25:19 2b.  Mic.6:8 Id. 

Josh.  14:7 2c.  Ps.32:9 3b. 

1  Sam.  12:17;  14: 33 3e.  Ps.34:23 5 

2  Sam.  14:25 3e.  Ps.  46:3;  76:10;  133:1 2b. 

2  Sam.  17:14 lc.  Prov.l4:8;  16:12 la. 

2  Sam.  18:11 la.  Prov.  26:2 3c. 

lKgs.  12:15;  15:4.. 2a.  Job  33:17 2c. 

lKgs.l3:4 2c.  2Chr.5:ll;  20:6;  25:9 3c. 

Isa.  5:24;  10:2 5 


i  Amos  1:11.  a  Gen.  89:18.  3  Gen.  3:11.  *  Deut.  12: 23. 


HI.    Verbal  Government  and  Apposition. 

30.    The  Object  Accusative. 

1.  'Nil  fiNl  D*IDB7T  DK  'K  N^D1  GW  created  *Ae  Aeare/w  and  the  e. 

2.  IN^O  D*D"7  DD**!*2  your  hands  are  full  of  blood. 
tlWfttl pIDrT*  vIN3  perhaps  they will  lack  five. 

3.  JN¥n  D**D  IfcSO?4  the  pastures  are  clothed  with  flocks. 
7*fJ  *)1tN5  they  gird  themselves  with  strength. 

4.  JTDn  Dfc^*6  he  remained  in  the  house. 

n/3D  T**ltf  1JO**)7  oind  they  came  to  the  land  of  Canaan. 
*Vytl  N¥*  is?8  he  went  not  out  of  the  city.  * 

5.  fijnrr  TrfTOJ.  •  •  -rtDltOn  ^H^DJI9  thou  hast  rendered  me  good,  I 
have  rendered  thee  evil.  [tidings. 
■fJOn  DK  mBOK  10  nynN10  let  me  run  and  bring  the  king 

1.  In  Hebrew,  as  in  other  languages,  transitive  verbs  govern  their 
object  in  the  accusative.0  But  aside  from  ordinary  transitive  verbs, 
certain  other  classes  are  so  construed ;  these  are 

2.  Verbs  denoting  fullness  or  want}*  of  which  the  most  common  are 
N^D  be  full,  J73tP  be  satisfied,  t*W  teem,  f**")£)  overflow,  {71*1  be  satis- 
fied, 1DPT  be  deficient,  ;%&  be  deprived. 

3.  Yerbs  denoting  to  clothe  and  unclothe,  of  which  the  most  common 
are  £07  Put  on,  fT^)J  adorn  oneself,  JlD^  cover,  tVDtf  wrap  up,  HDD 
cover,  j"T£)¥  overlay,  |-flfcO  spread  over,  ^£0^  crown,  1J|f7 ,  *tfK  gird,  CDfi^fl 

4.  Yerbs  denoting  to  #o,  or  come,  to  dwell,  of  which  the  most  common 
are  tffi  </o  in,  N^  ^  o«*,  "f»1  flro,  3£»,  pB>,  TftJ  A*^  3DB>  to 

5.  Yerbs  which  were  originally  transitive  and  now  resume  their  origi- 
nal force,  or  which  were  originally  intransitive  but  have  come  to  be  con- 


i  Gen.  1:1.  4  Ps.  65:14.  t  Gen.  45:35.  »1  Sam.  24:18. 

2lsa.l:15.  el  Sam.  2: 4.  8  2Kgs.  20:4.  io  2  Sam.  18:19. 

s  Gen.  18: 28.  6  Ruth  2:7. 


94  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [|  31. 

ceived  of  as  transitive;6  e.  g.,  y\  defend  before  court,  jf^  answer, 
reply  to,  IJ^O  bring  good  news  to,  ftfcO  commit  adultery  with,  3*"\J7 
become  surety  for,  ^OJJ ,  D^C  repay,  retaliate,  PHD  rebel  against. 

REMARKS. 

(a)  Many  verbs  originally  construed  with  prepositions  come,  in  later  usage,  to  be 
taken  transitively,  e.  g.,  pt^J ,  2  Sam.  15:5;  1  Sam.  20:41;  while  many  which  were  orig- 
inally transitive  come  to  prefer  a  preposition,  e.  g.,  KID  with  7 ,  7tf ,  3 ,  or  ^ntf  . 

(b)  In  poetry  also  with  verbs  which  gain  this  force  only  from  the  context,  e.  gM 
7TJ,  Jer.9:17;  tjDJ  ,  Joel 4:18;  Judg.5:4;  rjDtf,  Isa.  10:22;  ri7^,lsa.5:6;  Prov. 24:31. 

(c)  Here  may  be  noted  that  double  usage  in  accordance  with  which  there  may  be 
employed  either  the  noun  alone  or  the  noun  with  the  preposition  2 ,  e.g.,  Ps.  22: 8  and 
Job  16 : 4 ;  Ps.  35 :16  and  Job  :16 : 9.  Cf .  also  the  use  of  D  in  Lam.  1 :17 ;  Ex.  7 :20,  where  we 
would  certainly  employ  the  accusative. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  1:20,21;  27: 45 2.  Isa.  32:16 4. 

Gen.  4:20 4.  Isa.  60: 6 5. 

Ex.  1:7 2.  Ps.  5:5;  120:5 4. 

Judg.  5:17 4.  Ps.  35:12;  68:12 5. 

2Kgs.20:4 4.  Ps.  65:14;  104:2 3. 

31.    The  Double  Accusative. 

1.  HDK  '*  ^frOH1  Y.  hath  shown  thee  to  me. 

P*  1J*Dfc$  /IK  ?7pt£02  k&  us  cause  our  father  to  drink  wine. 

2.  £33DN  DJ"lN  jnjlffl3  and  thou  shalt  gird  them  with  priestly  girdles. 
TlFWy  Ifl^D*!4  and  he  planted  it  with  choice  vines. 

3.  vvTT  J^INn  J"1N  IN  /t2)5  and  they  shall  fill  the  land  with  slain. 
Vi"DDD  fflVrY\  f  JH6  w&  corn  and  new  wine  have  I  sustained  him. 

4.  *]nny  ffct   'K   ph  1W8   OrtTtV   the  children  whom  God  hath 
granted  thy  servant. 

T3*D*  rflfrOI^  *111il8  thy  ri^ht  hand  shall  teach  thee  terrible  things. 
rniil  D'iTOri  DN  7&W9  ask  the  priests  for  instruction. 

5.  Dpj^  1D^  Nip10  he  called  his  name  Jacob. 

Hpl¥  *)7  rOCf!*")11  and  he  counted  it  to  him  for  righteousness. 

6.  !"QtD  D\33Nn  J"lN  ilJ^V2  and  he  built  the  stones  into  an  altar. 
^£y  D1NH  ilK  ">  "l^^l13  and  Y.  formed  the  man  out  of  dust. 


i2Kgs.8:13. 

sEzek.  30:11. 

8Ps.45:5. 

ii  Gen.  15:6. 

a  Gen.  19:32. 

6  Gen.  27: 37. 

9  Hag.  2:11. 

121  Kgs.  18:32. 

s  Ex.  29:9. 

i  Gen.  33: 5. 

io  Gen.  27: 36. 

13  Gen.  2:7. 

<  Isa.  5:2. 

2  32.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  95 

7.  *fT?  *y)tf  TO  J"IK  JTDJ71  <&0«  &**<  smitten  all  my  enemies  on  the 
cheek-bone.  [soul. 

C£)3  DJTi^p  DK  J^pl2  aw^  ^  w*7?  spoil  their  spoilers  as  jto  the 

Verbs  which  govern  two  accusatives  may  be  classified  as  follows  :a»b 

1.  The  causative  of  stems  which  in  the  Qal  governed  one  accusative. 

2.  Verbs  denoting  to  clothe,  cover;  to  plant,  sow,  which  have  or  are 
assigned  a  causative  force  even  in  Qal. 

3.  Verbs  denoting  to  Jill,  satisfy,  sustain,  and  the  opposite. 

4.  Verbs  denoting  to  give,  bestoio  ;  to  ash,  answer,  teach. 

5.  Verbs  denoting  to  name,  appoint,  consider. 

6.  Verbs  denoting  to  make  into,0,  make  out  of,  build,  form,  etc. 

7.  Verbs  which  take,  besides  a  direct  object,  a  remote  object  which 
specifies  more  distinctly  the  object  affected  by  the  action,  or  the  circum- 
stances connected  therewith. 

REMARKS. 

(a)  Many  of  these  verbs  are  also  construed  with  prepositions. 

(b)  Verbs  which  in  the  active  govern  two  accusatives,  in  the  passive  govern  one. 

(c)  Here  belong  Jflj  ,  DH? ,  nW ,  TWp ,  HJ3  ,  etc. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  4:25;  16: 15;  17:5;  28:19 5.  Jer.2:21 2. 

Gen.  19:33 1.  Jer.3:15 7. 

Ex.  28:6;  37:1;  39:22,27 6.  Amos6:ll 6. 

Josh.  7:25 7.  Mic.7:2 7. 

2  Sam.  1:18 4.  Ps.  60:5 1. 

IKgs.  18:21 4.  Ps.64:8 7. 

Isa.  16:9;  50:4 3.  Ps.  65:10 3. 

Isa.l7:10;  22:21;  30:23 2.  Ps.  94:10 4. 

Isa.  60:17 6. 

82.    The  Cognate  Accusative. 

1.  yif  y^  ^)£^J?3  herb  producing  seed. 

0V?l7  £lDV  D^fH4  and  Joseph  had  a  dream. 
V1*0"T  *"0"in5  have  I  spoken  {even)  a  word  ? 

2.  7IIJI  *DD  yyiP  they  wept  with  a  great  weeping. 
yWl  nD^D  ID  J7  they  fled  the  flight  of  the  sword. 

""Op*  *"fiDl7  rVTDp8  he  shall  be  buried  with  the  burial  of  an  ass. 


IPs.  3:8.  »  Gen.  1:29.  5  2  Sam.  7:7.  7  Lev.  26: 36. 

2Prov.22:23.  *  Gen.  37:5.  6  2  Sam.  13:36.  sJer.  22:19. 


96  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [§  33. 

3.  ^nK^p  n^llJl  HDH1  I am  jealous  in  great  anger. 
^*)*|jj  ^*)p  pj/n2  oind  he  cried  a  loud  voice. 

4.  *)}0  IfcOl y\QK&  IJ^DC^3  hear  a  hearing see  a  seeing. 

^hf2V\  ^DiT4  shalt  thou  indeed  reign  t 

Any  verb  may  take  a  noun  of  the  same  stem  to  define  and  explain  the 
verbal  idea.  This  is  called  the  cognate  accusative.  Here  may  be  distin- 
guished : 

1.  Cases  in  which  the  accusative  furnishes  a  concrete  example  of  the 
action  expressed  by  the  verb,  and  is  employed  either  to  express  special 
emphasis,  or  where  in  modern  languages  the  verb  would  be  a  word  of 
general  significance  (cf.  the  usage  in  Latin  and  Greek). 

2.  Cases  in  which  the  cognate  accusative,  followed  either  by  an  adjec- 
tive or  a  genitive,  furnishes  additional  information  concerning  the  action 
of  the  verb. 

3.  Cases  in  which  this  accusative  is  cognate  not  in  stem,  but  only  in 
signification.  Hence  arises  a  number  of  common  and  concise  expres- 
sions, used,  for  the  most  part,  in  poetry. 

4.  Cases  in  which  this  accusative  expresses  not  the  concrete,  but  the 
abstract  idea  of  the  verb.  Here  belongs  the  usage  of  the  Infinitive  abso- 
lute before  and  after  a  finite  form  {I  28.  3). 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Num.  31:2 1.  Jer.  14:17;  20:11;  33:6;  30:14 3. 

1  Sam.  4: 5 2.  Jer.  30:14 2. 

1  Sam.  20:17 1.  Hos.  10:4 1. 

2  Sam.  12:16;  13:15 1.  Jon.  4:6 2. 

lKgs.2:16 1.  Zech.  1:14,15 2. 

Isa.5:l 2.  Zech.  1:2 1. 

Isa.5:6 1.  Prov.  17:27;  22:23 1. 

Isa.37:6 3. 

33.    The  Adverbial  Accusative. 

1.  a.  n*TCn  NV35  let  us  9°  out  into  the  field. 

J  W7  DN1  •  •  •  .^ND^n  DK6  whether  to  the  left  or  to  the  right. 
T^n  *Jfl  DK  \ FT17  and  he  encamped  before  the  city. 
°'   /JlNH  finfi  Dfc^*  frOn*)8  while  he  sat  at  the  entrance  of  the  tent. 
Dl"r?  fV3  *lt^N  VDK  *"Dp^9  *»  his  father's  grave  which  was  in 
Bethlehem. 


i  Zech.  8:2.  *  Gen.  37:8.  6  Gen.  13:9.  8  Gen.  18:1. 

2  2  Sam.  19:5.  si  Sam.  20:11.  t  Gen. 33:18.  » 2 Sam.  2:3! 

3lsa.  6:9. 


I  33.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  97 

2.  OHJ^  *V¥p  il^nn1  &  *Ae  beginning  of  barley-harvest. 
tj7w)  DDV  fttH*3  ^e  meditates  day  and  night. 

3.  D'DH  mj^-hSM  rn^  COI73  the  waters  rose  fifteen  cubits. 
D^O^iy  ^inD^1?4  ^ia£  tfAow  may  est  live  forever. 

rf?H  DN¥*n  *1^n5  ^6  ctfy  tfAatf  goes  forth  a  thousand. 

4.  DW  D11^6  he  flees  naked. 

DTiyO  JlJlK  *1*?*V  «^  ^<W  came  toftA  confidence. 

^tf  '32  ^N  I^K8  I  will  go  down  to  my  son  mourning. 

O'tSON  *)i"V)D'9  they  shall  die  as  men.  [men. 

5.  DIN  '32  *)D£^n  DH£"D10  2/c  sAaZZ  ./wa^e  righteously  the  sons  of 
Dttfl  *?K  D'Jfl    N  'JVNT1  I  have  seen  God  face  to  face. 

'JTV/fiJ  fll&O'O12  I  have  been  wonderfully  distinguished. 

6.  ^D^ri  2^!"T13  2/e  ^°^e  ^eew  devoured  by  the  sword. 
♦J£j  Jll^i?  IfrOfl14  2/6  come  iVi  to  be  seen  by  my  face. 

7.  rf?ni  NU .  •  -OWn  VI  ypMI15  awa!  tfie  mount  of  Olives  shall  be 
cleft  [so  as  to  become)  a  large  valley.  [great  fear. 

*i  novro  yys  *•  t  wo"  *  *  *•  °/  ^  ^«s  «•  *■  <*•  (*>  <*«<  <*««  ^6) 

8.  a.  V*?jn  riK  tlTTf*  he  was  ill  as  to  his  feet.  [than  thou. 

*]OD    /UM  KDSfl  pi18  o»?y  a5  *°  A*  throne  will  I  be  greater 
b.  Q*Jfl  nN^D^19  ^  W5  5ee  °^e  another  in  person. 

D*iDN  lOniW0  a7lc^  ^e  bowed  himself  down  as  regards  the  face. 
c  S^JO  T£tt£^  Kill21  ^e  will  bruise  thee  in  the  head. 

*TfiK3n  D7£T222  ^c  cooked  them  as  to  the  flesh. 
d.  NIpN  '*  7tf  '/Ip23  /cry  unto  Y.  with  my  voice. 

Vl^TO  K7  ''  *Ofc^24  by  my  name  Y.  I  was  not  known. 

Many  nouns  have  become  adverbs ;  °  many  adverbial  ideas  are  ex- 
pressed by  means  of  prepositions.6  Aside  from  these  cases,  the  accusa- 
tive is  used  in  an  adverbial  sense,  to  express, 

1.  Designations  of  place, 

a.  In  answer  to  the  question  whither  fc 

b.  In  answer  to  the  question  where  tA 


i  2  Sam.  21 :9.  1 1  Sam.  15 :32.  13  Isa.  1 :20.  i»  2  Kgs.  14 :8. 

aPs.  1:2.  s  Gen.  37:35.  U  Isa.  1:12.  20  Gen.  19:1. 

«  Gen.  7:20.  » 1  Sam.  2:33.  i5Zech.l4:4.  21  Gen.  3:15. 

4  1  Kgs.  8:13.  10  Ps.  58:2.  lelSam.  5:9.  22  l  Kgs.  19:21. 

5  Amos 5:3.  11  Gen.  32:31.  i»l  Kgs.  15:23.  asps.  3:5. 

6  Amos  2:16.  12  Ps.  139:14.  is  Gen.  41:40.  24  Ex.  6:3. 


98  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [g  33. 

2.  Designation  of  time,  in  answer  to  the  question  when  ?  but  only  in 
general  statements.6 

3.  Designations  of  extent,  duration,  amount,  in  answer  to  the  questions 
"how  far  ?  how  long  ?  how  much  f 

4.  The  state  or  condition  of  the  subject  at  the  time  of  the  action 
described  in  the  principal  verb. 

5.  The  particular  mode  or  manner  in  which  the  action  of  the  verb  is 
performed. 

6.  Rarely  the  instrument  by  means  of  which  the  action  was  per- 
formed. 

7.  The  effect  or  consequence  of  the  action  of  the  verb. 

8.  The  particular  object  or  part  to  which  the   state   or  condition 
described  by  the  verb  is  limited ;  i.  e.,  the  accusative  of  specification  ;/ 

a.  With  verbs  which  express  a  state  or  condition. 

b.  With  verbs  which  have  a  reflexive  force. 

c.  With  verbs  which  have  a  direct  object  accusative. 

d.  In  poetry  and  with  passive  verbs. 

REMARKS. 

(a)  E.  g.,  DJDK ,  Djn  ,  DKn£3  ;  nDS  Judg.  8:11.  also  nt^1? . 

(b)  Cf .  the  various  meanings  local  and  temporal  of  3 ,  7 ,  jQ ,  7K ,  etc. 

(c)  In  these  cases  the  accusative  ending  n_  is  frequently  employed  (cf .  Elements  o) 
Hebrew,  §  121.  3);  e.  g.,  Gen.  14:10;  20:1. 

(d)  Here  also  the  ending  H_  is  sometimes  employed;  e.  g.,  1  Kgs.  4:14. 

(e)  In  particular  statements  prepositions  Q ,  7  >  3)  are  generally  employed. 

(/)  Here  belongs  the  construction  of  the  numeral  noted  in  §§  15.  2.  c;  6.  2.  R.  (b). 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  5:3;  14:4 3.  Jer.  26:18 7. 

Gen.  9:20 4.  Mic.2:3 5. 

Gen.  18:1;  38:11 lb.  Mic.  3:12 7. 

Gen.  42:6. 5.  Nah.  1:8 la. 

Ex.  4:9 la.  Hab.3:9 7. 

Ex.  16:20 7.  Zeph.3:9 8d. 

Ex.  23:15 6.  Ps.  1:2;  91:6 2. 

Deut.9:25;15:18 3.  Ps.2:12 8a. 

Deut.  33:11 8c.  Ps.  12:3;  17:10,11 8d. 

2  Sam.  14:26 3.  Ps.  15:2 4. 

2  Sam.  15:32 4.  Ps.56:3 5. 

2  Kgs.  14: 8,11 8b.  Prov.  19:23 6. 

Isa.  3:6 lb.  Prov.  24:15 4. 

Isa.  60:14 5.  Job 21:7 8a. 

Jer.2:16 8c.  2  Chr.20:36... la. 


g  34.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  99 

34.    The  Accusative  with  jiN. 

1.  mr?  fiK  #T  DTK  HV  <md  the  man  knew  Eve. 
TlNf!  fiK  'K  NT*)2  and  God  saw  the  light. 
V3N  J"»N  £»N  D^3  a  man  leaves  his  father. 

2.  y?  tlttf}?  ~)J^tf  fiN  i^T*)4  and  he  knew  what  he  had  done  to  him. 

itoNfi  n1?  nr  nK  in5  #^  «&&  y«  s^azz  no*  ca*. 

n^t^N  'D  fiN6  ^ow  sAaft  I  send  ? 

3.  *Vj/   /D  ilK  D*nrT^*)7  awd  we  destroyed  every  city. 

D*1HN  D^H^N  DN  DiT"Oi^8  and  ye  shall  serve  other  gods. 
CHJ^JlID  *lf7N  J1K Up9  ta&e  owe  o/  the  servants. 

4.  noi  n^N  nN  in  b*k  jin  tup  rep  w°  «»<*  */  «•  ox  00™  a 

ma/i  or  a  woman,  that  they  die. 

5.  **?$$  *"D1D  ilK  i^DC^&O11  and  I  heard  him  who  spake  unto  me. 

6.  £"H¥  DN  &HI1  ptfTI12  a^d  ^  carpenter  encouraged  the  smith. 
*"^}*J  tl^*  J1K  Hly?13  ^°  sustain  with  words  him  that  is  weary. 

T.  D'D'H  H^Dt^  fitf  totf'  filVD14  unleavened  bread  shall  be  eaten 
the  seven  days.  [nights. 

*7n  nyyitt  rtn  ovn  tyyarw  riN15  «*« /<»**■  «v-  and/ony 

Tvfl  *3N  **  IVD  DN116  awd  /am  #01710*  to  "^e  Aowse  of  T. 
8.  V^JP  fiN  rf?l717  ^e  was  diseased  in  his  feet.  [foreskin. 

VV/Hy  *")£SO  fiN  Y?Qi"018  *»  ^'s  SfiMifl"  circumcised  in  the  flesh  of  his 

9.  ito*  mro  vajk  toa  vrrao  to  nav9  ^  c«  /m  «»  ** 

fugitives  in  all  his  bands  {they)  shall  fall  by  the  sword. 

^rr  hmh  rf?N  to  nK  #**  r^ie. .  .iton20  and  there  /at  isfioo 

men,  all  these  men  of  valor.  [have  pierced. 

10.  Dpi  *1£>N  fiN  ^K  *\W2n)21  and  they  will  look  unto  me  whom  they 
OnSf)  D\l^  n*0  TtoTl  ri^n  *N22  »«*«*  M  the  king's  spear  and 
the  cruse  of  water  t  [Esau. 

11.  y  H!n  nN  HDTV?  "TJH23  answer*  foZo'  to  Rebekah  the  words  of 
"Oin  J"lN  T^yyi  }TV  ^N24  k<  n°t  &*  thing  be  evil  in  thine  eyes. 


i  Gen.  4:1. 

'Deut.2:34. 

13  Isa.  50:4. 

is  Ezek.  17:21. 

a  Gen.  1:4. 

s  Jer.  16:13. 

14  Ex.  13:7. 

20  Judg.  20:44. 

3  Gen.  2:24. 

9  1  Sam.  9:3. 

isDeut.9:25. 

21  Zech.  12:10. 

*  Gen.  9:24. 

io  Ex.  21:28. 

is  Judg.  19:18. 

22  l  Sam.  26:16. 

s  Lev.  11:4. 

nEzek.2:2. 

17  lKgS.  15:23. 

23  Gen.  27:42. 

e  Isa.  6:8. 

12  Isa.  41:7. 

is  Gen.  17:25. 

a*  2  Sam.  11:25. 

100  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [§  34. 

1.  The  sign  flN  is  prefixed  to  substantives01  in  the  accusative,  espe- 
cially when  they  precede  the  verb ;  but  only  when  they  are  definite,**  and 
rather  before  the  names  of  persons0  than  the  names  of  things  A  Besides 
the  general  usage,  the  particle  is  employed, 

2.  With  "HPtf,  Wi  and  ♦Q,  but  never  with  fiD . 

3.  With  ^0  ,  *1f7N  i  1(1K  7  which  partake  somewhat  of  the  nature 
and  usage  of  pronouns.6 

4.  With  a  singular  noun  (without  the  article),  when  it  represents  a 
whole  species.^ 

5.  With  a  participle  (without  the  article)  in  the  sense  of  he  who.o 

6.  With  a  noun  from  which  in  poetry  (§  5.  4)  the  article  has  been 
omitted. 

7.  With  some  expressions  of  time  and  places'  {I  33.  1-3). 

8.  With  the  adverbial  accusative  of  specification  (§  33.  8).^ 

9.  With  expressions  in  which  there  is  a  transition  to  something  new, 
or  when  something  not  thought  of  before  is  added.* 

10.  With  what  is  strictly  speaking  an  oblique  case,  or  after  *)  f  with  a 
circumstantial  clause,  or  with  what  is  meant  to  be  less  distinct  or  inde- 
pendents 

11.  With  the  subject  of  passive  verbs  and  of  verbs  which  are  neuter  or 
intransitive. 

REMARKS. 

(a)  For  its  use  with  pronominal  suffixes,  see  §  11.  2.  b. 

(b)  Whether  definite  in  themselves,  or  by  position,  see  S  4. 1, 2.  The  cases  in  which 
ntf  occurs  with  an  indefinite  noun  are  few,  e.  g.,  Ex.  2:1;  21: 28;  2  Sam.  18:18;  and  these 
cases  are  suspicious. 

(c)  Yet  here  omitted  frequently,  especially  in  poetry;  cf.  Ex.  15  and  Judg.  5. 

(d)  When  the  object  is  double  it  is  sometimes  expressed  with  both,  sometimes  with 
one;  and  at  other  times  it  is  omitted,  e.g.,1  Sam.  17:36;  Gen.2:19;  Deut.l2:6;  14:12-18; 
Num.  12:5. 

(e)  Also  with  other  numerals  accompanied  by  nouns,  e.  g.,  2  Sam.  15:16;  1  Kgs. 
6:16. 

(/)  Compare  Lev.  7:8;  20:14. 
(g)  This  usage  is  very  rare. 

(h)  Compare  the  use  of  fitf  with  the  nominative  absolute  (§  7.  5). 
(i)  Compare  with  this  the  later  use  of  7 . 

0')  Compare  the  use  of  the  accusative  in  Arabic  after  wa  in  the  sense  of  together 
with. 

(fc)  Note  the  usage  of  n«  in  Zech.  8:17  and  Deut.  11:2. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 


Gen.  7:23;  17:5 

Gen.  8:21 

11. 

3. 

Gen.  33:18 7. 

Ex.  10: 8 11. 

Gen.  18:19 

2. 

Lev.7:8;20:14 4. 

U  35,  36.]  BY  AH  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  101 

Num.l6:15 3.  2Sam.21:22 9. 

Deut.2:34 3.  lKgrs.  11:25 10. 

Deut.  12:22 11.  lKgs.22:27 2. 

Josh.  22:17 11.  2Kgs.6:5 10. 

lSam.l6:3 2.  Ezek.  14:22;44:3 9. 

1  Sam.  17: 34;  26:16 10.  Ezek.43:17 10. 

1  Sam.  20:13 11.  Mic.6;:l.;.;>..;.,.V.^ •^•V^v- 2- 

1  Sam. 26:20 3.  Job  13;  25.1. V..!. •£•« Ul.tl 6. 

2Sam.  5:24  (cf.  also  1  Sam.  24:6) 6.  '    t\    ■      j  J*'.'.  >*•  »,   »>     > 

35.    The  Accusative  with  the  Passive. 

1«  r*!KJl  J"lN  ThfV*  the  land  shall  he  divided.  [Esau. 

1t^#  HDH  J1K  tlpyi?  IX)2  and  were  told  to  Rehehah  the  words  of 
TVJf  fiK  *]))fi?  I^VI3  and  Irad  was  horn  to  Enoch. 

2.  frOfl  HK  riNnn*  &  shall  he  shown  to  the  priest. 
TJOHfl  D1H5  Ve  shall  he  made  to  devour  the  sword. 

^fllp/D  p^lD  ^1t^  76  niy  tongue  is  made  to  attach  itself  to  my  jaws. 

3.  ^rV1?^  rVlNTlJ7  I  have  heen  fearfully  distinguished. 
nDHil  IDDDM8  impoverished  of  an  oblation. 

4.  OnK  r*)Nn  N^DJll9  and  the  earth  was  filled  with  them. 
D*HJQ  D^D^Q10  clothed  with  garments. 

The  accusative  is  used  with  the  passive  as  follows : 

1.  That  which  was  the  object  of  the  active  is  often  construed  also  as 
an  object  of  the  passive,  though  really  a  subject. 

2.  Yerbs  which  in  the  active  take  two  accusatives,  in  the  pass,  take  one. 

3.  An  adverbial  accusative  may  remain  with  the  passive. 

4.  Yerbs  of  fullness  and  clothing  may  take  in  the  passive  an  accusative. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Ex.  10:8;  21:28;  25:28;  27:7 1.       Jer.  35:14 1. 

lKgs.2:21 1.       Ps.  80:11 2. 

Jer.22:19 3.       Job  7:3 2. 

86.    Verbal  Apposition  and  Subordination. 

1-  p*71  K3  ^SOU11  be  pleased  now  and  lodge. 
15n**l  265^  V2  and  he  returned  and  digged. 
nt^N  Hp*1  flD*V3  and  he  added  and  took  a  wife. 


i  Num.  26:55. 

slsa.  1:20. 

8  Is.  40:20. 

nJudg.l9:6. 

2  Gen.  27: 42. 

6  Ps.  22:16. 

9  Ex.  1:7. 

ia  Gen.  26:18. 

s  Gen.  4:18. 

7  Ps.  139:14. 

io  lKgs.  22:10. 

is  Gen.  25:1. 

4  Lev.  13:49 

102  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [J  36, 

pfni  "l^lil  *l£3lE2TF  *7)p  ^iTl1  and  ^  sowid  o/  tfAe  trumpet  was 

going  and  becoming  strong. 

IfrO*1)  IID*?*  \}?u?2  that  they  may  learn  and  fear. 

2.  t£f\  *7fltl3  begin,  talce  possession. 

t^lfcOv*  ^IS^*4  he  will  return,  will  sharpen  (=  will  again  sharpen). 
H^lfl  TUn5  2/6  do  much,  ye  speak  (=  ye  speah  much). 
*f?tl  VKV?8 '^ •  *«W  wiWwq)  he  went  (=  Ae  we7i£  willingly). 

3.  a.  Tr?Jl  *DN  K77  ^y  would  not  go. 

b.  VlN  N3C  *T)y  *l£)DV18  and  they  added  still  to  hate  him. 

c.  K¥D/  ilinO9  thou  hast  hastened  to  find  [found  quickly). 
^^jin1?  JlfOin10  she  did  much  to  pray  [prayed  much). 

4.  (TDK  *fi}H>  N*?11  /^ow?  not  to  flatter. 
7**"TJl*  r^H12  fo  desired  to  make  great. 
*?£0p*  fy$T\  Dip*13  the  murderer  rises  to  kill. 

5.  *T"J1C  "lDVirO14  when  thou  shalt  finish  to  destroy. 
P3£D  ^*P15  °^  wAo  knows  how  to  play. 

When  one  verbal  form  is  employed  to  define  the  idea  expressed  by 
another,  whether  indicating  some  attendant  circumstance  or  character- 
istic, or  describing  what  grows  immediately  out  of  the  first,  the  following 
constructions  are  found : 

1.  Both  verbs  are  finite,  the  second  being  joined  to  the  first  by  ^ 
(either  conjunctive  or  consecutive) ;  here  both  verbs  may  be  Imperatives, 
the  first  a  Perfect  and  the  second  an  Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive, 
or  the  first  an  Imperfect  and  the  second  a  Perfect  with  "Waw  Cons.a 

2.  Both  verbs  are  finite,  there  being  no  connective  ;a» c  this  is  more 
common  in  poetry. 

3.  The  first  verb  is  a  finite  form,  and  the  second  an  Infinitive,  either 
(1)  Inf.  abs.,  or  (2)  Inf.  cons,  without  *? ,  or  (3)  Inf.  cons,  with  *?.*> 

4.  Both  verbs  are  finite,  the  second  being  brought  into  direct  subor- 
dination to  the  first  by  being  placed  in  the  Imperfect  [subjunctive) ;  this 
is  rare  and  late.d 

5.  The  second  verb  may  be  a  Participle  and  thus  describe  the  circum- 
stances "more  vividly  than  would  either  the  (subjunctive)  Imperfect,  or 
the  Infinitive."6 


i  Ex.  19:19.  6  1  Sam.  2: 3.  9  Gen.  27: 20.  U  Job  24:14. 

2Deut.  31:12.  6  Hos.  5:11.  w  1  Sam.  1 :  12.  nisa.33:l. 

sDeut.2:24.  »Isa.42:24.  nJob32:22.  is  1  Sam.  16:16. 

*Ps.7:13.  »  Gen.  37: 5.  « Isa.  42:21. 


I  36.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  103 

REMARKS. 

(a)  In  this  case  the  second  verb  agrees  with  the  first  in  gender,  and  number,  and 
generally  in  tense. 

(b)  On  this  use  of  the  Infinitive  absolute  and  construct,  cf .  §§  28,  29. 

(c)  In  the  passages  cited,  the  first  verb  qualifies  the  second ;  in  Isa.  53 :11  y2W  HK V 
he  shall  see  satisfyingly,  and  Jer.  4:5  IkSd  1&HD  call  ye  with  full  voice,  the  second  quali- 
fies the  first. 

(d)  Examine  Num.  23:6  and  Isa.  47:1,  in  which  there  is  an  interesting  change  of 
number  and  person,  with  which  this  construction  is  closely  connected. 

(c)  In  1  Sam.  3: 2  an  adjective  is  used  instead  of  a  Participle. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  2:3;  11: 8 3c.  Jer.  3:3 3b. 

Gen.  30:31 2.  Jer.  9:4 3a. 

Gen. 45: 9 1.  Jer.  22:30 5. 

Ex.  18:23 3b.  Hos.2:ll 1. 

Num.  22: 6 4.  Hos.l:6;9:9 2. 

Deut.l:5 2.  Joel  2:20,21 3c. 

Deut.2:16;3:24 3c.  Jon.  4:2 3c. 

Deut.  2:25,31 3b.  Mic.6:13 3b. 

Josh. 3:16;  5:2 2.  Zech.  8:15 2. 

Josh.  7:7 1.  Ps.  127:2 5. 

1  Sam.  20:19 2.  Prov.  15:21 3b. 

2Kgs.l:ll,13 1.  Jobl9:3;20:19 2. 

Isa.l:14 »..3b.  Job.  23:3 1. 

Isa.  1:17;  7:15;  57: 20 3a.  Lam.  4:14 4. 

Isa.  6:13 1.  lChr.l3:2 2. 

Isa.  29:15 3c.  2Chr.26:15 3«. 

Isa.  47:1 4. 


IV.    Tlie  Sentence. 

87.    The  Subject  and  Predicate. 

!•  O^fl  |D  1NV*1  some  of  the  people  went  out. 
Di^n  [D   /&%  POTJT*  much  of  the  people  fell. 
QrVrTt^D  ^jH3  behold,  lam  about  to  destroy  them. 

2.  a.  D*1JQ  *n^N*  fN4  then  they  said  among  the  nations. 

ifr  IfrOp*  *£*DVl  tfh5  thou  shalt  no  longer  be  called. 

b.  7^3  TV2IW  N*")p  \2  7.J/6  therefore  they  called  its  name  Babel. 
D^p^D  ^"Hf"!*  ON7  when  one  ploughs  in  the  morning. 
V7K  ^IDfcO8  and  one  shall  say  unto  him. 

c.  73^1*1  7iD*9  anyone  who  falls. 

7?r?iT0n  77nn^10  k&  ^***  $drf  glorieth  glory. 

d.  ^IfcO  IJ^11  as  far  as  thy  coming  =  until  one  comes. 
W1T7  J"l^£33  ^ID*")^!12  «*  JAiVie  estimating  persons  unto  Y. 

3.  a.  v  fTlj*13  #  wi7Z  &e  quiet  for  me  (=  I  will  feel  quiet). 

ItDpD14  ^  ^s  scattered  as  incense  (=  incense  is  offered), 
b.  tl^&fl15  &  ^5  become  dark;  *TC0DJ""116  it  rains. 
7N*)£^  V  ^Vill17  °^  &  was  strait  with  Israel. 

In  reference  to  the  subject  of  a  sentence,  it  may  be  noted  that, 

1.  Aside  from  the  noun,  adjective  and  pronoun  which  may  serve  as 
subject,  prepositional  phrases,  adverbs  and  pronominal  suffixes  (joined  to 
particles)  also  perform  this  service. 

2.  When  the  subject  is  indefinite  (German  man,  French  on,  Eng.  they) 
various  constructions  are  employed,  viz.  :a 

a.  The  verb  in  the  third  person  pluralP 

b.  The  verb  in  the  third  person  singular,  in  giving  names,  when  the 
subject  may  be  gathered  from  the  nature  of  the  verb,  or  from  the  context. 


1  Ex.  16:27. 

e  Gen.  11:9. 

10  Jer.  9:23. 

14  Mai.  1:11. 

2  2  Sam.  1:4. 

1  Amos  6:12. 

11  Gen.  13:10. 

i5Mic.3:6. 

8  Gen.  6:13. 

sZech.  13:6. 

12  Lev.  27: 2,3. 

16  Amos  4:7. 

*  Ps.  126:2. 

»Deut.22:8. 

is  Job  3:13. 

1      njudg.l0:9. 

6lsa.47:l. 

I  37.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  105 

c.  The  verb  with  a  Participle  of  the  same  for  subject. 

d.  The  pronoun  of  the  second  person  singular,  in  the  formula 
^JO  *7^ ,  and  in  legal  phraseology. 

3.  When  the  subject  is  impersonal  (where  in  English  we  use  it)  there 
is  employed, 

a.  The  verb  (or  participle)  in  the  third  singular,  and  when  active, 
generally  masculine  ;  when  passive,  always  masculine ;  but 

b.  The  verb  in  the  third  singular  feminine  in  description  of  mate- 
rial phenomena,  and  also  elsewhere. 

4.  a.  rnj"|*  p*"!^1  Tahweh  is  righteous. 

p^'Dftl  TT\fV*  Tahweh  is  the  righteous  one. 
&•  nDK  '*  *£05&^D3  the  judgments  of  T.  are  truth  (=  true). 

D*iV  *VT)J*  thine  eyes  are  doves  (=  like  doves'  eyes), 
c-  IfrfDD  D^IDBO5  his  throne  is  in  heaven. 

Dym  tThVtf  &  your  father  in  health  f 

D*Dyj7   /OO  tStyfotl  DJ"lN7  Ve  ar^  the  least  of  all  the  peoples. 

4.  Aside  from  a  verb,  the  predicate  may  be, 

a.  An  adjective,  which  is  undefined,  unless  it  is  desired  for  special 
reason  to  prefix  the  article. 

b.  A  noun,  a  construction  frequently  employed  because  of  the  want 
of  adjectives. 

c.  A  prepositional  phrase,  adverbial  accusative,  or  adverb. 

5.  a.  DVrt  *V¥p8  harvest  {is)  to-day;  '*  p^l^9  T.  [is)  righteous. 

b.  (won  Kin  Din10  &*  biood  is  the  soui;  jtopn  *on  hh11  d.  was 

(or  is)  the  youngest;  ffjtf  tlfoil  HD12  what  are  these  f  (cf.  Zech.4:4). 
BrTfattl  KV1  tint*13  thou  art  God. 

c.  V)}?  t^lND  tVtl  fcJ^N14  there  was  {lived)  a  man  in  the  land  of  Uz. 
DV")^  fT*fl  WtliTT)15  and  the  serpent  had  become  subtle. 

d.  D)pr\  Wm  there  is  hope;  ^JIK  fc^17  it  is  with  thee. 
F|DV  PN18  no  Joseph;  Tj-|3  PK  f^H19  straw  is  not  given. 
*^n20  behold  me;  ^JlfrO  tl^tl21  she  is  in  the  tent. 


IPs.  11:7. 

I  Deut.  7:7. 

i2Zech.  4:5. 

"Prov.3:28. 

2  Ex.  9:27. 

s  1  Sam.  12:17. 

13  2  Sam.  7: 2D. 

is  Gen.  37:29. 

s  Ps.  19:10. 

»Ps.ll:7, 

14  Job  1:1. 

is  Ex.  5:16. 

*  Cant.  1:15. 

xo  Deut.  12:23. 

is  Gen.  3:1. 

20  1  Sam.  3:4. 

5Ps.ll:4. 

ul  Sam.  17: 14. 

16  Job  11: 18. 

si  Gen.  18:9. 

6  Gen.  43: 27. 

106  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [g  37. 

5.  The  subject  and  predicate  may  be  united  in  various  ways : 

a.  They  may  stand  together,  with  no  connecting  word  of  any  kind.6 

b.  They  may  be  joined  by  means  of  the  pronoun  of  the  third  pers. ; 
whether  the  circumstance  is  one  of  past  or  present  time,  and  whether  the 
subject  is  first,  second  or  third  person.  At  first  expressing  existence  only 
in  the  most  general  way,  it  comes  to  be  equivalent  to  our  verb  to  be,  and 
is  especially  used  when  both  subject  and  predicate  are  definite.d>c  Cf. 
I  7.  6,  7. 

c.  The  verb  f^Jl  may  be  employed  ;  but  this  always  expresses  the 
idea  of  becoming,  existing,  and  is  therefore  never  identical  with  the  sub- 
stantive verb  to  be  J 

d.  Certain  particles,  viz.,  ffl  existence,  T*J$  non-existence,  flJjft  see, 
behold,  are  employed.  These  were  originally  nouns,  but  in  usage  have 
come  to  be  practically  equivalent  to  our  copula. 

REMARKS. 

(a)  On  the  use  of  BTK ,  "m ,  Sd  to  express  the  indefinite  subject,  §  14.  2.  b. 

(b)  A  paraphrastic  mode  of  expression  to  express  the  same  force  as  that  conveyed 
hy  the  third  person  plural  is  seen  in  the  use  of  the  passive,  with  which  the  accusative 
is  joined,  e.  g.,  y*1Xn  fiK  ]JT  =  let  them  give  the  land;  cf.  Gen.  17:5;  27:42;  Amos  4:2, 
etc.  (§  35. 1). 

(c)  "An  external  sign  for  connecting  the  two  main  constituents  of  a  proposition, 
when  the  predicate  is  not  to  be  a  verb— in  other  words,  a  copula— is  really  unneces- 
sary; because  the  mode  in  which  the  discourse  is  delivered  by  the  living  voice  is  of 
itself  sufficient  to  indicate  the  separation,  in  meaning,  between  the  two  different 
halves  of  the  sentence;  and,  in  Hebrew,  a  special  word  for  this  purpose  is,  in  actual 
fact,  very  rarely  used.  The  Indo-Germanic  languages  begin  pretty  early  to  use  the 
verb  to  be  for  this  sign,  when  the  predicate  did  not  consist  of  a  more  complete  verb, 
and  thus  the  substantive  verb  came  to  be  the  mere  copula  in  a  sentence,  whereas 
the  Ssmitic  languages  properly  do  not  yet  know  of  any  such  usage,  and  have,  in  this 
respect  also,  remained  much  more  simple."* 

(d)  But  also  in  later  Hebrew  frequently  when  the  subject  is  indefinite. 

(e)  Cf.  the  use  of  K1H  in  Nah.  2:9;  Isa.  18:2,7. 

if)  Cf.  the  use  of  HTI  *6  =  he  is  not.    Gen.  42:11;  Isa.  15:6;  23:13. 
(a)  For  an  interesting  use  of  "1371  to  turn  and  220  become,  see  Lev.  13:3,4;  Jer. 
31:21. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  11:1 4b.  Deut.  33:25 4b. 

Gen.  15:1 4c.  1  Sam.  16:23 3a. 

Gen.  18:9 5d.  1  Sam.  19:22 5d. 

Ex.  9:31 4b.  1  Sam.  19:22 2b. 

Deut.  4:32 1  lSam.21:6 4b. 

Deut.  7:7 4c.  2  Sam.  7:28 5b. 


*  Ewald,  Hebrew  Syntax,  pp.  134,135. 


I  38.  J  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  107 

lKgs.  14:10;  18:26 2b.  Zech.  6:12 3a. 

Isa.6:10 2b.  Ps.  44:5 55. 

Isa.  7:24 4b.  Ps.  45:7 4b. 

Isa.  8:4 .2b.  Ps.87:3 3a. 

Isa.  23:1 3a.  Ps.  148:6 2b. 

Jer.  13:16 3a.  Prov.3:28 M. 

Ezek.  43:19-27 2d.  Prov.8:14 4c. 

Mic.  2:4,8 2b.  Job  8:9 4c. 

Nah.l:14 1  Job  11:18 5d. 

Zeph.2:12 5b.  Job  34:20 2a. 

Hag.  1:6 3a.  Ruth  1:12 5d. 

Hag.2:3 1 

38.    Order  of  Words  in  a  Sentence 

1.  a.  D*Et£T7  ilK  D*rf?K  JTO1  God  created  the  heaven. 

i7CN?7  7K  Cll^rr  *")DN*12  &*d  the  serpent  said  unto  the  woman. 
°'  *!Dt^  7*1*1  y\  nnK  7l"7Jl3  great  thou  art  and  great  is  thy  name. 

WThX  *017  yttm  mfT4  Yahweh,  thy  God,  is  God. 
c.  *3  tliJJ  f"fiiTl5  seeing  that  Y.  hath  testified  against  me. 

D*0t£O  i^JlD  *)£^JO*l6  and  the  top  [was)  reaching  to  heaven. 

2.  a.  D*DCil  Dtt  'K  N^D1  God  created  the  heaven.  [name. 

b.  *Ofc£^  **t2]}  HN  *)nMD£V77  they  have  caused  my  people  to  forget  my 

c.  f|DD  rF)&}?  *f?  JDN8  I  will  give,  thee  ten  pieces  of  silver. 
CWf»t  DilK  ^iyV  and  God  blessed  them. 

1.  The  usual  order  of  words,  so  far  as  concerns  the  two  principal 
members,  is  as  follows : 

a.  Predicate,  subject,  when  the  predicate  is  a  verb.0, 

b.  Predicate,  subject,  when  the  predicate  is  an  adjective  ;b  but  sub- 
ject, predicate,  when  the  predicate  is  a  noun.c 

c.  Subject,  predicate,  in  what  are  called  descriptive  or  circumstan- 
tial clauses/1 

2.  a.  The  usual  order  of  words,  so  far  as  concerns  the  three  principal 
members,  is  predicate,  subject,  object  (direct  or  indirect)  f  and 

b.  If  there  are  two  objects,  that  one  comes  first  which  is  the  more 
important;  but 

c.  "When  the  object  (direct  or  indirect)  is  a  pronoun,  it  is  likely  im- 
mediately to  follow  the  predicate/ 


1  Gen.  1:1.  *Deut.4:35.  « Gen.  28:12.  8judg.l7:10. 

2  Gen.  3:4.  5  Ruth  1:21.  7  Jer.  23:27.  »  Gen.  1:22. 
»  Jer.  10:6. 


108  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [g  38. 

REMARKS. 

(a)  In  Hebrew,  the  act  was  more  important  than  the  agent,  and  was  consequently- 
placed  first. 

(b)  Compare  the  position  of  the  adjective  when  attributive,  viz.,  after  the  noun 
(§  10.  2.  a.). 

(c)  This  order,  which  is  always  followed  when  neither  subject  nor  predicate  is  to  be 
emphasized,  indicates  at  once  which  is  subject  and  which  is  predicate. 

(d)  "  By  putting  the  subject  first,  and  the  predicate  afterwards,  the  action,  its 
development,  and  its  progress  do  not  come  into  the  foreground,  as  in  ordinary  narra- 
tive discourse;  but  the  person  is  placed  first,  by  himself,  in  order  to  be  immediately 
thereafter  more  fully  described  and  depicted  as  he  is;  and  the  whole  proposition, in  a 
manner  quite  the  opposite  of  the  usual  narrative  style,  presents  us  with  a  harmonious 
and  placid  picture  of  something  eontinuous,  permanent,— just  as  the  speaker  con- 
ceives it."* 

(e)  Furthermore  it  may  be  said,  additions  in  the  form  of  an  adjective,  genitive  or 
adverb  follow  the  particular  word  which  they  modify.  There  are,  of  course  special 
rules  for  the  Infinitive  absolute  (§  28.)  and  negatives  (§  37.). 

if)  There  is  a  growing  tendency  to  insert  small  words  and  expressions  between  the 
more  important  members,  e.  g.,  UK?  Ex.  14:5;  1KD  Jer.  18:13;  )h  Ps.  7:14;  HTl  Job  1:1. 

3.  a.  *)£{<  f?  ilttftyn  [Dp  7*yOV  and  &  Utile  robe  his  mother  made  for 
him. 

Db^Drt  'toN'  TJQ  '^  riDH2  him  that  dieth  of  J.  in  the  city 
shall  the  dogs  eat. 

b.  t^p^D  *D3K  *I"7N3  my  brethren  I  am  seeking.  [thing. 
y*?X  121  ')tl  l?T0  *D"14  had  the  prophet  bid  thee  {do)  a  great 

c.  ^IDCil  W*Q  nnK*)5  and  thou  my  covenant  shalt  keep. 
pnj/*  fHilfi  ffljTf  Y.  will  lay  bare  their  secret  parts. 

d.  ffOfl  iT/KM  rt?ffil  DrOI7  tmd  the  priest  shall  write  these  curses. 
TUTTl  D*&0  ti?2W8  thy  sword  has  made  women  childless. 

3.  From  the  usual  order  (see  above),  there  are  sometimes  found  vari- 
ations, e.  g., 

a.  Object,  predicate,  subject,  which  emphasizes  the  object. 

b.  Object,  subject,  predicate,  which  likewise  emphasizes  the  object ; 
this  is  the  usual  construction  when  the  predicate  is  a  participle,  but 
elsewhere  rare. 

c.  Subject,  object,  predicate,  which  emphasizes  the  subject,  and  "  in 
prose  confers  upon  the  phrase  a  poetical  coloring  by  transferring  the 
predicate  to  the  end." 


H  Sam.  2:19.  »  Gen.  37:16.  6  Gen.  17:9.  » Num.  5:23. 

2lKg8.14:ll.  <2Kgs.  5:13.  6  Isa.  3:17.  8 1  Sam.  15:33. 

*  Ewald,  Hebrew  Syntax,  pp.  152, 153. 


I  89.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  109 

d.  Predicate,  object,  subject,  which  emphasizes  the  subject ;  this  is 
rare  except  when  the  object  is  a  pronominal  suffix  (see  \  38.  2.  c). 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  1:12 la.  1  Sam.  15:33 3d. 

Gen.  1:28 2c.  1  Sam.  20:20 3c. 

Gen.2:10 lc.  lSam.25:H 2a. 

Gen.  21:7. 3d.  2  Sam.  3:26 lc. 

Gen.  23:6 3c.  Isa.  5:17;  28 :17b 3o. 

Gen.  42:30 2a.  Isa.  13:18;  17:5;  26:19;  30:24 3c. 

Num.5:23 3d.  Isa.l8:5 lft. 

Judg.  9:36;  14:4 31b.  Isa.  19:13 3d. 

Judg.  12:11,13 3d.  Jer.9:19 26. 

Judg.  17:6 3c.  Ps.  51:5 3b. 

Judg.  17:10 .....2c.  Job  6:12 1Z>. 

1  Sam.  7:14;  16:1;  17:36;  25:43;  28: 18, 19...  3a. 

39.    Emphasis. 

1.  *P#  TPtV  fWM  ^h1  ffo,  and  Yahweh  be  with  thee. 
^PQJ?  J73S7  ^KJl  ilK2  the  lion  thy  servant  smote. 
*lt2}?  *iSJl  *Q*)7r03  **  my  dream,  behold,  I  stood. 

2.  a.  *|JlK  "V3J7i7  DJ/Jl  flN4  the  people,  he  made  them  to  pass  over. 

b.  *)np3^1  DD^DK  DVD5  *»  the  day  of  your  eating,  then  shall  be,  etc. 
c  fcOJl  DJT  "l^fft WKfMS)1  ano^  &*  concubine,  she  also  bare. 

3.  *l^*n  nK  IHiOrV)7  and  s^e  saw  him^  the  boy. 

't£P  ^D*?  DH^  Jili  *D3N8  I  give  to  them,  the  children  of  Israel. 

4.  a.  *^N  p*)  HD^DiO9  o:nd  I  only  am  escaped.  [own  enemies, 
b.  *M  O10  «•  me;  fcOrt  D3  V£DU »»  *"  OkHrf*  a?so;  ^  *D*N12  «WM 

5.  a.  Fn*"tfl  p*"l¥  p"l¥13  *^a*  idWfifc  ^s  altogether  righteous  thou  shalt,  etc. 

♦JfiDP  T^K  THN  riN14  0  ear^,  earth,  earth,  hear, 
b.  ^rfiND  fttpK  Up  ^  N*?15  »«y,  fart  IfD«J  buy  from  thee. 
DHDffTf  fiK  1D*pi7  Dp?!16  ^  Aad  but  just  set  the  watch. 
^hj2T\  *lV?JDiT17  •i»ft  ^ow  actually  reign  f 
NW  N¥*  W1JDN18  I  thought  he  will  certainly  go  out. 

6.  *Oi7  Dill19  <*«  &****  ^#7  fcOfl  *«j"TN20  ^e  £ord  himself. 

7.  *£?  ^l*?21  get  thee;  f?  ft^®  he  betook  himself  to  flight. 


U  Sam.  17: 37. 

i  Ex.  2:6. 

13  Deut.  16:20. 

i8  2Kg8.5:ll. 

21  Sam.  17:36. 

s  Josh.  1:2. 

l*  Jer.  22:29. 

is  Lev.  17:11. 

s  Gen.  41:17. 

»  Job  1:15. 

is  2  Sam.  24:24. 

20  Isa.  7:14. 

4  Gen.  47: 21. 

iol  Sam.  25:24. 

is  Judg.  7:19. 

ai  Gen.  12:1. 

s  Gen.  3:5. 

n2  Sam.  17:5. 

"Gen.  37: 8. 

22  Isa.  31: 8i 

6  Gen.  22: 24. 

"Ps.  27:2. 

110  HEBREW   SYNTAX  [g  39. 

The  language  has  various  methods  of  marking  emphasis,  some  of 
which  have  already  been  treated  in  other  connections.  The  more  im- 
portant may  be  grouped  as  follows : 

1.  The  word  to  be  emphasized  is  placed,  out  of  the  usual  order,  at  the 
lead  of  its  clause  [l  38.  3). 

2.  The  word  or  phrase  is  placed  independently  at  the  beginning, 
without  grammatical  connection  with  what  follows,  and  is  afterwards 
resumed 

a.  By  a  pronoun  or  another  noun.a 

b.  By  Waw,  either  conjunctive  (rare)  or  consecutive  (with  Perfect 
•r  Imperfect). b 

c.  By  both  Waw  and  a  pronoun. 

3.  The  idea  is  expressed  first  by  a  pronoun  and  then  by  a  noun.c 

4.  When  a  pronoun  is  to  be  emphasized,  it  is  repeated  either  in  the 
form  of  a  separate  pronoun,  or  of  a  pronominal  suffix.d 

5.  a.  The  word,  a  noun,  is  simply  repeated,  sometimes  twice.**/ 

b.  The  word,  a  verb,  is  written  twice ;  once  (generally  first)  in  the 
form  of  the  Infinitive  absolute  ;  a  usage  {I  28.  3)  found  in  the  expression 
•f  (1)  antithetic,  (2)  restrictive,  (3)  emphatic  interrogative,  and  (4)  em- 
phatic declarative  sentences. 

6.  The  word  to  be  emphasized  is  followed  by  the  pronoun  \K$%  (not 
K1Hr?  —  that i  or  the  same),  in  the  sense  of  avr6g,  ipse. 

7.  The  use  of  the  "ethical"  dative  marks  the  action  as  of  special 
importance  to  the  agents 

REMARKS. 

(a)  See  §  7.  1-4. 
(ft)  See  §  25.  2.  d. 

(c)  This  is  rare  and  confined  mostly  to  later  writers. 

(d)  See  811.  1.  a.;  in  later  writers,  however,  this  construction  does  not  seem  to  be 
•specially  emphatic. 

(e)  Note  the  repetition  of  series  of  words  in  Ex.  28:34;  Num.  17:21;  Hos.  8:11;  Ezek. 
1:20,21;  Isa.  53:7;  Zech.  12:12-14. 

(/)  See  also  §  6.  3.  a. 

(g)  "  This  mode  of  expression  indicates  a  special  partition  in  the  action  by  the 
agent  or  speaker,  a  certain  earnestness  or  zeal  with  which  he  acts;  it  occurs  as  an 
expression  of  heartiness  more  in  the  diffuse  and  easy-going  popular  style,  both  in 
poetry  and  unimpassioned  prose."* 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  2:17;  17:14 2a.       Gen. 27: 37;  42:12 1. 

Gen.  14:10 5a.       Gen.  40:9 26. 

Gen.  27:34 4ft.       Ex.  12:42 6. 


*  Ewald,  Hebrew  Syntax,  173. 


3  40.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  Ill 

Num.  14:33 4.  Hos.4:14 6. 

Deut.31:7 1.  Amos  7:13 7. 

Josh.  34:17 4a.  Mic.  7:3 4. 

1  Sam.  4:30 25.  Hag.  1:4 4. 

3Sam.3:13 1.  Ps.50:6 ....6. 

3  Sam.  4:10;  14:10 3c.  Prov.  3:34 6. 

lKgs.  15:13 3c.  Prov.  10 :  33,34 3a. 

lKgs.31:19 4.  Prov.  13:34 3. 

Isa.6:3 5a.  Job  6:19 7. 

Isa.  8:13,14 3a.  Job  39:3 3. 

Isa.l7:6 3.  Cant.  8:14 7. 

Jer. 2:31;  49:13 6.  Eccl.  7:34 5a. 

Jer.  9:14;  27:8 3.  3  Chron.  35:10;  36:14 3. 

Ezek.  31:33 5a. 

40.    Agreement  of  Number  and  Gender. 

1*  ^rQI  *inn  nrVil  r^KH1  the  earth  was  a  waste  and  an  emptiness. 
DHB*  '*  *"11pfl2  the  statutes  of  Y.  are  right. 

2.  a.  fTTV^J  ilflJIOn  Ofc^  *tVlY  and  the  slaughter  there  was  great. 

Dn*«3&^  *¥)?  flinpfirH4  and  the  eyes  of  both  of  them  were  opened. 
D*U/03  D*£0K  VH5  the  men  were  ashamed. 
°'  n^*l  TvJ^  ^^6  there  comes  upon  thee  evil. 
r\)u?5  JD*  is?7  reproaches  do  not  depart. 
*VQQtff!2  *")£^8  right  are  thy  judgments. 
rtDrPOn  UDD  ptll9  the  war  was  too  strong  for  him. 

3.  iiriOri  Wy10  rny  eyes  shall  see. 

1N/D  D*D"T  D3*Tn  your  hands  are  full  of  blood. 

The  general  principles  of  agreement  may  be  reduced  to  three  : 

1.  "When  the  subject  precedes,  the  predicate  agrees  with  it  in  gender 
and  number.* 

2.  When  the  predicate  precedes,  two  constructions  are  possible  : 

a.  The  predicate  may  agree  with  the  subject  in  gender  and 
number ;  or, 

b.  The  predicate  may  assume  the  primary  form ,  viz.,  third  mascu- 
line singular,  whatever  be  the  number  or  gender  of  the  following 
subject.** 

3.  When  the  subject  is  dual,  the  predicate  generally  stands  in  the 
plural  (though  sometimes  in  the  feminine  singular. )c 


i  G  en.  1 :3.  *  Gen.  3 :7.  1  Mic.  3 :6.  io  Mic.  7 :10. 

2Ps.  19:9.  5  1  Chron.  19:5.  •  Ps.  119:137.  n  Is.  1:15. 

a  2  Sam.  18:7.  6  Is.  47:11.  »  3  Kgs.  3:36. 


112  HEBREW  SYNTAX.  [§  40. 

4.  a.  D**TD  nWtfD'HN  tlri?}?1  her  palaces  grow  up  with  thorns. 

i*W*lDD  ^ltO^il2  its  floods  wash  away. 
jlliyil  Jllw^  n*)D<*"ft3  ^*e  beasts  of  the  field  pine. 
*yyij}%  Vy^nnft1  thy  youth  is  renewed. 
b.  'JXIW  W>#  1N*W5  and  the  men  of  Israel  saw. 

D**)¥p  J^Ot^  il^6  {'men)  of  Beth-shemesh  were  reaping. 
JlDrte  n^lpn  *D7  when  wars  arise. 
0*0*0  r^lNH   /08  the  whole  land  was  weeping. 

5.  a  DIN  *D*  7D  VfW  and  all  the  days  of  Adam  were. 

myn  TO  Nt^ill10  and  all  the  congregation  lifted  up. 

b.  Dp#¥  *Vn#  *0T\  ^Ip11  hark/  thy  brother's  blood  crieth  out. 
zip  1NE0  *]*£!£  7*)p12  hark!  thy  watchers  lift  up  the  voice. 

c.  tlt2^tl  11PT  D\U&^  D*")13  multitude  of  years  shall  teach  wisdom. 
D^nn  0*^*03  nffl[)u  the  bow  of  the  strong  is  broken. 

^£3^  D*TK  rnrQJl  *y*)}15  the  eyes  of  man's  pride  are  cast  down 

6.  y^y\  fU  K13*V*  and  there  went  in  Noah  and  his  sons. 
J*inN1  D*10  *"D""jni17  and  there  spoke  Miriam  and  Aaron. 

VJD1   /1N^  *)il018  Saul  and  his  sons  died.  {pursued. 

tjTl  VHK  H8*3K1  3NV119   «wc^   Jba6    and:  Abishai    his    brother 

7.  a  ^ll^O  *TD*"DD20  blessed  be  {every  one  of)  those  who  bless  thee,  [death. 

DDV  tV//tl1221  (any  one  of)  those  who  profane  it  shall  be  put  to 
b  mm   OSHp  niOi  WUa  JW.  ■  -ni^22  my  enemua,  there  is  no 

faithfulness  in  his  mouth,  their  inward  part  [is)  depths. 

UlT^  W\py\  Miy  VM23  with  his  mouth  they  bless,  but  they 

curse  inwardly. 
c  V?  tilty)  WVi?  Dl  NEW4  and  he  will  lift  up  his  banner  to  the 

nations  and  will  hiss  to  it. 

d.  wmy\  D'pK  vnoiro  |fnhb....*i  n:>D  m  D*pN25  x 

will  raise  up  the  tabernacle  (f.)  of  David  and  close  up  their  (f.) 
breaches,  and  his  ruins  I  will  raise  up  and  I  will  build  her. 


Us.  34:13. 

8  2  Sam.  15:33. 

i5ls.2:ll. 

21  Exod.  31:14. 

2  Job  14:19. 

9  Gen.  5:5. 

is  Gen.  7:7. 

22  Ps.  5:9,10. 

s  Joel  1:20. 

io  Num.  14:1. 

it  Num.  12:1. 

23  Ps.  62:5. 

4  Ps.  103:5. 

n  Gen.  4:10. 

is  1  Sam.  31 :7. 

a*  Is.  5:26. 

5  Jud.  9:55. 

12  Is.  52:8. 

is  2  Sam.  20:10. 

25  Amos.  9:11. 

6  1  Sam.  6:13. 

is  Job  32:7. 

so  Num.  24:9. 

?Exod.  1:10. 

14 1  Sam.  2:4. 

I  40.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  113 

The  exceptions  to  the  general  principles  given  above,  arising  from  an 
adherence  to  the  sense  rather  than  the  form,  may  be  classified  as  follows : 

4.  a.  The  predicate  may  be  feminine  singular  when  the  subject,  desig- 
nating lifeless  objects,  animals,  members  of  the  body,  abstract  ideas  (see 
under  \  2.  2.  b,  c.)  is  pluralA 

b.  The  predicate  may  be  plural,  when  the  subject  is  a  collective 
noun,  though  singular.6 

5.  When  the  subject  is  a  nominative  in  the  construct  relation  with  a 
genitive, 

a.  The  predicate  always  agrees  with  the  genitive,  if  the  nominative  is 
^3  all. 

b.  The  predicate  often  agrees  with  the  genitive,  if  the  nominative 
is  ^"jp  voice. 

c.  The  predicate  in  poetry  may  agree  with  the  genitive  whenever  it 
is  desired  to  lay  upon  it  special  emphasis.^ 

6.  When  the  subject  consists  of  two  or  more  nouns  joined  by  *) , 
whether  preceding  or  following  the  predicate,  the  latter  may  agree  with 
one  and  be  understood  with  the  other,  or  may  be  in  the  plural  and  thus 
agree  with  them  take*i  together. 

7.  There  is  frequently  found  change  from  one  number  to  the  other ; 
here  belong 

a.  Cases  in  which  an  individual  subject  is  generalized  or  the  oppo- 
site. 

b.  Cases  in  which  both  individualizing  and,  later,  generalizing  take 
place. 

c.  Cases  in  which,  after  speaking  of  a  multitude,  the  writer  suddenly 
limits  himself  to  one  of  that  number. 

d.  Cases  in  which  several  changes  take  place  in  the  same  verse, 
which  may  only  be  explained  by  supposing  a  desire  for  variety,  or  by 
special  considerations  characteristic  of  that  verse. 

REMARKS. 

(a)  Cf.,  however,  (1)  Isa.  21:2;  Gen.  35:26;  Hos.  10:6;  where  what  seems  to  be  a 
subject,  with  which  the  predicate  though  following  does  not  agree,  is  really  an  accu- 
sative with  a  passive  verb;  and  (2)  Gen.  4:7;  Eccl.  2:7  (cf.  1  Kgs.  2:21),  etc.,  in  which 
the  predicate,  disagreeing  with  its  subject,  is  a  participle  used  as  a  substantive. 

(b)  The  adjective  will  then  be  singular  masculine;  though  the  number  of  instances 
in  which  the  adjective  follows  this  usage  is  not  proportionately  so  great  as  in  the  case 
of  the  verb. 

(c)  Cf.  riDp  Vrp  (1  Sam.  4:15). 

(d)  Here  the  feminine  is  treated  as  neuter;  cf.  the  Greek  construction,  according 
to  which  a  neuter  plural  subject  takes  a  singular  predicate. 


114  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [g  40. 

(e)  On  the  use  of  the  plural  of  jHK ,  by  2  (Ex.  21:29),  etc.,  see  8  3.  2.  c. 
(/)  This  is  the  principle  everywhere  operating  when  the  nominative  is  a  numeral 
(3  to  10, 100, 1000)  in  the  construct. 

to)  Cf.  also  the  use  of  *)J"DD  in  Ex.  15:4. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  1:14;  41:50 2b.  Isa.  30:20 3 

Gen.3:5 3  Jer.  4:14;  12:4 4a. 

Gen.8:22;  15:1;  40:1 6  Jer.  8:5;  23:6 7d. 

Gen.  27:29 7a.  Jer.  10:4 7a. 

Ex.  15:20 5a.  Jer.  44:27 4b, 

Ex.31:14 7a.  Hos.  4:8 7a. 

Lev.  2:2 7c.  Hos.  9:14 3 

Deut.  28:32 6  Mic.l:13 2b. 

Deut.  28:48 7c.  Hag.  2:16 7a. 

Deut.  32:35 2b.  Zech.  6:14 4a. 

Josh.  8:20 2b.  Ps.  18:28 3 

Judg.  20:37 4b.  Ps.  18:35 4a. 

1  Sam.  25:27 2b.  Prov.  3:18 ..7a. 

2  Sam.  24:13 4a.  Job  12:7 4a. 

lKgs.  1:41;  14:6 5b.  Job  29:10 5b. 

lKgs.  22:36 2b.  Job32:7;  15:20;  21:21 5c. 

Isa.  23:2;  25:3;  60:5 4b.  Job  42:15 2b. 

Isa.  23:13;  30:11;  10:5 7d. 


V.    Kinds  of  Sentences. 

41.    Negative  Sentences. 

1.  a.  (1)  *f\p  V/K  3W  Jl£D*  N^l1  and  she  returned  unto  him  no  more. 

1))?  TIK3  ^0  Diy  N1?2  all  flesh  shall  not  again  be  cut  off. 

(2)  DJtffi  N1? fl^Oi!  N*?3  thou  shalt  do  no  murder. .  .thou  shalt 

not  steal. 
o.  '*?  *y)$  yfrp  *?$  fHPQK  ^N4  to  we  wo*  6e  ashamed,  let  not 
my  enemies  triumph  over  me. 
il^^D  \*7Jl  N3  7N5  i>ra?/j  ?e£  there  be  no  strife. 
*T1J7  vtf  *0*T  ^|D*)n   /K6  *i>ea^  to  me  no  more. 

c.  ^f77£^  tlW  N77  W  1S)  wo*  3P!  (owtf  some  one  eZse  £Aa£)  sera*  we. 

2.  a.  HO)?  D7D  tTHOTl  2B>y  ^8  no  herb  of  the  field  had  yet,  etc. 
o.  *\WDfin  *J*17D79  in  order  that  ye  may  not  sin. 

c>  HNTJ  OK  PN10  wo  stone  was  seew. 

d.  *)7  *l^n  *  73  7J/11  because  he  did  not  make  known  to  him. 

e>  fflGP  7*2  D/ly?  p^*l^12  the  righteous  shall  never  be  removed. 

fiJ^D  TO  $\&  nt-^1N13  the  desire  of  his  life  thou  hast  not  withheld. 

T*7fr$  1C*V1  lDp*  7D14  that  they  may  not  rise  and  possess  the  land. 
/•  D£)N  ViT  IT*1C  7DV5  and  all  her  princes  were  no  more. 
1.  The  most  commonly  used  negatives  are  $?  and  ^tf  : 

a.  fcJ7  is  the  objective,  unconditional  negative  (=  ov,  ova),  and  is  used, 

(1)  with  the  Perf.  and  Impf.  (Indicative)  in  ordinary  declarative 
sentences  ;a 

(2)  with  the  Imperfect  in  prohibitory  sentences. 

b.  7X  is  the  subjective,  dependent  negative,  and  is  used  with  the 
Imperfect  (Jussive),  to  express  dissuasion,  deprecation.5 

c.  The  position  of  ft1?  an^  *?K  is  immediately  before  the  predicate .;: 
but  they  may  stand  also  before  another  word  when  that  particular  word  i* 
to  be  specially  emphasized. c>d 


1  Gen.  8:12. 

5  Gen.  13:8. 

9  Ex.  20:20. 

13  Ps.  21:3. 

2  Gen.  9:11. 

eDeut.  3:26. 

lolKgs.  6:18. 

u Isa. 14:21. 

s  Ex.  20:14. 

7  Num.  16:29. 

11  Gen.  31:20. 

is  Isa.  34:12. 

<Ps.25:2. 

s  Gen.  2:5. 

12  Prov.  10:30. 

116  HEBREW   SYNTAX  [g  41. 

2.  With  the  Perfect  and  Imperfect  there  are  found,  besides  \fo  and 
*?K  ,  also  the  following  negatives  : 

«•  D^CD  wo£  2/e£,  sometimes  with  the  Perfect,  hut  more  often  with 
the  Imperfect  in  a  past  sense  (cf.  I  20.  1.  b). 

o.  *ti72!?6  in  order  that not,  very  rare,  and  with  an  ellipsis  of 

c.  ptf  nothing,  there  is  not ;  with  this  negative  the  verbal  form  is 
generally  a  Participle  (3  45.  3) ;  but  rarely  a  finite  form  is  found. 

d.  *^56  not  (°f •  VVMX  generally  after  a  preposition,  but  in  poetry 
also  alone  in  the  sense  of  J$7 . 

e.  ^  not,  shorter  form  of  *72 »  found  only  in  poetry,  and  not  dif- 
ferent from  ^^ . 

/•  D$N  no  more  ;  like  7*J$ ,  originally  a  noun  ;  its  more  common  use 
is  to  indicate  restriction,  limitation. 

3.  tfW  WX1  he  is  not  hearing;  JflJ  *J0W  I<&  wo*  #we. 

TOWD  *M  JIN  nNn  nnDil  nO  Iff  PN3  ^  deeper  0/  the  prison 

looked  not  to  anything. 

|n^  pN  pi!4  *^«m?  &  not  given. 

4.  a.  *^D  *Ft?2fr)  ^yOW'lm)b  to  keep. .  .and  not  to  turn  aside,     \eatfrom it. 

UDD  ^DK  Vto?  ytTti  ")BW  which  I  commanded  thee  not  to 
°'  MPrtT?  ^l^y  TN7  &  w  not  possible  to  stand  before  thee. 

*1  V^  *py  TN8  there  is  no  comparing  unto  thee. 
C'  ^V)^0  N7D9  without  seeing. 
d.  '■D^O10  that  they  go  not  over;  jTlfcOD11  that  he  could  not  see. 

5.  a.  DDH  N*?1  /IU  D^12  a  people  foolish  and  unwise. 

0Vf7N  N*?13  a  no-god;  ^  fty*  a  no-wood. 
0.  **l£DD  pNI  01¥^15  strong  and  without  number. 

fcJ^K  pN16  there  is  no  man  at  all ;  tjDV  pN17  Joseph  is  gone. 

ptTfl{  ptf  DIN18  wo  maw  whatever  is  just. 
c.  mD  ^ri/D  ADD19  chastisement  without  ceasing.  [of  Gideon. 

PJTTJ  ^11  DN  ttlfiO  fiNf  p^20  tf*  ft  wo  offer  tita*  «Ae  sword 


ijer.7:16. 

8Ps.40:6. 

wlsa.  10:15. 

2  Ex.  5:10. 

9  Num.  35:23. 

is  Joel  1:6. 

3  Gen.  39:33. 

10  Num.  32:7. 

16  Gen.  31:50. 

4  Ex.  5:16. 

U  Gen.  27:1. 

17  Gen.  37:29. 

5  Deut.  17:19,20. 

u  Deut.  32:6. 

i8Eccl.7:20. 

6  Gen.  3:11. 

is  Deut.  32:21. 

19  Is.  14:6. 

7  3Chron.20:6. 

aoJudgr.7:14. 

§  41.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  117 

d.  D*D  ^3  1I7K  tlSVP1  can  the  reed-grass  grow  without  water  ? 
*\UD2  so  as  n(>t  to  he  a  nation;  ihftffi  s°  as  n°t  to  be  king. 

3.  With  the  participle  P$  is  used  almost  exclusively ;   this  is  in 
accordance  with  the  original  use  of  MJ  as  a  negative  of  substantives  (see 

5.  below),  and  with  the  nominal  nature  of  Vtf  itself,  which  is  never  lost. 
This  combination  furnishes  the  prevailing  form  for  expressing  a  negative 
present,  though  not  of  course  restricted  to  this  use/ 

4.  "With  the  infinitive  there  are  found, 

a-  ^/H1??  w^tn  tne  preposition  7  ,  the  usual  negative  of  the  Inf. 
b.  "J  p^  and  ptf  ,  but  only  in  late  writers. 
c-  N^5  without,  with  the  force  of  a  preposition. 
d.  VQ  from,  so  as  not,  lest,  after  verbs  which  imply  restraint,  hin- 
drance, etc. 

5.  With  nouns  there  are  found, 

a>  $h  j  which  gives  an  opposite  meaning,  like  un-,  in-,  im-;  this 
usage  occurs  in  the  case  of  substantives  as  well  as  of  adjectives. 
b.  T*X  (cf.  3.  above),  equivalent  to  without,  or  un-,  in-,  im-. 

c-  *n*?5  =  i*ftO  j  without,  except. 

d.  *7*J  without,  un-,  in-. 

e.  JO  so  as  not  to  be,  the  Inf.  j"lVf7  being  supplied  in  thought. 

6.  fTQIKw?  Dt^njU  is?  £"|DD  PN4  silver  -was  not  at  all  regarded  for 
anything  (cf.  ch.  9:20). 

'Zffl  |*ND5  without  (=  so  that  there  is)  no  inhabitant. 

7N*"lfc^O  'K  Pfc$  vDQ?76  *•  i£  because  there  is  no  god  in  Israel  ? 

7.  ^311  Up*  lillDH  N1?7  ^e  wz7?  ta&e  nothing  in  his  death. 

tltfl  DV2  C*N  JlOV  N  78  ^o  man  shall  be  put  to  death  this  day. 

8.  pDty  NIT IH^in   /N9  multiply  not let  no  arrogance  go  forth. 

l2KJV...rOB*  fitf^  H*?10  not  forever  shall  be  forgotten. ..  .shall 


6.  More  than  one  negative  is  sometimes  employed  in  order  to  intensify 
the  negative.  This  occurs  chiefly  in  the  case  of  JO  with  ptf  or  *^3 » 
and  seldom  with  the  more  common  negatives. 

7.  To  express  nothing,  no  one,  the  negative  is  combined  with  75  or 
t^N .»  (|  14.  2.  eZ.) 


i  Job  8:12.  4lKgs.lO:21.  7  Pa.  49:18.  »1  Sam.  2:3. 

2Jer.48:2.  « Isa.  5:9.  8 1  Sam.  11 :13.  io  Pa.  9:19. 

si  Sam.  15:23.  6  2Kga.l:3. 


118  HEBREW   SYNTAX  [g  41. 

8.  In  the  case  of  two  successive  negative  sentences,  especially  when, 
as  in  poetry,  they  are  parallel,  the  negative  may  be  omitted  from  the 
second,  the  influence  of  the  first  being  deemed  sufficient. 

REMARKS. 

(a)  A  few  cases  exist  of  vh  with  the  Jussive,  e.  g.,  Gen.  34:8;  1  Sam.  14:36. 

(b)  On  the  other  hand  7tf  is  thought  by  some  to  stand  occasionally  in  a  declara- 
tive sentence,  e.  g.,  Ps.  41:3;  50:3;  Jer.  14:17,  though  with  a  stronger  force  than  would 
have  been  conveyed  by  X1?  • 

(c)  For  the  use  of  K1?  andSx,  without  a  verb,  lKgs.  2: 30;  11: 22;  Gen.  19:18;  Ruthl:13. 

(d)  fcO  cannot  stand  before  a  Participle  (when  used  as  a  verb),  an  Infinitive  abso- 
lute, or  an  Infinitive  construct.  Note  cases  in  which,  through  the  influence  of  X1? ,  a 
Participle  passes  into  a  finite  verb,  Ex.  9:20,21;  13:21,22;  1  Sam.  1:13;  2  Sam.  3:34;  Hos. 
1:6;  Ps.  37:21. 

(c)  The  i  of  TiS^  and  ,l?3  is  the  old  archaic  genitive  ending. 

(/)  Forcases  in  which  this  combination  is  used  of  the  past,  see  Gen.  39:23;  Jer. 
32:33;  of  the  future,  Jer  37:14. 

(0)  Cf.  ^fi^lT,  which  is  used  particularly  before  a  single  word;  TwD,  before  a 
proposition. 

(h)  It  is  only  when  *7D  =  omnis  that  this  combination  may  be  found;  when  ^J  = 
totus,  the  vh  negatives  the  idea  of  wholeness. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  2:5;  4:15 7  Jer.  7:16,17 3 

Gen.  21:26 5c.  Jer.  7:32;  10:6,7 6 

Gen.  24:15 2a.  Jer.  13:7 7 

Gen.  31:29 4d.  Jer.  23:14;  27:18 2b. 

Ex.2:12;  5:11    5b.  Jer.38:5 2e. 

Ex.  3:2 2c.  Ezek.  13:3 2b. 

Ex.  10:7 2a.  Hos.  8:7 2d. 

Ex.l4:ll 6  Amos6:10 2/. 

Ex.22:19 5c.  Zeph.  2:2 6 

Num.  11:6;  32:12 5c.  Ps.  10:4,6,11;  21:3 2c. 

Deut.  17:20 4a.  Ps.35:19;  38:2 8 

Deut.  28:55 6  Ps.43:l 5a. 

Josh.  2:8 2a.  Prov.  30:25 5a. 

1  Sam.  3:3 2a.  Job  18:15 6 

3Sam.9:3 2/.  Job  28:17 8 

lKgs.  18:43 5b.  Job  30:8 5d. 

2Kgs.  1:3,6 6  Job  35:15 2c 

2Kgs.  4:2 7  Job  41:18 2d. 

Isa.6:ll 6  Eccl.8:ll 2c. 

Isa.8:ll;  49:15 4d.  Esth.  3:8;  7:4 3 

lsa.l4:6;  28:8 5d.  Esth.4:2;8:8 4b. 

lsa.23:4 8  Ezra  9:15 4b. 

Isa.  26:14 2c.  2Chron.5:ll;  35:3. 4b. 

Isa.  52:14 5c.  2  Chron.  9:20 6 

Jer.  5:7 5a. 


§  42.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  119 

42.    Interrogative  Sentences. 

1.  *!jn  fiN  *llDn  nt1  *s  *&•*  *%  kindness  to  thy  friend  ?  [F. 

**  ON3  Vh&  ^J^D  DJl2  sA«??  #  also  be  marvelous  in  my  eyes  ?  saith 
*?N  0^  *fVD  |D  N1?  *D3  /or  M  »io^  my  Aowse  so  te&ft  GW  f 

2.  a.  jitn  Kwn  oy  *D*?nn4  «**&  thou  q°  with  &** man  ? 

tiym  DV^iI5  "  your  father  well  ?  [house  t 

0.  *Vm  JV3  *7K  W^JD  ffMifl6  «&*  I  plainly  appear  to  thy  father's 

c.  *^N  *f7N  *"1D£V77  (Hn  /my  brother's  keeper  ? 

iT3  tl7  rr^Dn  JinNJl8  «»&  *Aow  6mi7<Z  me  a  Aowse  f  (cf.  1  Chr.  17:4). 

d.  D*Df7  V?p?7  DIN*")1?9  to  see  whether  the  waters  had  abated. 

3.  jlNC  D*tD*ri  DN  Kl^H10  *s  there  not  a  lifting  up,  if  thou  doest  well  ? 
\}fiy\  It^K  *"Ol?7  nt  N /H11  *s  n°t  &**  £^e  tfttngr  which  we  told  thee  ? 

4.  a.  711*7^  ON  'J  "1  7K  "ITOn12  *&&#  we  #0  to  Ramoth-gilead,  or  shall 

we  forbear?  [heard? 

fi^DC  N*7  DN  nyi^  NI^Jl13  hast  thou  nothnown,  or  hast  thou  not 

b.  fTflN  DN )fflir]u  enquire if  I  shall  recover. 

Jfi^lH  flfOS  DK  iWU15  let  us  see  whether  the  vine  has  budded. 

1.  A  sentence  is  sometimes  found  to  be  interrogative,  though  lacking 
an  interrogative  particle.  In  such  cases  the  arrangement  of  the  words,  or 
the  tone  of  voice  in  the  pronunciation  of  the  sentence,  was  sufficient  to 
indicate  the  interrogative  force.a 

2.  The  interrogative  particle  ft  (Lat.  an,  Greek  v)  is  employed6 

a.  In  questions,  the  answer  to  which  is  entirely  doubtful. 

b.  In  questions  which  are  equivalent  to  a  strong  affirmative  assertion. 

c.  In  questions  equivalent  to  denial,  or  which  call  for  a  negative  reply. 

d.  In  indirect  questions,  equivalent  to  whether. 

3.  The  interrogative  particle  fcOPT  (Lat.  nonne)  is  employed  when  it 
is  certain  that  an  affirmative  answer  is  expected.6 

4.  The  interrogative  particle  DN  (strictly  if)  is  employed, 

a.  To  introduce  the  second  member  of  a  double  interrogative  sen- 
tence ;  here  the  compound  form  QJO  (cf.  sive)  is  more  common.^ 

b.  To  introduce  an  indirect  question  depending  upon  some  preced- 
ing thought  (cf .  the  use  of  jl  above).* 


12  Sam.  16:17.  s  Gen.  43:27.  »  Gen.  8:8.  is  Isa.  40:28. 

2  Zech.  8:6.  el  Sam.  2:27.  io  Gen.  4:7.  u  2  Kgs.  1:2. 

s  2  Sam.  23 :5.  t  Gen.  4 :9.  u  Ex.  14 :12.  is  Cant.  7:13. 

<  Gen.  24 :58.  «  2  Sam.  7 :5.  u  1  Kgs.  22 :15. 


120  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [g  42. 

5.  a.  (1)  rttttDfl  ^D1  wAo  *s  [what  persons  are  in)  the  camp  ?  "Ift^  ^2 

who  is  thy  name  ? 

(2)  TCPf!  ^D  fit  NIPT  *D3  «&o  fte*  *  *Ae  king  of  glory  ? 

(3)  D*D  ^p£^*  *D4  ^Ao  W*^  (0  that  some  one  would)  give  me,  etc. 

b.  (1)  n^K  fTO5  toJUll  (=  o/  what  hind  or  character)  are  these  ? 

(2)  ^12^  flD^il  HO6  wherefore  do  ye  strive  with  me  ? 

(3)  ^N  0#  BP\JN  p*!SP  HD7  Aow  can  a  man  be  just  with  God  ? 

(4)  nra  p^H  tf?  lift8  we  Aewe  no  portion  in  D.  (cf.  2  Sam.  20:1). 

(5)  *DJ7  IfcOli")  D->?  flD9  toAal  meaTi  ?/e  (that)  ye  crush  my  people  ? 

c.  *l^n  *l^*in  Ttt  *K10  wfo'cA  way  did  he  go  t  [house  also  t 

6.  a.  VVj?  'N  DJ  flB^N  Vlft11  when  shall  I  provide  for  mine  own 

b.  *V*f7  *}ff  *iy  ?7DD12  how  many  are  the  days  of  the  years  of  thy  life  f 

c.  T3*|H  DK  i^"lJ)  ?"D*N13  ^ow  sAaK  we  know  the  word,  etc.?  [yow  t 
DDmtO  ^1^  Nt^N  J"D*N14  how  can  I  alone  bear  the  burden  of 
'J  'p  fjjtf*?  tllVn  i"D*N15  how  hath  the  faithful  city  become  a 
harlot ! 

d.  TUT!  tl^r\  J7D  716  W^y  smitest  thou  thy  fellow  ? 
Q^jJ  I^JH  tlt2  717  W^y  Aat?e  £/*e  nations  raged  ? 

e.  DVM  iO  fillJlD  JTHD18  «^  ^aw  ye  come  so  soon  to-day  ? 
DVfl  0^*1  0D^£  J^TD19  why  are  your  countenances  sad  to-day  ? 

5.  In  reference  to  interrogative  pronouns  the  following  points  in  addi- 
tion to  what  has  been  said  may  be  noted : 

a.  *D  who  ? 

(1)  always  refers  to  persons,  whatever  may  be  the  particular 
phraseology  of  the  sentence  ; 

(2)  is  frequently  followed  by  frOJl  or  ,*"tf ,  and  the  sentence 
thus  rendered  more  vivid  and  pointed  ; 

(3)  is  employed  in  conveying  an  optative  idea. 

b.  HD  what? 

T 

(1)  always  refers  to  the  nature  or  character  of  an  object,  and  the 
object  may,  of  course,  be  a  person. 

(2)  introduces  an  expression  of  reproach  or  blame,  and  may  be 
rendered  wherefore? 


i  Gen.  33:8. 

6  Ex.  17:2. 

ii  Gen.  30:30. 

16  Ex.  2:13. 

*Judg.  13:17. 

i  Job  9:2. 

12  Gen.  47:8. 

i7P8.2:l. 

3  Ps.  24:10. 

8  1  Kgs.  12:16. 

is  Deut.  18:21. 

is  Ex.  2.18. 

4  2  Sam.  23:15. 

alsa.  3:15. 

u  Deut.  1 :12. 

is  Gen.  40:7. 

5Zech.l:9;  4:4,13. 

io  1  Kgs.  13:12. 

islsa.  1:21. 

I  42.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  121 

(3)  introduces  an  objection,  or  an  interrogation  implying  impos- 
sibility, and  may  be  rendered  by  how  ? 

(4)  has  come  in  a  few  cases  to  be  equivalent  to  a  negative,  and 
may  be  rendered  not. 

(5)  with  lb  or  M*?  >  *s  use(*  *n  expressions  of  strong  reproof. 
c  iTt"*tf  which?  differs  from  *£  and  j"Jft  in  being  an  adjective, 

T 

though  always  preceding  the  noun  which  it  modifies. 

6.  Aside  from  interrogative  particles  and  interrogative  pronouns,  there 
are  many  interrogative  adverbs.    Among  others  may  be  noted : 

a.  VlD  when?  sometimes  compounded  with  7  and  *]ty 

o.  HDD  how  much?  how  long? 

T     _ 

c*  J"D*N  how?  used  to  inquire  as  to  the  manner  in  which  a  given 

T        " 

event  is  to  take  place  ;  and  also  to  introduce  an  expression  equivalent  to 
a  negative,  and  to  express  wonder,  lamentation. 

d>  ilfcfr  wherefore,  why?  used  to  ask  for  the  purpose  or  aim  of  an 

T   T 

action. 

e.  JpHD  (for  J^n^JlD,  cf.  H  pad&v),  why?  used  to  ask  for  the 
ground  or  cause  of  an  action. 

REMARKS. 

(a)  This  is  seen  especially  in  questions  arising-  from  great  emotion  or  anxiety,  e.  g., 
1  Sam.  18:4;  2  Sam.  18:29;  2  Sam.  19:23;  and  also  in  questions  which  are  connected  by 
),  and  are  in  antithesis  with  a  preceding  declarative  statement,  e.  g.,  Judg.  11:23; 
Jon.  4:10,11;  Job  10:8,9. 

(b)  In  some  cases  H  is  dropped  for  euphonic  reasons  from  before  words  beginning 
with  N  or  H  ,  e.  g.,  Gen.  18:12;  1  Sam.  22:15;  2  Sam.  19:23;  1  Kgs.  1:24, 

(c)  For  cases  of  OH  is  it   .    .    .    that  ?  see  Gen.  27:36;  29:15;  2  Sam.  9:1;  23:19. 

(d)  Here  H  also  may  be  used,  e.  g.,  Judg.  14:15. 

(e)  OK  is  still  further  used  after  a  preceding  declarative  statement  in  the  sense 
of  or. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  3:13 5b.  Deut.  31:17. 3 

Gen.  4:6;  47:19 6d.  1  Sam.  11:12;  16:4 1 

Gen.  18:21;  27:21 2d.  1  Sam.  30:15 2a. 

Gen.26:27;  40:7 .6e.  2Sam.l:13 5c. 

Gen.  27:21 .4a.  2  Sam.  17:6 4a. 

Gen.  30:2 2c.  2Sam.l8:29 1 

Gen.  30:30 6a.  2  Sam.  19:12 6d. 

Gen.  47:8 6b.  1  Kgs,  20:32 2a. 

Ex.  2:13 6d.  2  Kgs.  3:8 5c. 

Ex.  33:16 3  2  Kgs.  3:13 5b. 

Num.20:10 2b.  2Kgs.  6:15 6c. 

Num.  23:26 3  Jer.5:7 5c. 

Deut.7:17 6c.  Jer.31:19 2b. 

Deut.  13:4 2d.  Ezek.  18:23 2c. 


122  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [g  438 

Hos.  10:9;  11:5 1  Job  2:2 5c. 

Joel  1:2 2c.  Job4:17;  6:5 2c. 

Amos  3: 3-6 4a.  Job  7:21;  25:4 5b. 

Jon.  1:6 6b.  Job  11:2 2b. 

Ps.35:17;  78:40 6b.  Lam.  1:1,2;  4:1,2 6c. 

Ps.  42:3 6a.  Neh.5:7 1 

Ps.  42:12 5b. 

43.    Exclamatory  and  Optative  Sentences. 

1.  a.  ^l/DH1  0  king !     f")X2  0  earth !     DD^flH3  your  perverseness ! 

D*/04  you  all. 
b.  *J-JK  O5  0  my  lord!    D*JJN£V7  ^H6  0  they  who  are  at  ease  in 
Zion  !    OV/  f7f7N7  alas  for  the  day  ! 

2.  a.  Q37  Dl^t^8  peace  he  to  you  !    D*"DK  HI^D9  blessed  he  Ahram. 
b.  >3K  W°  as  Hive  !    JTfiT  'ft11  as  Yahweh  liveth  ! 

TWtfTyn  ^VyjP*  by  thine  eyes  which  see  !   T3*|fl  HN13  by  the  word  I 
ft  "Ijfi  flffyO  *fi  ttffyff*  far  be  it  from  thee  to  do,  etc. 
d.  *7J^  ^Dil-D*)  *p11015  according  to  my  righteousness  and  my  integ- 
rity ,  upon  me  !  [thee  I 

3.  a.  "fUt)   TVtV  *7&yi2&*  i?16  would  that  Ishmael  might  live  hefore 

*JJP0#  ^17  0  hear  me  !  UJIO  ^18  0  that  we  had  died  I  [  God! 
b.  Jfftn  iTl^K  blDpn  DN19  if  thou  wouldest  hut  hill  the  wicked,  0 
c-  0*D  *3pC*  *D20  0  that  some  one  would  give  me  water  to  drink. 

'*  T3  WID  \rV  'D21  0  that  we  had  died  hy  the  hand  of  Y. 

1.  In  exclamations  there  occurs 

a.  A  noun,  with  or  without  the  article  ;a»b  or 

h.  A  noun  with  an  interjection,  e.  g.,  *£  (with  ^*|N)»  *1fl  >  or 
fiflX  (with  the  dative).0 

t  -: 

2.  Under  the  head  of  exclamatory  utterance  may  be  classified  also 
a.  Clauses  or  sentences  which  have  no  mark  of  exclamation. 

h.  The  use  of  *H  in  oaths,  and  certain  other  rare  expressions  (see 
examples). 

c.  The  common  expression  fl/vfl  to  the  profane,  i.  e.,  far  he  it. 

T       "     T 

d.  Sentences  which,  for  brevity  and  force,  omit  the  verb  to  he.d 

1 1  Sam.  23:20.  » Joel  1:15.  11  Deut.  3:21.  it  Gen.  23:13. 

>  Job  16:18.  s  Gen. 43:23.  is  Hag.  2:5.  "Num.  14:2. 

s  Isa.  29:16.  »  Gen.  14:19.  U  Gen.  18:25.  "  Ps.  139:19. 

4  Job  17:10.  10  Num.  14:28.  is  Ps.  7:9.  so  3  Sam.  23:15. 

5  Gen.  43:20.  U 1  Sam.  14:45.  ie  Gen.  17:18.  21  Ex.  16:3. 
c  Amos  6:1. 


\  44.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  129 

3.  In  optative  expressions  there  are  fonnd 

a.  The  particle  \}  if,  would  that,  used  with  the  Imperfect  and 
Imperative,  and,  in  wishes  which  cannot  be  realized,  with  the  Perfect. 

b.  The  particle  DN  if,  cf.  f? . 

c.  The  interrogative  *p  with  the  Imperfect ;  and  especially  |£)*  *£p 
who  would  give  =  would  that.6 

REMARKS. 

(a)  The  distinctive  article  (§  4.  3.  e.  (2))  is  generally  employed  in  prose. 

(b)  Originally  in  exclamations  the  third  person  only  was  used ;  in  the  later  writers 
the  second  begins  to  be  employed. 

(c)  Here  also  belong  words  or  expressions  used  in  swearing,  however  introduced. 

(d)  It  should  not  be  forgotten  that  the  Infinitive  absolute  is  used  in  exclamatory 
style  "(1)  when  the  speaker  is  too  full  of  his  subject  to  mention  the  action  in  any 
other  than  an  ejaculatory  manner,  and  as  briefly  as  possible,  e.  g.,  2  Kgs.  4:43;  Job 
40:2;  (2)  in  a  kind  of  vehement  and  rapid  description  of  a  number  of  actions  that  excite 
astonishment  or  displeasure,  e.  g.,  Hos.  4:2;  Isa.  21:5."*    (Cf.  §  28.  5.) 

(e)  |rr  SD  is  followed  (1)  by  a  verb  with  or  without  Waw  Consecutive,  (2)  by  an 
Infinitive,  (3)  by  a  noun. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  18:25;  44:7,17 2c.  Jer.  22:24 2b. 

Gen.  30:34 3a.  Amos  5:18 tb. 

Gen. 43:20;  44:18 lb.  Mic.2:l lb. 

Num.20:3 3a.  Ps.4:7;  14:7;  55:7 3c. 

Deut. 4:3;  11:7;  32:40 2b.  Ps.  45:2c;  57:6 2d. 

Deut.  5:26;  28:67 3c.  Ps.81:9;  139:19 3b. 

Judg.9:29 3c.  Ps.  81:14 3a. 

lSam.30:23 2b.  Prov.  24:11 3b. 

2Sam.  15:4 3c.  Job6:8;  11:5;  13:5;  14:13;  29:2;  31:35.. ..3c. 

Isa.  3:6 2d.  Job  6:14;  12:5 2d. 

Isa.  63:19b 3a. 

44.    Copulative  Sentences. 

1.  a.  "V\   IWMI   tl)p1±>)   pK   'y?   VnpW  and  he  called  the  dry 
land  earth,  but  the  collection  of  waters  he  called  seas.  [not  eat. 

'XJKfl  H%}  nyif!  rj?D12  but  of  the  tree  of  knowledge  thou  shalt 

b.  rpj?  VT3J*  f]£H  U31  n*7V  *7bjfr  DIN  *D3  but  man  is  born  to 
trouble  as  the  sparks  fly  upward.  [bullock. 

c.  *5HffT\  *"l£ft TWfl  *l£)  i"lK  lip4  take  the  bullock,  even  the  second 

tijtyft)  Jlt^HD  UK  N^H5  am  I  not  silent,  and  that  from  of  old  f 

d.  rDBTl  tib)  rmX  'N  tfT6  thou  fearest   God,  and  (=for)  thou 

hast  not  withheld. 

i  Gen.  1:10.  »  Job  5:7.  6  Isa.  57:11.  «  Gen.  22:12. 

a  Gen.  2 :17.  «  Judg.  6 :25.  *  E  wald,  Hebrew  Syntax,  PP.  201-203. 


124  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [£44. 

2.  a.  ^fl*?  [tthn^Tl  ^Ql^ftt1  wi  my  dream,  {and)  behold  a  vine,  etc. 

i  "vt\  roan  tin  'tii  una  my  N^n  n1?2  ^™  ix^  *><  <?<>  out 

with  us  henceforth  to  battle,  that  thou  quench  not,  etc. 

c  HDfl JO  rVttfty) *^mDt  ON3  if  thou  rememberest  me,  then 

do  kindness,  etc. 

3.  I1D3  iW  niftDfTl  timfttl  DK  *p4  owwi  he  smote  *Ae  camp,  wMe 
the  camp  was  quiet. 

DID  "\J?W2  38*  CD^1) tjtSW  «ki  *ky  came  taAife  Zo*  was 

sitting  in  the  gate  of  Sodom.  [Hezekiah. 

4.  a.  iff  rrrK  onv  Vfiy  ^d^6  w»  ^  <%«  0/  z&**a&,  jot^m,  ^«, 

&•  VMNfi  N*?  )f21  WStt  *1£07  ./&»&  m  its  soul,  viz.,  its  blood  ye 

shall  not  eat. 

^J^n  T**1K/  fTHp^8  *h*  shall  be  desolate,  sit  upon  the  earth, 
c  EMpf  ISDN  iTWy  1*Op  D1S  Wnp*  sa^z/i/  a  /art,  call  an 

assembly,  gather  the  old  men. 
d  D#J7  pm  *?1p  ilK-  •  •  JtQ&tXf*  and  she  heard  the  noise  of  the 

guard,  the  people. 

1.  The  conjunction  }  and  is  by  far  the  most  common  copulative  con- 
junction, and  serves  to  join  together  not  only  words  but  sentences.^  It  is 
universally  employed  except  in  cases  where  special  emphasis  is  to  be 
placed  upon  the  conjunctive  relation  ?c  But  besides  its  ordinary  use  as 
a  connective  it  serves  to  join  to  a  preceding  clause  or  sentence 

a.  An  antithetical  clause  (here  rendered  but),  in  which,  however, 
the  opposition  is  indicated  not  by  the  1 ,  but  by  the  arrangement  of  the 
words,  or  by  the  logical  relation  of  the  clauses  thus  joined.d 

b.  A  clause  of  comparison  (here  rendered  as),  peculiar  to  poetical 
style. 

c.  An  epexegetical  clause  (here  rendered  even,  namely,  and  that 
too),  furnishing  a  more  detailed  explanation. 

d.  A  clause  of  consequence  or  cause  (here  rendered  for,  since).6 

2.  Another  class  of  usages  in  which  *)  may  be  called  demonstrative 
includes  the  following  : 

a.  Cases  in  which  the  *)  follows  a  prepositional  phrase  and,  in  the 
sense  of  then,  connects  with  it  some  act  or  state. 


i  Gen.  40 :9.  *  Judg.  8 :11.  I  Gen.  9:4.  »  Joel  1 :14. 

2  2  Sam.  21:17.  6  Gen.  19:1.  8lsa.3:26.  io2Kgs.ll:13, 

s  Gen.  40:14.  «Isa.l:l. 


I  44.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  125 

b.  Cases   in   which   the   *| ,  with    an    Imperfect   or   Imperative, 
expresses  purpose  or  result  (2  26.  2a). 

c.  Cases  in  which  the  *)  joins  an  apodosis  to  a  preceding  protasis, 
not  only  in  conditional  but  also  in  causal  and  relative  sentences/ 

3.  Still  another  usage  of  *)  is  that  occurring  in  circumstantial  clauses 
(2  45.),  when  it  is  translated  while,  although,  after,  etc. 

4.  Omission  of  1  (asyndeton),  where  it  might  be  expected,  is  found 

a.  In  lists,  enumerations,  etc. 

b.  In  expressions  added  by  way  of  explanation  or  correction. 

c.  In  a  climax,  or  in  highly  rhetorical  statements. 

d.  In  hurried,  abrupt  discourse,  or  where  the  rapidity  of  the  action 
is  to  be  emphasized.^ 

REMARKS. 

(a)  For  examples  in  which  )  has  the  force  of  with,  see  Gen.  3:24;  Judg.  6:5;  1  Sam. 
18:6;  35:42;  29:10;  Isa.l3:9. 

(b)  For  cases  of  hendiadys,  see  Gen.  1:14;  3:16;  2  Chron.  16:14;  Job  10:17. 

(c)  The  conjunctions  employed  when  the  connection  is  to  he  emphasized  are  *|N. 
DJ,  e.g.,1  Sam.  25:43;  22:7;  Exod.  10:25;  Isa.  40:24;  41:26. 

(d)  The  most  common  adversative  conjunctions  are  (1)  *3  but  (after  a  negative), 
e.g.,  Gen.  24:3;  45:8;  1  Kgs.  21:15;  Exod.  1:19;  Josh.  17:18;  Ps.  44:8;  (2)  DK  *|  butif, 
but,  e.  g.,  Ps.  1:2;  Gen.  15:4;  Josh.  17:3;  1  Sam.  8:19.  Cf.  also  ^3  *]&*  =  how  much  more, 
how  much  less,  e.  g.,  1  Sam.  14:29f. ;  1  Kgs.  8:27. 

(e)  Here  also  belongs  the  use  of  1  in  exclamations,  e.  g.,  Joel  2:23;  2  Sam.  1:21; 
Jer.  20:12;  and  in  oaths,  e.  g.,  Joel  4:20;  Amos  9:5;  Hos.  12:6;  Jer.  29:23;  Isa.  51:15; 
Deut.  32:31;  Ps.  71:19  (so  Ewald). 

(/)  For  the  use  of  Waw  Consecutive  with  Imperfect  and  Perfect,  see  §§  24,  25. 

(g)  In  many  stereotyped  phrases  also  1  is  dropped,  e.  g.,  *n  "HD  (Exod.  17:16) 
for  *m  *TO. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  11:30 4b.      Jer.  17:14 2b. 

Gen.  13:9 2c.       Ezek.  10:12 4a. 

Gen.  17:21;  42:10 la.      Amos  4:5 4c. 

Gen.  20:3 Id.      Amos  5:4,6,14 2b. 

Gen.  29:15 2c.       Hab.  2:4 4b. 

Judg.5:13,27 4d.      Zech.  10:6 2b. 

Judg.  6:25;  7:22 lc.       Mai.  1:11 lc. 

Judg.l6:15 la.      Ps.  7:10;  60:13 Id. 

1  Sam.  15:16 2b.      Ps.45:5 4b. 

ISam.  15:23 2c.       Ps.  51:9 2b. 

1  Kgs.  13:18 4b.      Ps.  78:34 2c. 

2  Kgs.  11:13 4d.      Ps.  88:2 4a. 

Isa.  3:8 Id.      Prov.  25:3 lb. 

Isa.8:9,10 2b.      Jobl2:ll;  14:11,12,19 lb. 

Isa.  23:4 4b.      Job  32:15,16 4c. 

Jer.  2:20;  7:9 4b.      Euth  1:21 la. 

Jer.  15:7;  31:21 4c.       Eccl.l:5 lc. 


126  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [g  45. 

45.    Circumstantial  Sentences. 

t  a.  PUP  DUEHK  *  n«  D£3t^  Klffi"  •  -nOn1  ani  Ae  efcerf,  ancZ  fa 
had  judged  {having  judged)  Israel  forty  years. 

*yn  rr^vn  rnftn  tin  man  ^n2  <*<>  ™*  eWay  me,  «»<»  r. 

Aa<A  prospered  my  journey. 

$  n#  yn  *djn  •*>  pranpn  no1?3  «**  ™«  ye  me  %cm;  r. 

having  testified  against  me  ? 

h.  itwn  nns  aerp  wrri.. .  .*  v^k  *m4  *«*  r.  appear**  unto 

Aim while  he  sat  be/ore  the  tent. 

rrown  ysn  iwti  rrinN  dvd  d^d5  « &*&*«•««<  up  on  the 

earthy  the  top  of  it  reaching  to  heaven. 

b>*g  -yn  twh  Tin  nnn  pnoyro6 ««* y«  stood;  under  the 

mountain,  while  the  mount  was  burning  with  fire. 

c-  *3tH  1"W  FhX  *6l..  *QK  tWT  ^  mv  father  wiU  do  *°***9 

. . .  .without  disclosing  it  to  me. 

bisb*  croi  wm  run  no1?*  ^n8  ^z  <™y  *»<*  gw 

knowledge^  seeing  that  he  judges  those  that  are  high  t 

d.  *")^  Nim tiy\  PPfT*  ^e  was  tending  the  sheep ....  oeino-  a  ooy. 

DDD^  njni  OrfjW  n^j"J10  who  speak  peace,  while  evil  is  in  their 
heart. 

We  frequently  find  a  clause  which  furnishes  material  subordinate  to 
that  of  the  principal  clause  of  a  sentence  ;  or  which  describes  the  condi- 
tion or  circumstances  attending  the  action  of  the  principal  verb.  Such 
clauses  are  termed  circumstantial  or  descriptive  and  may  be  considered 
mnder  the  following  heads : 

1.  Circumstantial  clauses  following  the  principal  clause  and  joined  by 
means  of  •)  (2  44.  3), 

a.  With  the  verb  in  the  Perfect,  especially  in  sentences  which  have 
a  pluperfect  or  perfect  meaning,  often  rendered  by  the  past  participle. 

b.  With  the  verb  a  Participle,  almost  always  in  clauses  which  are 
»f  a  strictly  descriptive  character. 

c.  With  the  verb  in  the  Tmper/ectf/less  common  than  either  the 
Perfect  or  Participle,  and  for  the  most  part  in  negative  sentences.* 

d.  With  no  verbal  form  of  any  kind. 


»1  Sam.  4:18. 

<  Gen.  18:1. 

tl  Sam.  20:2. 

•  Gen.  37:2. 

•  Gen.  24:56. 

•  Gen.  28:12. 

»  Job  21:22. 

w  Ps.  28:3. 

3Buthl:21. 

•  Deut.  4:11. 

I  45.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  127 

2.  a.  7nn  71""TJ|3  GW3f"T*V  o/nd  he  searched  beginning  with  the  eldest. 

VOPI  *D  #"1^  N1?.  •  .^11  N¥0*  ^2  #*  ™«  s/WZ  be  found  slain, 

it  not  being  known  who  hath  smitten  him. 
&«  Op**?"!*   P*   ^It^JD   ^fTNO3  who  tarry  late  at  night  while  wine 

inflames  them. 

*2QOfV  ""H  ¥3-  •  -*yVnOH  ne  will  hide  me. . .  lifting  me  upon  a  rock. 
«•  D'3¥J  1NV*5  they  went  forth,  taking  their  position  (cf.  Ex.  33:8). 

{fetr  thumbs  and  great  toes  cut  off,  gathered,  etc. 

d.  DIpD  f)CTl  D'D  ^K  JT3  H^HX  D^7  «^  ^  ^cfced  &&  tew*, 
Bethel  being  on  the  west  and  Ai  on  the  east.  [his  loins. 
Va?n  slf  V""P  *)3JI    /3  WiO8  I  saw  every  man  his  hands  upon 

e.  llMto  J***  D\3E>  fc^C?  138W  <™d  they  remained  three  years 
{in  the  condition  of)  absence  of  war,  i.  e.,  without  war. 

cdhk  nynx  fnto  us  imn  n^10  y«  «*«e  »<>* «* w  /*» 

(■m  £/*e  condition  of)  the  absence  of  your  brother,  i.  e.,  except  your 

brother  be  with  you. 

*ll  liflj?  '3K  3^3  D^p/VI11  a«^  he  thrust  them  into  the  heart  of 

Absalom  while  he  was  still  alive. 

JQvWyV---'*  N¥>  N¥>  *]N  WP  ««*  &  happened,  Jacob 

having  only  just  gone  out,  that  Esau,  his  brother,  came  in. 

TVT\  tl$?5?)  J1K3  t^Dtrn  *iTl13  «w^  **  happened,  the  sun  having 

gone  down,  that  there  was  darkness. 

t]Vpv...nnov.-.Drn  roon  on**  mm14  «*<*  a  •*«»  fc, 

seeing  ye  rebel  to-day ,  that  to-morrow  he  will  be  wroth,  etc. 

3.  a.  "U1  rtim  Orfptf  D'pHD  OH  WI16  «^  t<  happened,  as  they 

were  emptying  their  sacks,  that  behold,  etc. 
b.  tlfl/W  N^iT)  ilN^IQ  Nil"?16  she  was  being  brought  forth,  when  she 
sent,  etc. 

"ui  rran  noti  n3fo  rv3  ay  nnn17  being  by  the  house  of 

Micah,  they  recognized  the  voice,  etc. 


1  Gen.  44:12. 

c  Judg.  1:7. 

10  Gen.  43:3. 

H  Josh.  22:18. 

sDeut.  21:1. 

7  Gen.  12:8. 

11  2  Sam.  18:14. 

15  Gen.  42::^. 

3Isa.  5:11. 

s  Jer.  30:6. 

12  Gen.  27:30. 

16  Gen.  38:25. 

4Ps.27:5. 

9  1  Kgs.  22:1. 

13  Gen.  15:17. 

njudg.  18:3. 

5  Num.  16:27. 

128  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [f  45. 

2.  Circumstantial  clauses  following  the  principal  clause,  and  not  joined 

byl, 

a.  With  the  verb  in  the  Perfect  (cf.  1.  a  above). 

b.  "With  the  verb  in  the  Imperfect  (cf.  1.  b  above). 

c.  With  the  verb  a  Participle,  to  be  taken  as  an  accusative  of  state 
or  condition.6 

d.  With  no  verbal  form,  the  clause  being  strictly  nominal. 

e.  In  expressions  introduced  by  V># ,  *% ,  ^^5 «  ^'  etc,c 

3.  Circumstantial  clauses  preceding  the  principal  clause ;  here  arise 
two  cases : 

a.  Those  in  which  the  circumstantial  clause,  preceding  the  principal 
clause,  is  introduced  and  supported  by  the  formula  *JV1  or  iTW  (cf.  U 
24.  4;  25.  4). 

b.  Those  in  which  there  is  no  such  introductory  formula,  the  two 
clauses  appearing  to  be  coordinated 

REMARKS. 

(a)  Since  xS  may  not  be  used  with  a  Participle,  when  this  negative  is  to  be 
employed,  the  finite  form  must  be  substituted. 

(ft)  That  this  is  really  an  accusative  appears  from  the  corresponding'  construction 
in  Arabic. 

(c)  In  common  use  these  negatives  have  become  equivalent  to  prepositions. 

(d)  In  circumstantial  clauses  the  subject  generally  stands  first  whether  the  predi- 
cate is  a  finite  verbal  form,  a  Participle,  or  a  noun;  exceptions  occur  (1)  when  njil  or 
some  such  emphatic  word  comes  first,  which  regularly  precedes  the  verb,  e.  g.,  Gen. 
8:13;  9:7;  1  Sam.  25:14;  (2)  in  the  case  of  ffy ,  Ps.  44:18;  (3)  even  in  sentences  without  a 
verb,  e.  g.,  Ps.  60:3;  Gen.  49:10;  Isa.  6:6;  Amos  7:7. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.  7:6 3ft.      Judg.  3:20 lft. 

Gen.  13:7;  18:10;  19:1;  24:21. lft.      Judg.3:24;  20:39,40 3ft. 

Gen.  19:23;  44:3,4 3ft.       Judg.3:26;  4:21;  16:31 la. 

Gen.  20:3;  21:4;  24:10;  44:26 Id.      Judg.  5:19;  6:19;  20:31 2a. 

Gen.21:14 2a.      Judg.  6:5 .2*. 

Gen.  29:9 3ft.      Judg.  8:4 2c. 

Gen.  32:12;  32:31 2d.      Judg.  8:11 la. 

Ex.  10:13 3a.      Judg.  13:9 lft. 

Ex.  21:11 26.       Judg.l9:ll 3ft. 

Ex.  33:12 la.      lSam.9:14;  20:36 3ft. 

Deut.5:5 2c.      1  Sam.  18:17 la. 

Deut.  9:15a lft.      2  Sam.  20:8 3ft. 

Deut.9:15b Id.      2  Sam.  23:4 2e. 

Josh.  2:5;  4:18 3a.      lKgs.  18:12 3a. 

Josh.l7:14 Id.      2Kgs.2:23 3ft. 


§  46.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  129 

2Kgs.  5:18 lb.  Hab.2:15 2d. 

2Kgs.  12:7b 1 3a.  Hag.  1:4 2d. 

Isa.l:5;  27:9;  60:11 2b.  Mai.  1:7 3b. 

Isa.  27:16;  60:9 2d.  Ps.  7:3 26. 

Isa.29:13 2a.  Ps.7:3;  78:4 2c. 

Isa.47:l 2e.  Ps.7:7;  57:4;  71:3 2a. 

Isa.  49:21;  53:4 la.  Ps.  35:8;  21:12;  62:5;  107:5 2b. 

Isa.  57:19 2c.  Ps.  69:4 2c. 

Jer.  2:27;  23:17;  41:6;  43:2 2c.  Ps.  78:30,31 3b. 

Jer.  37:13 3a.  Job  3:18;  9:25 2a. 

Hos.  7:11 26.  Job22:18 la. 

Joell:6 26.  Job 24:22;  42:3 lc. 

Mio.7:l 2c.  Job  29:24;  34:31 2b. 

Nab.  1:12 2b.  Ezra  10:6 2a. 

46.    Relative  Sentences. 

1.  a.  *n  frOJ"F  *WH  t^t2T\  7D1  every  creeping  thing  which  is  living, 
b.  *  )ti?&  "MW  K^H2  the  prophet  whom  Y.  hath  sent. 

<*•  MW*?  yDt^ri  N*?  *1CK  **U3  a  nation  whose  language  thou  dost 

not  understand.  [come. 

Vfi^D  nrm  DKD  *)&#  tDtV*  Y.  under  whose  wings  thou  hast 
d.  Dt^  *D£>  VlD^  ^£?N5  where  I  fixed  my  name. 

D£*  Sy&l  ^t^N6  whither  they  were  carried  away. 

DTlt^fl  DC^D  )W  ^£>N7  whence  the  Phil,  have  proceeded. 

2.  a.  ^p")1?  nnilD  ^IS^K  D*D»78  the  waters  which{were)  under  the,  etc. 

TIK   XShi^  "H5W  D'£0NJ79  the  men  who  went  with  me. 

"JJ?  fiK  rVfrO  ^£W  TtDIl10  &«  ™era/  of  thee  who  hast  looked 

on  my  affliction. 
b.  *y£>  IWtf  DHKM11  the  man  whom  he  had  formed, 
c  frO  *)^K  DVJl  l^12  *#?  tfie  day  that  he  come. 

*D"T  *")£^N  DIpDH13  W»  the  place  that  he  spohe. 

rn5&?  fin^H  D&?  *WN  nH^i!14  the  Hebrew  women  of  whom 

the  name  of  one  was  Shiphra. 

se?^  he  who  was  over  the  house,  and  he  who  was  over  the  city  to  Jehu, 
b.  *")DX  ^S^K  ilK  TOW6  anoint  him  whom  I  shall  name. 


i  Gen.  9:3. 

5  Jer.  7:12. 

9  Gen.  14:24. 

is  Gen.  35:13. 

2  Jer.  28:9. 

6lKgs.8:47. 

io  Ps.  31:8. 

14  Ex.  1:15. 

sDeut.  28:49. 

7  Gen.  10:4. 

ii  Gen.  2:8. 

i5  2Kgs.lO:5. 

4  Ruth  2:12. 

s  Gen.  1:7. 

12  2  Sam.  19:25. 

16  1  Sam.  16:3. 

130  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [g  46. 

c.  tn*3  *?}?  ^L^N1?  1DN*V  and  he  said  to  him  who  was  over  his  house. 

TVTP  N*7  NVOD  *")^N  D^2  with  whomsoever  thou  shalt  find 

he  shall  not  live. 

A  relative  clause  may  best  be  understood  as  the  expansion  of  an 
adjective  or  participle.  It  is  generally  introduced  by  "It^'K  (§  13.), 
sometimes  by  Ht  or  )f  (§  13.  4.  a)a>b;  yet  in  many  cases  no  introductory 
particle  is  employed  (see  below).  The  principal  usages  of  relative 
clauses  may  be  classified  as  follows  : 

1.  Relative  sentences  introduced  by  ^IS^N »  in  which,  since  1&W  is 
only  a  particle  and  not  a,  pronoun,  a  special  pronoun,  pronominal  suffix, 
or  adverb,  is  employed  to  express  the  desired  idea.  The  pronoun  or  pro- 
nominal suffix  agrees  with  its  antecedent  in  gender  and  number,6  and 
takes  that  particular  case  which  the  relative  particle  would  have,  if  a 
noun.d     It  may,  therefore,  be, 

a.  The  subject  of  the  sentence. 

b.  The  direct  object  of  the  verb,  i.  e.,  an  accusative. 

c.  The  genitive  after  a  construct,  or  after  a  preposition. 

d.  An  adverb,  viz.,  Qj£f ,  used  in  the  sense  of  where}  whither,  whence. 

2.  Relative  sentences  introduced  by  I^N  in  which,  for  the  sake  of 
brevity,  the  special  pronoun,  pronominal  suffix,  or  adverb  referred  to 
above,  has  been  omitted.    This  is  seen  in  sentences  in  which 

a.  The  relative  particle  has  the  force  of  subject,  and  especially, 
where  the  predicate  is  a  finite  verb  including  the  pronominal  idea. 

b.  The  relative  particle  has  the  force  of  an  accusative. 

c.  The  relative  particle  as  an  adverbial  accusative  follows  a  substan- 
tive having  some  general  signification  of  time,  place,  manner. 

3.  Relative  sentences  in  which  the  relative  particle  includes  its  ante- 
cedent and  is  equivalent  to  he  who}  those  who,  etc.  The  particle,  there- 
fore, has  here  two  constructions.  Aside  from  its  connection  with  the 
relative  clause  which  it  introduces,  it  has  a  relation  to  the  principal  sen- 
tence on  which  this  relative  clause  depends  ;6  thus  it  may  be 

a.  The  subject  of  this  principal  sentence. 

b.  The  object  often  with  a  prefixed  j")N^ 

c.  The  genitive  after  a  preposition. oh 

4.  a.  JOJ1  TiTX  *\33  a  nation  that  is  lasting. 

QpJ1?  tfh  riJO4  w*  a  land  which  is  not  theirs, 

b.  *)^1*  is?  *T\15  8  way  they  know  not. 

i  Gen.  43:16.  sJer.5:15.  *  Gen.  15:13.  6lsa.42:16, 

a  Gen.  31:32. 


I  46.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD  131 

*")|~Q*  *p""0  1J*Hfl  he  teaches  him  in  a  way  he  should  choose. 
c  IDtf  3YN  py  pttO  WfJ  0»N2  a  man  lived  in  the  land  of  Uz, 

whose  name  was  Job. 

j-Q  13/*  *p"l»73  the  way  in  which  they  must  go, 
d.  tWy  mi"!*4  the  gain  that  he  made.  [ure. 

DH  *¥£fl   /O  **V"lN5  the  excellent  ones  in  whom  is  my  whole  pleas- 
c  ITVH   DV6  the  day  I  fear ;     rfptSO   W?  the  time  thou  wast 

broken. 
5.  a.  *?#  y*]*  X*?  DlpO8  the  place  (of  him)  who  knows  not  God. 

ffj&D  T3  N3  H7J^9  seTic?  now  fry  tfAe  Aa?wJ  {of  him  whom)  thou 

wilt  send.  [ask. 

1/Nt^  £0  7 7  VlCTl^10  -^  was  inquired  of  by  [those  who)  did  not 

ijlfrl  JiriK  HfllN  ^ly1?^11  what  is  beyond  that  which  I  see,  teach 

thou  me. 

4.  Relative  sentences  without  an  introductory  particle,  especially 
when  the  antecedent  is  indefinite;  this  is  found 

a.  When  the  relative,  or  the  word  to  which  the  relative  force  is 
given,  is  a  subject. 

b.  When  the  relative  is  the  object  of  a  verb. 

c.  When  the  relative  is  a  genitive. 

d.  When  the  relative  clause  follows  a  noun  in  the  construct;  this 
is  rare  and  poetical. 

e.  When  the  relative  follows  a  noun,  in  the  construct,  which  ha* 
some  general  signification  of  time,  place,  manner. 

5.  Relative  sentences  in  which  the  relative  particle,  though  including 
its  antecedent  and  equivalent  to  he  who  (see  3  above),  is  omitted ;  this  is, 
for  the  most  part,  poetical,  though  found  rarely  in  late  prose  writers. 
The  predicate  generally  stands  first  in  the  relative  clause,  and  is  thus 
brought  into  antithesis  with  the  preceding  sentence. 

REMARKS. 

(a)  The  pronouns  ''D  who,  HD  what  sometimes  also  have  a  relative  force,  e.  jr.. 
Gen.  19:12;  1  Sam.  20:4;  Isa.  50:8. 

(b)  On  the  use  of  the  artiole  in  a  relative  sense  with  a  Participle  and,  rarely,  -with 
a  finite  verb,  see  §  4.  3.  /. 

(c)  For  agreement  also  in  person,  where  the  antecedent  is  a  pronoun,  see  Gen.  45:4; 
Num.  22:30;  Isa.  41:8. 


IPs.  25:12. 

4jer.48:36. 

7Ezek.27:34. 

i»  Isa.  65:1. 

«  Job  1:1. 

s  Ps.  16:3. 

«  Job  18:21. 

xi  Job  34:32. 

3  Ex.  18:20. 

•  Ps.56:4. 

»  Ex.  4:13. 

132  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [g  47. 

(d)  This  pronominal  suffix  is  regularly  separated  from  the  relative  by  one  or  more 
words. 

(e)  Note  the  double  construction  seen,  for  example,  in  Gen.  38:10;  43:16;  49:1. 

(/)  Distinguish  from  this  the  use  of  *1BW  flM ,  in  the  sense  of  the  fact  that,  Tiow,  etc., 
to  subordinate  as  object  an  entire  clause. 

(fir)  Cf.  the  combinations  1BKO  ,  ItMO ,  1BW  S#  ,  etc. 

(ft)  Cf .  the  usage  (late  and  rare)  which  allows  *Mff#  to  be  followed  by  a  noun  in  the 
accusative,  Jer.  14:1;  46:1;  Ezek.  13:25;  Amos  5:1. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.3:3;  4:11;  7:2;  14:20 2a.  Isa.8:12 2c. 

Gen.  5:29 lb.  Isa.29:l 4e. 

Gen.  7:23 3a.  Isa.31:6 3c. 

Gen.  9:3 la.  Isa.  37:4 lb. 

Gen.  13:3 Id.  Isa.  43:21 4d. 

Gen.  19:29;  38:25 lc.  Isa.  55:2 5 

Gen.  21:3,9;  26:32 2b.  Jer.  2:8,11 5 

Gen.  39:20;  40:13 2c.  Jer.  15:4 3c. 

Gen.  41:25 3b.  Jer.  44:3 lb. 

Gen.  44:9 3c  Hab.l:6 4a. 

Bx.4:13 4d.  Ps.4:8;  88:2;  90:15 4e. 

Ex.  4:17 lc  Ps.7:5;  27:7 4b. 

Ex.4:21,28 2b.  Ps.l2:6;  32:2;  72:12 4c. 

Ex.  12:13 Id.  Ps.l6:3 la. 

Lev.4:24,33 2c.  Ps.  49:13 4a. 

Lev.l8:ll 4a.  ps.58:5;  65:5;  81:6 4d. 

Num.  17:20 lc.  Prov.  6:16 4b. 

Deut.l:22 lc  Prov.  8:32 5 

Deut.  4:10 2c.  jOD  6:17 4e- 

Deut.9:28;  11:10;  30:3 Id.  Job  19:16 5 

Deut.  32:37 4c.  Job  38:19,24 4b. 

1  Sam.  15:16 3b.  Lam.  1:14 5 

lKgs.  11:14 4a.  Neh.8:10 5 

lKgs.  11:27 2c. 

47.    Subject,  Object  and  Adverbial  Clauses. 

1.  a.  Iin  #*?  *)£W  3MD1  #  *■  better  that  thou  shouldst  not  vow. 

\fo  fTUfi  *3  y\Q2  it  is  good  that  thou  be  to  us,  etc. 
b.  JlDK  Gyp  O  *f?  TJB1  *03  who  told  tliee  that  thou  wast  naked  ? 

YBNff*  *D  ^/D&W  and  he  said  that  they  should  return. 
c  y\tD  *D  y\#tl  ilN  'K  NT*)5  and  God  saw  that  the  light  was  good, 
d.  ilfc'JW  DHOK  DfiK  TO6  what  do  ye  think  I  should  do  t 

2.  a.  D)ti7  WQi  fiN  bXW7  he  ashed  that  his  soul  should  die.    [through. 

12}?  '*  DK  'D  PftKil  N^8  but  Sihon  trusted  not  Israel  to  pass 
iEccl.5:4.  8  Gen.  3:11.  5  Gen.  1:4.  UKgs.  19:4. 

2  2  Sam.  18:3.  4  Job  36:10.  6  2  Sam.  21:4.  sjudg.  11:20. 


I  17.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  133 

&•  JH  TWyh  D'JHV  D^N1  *^y  do  wo*  know  that  they  do  evil, 
c  DDV  nit^yO.  •  •  -frO*  ^frO2  «wce  he  feared  to  do  it  by  day. 
"IJPBD  fOB^  JO*  *D3  /or  he  feared  to  dwell  in  Zoar. 

1.  Dependent  sentences  are  found, 

a.  With  the  force  of  a  subject,  introduced  by  *\tfftf  or  *3 . 

b.  With  the  force  of  an  object,  introduced  by  *3  . 

c.  With  the  logical  subject,  attracted  by  the  verb  of  the  principal 
sentence  and  treated  as  its  object. 

d.  With  no  introductory  particle,  the  verb  being  directly  attached 
to  what  precedes. 

2.  A  more  condensed  method  of  expressing  subject  and  object  sen- 
tences is  seen 

a.  In  the  use  of  an  accusative  with  an  Infinitive  (cf.  the  Latin), 
after  verbs  of  wishing,  allowing,  commanding,  etc. 

b.  In  the  same  usage,  more  particularly  in  later  writers,  after  verbs 
of  hearing,  seeing,  knowing,  etc. 

c.  In  the  use  of  T£p  and  rarely  7  with  the  Infinitive  after  verbs  of 
fearing. 

3.  a.  #$  nN  nxin  xh  ^nxh  yittQ  tot?  oa*4 1  ask  of  thee, 

saying,  "Thou  shalt  not  see  my  face.,} 

iy^j?  PW1  "pft  ♦£  h  IIDNDI5  and  ye  have  said  unto  him, 

"Thou  shalt  set  a  king  over  us" 

*  b)pl  *fiyO&  *1£>K  bX)t2&  *»*  ^mV  IDWI6  and  Saul  said 

to  Samuel,  "I  have  obeyed  the  voice  of  Y." 
0.  D^H  JflDB>fi  *)Dtfh  *f?y  WOt?7  I  have  heard  concerning 

thee,  Thou  hearest  a  dream,  etc. 

rtDrt  £^N  D*1Jl  IJ^T8  let  the  nations  know  they  are  men. 
&  "VTI  rtyi  ThT  £  TVf?  IftXh  11  *7N  *1DN9  he  commanded 

Gad  to  say  to  David  that  David  should  go  up,  etc. 

ynr  nth  wu  de>k  o^n  dn  ^rrrr  i*on  yen  mm10 

"MX)  D*0*  *T*")K*  gwm^  Yahweh  was  pleased  to  bruise  him,  he  put  him 
•to  grief,  {with  the  understanding  that)  if  he  himself  should  make  an 
offering  of  guilt,  he  would  see  seed,  he  would  prolong  days,  etc. 
d>  yt2y  V*h N^pni  he  cries that  he  will  judge  his  people. 


iEccl.4:17. 

4  2  Sam.  3:13. 

7  Gen.  41:15. 

10  Isa.  53:10,11. 

2judg.  6:27. 

e  1  Sam.  10:19. 

sPs.  9:21. 

11  Ps.  50:4. 

s  Gen.  19:30. 

6  1  Sam.  15:20. 

»lChron.  21:18. 

134  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [g  47. 

ty^JjP  HMtfy1?  1p*V  awc^  ^e  expected  that  it  would  produce  grapes. 
P  n*)^^1?  ^fTpn  */0  Y"IQN^2  a/l^  ^ie  w7ioZe  congregation  said 
they  would  do  so. 

3.  Under  object  sentences  belongs  also  what  is  called  direct  and  indi- 
rect discourse.     In  reference  to  this  it  may  be  noted  that 

a.  Direct  discourse  is  introduced  by  *"iON|?  »  *?  >  or  *^K ,  which 
are  then  equivalent  to  quotation  marks ;  this  is  the  earlier  form  and  is 
much  more  common  than  the  indirect,  which,  in  most  cases,  would  have 
been  employed  in  English. 

b.  The  gradual  introduction  of  indirect  discourse  is  seen  in  cases 
(like  those  cited  above),  in  which  it  is  only  partly  indirect. 

c.  That  while  in  the  older  literature  direct  discourse  prevails,  in 
later  writings  it  becomes  customary  to  employ  the  Imperfect,  with  or 
without  *3  ;  and  that  in  extended  discourse  of  this  kind  the  voluntative 
Imperfect  is  largely  used* 

d.  That  more  frequently,  however,  there  is  found  especially  in  later 
writers  the  construction  of  the  Infinitive  with  *?  (cf.  the  Latin). 

4.  a.  tf£T\iT?  70*in  N7  *1CN3  so  that  thou  canst  not  be  healed. 

*D*Otn  *3  C^K  JlO4  what  is  man  that  thou  rememberest  him. 
o.  (1)  pyi*  Ht^N5  •»  order  that  they  know.  [it  holy. 

(2)  Wlp1?  '£TT  DV  flK  ^*Dt6  remember  the  Sabbath  day  to  keep 

(3)  WDK*  WEfr7  **  order  that  they  may  believe. 

(4)  TYljf}  *7  JTJiri  TQ}D8  that  they  may  be  to  me  for  a  testimony. 

(5)  UTtIP  D^1?  ft)1?!}1?9  when  it  comes  up  against  the  people  to 
invade  them. 

c.  (1)  \JfOtff*  if?  1WK10  ™  order  that  they  may  not  understand. 

(2)  *3  V?£^D*  ^N11  that  they  may  not  rule  over  me. 

(3)  VHN1?  ^Hf  |ri3  *Fl?2fr12  so  as  n°t  to  give  seed  to  his  brother, 

(4)  *f?!212  *VDKffl)13  and  he  hath  rejected  thee  that  thou  mayest  not 
be  king. 

(5)  VT*  rf?fc^*  |£)  Jinyi14  and  now,  lest  he  put  forth  his  hand. 

5.  a.  tHyiHtl  fiN  *D^J1  *D15  wAew  tfAow  to7to  tfAe  ground,  etc. 


Usa.  5:2. 

b  Josh.  3:7. 

9  Hat).  3:16. 

13  1  Sam.  15:23. 

2lChron.  13:4. 

6  Ex.  20:8. 

io  Gen.  11:7. 

1*  Gen.  3:22. 

sDeut.  28:27. 

i  Ex.  4:5. 

u  Ps.  19:14. 

is  Gen.  4:12. 

*Ps.8:5. 

s  Gen.  21:30. 

is  Gen.  38:9. 

*  Ewald,  Hebrew  Syntax,  p. : 


I  47.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  135 

*ft¥^   wl  ^nCinn  *D*  when  I  kept  silent,  my  bones  wasted. 

b.  yip  *")&^SO  ^ITI2  and  as  soon  as  he  came  nigh. 

c.  VQ££0  *0 7DD  ^fTI3  om^  ^  came  to  pass,  when  he  began  to  reign, 
as  soon  as  he  sat  upon,  etc.  [over. 

d-  TSZy*  DID  Ok^  IJ**?**)4  and  they  lodged  there  before  they  passed 

e.  /1JP  *7jf  n^D /X  *D£*5  remain  a  widow  until  he  be  grown. 
7f0  ilK  1^*"DJf  *)£^N  "l^6  until  we  passed  over  the  brook. 

f.  DU3HTJ  Htf  j^fl  *)f7K7  a/ter  Ae  Aa^A  ta&en  out  the  stones. 
JT2J7  DK  Dl^pf!  ^IIIN7  after  he  hath  scraped  the  house. 

Q'  fTjn£)  *7X  *HND  tKD8  *MW?e  I  came  unto  Pharaoh. 

*pOy  7^  T^D"T  fND9  *wice  £7iow  c?i'c?si  speak  unto  thy  servant, 
h.  DHN^  **TD  ^fT*!10  anc^  as  o/few  as  they  went  out. 

*0"1N  **lDn  as  often  as  I  speak. 

4.  The  more  common  methods  of  expressing  consequence  and  purpose 
are  the  following : 

a.  Clauses  indicating  result  or  consequence,  with  Imperfect  intro- 
duced by  the  particles  1$tf  or  *3  . 

b.  Clauses  indicating  purpose  or  intention, 

(1)  with  an  Imperfect  following  *"1^N  ; 

(2)  with  an  Infinitive  following  *?  ; 

(3)  with  an  Imperfect  following  f^ft1?  5 

(4)  with  an  Imperfect  following  ^3^3  » 

(5)  with  an  Imperfect  not  accompanied  by  an  introductory  par- 
ticle. 

c.  Clause  of  negative  purpose, 

(1)  with  an  Imperfect  following  $}  ^^K  ) 

(2)  with  an  Imperfect  following  ^tf  (or  *73) ; 

(3)  with  an  Infinitive  following  ^ph^7  5 

(4)  with  an  Infinitive  or  noun  governed  by  Vft  \ 

(5)  with  an  Imperfect  following  1Q  . 

5.  The  more  common  methods  of  expressing  time  are  as  follows  : 

a.  Clauses  with  Perfect  or  Imperfect  following  *3  when,  quum. 

b.  Clauses  with  Perfect  or  Imperfect  following  ^IJ^iO  as  soon  as, 
when. 


IPs.  32:3.  *  Josh.  3:1.  1  Lev.  14:43.  10 1  Sam.  18:30. 

2  Ex.  32:19.  6  Gen.  38:11.  8  Ex.  5:23.  njer.20:8. 

3 1  Kgs.  16:11.  6  Deut.  2:14.  9  Ex.  4:10. 


136  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [g  48. 

c.  Clauses  with  Infinitive  following  3  or  3  > tne  former  =  while, 
when  ;  the  latter,  as  soon  as,  when. 

d.  Clauses  with  Imperfect,  rarely  Perfect,  following  D^D  or  0102 

vjv  v-iv  : 

be/ore. 

e.  Clauses  with  Perfect  or  Imperfect  following  H^ ,  *")E?N  1J7  imtil 

(Cf.aiso^nj;,  nxiy). 

f.  Clauses  with  finite  verb,  or  Infinitive,  following  Ultf ,  HIlN 
a/^r(cf.pnn;K). 

g.  Clauses  with  finite  verb  or  Infinitive  after  f&Q  since. 

T     " 

h.  Clauses  with  finite  verb  or  Infinitive  after  *^Q  as  often  as. 

REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 

Gen.6:2 lc.       Isa.  28:19 57i. 

Gen.  12:13 { 35.       Isa.  38:15,16 3c. 

Gen.  18:33;  27:40 5b.       Isa.  43:2 5a. 

Gen.  24:15 5d.      Jer.  1:5 5d. 

Gen.  24:41 5a.      Jer.  13:21;  15:15 2b. 

Gen.46:3 2c.       Jer.l8:7;  34:8,9 3d. 

Ex.  2:2 lc.      Jer. 36:9 2a. 

Ex.  9:14 4b.      Jer.  44:18 5g. 

Ex.  12:34 5d.       Ezek.  40:1 5/. 

Ex.l3:T7 4c.       Hos.  5:15;  10:12 5c. 

Lev.  9:6 Id.      Hos.  7:12 5b. 

Lev.  14:43 5/.       Amos  7:4 3d. 

Num.  20:21 2a.      Jonah  4:8 2a. 

Deut.  4:40;  29:5 4b.      Zech.  8:20 la. 

Deut.  24:4 5/.      Ps.  8:4 5a. 

Deut.  28:35,57 4a.      Ps.9:15 4b. 

Judg.  2:18 5a.      Ps.55:7-9 3c. 

Judg.4:24 5c.       Ps.  76:8 5g. 

ISam.  8:6 5b.      Ps.  104:27 3d. 

2  Sam.  1:4 3a.      Ps.  119:58 3a. 

2Sam.  21:4 3b.      Job6:ll;  7:12;  15:14 4a. 

lKgs.  5:17;  11:28. lc.      Job  16:4,5;  31:1-4 3c. 

lKgs.  14:28 5ft.      Job  16:8;  30:28 . 4b. 

lKgs.l5:13:  4c.      Lam.  1:10 Id. 

2Kgs.2:9 5d.      Dan.  1:3-5 3d. 

2Kgs.9:37 4a.      1  Chron.  15:16;  17:25;  21:18;  22:2 3d. 

Isa.  22:14 5c. 

48.    Conditional  Sentences. 

1.  a.  "j*!  %)&  ntf¥D  tyy*]1  if  thou  hast  found  honey,  eat  {only)  enough 

for  thee. 

DD1  VDK  HN  2ttf)2  and  if  he  leaves  his  father,  he  will  die. 
xProv.  25:16.  a  Gen.  44:22. 


\  48.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  137 

fc  D*pn»  D*#Ofl  N¥DN  UW  if  I  find  fifty  righteous. 

c.  yp^ftP  1DDF?  *l/2  if  they  had  been  wise  they  would  understand, 

c.  *1^3 7D  *"IONfi  *34  if  thou  shalt  say  in  thy  heart. 

/•  ITDl!  ON  *3  D1C*  N /"5  *l  does  not  return  unless  it  has  watered. 

2.  a tf?  DK  JVDH  03  f3V  nN6  rny  two  sons  thou  shalt  kill  if  1 

do  not,  etc.  [by  me. 

*D  '*  "Dl  N  *?  •  •  •  •  !}WH  •  •  •  •  DN7  if  thou  return,  Y.  hath  not  spoken 

0.  WDfiW)  TlNDU  UW  if  I  sin  thou  watchest  me. 

c  nflWKI   /"NDETT  DN9  */  ^ow  #oes£  to  ^e  Ze/«,  <Am  /  «?i7Z  ^o  to 
the  right. 

d.  OfilT?^  nny  *310  /<W  $ert  tffow  hadst  sent  me  away. 

1.  The  protasis  of  a  conditional  sentence  may  be  introduced 

a.  "Without  an  introductory  conditional  particle  of  any  kind,  in 
which  case  the  conditional  idea  is  indicated  by  the  logical  relation  of  the 
clause  to  that  with  which  it  may  be  connected  (see  below). 

b.  By  the  particle  Otfa  if  (negative,  fc{ /"  ON  if  not,  unless),  less 
often  tlZr\b  if  used  with  the  Perfect,  Imperfect,  Participle,0  or  Infini- 
tived  (with  suffix). 

c.  By  the  particle  ^7  if,  implying  that  the  statement  made  is  one 
which  is  not  true  or  cannot  be  fulfilled ;  it  is  used  with  the  Perfect, 
Imperfect,  Participle,  and  in  elliptical  expressions  with  the  Imperative. 

d.  By  the  particle  ^1*7  (=  V?  if,  **?  =  N/1  not),  implying  that 
the  condition  has  a  real  existence,  used  with  the  Perfect,  Imperfect,  or 
Participle. 

e.  By  the  particle  *2 ,  properly  50  let  it  be  assumed,  suppose  that, 
if;e,f 

f.  By  the  particle  QN  *3  but  if,  unless?  always  after  a  negative. 

2.  The  apodosis  of  a  conditional  sentence  may  be  introduced, 

a.  Without  any  introductory  particle. 

b.  By  Waw  Consecutive,  the  verb  standing  in  the  tense  demanded 
by  the  context. 

c.  By  Waw  Conjunctive,  a  rare  usage. 

d.  By  iff!  V  *3  ,  or  JN  *3j*  for  now,  in  that  case. 


1  Gen.  18:26.  4Deut.7:17.  U  Kgs.  22:28.  9  Gen.  13:9. 

2Deut.32:29.  5lsa.55:10.  8  Job  10:14.  10  Gen.  31:42. 

3lsa.l:9.  6  Gen.  42:37. 


138  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [§  48. 

3.  UK*3M  X1?   DN  JYOfi  *33  *J#  HN1  ^y  *™o  sons  thou  shall  kill 
if  I  do  (shall)  not  bring  him  back. 

"Ul  bSf  N*?  *Wl  p1?  JTiT  DK2  if  ^e  «AaZZ  become  a  wor%  man, 
<Aere  shall  not  fall,  etc. 

«.  'in  *nKtMV...D'pHS  D*B>orr....*«DK  dn3  ifishaiifnd 

fifty  righteous then  I  shall  pardon. 

o.  HptrQ  T\ftpl  (]DPi)  N1?  DiO4  and  if  thou  wilt  not  give,  I  will 
take  it  by  force. 

4.  PUD*  TJT&-  •  •  ItOtf?  CN  *MV  DN5  #"  «  wan  ^ouZo*  fce  able  to 
number thy  seed  might  be  numbered. 

vh  ann&  ttD'---  d^obti  ton  rrtyn  >o6  a**?*  j?a&?z<m 

should  mount  to  heaven spoilers  would  come  to  her. 

5.  *"D"1*  JO V  flWl*?  fcO  DN7  if  ne  (at  any  time)  hath  come  to  visit 
me,  he  will  speak  falsehood. 

DpJ  3tfi^K..-.13in  p"\2  WtiB>  DN8 if 'at  any  time  I  have  whet  my 

glittering  sword I  will  requite  vengeance. 

a.  'rtitSTII*"  VrfcWll  tf1?  DN9  if  I  have  not  brought  him  back, 
then  I  shall  be  guilty. 

i>-M  fo&) #l  rm  *3...t.*tjbi  bomo  #ms*  ^  wither  {ffhe 

breath  of  Y.  hath  blown  upon  it. 

6.  Dip*  ^....nnny...TOK  mn   DN11  if  her  father shall  have 
disallowed  her her  vows shall  not  stand. 

a.  1*OV  . .  .tyftrO   HMDEM   DN12  if  she  shall  have  defiled  herself 
and  been  faithless,  then  they  shall  come. 

7.  EDflK  *nrtf\  tib  DHI**  bmirt  V?13  if  you  had  kept  them  alive,l 
should  not  have  killed  you. 

Wn  D1DD. . .  .\ft  WOT  ¥  *  ♦C?|t?u  excep*  F.  of  hosts  had  left  us 
a  very  small  remnant,  we  should  have  been  as  Sodom,  etc.  [stand  this. 
a.  riNfr  l7*Dt^*  1DDH  I1?15  if  they  had  been  wise,  they  would  under- 

nw  yrv  x  vftn wf?K  db>  wp  dn16  *r  «*&k* 

forgotten  the  name  of  our  God would  not  God  find  this  out  ? 


i  Gen.  42:37.  6  Gen.  13:16.  9  Gen.  43:9.  i3judg.8:19. 

slKgs.  1:52.  6Jer.51:53.  lolsa.  40:7.  n  Isa.  1:9. 

3  Gen.  18:26.  »Ps.41:7.  xi  Num.  30:6.  is  Deut.  32:29. 

<1  Sam.  2:16.  «Deut.  32:41.  12  Num.  5:27.  "Ps.  44: 21,22. 


5  48.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  139 

As  regards  the  usage  of  tense  in  conditional  sentences  the  principles 
given  in  11  16.-24.  hold  good.  It  is  only  necessary,  therefore,  to  classify 
the  more  important  forms. 

3.  In  thejlrst  form,  the  protasis  presents  distinctly  a  future  case  (as, 
if  I [shall)  find  him),  and  the  apodosis  denotes  what  will  be  the  result  (as, 
I  will  inform,  him).  The  Imperfect  is  employed  in  both.*>4>fc  But  in  the 
apodosis  there  is  found  also 

a.  The  Perfect  with  Waw  Consecutive  instead  of  the  Imperfect 
(1  25.  1.  b). 

b.  The  Perfect  of  certainty  which  is  equivalent  to  an  Imperfect 
(2  19.  1). 

4.  In  the  second  form,  the  protasis  presents  a  future  case,  but  less 
distinctly  (as,  if  I  should  find  him);  the  apodosis  denotes  what  would 
(or  might)  be  the  result.    The  Imperfect  is  employed  in  both.*>m>n 

5.  In  the  third  form,  the  protasis  presents  a  future  case,  but  one 
of  an  entirely  uncertain  and  indefinite  character,  and  regarded  from  the 
stand-point  of  the  past  (as.  if  I  shall  have  at  any  time  found  him) ;  the 
apodosis  denotes  what  will  be  the  result  in  case  this  contingency  is 
realized.  Here  the  Perfect  is  found  in  the  protasis0  and  the  Imperfect  in 
the  apodosis  ;  but  in  the  apodosis  there  is  also  found 

a.  The  Perfect  with  Waw  Consecutive  instead  of  the  Imperfect 
(3  25.  1.  b.). 

b.  The  Perfect  in  the  sense  of  the  Future  Perfect  (3  19.  3). 

6.  In  the  fourth  form  the  protasis  presents  a  case  either  strictly  past, 
or  past  as  viewed  from  a  definite  moment  fixed  in  the  context  (as,  if  1 
have  in  the  past,  or  shall  have  at  a  particular  time,  found  him)  the  apodo- 
sis denotes  what  will  be  the  result  immediately  or  at  the  particular 
moment  referred  to.  The  Perfect^  (either  present  perfect,  8  17.  2t  or 
perfect  of  the  immediate  past,  \  18.  1,  or  future  perfect,  \  19.  3)  is  used 
in  the  protasis,  the  Imperfect  in  the  apodosis  ;  but  in  the  apodosis  there 
is  also  found 

a.  The  Perfect  with  Waw  Consecutive  instead  of  the  Imperfect 
(3  25.  1.  b.). 

7.  In  the  fifth  form,  the  protasis  presents  a  case  which  is  supposed 
not  to  have  been  fulfilled  (as,  if  I  had  found  him) ;  the  apodosis  denotes 
what  would  have  been  the  result  if  the  supposed  case  had  been  realized 
(as,  /  should  have  informed  him).  The  Perfect  is  used  in  both  mem- 
bers.9»r»8»c    But  in  the  apodosis  there  is  found 

a.  The  Imperfect  instead  of  the  Perfect,  when  reference  is  made  to 
the  present  (as,  I  should  now  inform  him). 


140  HEBREW  SYNTAX  [g  48, 

8.  a.  j-lftl  V^tt  JlK  Dt^l1  and  (if)  he  leave  Ms  father,  he  will  die. 

Dp")  D^n  *?D  HNtlF  «»<?  (#*)  all  the  people  saw,  they  stood  up. 

b.  n^DfcO  *7  nK*3lW  and  Of  thou)  bring  it  to  me  [and]  I  will  eat. 
2)tD  1^3*0  ^  •  W£0>4  (tf  a/e)  Aearta,  to  me  [and]  (ye  will) 
eat  good. 

n^DNI  *?$  *V\2W  j"Qp,J5  {if  thou  wilt)  specify  to  me  thy  hire 

[and]  I  will  give  it. 

&*K  VX)  &OJ06  and  (if)  Hooked,  there  was  no  man. 

c.  iT^N?!  *]Dni  *HND  ^Vl  ^pH7  behold,  thou  goest  from  me  and 
a  lion  shall  slay  thee.  [avenged,  etc. 
Dp*  DVli^C  rp  *T\tl  TO8  should  any  one  hill  Cain,  he  shall  be 

9.  a.  T?  *)Wtf  7^0  UpK  DN9  (may  he  punish  me)  if  I  take  of  all  that 

is  thine  =  I  will  not  take. 

ft&yX  p....DnnDl  ^*0  tifr  DN10  (God  doso  tome,  and 
more  also),  if  I  do  not  do  according  to  what  ye  have  spoken  =  I  will 
surely  do  it. 

o.  ^r?D  pa  d*o  DiiKtorr  tt&ft  ox  rrnyv1^  now  if  thou  win 

forgive  their  sin  [it  is  well],  but  if  not,  blot  me  out. 
c  'IID^D  OX  *3  ^VPh&X  N^12  JwiK  rco*  Ze£  thee  go...  .yes,  if  thou 
bless  me,  (then  I  will  let  thee  go). 

d.  p*TJ7  "OJp  3W1  Ij^Wl  *h1Z  °h  t^t  we  had  been  content  and 
had  remained  beyond  the  Jordan. 

8.  Certain  classes  of  sentences,  conditional  in  force,  though  not  in 
form,  may  be  grouped  as  follows  : 

a.  Sentences  containing  two  members,  each  of  which  has  as  its  verb 
a  Perfect  with  Waw  Consecutive  (as,  and  I  used  to  find  him,  and  inform 
him,  or  and  I  find  him,  and  I  inform  him  =  and  if  I  found  him  I  should 
inform  him,  or  and  if  I  find  him,  I  inform  him).  This  Perfect  is  a  fre- 
quentative (I  25.  1.  a).  The  usage  occurs  in  the  sphere  of  past,  present 
or  future  time. 

b.  Sentences  containing  two  members,  both  of  which  have  Impera- 
tives ;  or  one,  an  Imperative,  the  other  a  Jussive  or  Cohortative  ;  or  both, 
Jussives  (as,  find  him  and  inform   him  =  if  you  find  him,  you  shall 


i  Gen.  44:23. 

6  Gen.  30:28. 

a  Gen.  4:15. 

a  Ex.  32:32. 

2  Ex.  33:10. 

6lsa.41:28. 

9  Gen.  14:23. 

12  Gen.  32:27. 

3  Gen.  27:4. 

UKgs.20:36. 

io  Num.  14:28. 

is  Josh.  7:7. 

4lsa.55:2. 

g  48.  j  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  141 

inform  him,  or  find  him  and  I  will  inform  him,  or  let  me  find  him  and  I 
will  inform  him).u 

c.  Sentences  with  a  participle  (often  preceded  by  tlZtl)  in  the  pro- 
tasis, an  Imperfect,  or  Perfect  with  Waw  Consecutive  in  the  apodosis. 

9.  In  certain  usages,  one  or  the  other  member  of  the  conditional  is 
regularly  omitted.    This  is  seen  in 

a.  In  the  expression  of  the  oath,  the  apodosis,  viz.,  /  lift  my  hand 
to  God  that  he  may  punish  me,  or  God  do  so  to  me  and  more  also,  having 
been  dropped.    Here  DK  ==  assuredly  not ;  ^^  ON  =  assuredly. 

b.  In  the  case  of  the  first  apodosis  of  two  consecutive  conditional 
sentences,  this  apodosis  being  easily  supplied  from  the  context. 

c.  In  the  case  of  the  elliptical  conjunction  DK  *5  =  ^e5>  V*  *ne 
real  apodosis  having  strictly  to  be  supplied.1' 

d.  In  the  expression  of  a  wish  which  is  not,  or  cannot  be,  realized. 

REMARKS. 

(a)  For  DK  in  the  sense  of  although,  1  Sam.  15:17;  Jer.  5:2;  14:7. 

(5)  See  Ex.  4:1;  8:22  and  compare  71 JH ,  §  48. 8.  c. 

(c)  See  Judg.  9:15;  11:9;  1  Sam.  6:3. 

(d)  Cf .  nDK  DM  (Job  9:27)  if  my  saying  =  ifl  say. 

(6)  Cf .  sentences  introduced  by  \£  when,  §  17.  5.  a. 

(/)  Cf .  the  distinction  between  DX  and  *3  in  Ex.  21:2-5,  where  »J  is  used  before  a 
general  ordinance,  DX ,  before  the  particular  details. 

(g)  To  be  distinguished  from  this  are  other  usages  of  DK  '3  ,  viz.,  (1)  that  if,  because 
if,  for  if,  e.g.,  1  Kgs.  20:6;  Deut.  11:22,  and  (2)  but,  the  DX  having  lost  its  force,  Ps.  1:1; 
Josh.  17:3. 

(h)  Here  belong  cases  in  which  the  protasis  has  been  omitted,  e.  g.,  Ex.  9:15 ;  1  Sam. 
13:13;  2  Kgs.  13:19. 

(i)  The  voluntative  Imperfect  or  Imperative  may  be  substituted  for  the  ordinary 
Imperfect,  e.  g.,  1  Sam.  20:21;  21:10;  2  Kgs.  2:10. 

(j)  The  Participle  (according  to  §  20.  2.  (h))  may  also  be  substituted  for  the  Imper- 
fect, e.  g.,  Gen.  4:7;  Lev.  21:9. 

(k)  For  cases  in  which  the  Imperfect  in  apodosis  refers  to  the  past  in  the  fre- 
quentative sense,  see  Gen,  31:8;  Ex.  40:37. 

(I)  While  the  Greek  uses  in  the  first  form  the  subjunctive,  in  the  second  the  opta- 
tive, and  thus  distinguishes  them,  the  distinction  in  Hebrew  can  be  seen  only  from 
the  context. 

(m)  When  both  members  are  parallel  in  thought,  the  particle  is  translated  if;  when 
contrasted,  it  may  be  rendered  by  though. 

(n)  Here,  too,  the  Participle  may  be  substituted  for  the  Imperfect. 

(o)  Notice  that  this  Perfect  is  continued  by  a  Perfect  with  Waw  Consecutive,  not 
by  an  Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive,  e.  g.,  Gen.  43:9 ;  Job  11:18,14. 

(p)  Notice  that  this  Perfect  is  continued  by  an  Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive, 
e.  g.,  Judg.  9:16-19. 

(q)  By  the  omission  of  the  apodosis  there  arises  a  common  expression  for  a  wish 
that  has  not  been  realized,  e.  g.,  Josh.7:7;  Isa.  48:18,19;  63:19. 


142 


HEBREW  SYNTAX. 


[MS. 


(r)  By  the  omission  of  the  protasis  and  the  use  of  nny  »3  arise  such  cases  as 
1  Sam.  13:13;  Ex.  9:15,  etc. 

(8)  Here  the  Greek  likewise  employs  past  tenses  in  both  protasis  and  apodosis. 

(t)  Examine  2  Sam.  18:12;  Ps.  81:14-17  and  note  the  use  of  the  Participle  in  the  pro- 
tasis and  the  Imperfect  in  the  apodosis  (as,  if  I  found  him  now,  I  would  tell  him). 

(u)  Cf .  §  23.  2.  d.,  under  which  many  of  the  cases  here  cited  may  also  be  classified, 
e.  g.,  do  this  and  live  may  be  do  this  that  you  may  live,  or  if  you  do  this,  you  will  live. 

(v)  Here  belong  also  DK  . . .  DK ,  if. . . . if,  whether. . .  .or,  cf.  tdv  te  .  .  .  kav  n,, 
sive  . . .  sive. 


REFERENCES  FOR  STUDY. 


Gen.  24:8;  32:9 

Gen.32:29 

Gen.  33.13 , 


3a. 

9c. 

la. 

Gen.  42:15 9a. 

Gen.  42:18 8b. 

Gen.  42:38 8a. 

Gen.  43:9 lb. 

Gen.  43:10 2d. 

Gen.  46:33 le. 


Ex.  4:14. 


.80. 


Ex.  7:9 8b.      Isa 

Ex.  7:9 le. 

Ex.  19:5 3a. 

Num.  10:17,18 8a. 

Num.  14:28 9a. 

Num.  15:24;  35:22-24 6a. 

Num.  32:23 3b. 

Deut.  4:29a 8a. 

Deut.  6:20,21 3a. 

Deut.  32:26 7 

Deut.  32:27 Id. 

Deut.  32:41 5 

Josh.  14:9 9a. 

Judg.  5:8 9a. 

Judg.6:18 8a. 

Judg.  9:16-20 9b. 

Judg.  13:23 lc. 

1  Sam.  3:17- 9a. 

1  Sam.  17:34,35 8a. 

ISam  20:6 3a. 

1  Sam.  25:34 Id. 

1  Sam.  25:34 7 

1  Sam.  26:19 6 

2  Sam.  2:27 2d. 

2  Sam.  3:35 9a. 

2  Sam.  15:33 5a. 


2  Sam.  17:9 8c. 

2  Sam.  18:12 lc. 

2  Sam.  18:13 7a. 

lKgs.l:52 3 

lKgs.  8:30 8a. 

2Kgs.3:14 Id. 

2Kgs.  5:13 7a. 

2Kgs.  7:4 5a. 

2Kgs.  7:2,19 8c. 

Isa.  1:15,18 4 

6:13 


la. 

Isa.  8:9,10 8b. 

Isa.  22:14 9a. 

Jer.2:22 4 

Jer.  18:4,8 8a. 

Jer.33:25,2fr 6 

Jer.49:9b 5b. 

Ezek.  33:9 6 

Hos.  12:12 3b. 

Amos3:7 9c 

Amos  5:4,6 8b. 

Ps.  7:4,5 6 

Ps.  7:4,5 lb. 

Ps.23:4;  27:3;  50:12 4 

Ps.63:7;  94:18 5 

Ps.  73:15 7 

Ps.  75:3 » 3 

Ps.  119:15 8b. 

Prov.  3:9,10;  4:8;  20:13,25 8b- 

Prov.  6:22,31 la. 

Prov.25:21 5 

Job  7:4;  21:6 5a. 

Job  9:15,16 7a. 

Ruth  3:18 9c. 


INDEXES 


INDEX  OF  TOPICS. 


[The  references  are  to  sections,  unless  otherwise  indicated.] 


Accusative  of  limitation 

6.I.R.  (a);  6.2.R.  (b) 

Accusative  of  specification 33.  8.  a-d. 

Accusative  with  an  Infinitive  in  de- 
pendent sentences 47.  2.  a,  b. 

Accusative  with  the  passive,  four 
cases  of 35.1-i. 

Adjectival  Imperfect 21.  4. 

Adjective  in  annexion  with  a  follow- 
ing substantive 9. 1. 

Adjective,  the 10. 

Adjective,  treated  as  a  substantive 
10.1.a,b. 

Adjective  used  as  a  predicate 10.  3. 

Adjective  used  in  an  attributive  sense 
10.2.  a,  b,  c. 

Adjective,  with  the  article  prefixed.  .5.  2. 

Adjectives,  comparison  of,  how  ex- 
pressed  10.  4.  a,  b. 

Adjectives,  used  as  neuter  substan- 
tives  2.2.  b.  R.  (c) 

Adjectives  with  a  collective  sense 
1.2.R.(c) 

Adverb  following  ")#K 13. 1. 

Adverb  used  as  predicate 37.  4.  c. 

Adverb  used  as  subject 37. 1. 

Adverbial  accusative  as  the  predicate 
of  a  sentence 37.  4.  c. 

Adverbial  accusative  designating 
time 33.2. 

Adverbial  accusative  expressing  des- 
ignations of  extent,  duration, 
amount 33.  3. 

Adverbial  accusative  expressing  des- 
ignations of  place 33. 1.  a,  b. 

Adverbial  accusative  expressing  lim- 
itation   33.  8.  a-d. 

Adverbial  accusative  expressing  mode 
or  manner 33.  5. 

Adverbial  accusative  expressing 
(rarely)  the  instrument. 33.  6. 

Adverbial  accusative  expressing  state 
or  condition 33.  4. 

Adverbial  accusative  expressing  the 
effect  or  consequence  of  the  action 
of  the  verb 33.  7. 


Adverbial  accusative  of  specification 
33.8.  a-d. 

Adverbial  accusative  remaining  with 
the  passive 35.  3. 

Agreement,  exceptions  to  the  general 
principles  of 40.  4-7. 

Agreement  of  number  and  gender, 
general  principles  of 40. 1-3. 

DX  in  optative  expressions 43.  3.  b. 

OX  as  an  interrogative  particle. .42. 4.  a,  b. 

Annexion 8,  9. 

Annexion  defined 8. 

Annexion,  inseparability  of  words  in.. 9. 2. 

Annexion,  periphrasis  for  by  means 
of  the  preposition  7 9.  5. 

Annexion,  use  of,  to  express  the  su- 
perlative idea 9.4. 

Annexion,  varieties  of 8. 1-4. 

Antithesis,  expressed  by  1 44. 1.  a. 

Apodosis  of  a  conditional  sentence, 
how  introduced 48. 2.  a-d. 

Apposition  and  Annexion  closely 
related 6.3.  d.  R.  (c) 

Apposition,  kinds  of 6. 1, 2, 3. 

Apposition,  verbal 36. 1-5. 

Article  may,  contrary  to  the  general 
law,  stand  between  words  in  an- 
nexion   ....9.  2.  a. 

Article  not  used  with  Infinitive  Con- 
struct   29. 1.  R.  (a) 

Article,  omitted  after  7  3 5. 1.  a.  (2) 

"        in  poetry 5.4. 

Article  retaining  its  original  demon- 
strative force 12. 1.  c. 

Article,  the,  classification  of 4.  3. 

Article,  use  of,  with  numerals ..  15.  7.  a,  b. 

*1$X ,  a  particle,  not  a  pronoun 13. 

Asyndeton,  cases  of 44.  4.  a-d. 

flK,  employment  of 34. 1-11. 

Circumstantial  clauses,  three  classes 
of 45.  1-3. 

Cognate  Accusative 32. 1-4 

Cohortative  Imperfect 23. 

Cohortative,  the,  and  the  Arabic  ener- 
getic  23.  R.  (d) 


146 


HEBREW  SYNTAX 


Cohortative,  the,  expressing  a  wish  or 
request. 23.  2.  c. 

Cohortative,  the,  indicating  self -ex- 
citement  23.  2.  b. 

Cohortative,  the,  in  subordinate  final 
jsentences 23.  2.  d. 

Cohortative,  the,  marking  a  strong  de- 
termination to  do  a  given  thing  23. 2.  a. 

Collective  Nouns,  classification  of  ..1. 1-4. 

Comparison  of  Adjectives,  how  ex- 
pressed  10.  4.  a,  b. 

Conditional  Perfect 19.  4. 

Conditional  sentence,  introduction  of 
the  apodosis  of  a 48.  2.  a-d. 

Conditional  sentence,  introduction  of 
the  protasis  of  a 48. 1.  a-f. 

Conditional  sentence,  usage  of  tense 
in 48.3-7. 

Conditional  sentences  with  one  mem- 
ber omitted 48.  9.  a-d. 

Conjunction  employed  in  connecting 
circumstantial  clauses  with  the 
principal  clause 45. 1. 

Conjunction,  omission  of,  before  cir- 
cumstantial clauses 45.  2. 

Conjunction,  the  Copulative,  demon- 
strative use  of 44.  2.  a-c. 

Conjunction,  the  Copulative,  omission 
of 44.  4.  a-d. 

Construct  definite- by  position 9. 3.  b. 

Construct  incomplete,  and  in  itself  in- 
definite   9.  3. 

Copulative  sentences 44. 

Demonstrative  pronoun 12. 

Demonstrative  pronouns,  antithetic 
use  of 12.1.  g. 

Demonstrative  pronoun  in  attribu- 
tive position 12. 1.  a. 

Demonstrative  pronoun,  omission  of 
12.1.  f. 

Dependent  sentences  without  intro- 
ductory particle 47. 1.  d. 

Dependent  sentences  with  the  force 
of  an  object 47  1.  b. 

Dependent  sentences  with  the  force 
of  a  subject 47. 1.  a. 

Determination  of  nouns 4,  5. 

Direct  discourse,  how  introduced. 47.  3.  a. 

Direct  discourse,  occurrence  of  .47.  3.  c.  d. 

Direct  questions  introduced  by  "'D  or 
71D .12. 2.  d. 

Distributives,  how  expressed 15.  9.  a. 

Dual,  the,  use  of 3.  5.  a-c. 

Emphasis,  how  expressed 39. 1-7. 

Enclitic  use  of  XI H 12. 1.  e.  R.  (c) 

Exclamatory  sentences 43. 1,  2. 

Feminines  in  D\_.  2. 1.  a. 

Feminine  nouns,  three  classes  of 2.  2. 

Fractions,  how  expressed 15.  9.  c. 

Frequentative  Imperfect— its  origin. 
20.2.  R.(/) 


Frequentative  Imperfect,  used  to  ex- 
press repeated  acts,  etc 20.  2. 

Future  Imperfect,  corresponding  to 
future  tense 22. 1. 

Future  Perfect,  what  it  denotes 19. 3. 

Gender  of  nouns 2. 

Government  of  the  Participle.  ..27. 1.  a,  b. 

71 ,  as  an  interrogative  particle.. 42.  2.  a-d. 

H ,  omission  of,  for  euphonic  reasons. 
'    42.2.  R.  (b) 

K 771 ,  employed  as  an  interrogative 
particle 42.3. 

T]  ,  use  of,  in  oaths 43. 2.  b. 

He  locative 9.  2.  a. 

Historical  Perfect 17. 1. 

Imperative  Imperfect 22. 3.  a-d. 

Imperative,  the,  in  poetry  in  place  of 
the  Imperfect 23. 1.  R.  (/) 

Imperfect,  adjectival 21. 4. 

Imperfect  as  an  indicative 23. 

Imperfect,  cohortative..  23. 

Imperfect,  definite  frequentative... 21. 2. 

Imperfect  expressing  general  truths 
18.3.  R.(e);  21.3.R.(b) 

Imperfect,  frequentative,  its  origin 
20.  2.R.  (/) 

Imperfect,  future 22. 1. 

Imperfect,  how  it  differs  in  usage 
from  the  participle 20.  2.  R.  (h) 

Imperfect,  imperative 22.  3.  a-d. 

Imperfect,  incipient 21. 1. 

Imperfect,  incipient,  in  a  series  of 
perfects  for  the  sake  of  vividness 
21.1.  R.  (a) 

Imperfeet,  incipient,  usage  of  ..20. 1.  a,  b. 

Imperfect  in  circumstantial  clauses 
20.1.a.R.(d) 

Imperfect  in  clauses  expressing  time 
47.  5.  a,  b,  d,  e. 

Imperfect  in  clauses  indicating  pur- 
pose or  intention 47.  4.  b. 

Imperfect  in  clauses  indicating  result 
or  consequence 47. 4.  a. 

Imperfect  in  clauses  of  negative  pur- 
pose  47.  4.  c. 

Imperfect,  indefinite  frequentative. 21. 3. 

Imperfect  inserted  in  a  series  of  per- 
fects  20. 1.  a.  R.  (c) 

Imperfect  instead  of  the  participle  in 
descriptions 20. 1.  a.  R.  (d) 

Imperfect,  jussive.. 23. 

Imperfect,  potential,  denoting  per- 
mission and  concession 22.  2.  b. 

Imperfect,  potential,  denoting  possi- 
bility and  capability 22.  2.  a. 

Imperfect,  subjunctive,  in  certain 
forms  of  conditional  sentences.22. 4.  b. 

Imperfect  subjunctive  in  expressions 
of  indefiniteness  and  uncertainty.  22. 4.  a. 

Imperfect,  subjunctive,  in  final  sen- 
tences after  conjunctions 22.  4.  c. 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


147 


Imperfect,  used  of  future  events 22. 

Imperfect,  used  of  past  events 20. 

Imperfect,  used  of  present  events 21. 

Imperfect  with  Waw  Conjunctive, 
26.2.a-c. 

Imperfect  with  WSw  Consecutive 24. 

Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive 
marking  the  apodosis 24.  2.  g. 

Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive 
marking  the  relation  of  accessory 
circumstance 24.  2.  d. 

Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive 
marking  the  relation  of  amplifica- 
tion  24.  2.  e. 

Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive 
marking  the  relation  of  chronolog- 
ical sequence 24.  2.  a. 

Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive 
marking  the  relation  of  conse- 
quence  24.  2.  b. 

Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive 
marking  the  relation  of  contrast. 
24.2.  c. 

Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive 
marking  the  relation  of  explana- 
tion  24. 2.  f. 

Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive, 
used  to  continue  a  sentence  intro- 
duced by  an  infinitive  or  a  parti- 
ciple  24.5. 

Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive, 
used  to  describe  events  or  condi- 
tions belonging  to  the  past,  pres- 
ent or  future 24. 1.  a-c. 

Incipient  Imperfect,  giving  force  and 
vividness  to  an  action 21. 1. 

Incipient  Imperfect  in  a  series  of  per- 
fects for  the  sake  of  vividness 
21.1.  R.(a) 

Incipient  Imperfect  representing  an 
action  as  beginning  or  in  move- 
ment  20.1. 

Incipient  Imperfect,  usage  of..  .20. 1.  a.  b. 

Indefinite  frequentative  Imperfect, 
distinguished  from  the  perfect  of 
experience 21.  3.  It.  (b) ;  cf.  18.  3. 

Indefinite  frequentative  Imperfect, 
used  of  truths  universally  admit- 
ted  21.3. 

Indefinite  Past,  perfect  of 17.  3. 

Indefinite  pronouns,  variously  ex- 
pressed  14.  2.  a-f. 

Indefiniteness  expressed  by  "rntf 5.  3. 

Indirect  questions  introduced  by  '♦p 
or  HD 12.2.  d. 

Infinitive  Absolute  after  a  Perfect,  or 
an  Imperfect  with  Waw  Cons.. 28.  4.  a. 

Infinitive  Absolute  as  an  adverbial 
accusative 28.  2.  b. 

Infinitive  Absolute  as  a  substitute  for 
the  cohortative 28.  5.  d. 


Infinitive  Absolute  as  a  substitute  for 
the  Imperative 28.  5.  c. 

Infinitive  Absolute  as  a  substitute  for 
the  Imperfect 28.  5.  b. 

Infinitive  Absolute  as  a  substitute  for 
the  Perfect 28.  5.  a. 

Infinitive  Absolute  as  cognate  or  ab- 
solute accusative;  various  cases 
of 28.3.  a-d. 

Infinitive  Absolute  as  the  object  of  a 
finite  verb 28.  2.  a. 

Infinitive  Absolute  frequently  in  Q&l 
when  the  finite  verb  is  of  a  differ- 
ent stem 28.  3.  R.(d) 

Infinitive  Absolute  governing  a  noun 
in  the  accusative 28. 1. 

Infinitive  Absolute,  use  of,  to  con- 
tinue the  verbal  idea  introduced 
by  an  Imperfect 28.  4.  b. 

Infinitive  Construct  as  a  noun  in  the 
accusative 29.  1.  d. 

Infinitive  Construct  as  a»noun  in  the 
genitive 29.  1.  b,  c. 

Infinitive  Construct  as  a  noun  in  the 
nominative 29. 1.  a. 

Infinitive  Construct  followed  by  sub- 
ject and  object 29.  2.  c. 

Infinitive  Construct  followed  by  a 
subject,  two  cases 29. 2.  b. 

Infinitive  Construct  followed  by  direct 
object 29.2.  a. 

Infinitive  Construct  followed  by  the 
Perfect  or  Imperfect  with  Waw 
Consecutive 29.  5.  b. 

Infinitive  Construct  used  to  continue 
a  sentence  introduced  by  an  Im- 
perfect or  Participle 29.  5.  a. 

Infinitive  Construct  with  ^phlh 29.  6. 

i  •    t  •    : 

Infinitive  Construct  with  7  ,  force  of 

s 

the  construction 29.  3.  a-e. 

Infinitive  Construct  with  7  when  In- 
finitive  alone  would  have  an- 
swered ;  three  cases 29.  4.  a-c. 

Infinitive  in  clauses  expressing 
time 47.  5.  c,  f,  g,  h. 

Infinitive  in  clauses  indicating  pur- 
pose or  intention 47.  4.  b. 

Infinitive  in  clauses  of  negative  pur- 
pose   47. 4.  c. 

Infinitive  in  dependent  sentences .  47.2.a-c. 

Infinitive,  the,  never  receives  the  arti- 
cle, exception 4. 1.  b.  R.  (c) 

Interrogative  Adverbs,  partial  list  of 
42.6.  a-e. 

Interrogative  force,  without  interro- 
gative particle 42. 1. 

Interrogative  pronouns  used  with  a 
relative  force 46.  R.  (a) 

Jussive  Imperfect 23 

Jussive,  the,  and  the  Arabic  Jussive 
23.R.(c) 


148 


HEBREW   SYNTAX 


Jussive,  the,  a  voluntative  Imperfect. 23. 
Jussive,  the,  expressing  a  positive  com- 
mand  23. 1.  a. 

Jussive,  the,  expressing  benediction, 
imprecation,  threatening 23. 1.  d. 

Jussive,  the,  expressing  conditional 
or  final  ideas 23. 1.  e. 

Jussive,  the,  expressing  entreaty... 23. 1.  c. 

Jussive,  the,  expressing  permission.^.  1.  b. 

Jussive,  the,  in  poetry  in  place  of  the 
Imperfect 23. 1.  R.  (/ ) 

Jussive,  the,  is  used  only  of  the  second 
and  third  persons 23. 1. 

73 ,  peculiarities  of 8.  2.  b.  R.  (b) 

7,  force  of,  with  Infinitive  Con- 
struct  29.  3.  a-e. 

)  7  in  optative  expressions 43.  3.  a. 

Masculine  nouns,  two  classes  of 2. 1. 

Masculines  in  JYJ 2. 1.  a. 

HD  as  an  indefinite  pronoun 12.  2.  e. 

riD  may  stand  in  any  case 12.  2.  c. 

"•D  and  rn  ,  diif  erence  between. 42. 5.  a.  b. 

^D  as  an  indefinite  pronoun 12.  2.  e. 

"•D  in  optative  expressions 43.  3.  c. 

Negative  combined  with  73  or  ty'X 
to  express  nothing,  no  one 41.  7. 

Negative,  more  than  one  employed  at 
times  for  emphasis 41.  6. 

Negative,  omission  of,  in  the  case  of 
two  successive  negative  sentences. 
41.8. 

Negative,  the,  with  the  Participle.  ..41.  3. 

Negatives  commonly  used 41. 1. 

Negatives— difference  between  fcO  and 
Tig 41.  l.a,b. 

Negatives  employed  with  the  Imper- 
fect and  Jussive  in  prohibition. 
23. 1.  a.  R.  (g) 

Negatives,  position  of 41. 1.  c. 

Negatives  used  with  Nouns 41.  5.  a-e. 

Negatives  used  with  the  Infinitive. 
41.4.a-d. 

Negatives  used  with  the  Perfect  and 
Imperfect 41.  2.  a-f. 

Neuter,  the 2.3. 

Nominative  Absolute,  cases  of 7. 1-7. 

Noun,  as  the  predicate  of  a  sentence. 
37.4.  b. 

Nouns,  apposition  of 6. 

Nouns  (called  epicene)  distinguished 
as  masculine  or  feminine  only  by 
construction 2. 2.  a.  (3) 

Nouns,  collective,  classification  of .  .1. 1-4. 

Nouns  construed  as  feminine 2.  2.  c. 

Nouns  definite  by  position  or  con- 
struction  4. 2. 

Nouns  definite  in  themselves 4. 1. 

Nouns,  determination  of 4  and  5. 

Nouns  expressing  weights  and  meas- 
ures, omission  of 15. 2.  c.  R.  (c) 


Nouns,  feminine,  three  classes  of 2.  2. 

Nouns,  gender  of 2. 

Nouns  made  determinate  by  prefix- 
ing the  article 4.  3. 

Nouns,  masculine,  two  classes  of 2. 1. 

Nouns  referring  to  female  beings, 

feminine 2.  2.  a. 

Noun,  the,  used  collectively 1. 

Noun  with  a  pronominal  suffix,  to  be 
regarded  as  in  annexion  with  that 

suffix 8.  R.(o) 

Number 3. 

Numeral  Adverbs  how  expressed.  .15.  9.  b. 

Numerals  and  the  article 15.  7.  a,  b. 

Numerals,  various  constructions  of 

15.1-9. 

Omission  of  one  of  the  members  of 

a  conditional  sentence 48.  9.  a-d. 

Optative  sentences 43.  3. 

Order  of  words  in  a  sentence 38. 1,  2. 

Ordinals,  construction  of 15.  8.  a-c. 

Participle  as    a  noun    followed  by 

another  noun  in  the  genitive... 21. 1.  a. 
Participle  as  a  verb  governing  the  fol- 
lowing noun  as  an  accusative . .  27. 1.  b. 
Participle  as  a  verb  governing  the  fol- 
lowing noun  by  means  of  preposi- 
tions.. .  27.  1.  b. 

Participle  followed  by  a  Perfect  or 

Imperfect 27.  5.  b. 

Participle  followed  by  a  Perfect  or 
Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive. 

27.5.  c. 

Participle  followed  by  7  rather  than 

by  an  accusative 27. 1.  b.  R.  (d) 

Participle  f ollowing  an  Imperfect.  27. 5.  a. 

Participle,  government  of 27. 1.  a,  b. 

Participle,   how  it  differs  in  usage 

from  the  Imperfect 20. 2.  R.  (7i) 

Participle  in  annexion  with  a  follow- 
ing substantive 9. 1. 

Participle  instead  of  the  Imperfect, 

to  mark  a  fact  liable  to  recur. .  .27. 3.  a. 
Participle  in  union  with  finite  verbal 

forms 27.  5.  a-c. 

Participle  is,  at  times,  followed  by  its 
subject  when  the  verbal  idea  is  to 

be  emphasized 27.  4.  a. 

Participle  preceded  by  njH .  .27.  2.  c.  R.  (k) 
Participle  preceded  by  its  subject.  27.  4.  a. 
Participle,  the  passive,  equivalent  to 

the  Latin  participle  in  dus 27.  3.  b. 

Participle,  the  tense  of . . .27.  2.  a-c. 

Participle,  use  of,  with  the  article.  4.  3.  f . 
Participle  with  a  finite  verb,  a  rare 

use  in  the  earlier  books.  27.  2.  a.  R.  (g) 
Participle  with  subject  omitted... 27.  4.  b. 
Particles     in    optative    expressions. 

43.  3.  a-c. 

Perfect,  conditional,  used  in  certain 
forms  of  conditional  sentences. .  .19.  4, 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


149 


Perfect,  future,  what  it  denotes 19. 3. 

Perfect,  historical,  employed  in  sim- 
ple narration 17. 1. 

Perfect  in  clauses  of  time.  .47.  5.  a,  b,  d,  e. 

Perfect,  indefinite 17.3. 

Perfect  inserted  in  a  series  of  Imper- 
fects for  variety  or  emphasis ..  19.  2.  b. 

Perfect  of  certainty 19. 1. 

Perfect  of  experience 18. 3. 

Perfect  of  the  immediate  past 18. 1. 

Perfect,  Plu-,  what  it  denotes 17.  4. 

Perfect,  precative,  used  to  express  a 
wish 19.4.  R.  (c) 

Perfect,  present 17.  2. 

Perfect,  prophetic,  an  extension  of 
the  Perfect  of  certainty 19.  2. 

Perfect,  prophetic,  cases  of 19.  2.  a-c. 

Perfect,  stative,  to  express  a  physical 
or  mental  state 18. 2. 

Perfect  tense 16. 1. 

Perfect  tense,  used  of  past  events 17. 

Perfect,  used  in  interrogation.  19. 4.  R.  (d) 

Perfect,  used  of  future  events 19. 

Perfect,  used  of  present  events 18. 

Perfect  with  Waw  Conjunctive  in- 
stead of  the  Imperfect  with  W&w 
Consecutive   26. 1.  a-c. 

Perfect  with  Waw  Consecutive 25. 

Perfect  with  Waw  Consecutive,  used 
to  continue  a  sentence  introduced 
by  an  infinitive  or  participle 25.  5. 

Perfect  with  Waw  Consecutive,  used 
to  describe  events  or  conditions 
belonging  to  the  past 25. 1.  a. 

Perfect  with  Waw  Consecutive,  used 
to  describe  events  or  conditions 
belonging  to  the  present 25. 1.  b. 

Perfect  with  Waw  Consecutive,  used 
to  describe  future  events 25. 1.  c. 

Perfect  with  Waw  Consecutive  with- 
out a  preceding  Imperfect  (or  equiv- 
alent) to  introduce  it 25. 2.  a-d. 

Personal  Pronoun  and  Suffixes 11. 

Personal  Pronoun,  employment  of, 
aside  from  its  ordinary  use.  .11. 1.  a-d. 

Personification,  in  poetry,  of  nations, 
countries  and  cities,  as  female 
beings 2.2.C.R.  (7i) 

Pluperfect,  what  it  denotes 17.  4. 

Plural  form,  the,  of  certain  nouns 
conveying  a  different  shade  of 
meaning  from  the  singular 3.  3. 

Plural  idea,  the,  how  indicated. .  .3. 1.  a-c. 

Pluralizing,  the,  of  compound  ideas, 
how  accomplished 3.  4. 

Plurals,  anomalous 3. 5.  c. 

Plural  terminaton  in  the  designation 
of  ideas  which  in  other  languages 
employ  the  singular 3.  2.  a-c. 

Potential  Imperfect,  cases  under  the— 
some  are  to  be  regarded  as  Indic- 
atives  22.  2.  b.  R.  (0) 


Potential  Imperfect,  denoting  permis- 
sion and  concession 22.  2.  b. 

Potential  Imperfect  denoting  possi- 
bility and  capability 22.  2.  a. 

Precative  Perfect,  used  to  express  a 
wish 19.  4.  R.  (c) 

Predicate,  agreement  of,  when  the 
subject  is  a  nominative  in  the  con- 
struct relation  with  a  genitive. 
40.  5.  a-c. 

Predicate  of  the  sentence  may  be  an 
adjective 37.  4.  a. 

Predicate  of  the  sentence  may  be  a 
noun 37.4.  b. 

Predicate  of  the  sentence  may  be  a 
prepositional  phrase,  adverbial  ac- 
cusative, or  adverb 37. 4.  c. 

Predicate,  when  followed  by  the  sub- 
ject, may  agree  with  it  in  gender 
and  number 40. 2.  a. 

Predicate,  when  followed  by  the  sub- 
ject, may  assume  the  primary  form 
40. 2.  b. 

Predicate,  when  preceded  by  the  sub- 
ject, agrees  with  it  in  gender  and 
number 40. 1. 

Predicate,  when  the  subject  is  dual, 
generally  stands  in  the  plural ....  40. 3. 

Prepositional  phrase,  a,  as  the  predi- 
cate of  a  sentence 37.  4.  c. 

Prepositional  phrase  serving  as  the 
subject  of  a  sentence  37. 1. 

Prepositions  prefixed  to  the  second  of 
two  nouns  in  annexion 9.  2.  b. 

Present  Perfect,  what  it  denotes 17. 2. 

Pronominal  Suffix,  following  "IK/K  re- 
ceives from  it  a  relative  meaning.  13. 1. 

Pronominal  Suffixes  (joined  to  parti- 
cles) serving  as  the  subject  of  a 
sentence 37.1. 

Pronominal  Suffixes  substituted  for 
the  personal  pronouns  in  all  ob- 
lique cases 11.  2.  a-d. 

Pronoun,  Demonstrative  and  Inter- 
rogative  12. 

Pronoun,  Demonstrative,  connected 
attributively  with  a  definite  noun, 
has  the  article  prefixed 5. 2. 

Pronoun,  Interrogative,  with  a  rela- 
tive force 46.  R.  (a) 

Pronoun,  Personal,  employment  of. 
11.1.  a-d. 

Proper  Names  seldom  found  in  an- 
nexion ;  apparent  exceptions. 
8.1.a.R.(c) 

Prophetic  Perfect,  an  extension  of 
the  Perfect  of  certainty 19. 2. 

Prophetic  Perfect,  different  cases  of. 
19.  2.  a-c. 

Protasis  of  a  conditional  sentence,  in- 
troduction of 48. 1.  a-f . 

Relative  Clause,  how  introduced 46. 


160 


HEBREW     SYNTAX. 


Relative  Clause,  the  expansion  of  an 
adjective  or  participle 46. 

Relative  force  of  the  interrogative 
pronouns 46.  R.  (a) 

Relative  idea  expressed  by  the  article 
with  a  participle 13.  4.b. 

Relative  idea  expressed  by  the  demon- 
strative HT 13.  4.  a. 

Relative  particle,  omission  of 13. 3. 

Relative  Pronoun 13. 

Reflexive  Pronoun  expressed  by  one 
of  three  constructions 14. 1.  a-c. 

Relative  sentences,  five  classes  of  ..46. 1-5. 

Relative  sentences  introduced  by  1W# 
followed  by  a  special  pronoun,  pro- 
nominal suffix  or  adverb 46. 1.  a-d. 

Relative  sentences  introduced  by  'VM& 
not  followed  by  a  special  pronoun, 
pronominal  suffix  or  adverb. 46.  2.  a-c. 

Relative  sentences  with  antecedent 
included  in  the  relative  particle 
46.  3.  a-c. 

Relative  sentences  without  an  intro- 
ductory particle 46.  4  and  5. 

Sentence,  a,  sometimes  interrogative, 
though  lacking  an  interrogative 
particle 43. 1. 

Sentence,  conditional,  introduction  of 
the  apodosis  of  a 48.  2.  a-d. 

Sentence,  conditional,  introduction  of 
the  protasis  of 48. 1.  a-f . 

Sentence,  construction  of,  when  the 
subject  is  impersonal 37.  3.  a,  b. 

Sentence,  constructions  of,  when  the 
subject  is  indefinite 37. 2.  a-d. 

Sentence,  order  of  words  in  a 38. 1.  2. 

Sentences,  Circumstantial 45. 

Sentences,  Conditional  in  force  but 
not  in  form,  classification  of  .48.  8.  a-c. 

Sentences,  Conditional,  usage  of  tense 
in 48.3-7. 

Sentences,  Conditional,  with  one  mem- 
ber omitted 48.  9.  a-d. 

Sentences,  Copulative 44. 

Sentences,  Dependent,  without  intro- 
ductory particle 47. 1.  d. 

Sentences,  Dependent,  with  the  force 
of  an  object 47. 1.  b. 

Sentences,  Dependent,  with  the  force 
of  a  subject 47. 1.  a. 

Sentences,  Exclamatory 43. 1.  2. 

Sentences,  Optative 43.  3. 

Sentences,  Relative,  five  classes  of  .46. 1-5. 

Sentences,  Relative,  introduced  by 
1 BTK 46. 1  and  2. 

Sentences,  Relative,  with  antecedent 
included  in  the  relative  particle 
46. 3.  a-c. 

Sentences,  Relative,  without  an  intro- 
ductory particle 46.  4,  5. 

Sentence,  variation  from  the  usual 
order  of  words  in  a 38.  3.  a-d. 


Stative  Perfect,  to  express  a  physical 
or  mental  state 18. 2. 

Subject  and  predicate  united  in  one 
of  four  ways 37.  5.  a-d. 

Subject,  impersonal— construction  of 
the  sentence 37.  3.  a,  b. 

Subject  indefinite— possible  construc- 
tions of  the  sentence 37.  2.  a-d. 

Subject  of  the  participle,  omission  of 
27.  4.  b. 

Subject  of  the  participle,  order  of  .27.  4.  a. 

Subjunctive  Imperfect  in  certain 
forms  of  conditional  sentences. 
22.  4.  b. 

Subjunctive  Imperfect  in  expressions 
of  indefiniteness  and  uncertainty. 
22.  4.  a. 

Subjunctive  Imperfect  in  final  sen- 
tences after  conjunctions 22.  4.  c. 

Tense  has  in  itself  no  indication  of  the 
order  of  time 16.  R.  (1) 

Tense  in  conditional  sentences 48.3-7. 

Tense  of  the  Participle 27. 2.  a-c. 

Tenses  in  general 16. 

Tenses,  peculiarities  of 16. 1, 2. 

Tenses,  the  distinction  indicated  by, 
not  necessarily  a  real  one 16.  R.  (6) 

Terms  for  the  second  person..  11. 1.  R.  (c) 

Union  of  subject  and  predicate. 37.  5.  a-d. 

Use  of  t?2J  with  suffix  to  express  a 
reflexive  idea 8.  2.  c.  R.  (d) 

Use  of  the  article  after  7 3 5. 1.  a. 

Use  of  the  article  with  the  second  part 
of  a  compound  word 5. 1.  b. 

Verbal  apposition  and  subordination, 
various  constructions  of 36. 1-5. 

Verbs  denoting  fullness  or  want  gov- 
ern the  accusative 30.  2. 

Verbs  denoting  to  clothe  and  unclothe 
govern  the  accusative 30.  3. 

Verbs  denoting  to  go,  or  come,  to  dwell, 
govern  the  accusative 30.  4. 

Verbs  (many),  originally  construed 
with  prepositions,  coming  later  to 
be  taken  transitively 30. 1.  R.  (a) 

Verbs  of  fullness  and  clothing  taking 
in  the  passive  an  accusative 35.  4. 

Verbs  originally  intransitive  coming 
to  be  regarded  as  transitive 30.  5. 

Verbs  resuming  their  original  transi- 
tive force 30.5. 

Verbs  with  two  accusatives  in  the 
active  govern  one  in  the  passive 
31.R.(b) 

Verbs  with  two  accusatives,  seven 
classes 31. 1-7. 

Words  never  having  the  article 
4.1.b.R.(d) 

Words  (two  or  more)  joined  by  "  and  " 
cannot  stand  in  annexion  with  a 
single  genitive 9.  2.  c. 


INDEX  OF  TEXTS. 


LThe  references  are  to  sections,  unless  otherwise  indicated.] 


Gen. 


1:1 

1:1 

1:1 

1:1 

1:1 

13 

1:2 

13 

1:3 

1:3 

1:3 

1:4 

1:4 

1:5 

1:7 

1:9 

1:10.... 
1:11.... 
1:12.... 
1:14.... 
1:14.... 
1:14.... 
1:16.... 
1:16.... 
1:16.... 
1:16.... 
1:16.... 
1:20.... 
1:23.... 
1:23.... 
1:23.... 
1:35.... 
1:26.... 
1:37.... 
137.... 
1:27.... 
1:29.... 
1:29.... 

2:2 

8:2 

2:3 

2:4 

2:4 

2:5 

2:5  .... 

2:5 

2:6 


4. 3.  e. 
...17.1. 
,..30.1. 
38. 1.  a. 


3.  La. 

.6. 1.  e.  R.  (d) 
...10.3.R.(e) 

40.1. 

9. 2.  a. 

23.1.  a. 

34.1. 

47.  1.  c. 

34.  3.  a. 

, 46.3.  a. 

36.  3.b. 

44.1.  a. 

1.3. 

6.  l.d. 

3.1.  a. 

35.1.  c. 

...44.1.R.(o) 

2.1.  a. 

5.2. 


, 10.2. 

15. 2.  a. 

9.3.b. 

3. 1.  a.  R.  (f) 

29. 3.  e. 

38. 2.  c. 

1.2. 


.3. 2.  c.  R.  (e) 

9.  3.  b. 

11. 2.  a. 

24. 3.  a. 

8.2.  b. 

.32.1. 

.  5.2. 


17.4. 

.29. 3.  e. 

29. 1.  b. 

, 29.2.  c. 

, 20. 1.  b. 

29.  3.  d. 

41.  2.  a. 

, 25.  1.  a. 


Gen. 


2:7.. 

31.6. 

2:8... 

13.1.R.  (a) 

2:8.. 

46.2.  b. 

2:9.. 

29.1.R.(a) 

2:9.. 

4.1.b.  R.(c) 

?-9 

1.2. 

Ml 

4.3.  d. 

2:11. 

4.  3.  f. 

2:11. 

13.1. 

2:12. 

11.1.C 

2:13. 

27.  l.b. 

2:16. 

16.2.  c. 

2:16. 

22.3.  b. 

2:17. 

3.3.  a. 

2:17. 

44.1.  a. 

2:18. 

29.1.  a. 

2:19. 

11. 1.  d. 

2:19. 

....11.2.a.R.(/) 

2:19. 

34.1.R.  (d) 

2:23.. 

12.1.C. 

2:24. 

25.  Lb. 

2:34.. 

34.1. 

3:25.. 

8. 2.  a. 

3:1.. 

37.  5.  c 

3:3.. 

11.2.  c 

3:4.. 

28.3.  R.  (Z>) 

3:4.. 

38.  La. 

3:5.. 

25.2.  d. 

3:5.. 

27.1.  a. 

3:5.. 

39;  3.  b. 

3:7... 

40.  3.  a. 

3:8... 

14. 1.  a. 

6:10.. 

14.  La. 

3:10. 

24.2.  b. 

3:11. 

41.  4.  a. 

3:11.. 

29.6. 

3:11.. 

47.  Lb. 

3:13.. 

2.3.  a. 

3:14.. 

23. 3.  a. 

3:15.. 

33. 8.  c. 

3:16.. 

...  16.  La. 

3:16.. 

44.1.R.(Z>) 

3:20.. 

14.3.  a. 

3:22.. 

35.1.  c 

3:23 25.1.C.  R.  (/) 

3:32 22.4.  c 

3:22 47.  4.  c 


Gen.  3:24 44.1.R.  (a) 

"    4:1 1.2. 

44     4:1 34.1. 

"     4:2 9.  1.  a. 

44    43 27.1.a. 

44     4:3 39.4.a. 

-     4:3 24.4. 

44     4:6 17.2. 

44    4:7 4.3.  b. 

44    4:7 22.  3.  b. 

"     4:7 40.1.  R.  (a) 

44     4:7 42.3. 

44     4:7 .48.3.  R.  0') 

"    4:8 24.2.  a. 

44     4:9 18.2. 

44     4:9 43.3.C 

44     4:10 27.  2.  b. 

"     4:10 40.  5.  b. 

44    4:12 23.1.a.R.  (flf) 

44    4:12 47.5.  a. 

"     4:14 4.3.a. 

44     4:15 11.2.  b. 

44     4:15 15.9.  b. 

"     4:15 48.  8.  c. 

44    4:17 27. 2.  a.  R.  (g) 

44     4:18 35.1. 

44    436 lLLa. 

44     4:26 20.1.b.R.(e) 

44    53 ....11.2.  a. 

44     5:5 34.  3.  g.  R.  (a) 

»    5:5 40.5.a. 

44     5:7 6.3. 

"     5:7 15.3.  b. 

44     533 4.3.e. 

"     5:22 8.3.e. 

"    6:1 29.4.a. 

44     6:4 13.  Lb. 

M     6:4 25.  La. 

"     6:13 37.1. 

"     6:14 4.3.  b. 

"     6:14 23.1.a.R.  (i) 

44    6:17 6.  La. 

44    6:17,18 25.  I.e. 

44     6:18 1L1.R.(Z)) 

44     7:2 6.3  b. 

"     7:4 15.  4. 

"     7:4 27.  2.  c. 


152 


HEBREW  SYNTAX 


Gen.  7:7... 

»  7:9.., 

"  7:13.. 

44  7:13.. 

44  7:20., 

44  7:23., 

44  8:3,5. 

"  8:5.., 

"  8:8... 

44  8:12., 

44  8:13. , 

44  8:14.. 

44  8:17., 

"  8:21.. 


9:4... 
9:7..., 
9:11.. 
9:14.. 
9:20.. 
9:22.. 
9:24.. 


40.6. 

15.9.a 

..2.1.  a.  R.  (a) 

8.  2.c. 

33.3. 

12.1.  f. 

28.3.  d. 

.15.  8.  c.  R.  (g) 
.......42.2.  d. 

41.  1.  a. 

.45.  3.  b.  R.  (d) 

9.5.d. 

25.1.  c. 

8.  1.  a. 

8.  1.  b. 

46.1.  a. 

44.4.  b. 

.45. 3.  b.  R.  (d) 

41.1.  a. 

25.  4.  a. 

.  .9. 3.  b.  R.  (c) 
.11.2.  a.  R.(/) 
34.2. 


10:4 46.  1.  d. 

10:8 17.1. 

10:9 21.2. 

11:1 ft.  1.6.  R.  (d) 

11:3 4.3.  d. 

11:7 3.2.  c.  R.  (e) 

11:7 .22. 4.  c. 

11:7 47.4.  c. 

11:9 37.2.  b. 

11:10 15.6. 

11:28 8.1.  a.  R.  (c) 

12:1 11.  2.  c. 

12:1 39.7. 

12:2 23.2.  a. 

12:4 15.5. 

12:8 45.2.  d. 

12:12 22.  1. 

12:13 25.1.  c. 

12:13 25.1.C.  R.  (/) 

12:19 24.  2.b. 

13:1 ll.l.R.(b) 

13:2 4.3.d.  R.  (b) 

13:7 4.  3.  d. 

13:8 41.1.b. 

13:9 33.  La. 

13:9 48.  2.  c. 

13:10 4.3.6. 

13:10 37.2.  d. 

13:11 14.  2.  f. 

13:15 7.5. 

13:16 22.4.  b. 

13:16 29.4.  b. 

13:16 48.4. 

14:1 24.  4. 

14:8 11.  1.  b. 

14:10 6.1.e.R.  (d) 

14:10 6.3.C 

14:10 33.1.  a.  R.  (c) 


Gen.  14:13 4. 3.  d.  R.  (b) 

14  14:18 9.  5.  b. 

44  14:19 9.  2.  c.R.  (c) 

"  14:19 43.  2.  a. 

"  14:22 18.1. 

44  14:23 48.  9.  a. 

44  14:24 48.9.  a. 

44  15:1 12.  1.  a. 

44  15:1 5.2. 

44  15:1 28. 2.  b,  R.  (g) 

44  15:2 11.2.d.R.(fc) 

44  15:4 44.1.a.R.  (d) 

44  15:6 26.1.0. 

44  15:6 31.5. 

44  15:8 22.1. 

44  15:12 4.3.  e. 

44  15:12 29.3.b. 

44  15:13 13.3.  a. 

44  15:13 46.  4.  a. 

44  15:17 24.4. 

44  15:17 45.2.e. 

44  15:18 6.  3.  d. 

44  15:18 8.3.  c. 

44  15:18 19.1. 

44  16:7 9.3.b.  R.(c) 

44  16:8 22. 3.  d.  R.  (c) 

44  16:13 8.3.  b. 

"  16:12 22.1. 

44  17:2 6.  3.  a. 

44  17:4 7.4. 

44  17:5 37. 2.  a.  R.  (b) 

44  17:9 38.3.C. 

44  17:10 28.5.R.(b) 

44  17:12 9.  1.  b. 

44  17:17 15.6. 

44  17:18 43.  3.  a. 

44  17:19 .27.  2.  c. 

44  17:20 25.  1.  c. 

44  17:25 34.8. 

44  18:1 27.  2.  a. 

44  18:1 33.  l.b. 

44  18:1 45.  Lb. 

44  18:3 11.1.  R.  (e) 

44  18:3 11.  2.  d.  R.  (k) 

44  18:6 .6.2. 

44  18:9 37.  5.  d. 

44  18:12 14.  I.e. 

44  18:12 19.4.R.(d) 

44  18:12 .42.2.  R.  (b) 

44  18:13 12.  1.  e. 

44  18:14 14.2.  b. 

44  18:18 25.  1.  c. 

44  18:20 8.  Lb. 

44  18:21 4.3.  f. 

44  18:21 13.  4.  b. 

44  18:25 29.  2.  a. 

44  18:25 43.  2.  c. 

44  18:26 48.  l.b. 

44  18:26 48.  3.  a. 

44  18:28 30.2. 

44  18:29 15.  7.  a. 

"  18:30 23.  1.  C. 


Gen.  18:31 15.  7.  a. 

44     19:1 33.  8.  b. 

44     19:1 44.3. 

44     19:5 4.3.a. 

44     19:5 12.  l.o. 

44     19:8 14.2.d. 

44     19:11 4.3.d. 

44     19:12 14.2.b. 

44     19:12 46.  R.  (a) 

44     19:18 41.  I.e.  R.  (c) 

44     19:19 11.1.R.  (6) 

44     19:19 28.  3.  b. 

44     19:24 ll.l.R.(c) 

44     19:30 47.2.  c. 

44     19:32 31.1. 

44     19:33 5.2. 

44     20:1 33.  La.  R.  (c) 

44     21:3 13.  1.  R.  (a) 

44     21:3 13.  4.  b. 

44     21:5 29.1.C. 

4t     21:7 19.  4.  R.(d) 

44  21:16.....28.2.b.R.  (flf) 

44    21:22 24.4. 

44    21:25 26.1.C. 

44     21:30 16.2.  c. 

44     21:30 47.  4.  b. 

44     22:2 .23.1.a.R.  (*) 

44     22:3 3.3. 

44     22:5 23.2.a. 

44     22:6 4.3.  b. 

44     22:12 44.  1.  d. 

44     22:20 .6.1.0.  R.  (c) 

44     22:24 39.2.  c. 

44    23:4 2.  l.b. 

44     23:11 19.1. 

44     23:13 43.3.a. 

44     23:19 11.  Lb. 

44     24:3 9.2.  c. 

44     24:3 44.  La.  R.  (d) 

44     24:4 ft.  1.0.  R.  (c) 

44     24:8 41.1.a.R.  (a) 

44     24:10 3.  5.b. 

44    24:14 2.3.  a. 

44     24:14 25.1. c.R.  (/) 

44     24:15 20. Lb.  R.  (e) 

44     24:22 15.  2.  c.R.  (c) 

44     24:23.... 12.2.b. 

44     24:30 29. 2.  b.  R.  (fir) 

44     24:36 11.1.R.  (c) 

44     24:49 27.  Lb. 

44     24:56 23.1.a.R.  (j) 

44     24:56 45.  La. 

44     24:58 42.2.  a. 

44     24:62,63 24. 1.  a. 

44     24:63 2.2.  a. 

44     24:65 12.2.  a. 

44     24:65 4.3.C. 

44     25:1 36.1. 

44     25:23 8.  2.  a. 

44     26:10 25.  I.e.  R.(/) 

44     26:18 36.1. 

.25.2.  b. 


BY    AN   INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


163 


Gen.  26:28 28.      a. 

44     26:32 13.1.  R.a. 

"     27:1 10.2. 

44     27:1 29.1.  c. 

»     27:1 41.  4.  d. 

44     27:4 23.  2.  d. 

44     27:4 48.8.  b. 

44     27:12 25.1.C.  R.  (/) 

44     27:20 36.3. 

u     27:23,24. 24.2.  e. 

M     27:30 45.2.e. 

44     27:33 24.5. 

44     27:36 12.1.e. 

44     27:36 31.5. 

44     27:36 42.3.R.  (c) 

44     27:37 31.3. 

44     27:42 .34.11. 

44     27:42 35.1. 

44    27:42 37.2.a.R.  (b) 

44     27:44 15.1. 

"     27:45 15.1. 

"    28:12 38.1.C. 

44     28:12 45.  1.  b. 

44     28:13 7.1. 

44     28:15 19.3.  R.  (b) 

"     28:17 10.2. 

44     28:17 12.1.  a. 

44     28:17 12.2.e.R.  (g) 

44     28:17 27.  3.  b. 

"     28:19 4.2.  c, 

44  28:20,21...25.1.c.R.  (/) 

44     29:2 20.2.  R.  Qi) 

44     29:7 29.  1.  b. 

44  29:15........42.3.R.(c) 

44     29:30 10.4.a. 

44     29:35... 4.  3.  a. 

44     30:28 48.8.b. 

44     30:30 42.  6.  a. 

"     31:8 48.3.R.  (fc) 

44     31:9 2.  I.e. 

ik    31:13 9.3.a.R.  (a) 

44     31:15 28.3.a.R.  (e) 

44    31:15 28.3.  c.R.  (g) 

44     31:20 13.4.b.R.  (e) 

14     31:20 41. 2.  d. 

44     31:22 13.  2.  R.  (c) 

44  31:22ff....4.  La.  R.  (a) 

44     31:32 46.3.  c. 

44     31:42 48.2.  d. 

44     31:50 41.5.b. 

44     32:6 23.2.  R.  (m) 

44     32:11 18.2. 

14     32:16 2.2.a. 

44     32:27 48.  9.  c. 

44     32:31 .24.  La. 

44     32:31 33.5. 

44     33:5 10.2.a. 

44     33:5 31.4. 

44    33:8 10.2.a. 

44     33:8 42.5.a. 

44     33:18 33.1.a. 

44    34:8 7.2. 


Gen 

.34:21... 

7.7. 

44 

35:13... 

46.2.  c. 

44 

35:26... 

....40.1.R.  (a) 

44 

37:2.... 

..27. 2.  a.  R.(cr) 

44 

37:2.... 

45.1.d. 

tt 

37:3.... 

.10. 4.  a.  R.  (/) 

44 

37:5.... 

32.1. 

44 

37:5.... 

36.3. 

tt 

37:5,6... 

24. 2.  e. 

u 

37:7.... 

20.  R.  (a) 

ii 

37:7 

27.2.  a. 

M 

37:8.... 

32.4. 

M 

37:8.... 

39.  5.b. 

44 

37:15... 

21.1. 

M 

37:16  .. 

27.  2.  b. 

11 

37:16... 

38.  3.  b. 

41 

37:19... 

8.3.e. 

tt 

37:19... 

10.5. 

44 

37:20... 

1.2. 

44 

37:25... 

1.3. 

H 

37:26.  .. 

.25. 1.  c.  R.  (/) 

M 

37:29... 

37.  5.  d. 

44 

37:29... 

41.  5.  b. 

44 

37:33... 

....28.3.R.(d) 

4 

37:35... 

33.4. 

44 

38:5.  .. 

11. 2.  b. 

44 

38:9.... 

47.4.  c. 

1* 

38:10.... 

....46.3.  R.  (e) 

44 

38:11... 

47.  5.  e. 

it 

38:17.... 

..U.2.a.R.(/) 

it 

38:25... 

45. 3.  b. 

44 

39:9.... 

.25. 1.  c.  R.  (/) 

tt 

39:18... 

24.5. 

44 

39:18... 

..29.2.  c.  R.  (i) 

44 

39:18... 

29.  5.  b. 

It 

39:23... 

41.3. 

44 

40:1.... 

...9.2.  c.  R.  (e) 

M 

40:3.... 

...8.3.f.  R.  (d) 

M 

40:5.... 

14.  2.  a. 

44 

40:7.... 

42.  6.  e. 

tt 

40:9.... 

44.  2.  a. 

it 

40:13... 

25.  l.c. 

M 

40:14... 

25.  2.  d. 

44 

40:14... 

44.2.  c. 

44 

40:15... 

.22.  3.  d.  R.  (e) 

44 

41:1.... 

6.1.e. 

U 

41:12.... 

9.5.b. 

It 

41:15. . . 

32.2.  a. 

It 

41:15. . . 

47.  3.  b. 

tt 

41:17... 

39.1. 

44 

41:23.... 

2.1.c. 

tt 

41:25... 

7.7. 

44 

41:33... 

23.  1.  b. 

44 

41:35... 

10.2. 

tt 

41:38... 

14.2.  e. 

tt 

41:40... 

33.  8.  a. 

44 

41:49.... 

8.2.d. 

tt 

42:7,30.. 

2.3.b. 

tt 

42:11.... 

.37. 5.  c.R.  (/) 

tt 

42:18.... 

23.1.d. 

tt 

42:19... 

..9.3.b.R.  (c) 

tt 

42:25... 

3.3. 

Gen.  42:29 .2.3.b. 

44     42:35 45.3.a. 

44     42:37 48.2.a. 

44     42:37 48.3. 

44     43:3 28.  3.a. 

44    43:3 45. 2.  e. 

44     43:9 19.4. 

44     43:9 48.6.R.  (o) 

44     43:9...  48.5.a. 

44     43:16 46.3.R.  (e) 

44     43:16 46.3.  c. 

44     43:17 9.2.a. 

44     43:20 43.1.b. 

44     43:23 43. 2.  a. 

44     43:27 37.  4.  c. 

44     43:27 42.  2.  a. 

44     44:12 45. 2.  a. 

44     44:18 11.1.  R.(e) 

44     44:18 22.3.C. 

44     44:22 48.1.a. 

44     44:22 48.8.a. 

44     44:33 23.1.C. 

44     45:4 46.1.  R.  (c) 

44     45:8 44.1.a.R.  (d) 

44     45:25 30.4. 

44     46:4 28. 3.  a.  R.  (e) 

44     46:18 15.3. 

44     46:18 15.3.R.(d) 

44     46:34 3.2.b. 

44     47:8 42.  6.  b. 

44     47:9 6.1.  e.  R.  (d) 

44     47:9 8.3.f.  R.  (d) 

44     47:21 39.2.a. 

44     47:29 25.1.  c. 

44     48:6 19.3. 

44     48:19 11.1.R.  (Z>) 

44     49:1.. 46.3.  R.  (e) 

44     49:10 45.3.b.R.  (d) 

44     49:11 9. 2.  a.  R.  (a) 

44     49:27 21.4. 

44     50:5 23.  2.  c. 

Ex.    1:5 15.4. 

44      1:5 ..46.2.  c. 

44      1:6 5.  La. 

44      1:7 17.1. 

44       1:7  35.4. 

44      1:10 40.  4.  b. 

44       2:1 34.1.  R.  (fc) 

44      2:3 11.2.a.R.  (/) 

44      2:6 11.  2.  a.  R.  (a) 

44       2:6 39.3. 

44      2:7 .25.  l.c.  R.  (/) 

44       2:9 4.3.b. 

44      2:10 24.2.d. 

44      2:13 .22.3.d. 

44      2:13 42.6.d. 

44      2:17 .2.Lc. 

44      2:18 42.6.  e. 

44      3:L 27.2.a. 

4*      3:7 4.2.b. 

44      3:7 .28.3.a. 

44      3:11 .22.3.d. 


154 


HEBREW   SYNTAX 


Ex. 


3:16 

3:18 

3:19 

4:1 

4:5 

4:10 

4:10 

4:10 

4:10 

4:13 

4:13 

4:14 

4:31 

4:22,23... 

4:26 

5:7 

5:10 

5:11 

5:16 

5:16 

5:16 

5:23 

5:23 

6:1 

6:3 

6:28 

7:20 

8:2,13,14. 
8:20..... 

8:22 

8:22 


9:15 

9:15 

9:18 

9:20,21... 

9:27 

9:31 

10:3 

10:14.... 
10:25.... 

12:3 

12:15.... 
12:49.... 

13:2 

13:7 

13:15.... 
13:15... 
13:21,22 

14:2 

14:5 

14:12.... 
14:20.... 

15:1 

15:1 

15:4 

15:5 

15:11.... 
15:12,14. 
15:15.... 

16:3 

16:6 


25.1.C. 

23.  2.  c. 

.29.  4.  c. 

.48. 1.  b.  R.  (b) 

47.  4.  b. 

8.3.e. 

9.1.  c. 

10.5. 

47.5.  g. 

13.  3.  b. 

46.  5.  a. 

22. 2.  a. 

...J3.LR.<a) 

24.1.b. 

.20. 1.  b.  R.  (6) 

25.1.  c. 

41.3. 

22.  4.  a, 

.27.  4.  b. 

37.  5.  d. 

41.3. 

...28.3.  R.  (/) 

47.  5.  g. 

.16.2.  c. 

33.  8.  d. 

8.2.e. 

....30.  5.  R.  (c) 
...2.2.  b.R.  (e) 

20.  R.  (a) 

25.3. 

.48. 1.  b.  R.  (b) 

16.  2.  c. 

.48.  2.  d.  R.  (h) 
....48.7.  R.(r) 

13.1. 

.41. 1.  c.  R.  (d) 

37.  4.  a. 

..6.1.e.R.  (d) 
....19.4.  R.  (d) 

14. 2.  e. 

....44.1.R.  (c) 
.15. 8.  c.  R.  (g) 

25.2.  d. 

15.1. 

5.1.  a. 

34.7. 

16:2.  b. 

31.  2. 

..41. 1.  c.  R.  (d) 

26.  2.  a. 

.38.2.C.R.  (/) 

42.  3. 

14.2.  f. 

16.  2.  a. 

20.  l.b. 

.40.5.  c.  R.  (g) 

.20.1.  a. 

9.1.C 

..20.1.  a.  R.(b) 
.20. 1.  b.  R.  (e) 

43.  3.c. 

25.2.  d. 


Ex.    16:13 2.2.b.  R.  (e) 

44      16:21 14. 2.  a. 

"      16:22 14.2.a. 

44      16:27 14:2.c. 

44      16:27 37.1. 

44       16:29 3.5.b. 

44      16:29 14.  2.  b. 

44      17:1 29.2,b. 

"      17:2 42.  5.  b. 

44      17:5 14.2.  c. 

44      17:12 14.  2.  f. 

44      17:16 6.3.b. 

44      17:16 44.4.  R.  (g) 

44      18:20 46.  4.  c. 

"      18:26 25.2.  a. 

"      18:26 25. 2.  a.  R.  (a) 

44      19:8 11. 2.  d.  R.(fc) 

"      19:13 28.  3.  R.(d) 

"      19:19 16.2.  a. 

44      19:19 36.1. 

"      20:8 29.  3.  a. 

44      20:8 47.4.  b. 

"      20:9 28.  5.  c. 

44      20:12 23.  1.  a. 

"      20:14 22.  3.  a. 

44      20:14 40.1.  a. 

44      20:20 11.  2.  d. 

14      20:20 29.1.  c. 

"      20:20 41.2.b. 

44  21:2-5.... 48.1.  e.  R.  (/) 

44      21:12... 25.5. 

"      21:20 25.1.C.  R.  (/) 

44  21:20,22,28...28.3.R.  (d) 

44      21:28 34.1.  R.  (b) 

44      21:28 34.4. 

44  21:29  ....40.4.  b.  R.  (e) 

»      21:37 ~.2.2.  a. 

*      23:8 26.2.b. 

44      23:14 15.9.  b. 

44      23:17 15.  9.  b. 

44      23:30 25.1.C.  R.  (/) 

"      24:5 6.1.  b. 

44      24:10 8.2.  c. 

44      25:12 3.3. 

44      25:14 4.  3.  e. 

44      28:2 8.  3.d. 

44      28:34 39.  5.  a.  R.  (e) 

44      28:43 25.1.  c.R.  (/) 

44      29:3 5.3. 

44      29:9 31.2. 

44      30:36 28. 2.  b.  R.  (g) 

44      31:14 40.  7.a. 

44      32:1 .10. 2.  a.  R.  (b) 

44      32:19 47.  5.  b. 

44      32:32 48.9.  b. 

44      33:7 25.4.b. 

44      33:10 48.  8.  a. 

44      33:14 8.  2.c. 

44      33:16 25.5. 

44      34:7 28.3.  R.(/) 

44      38:27 15.6. 

44      40:37 48.3.  R.  (fc) 


Lev.  1:2 25.  L  c. 

44  4:2 14.2.b. 

44  4:22 25. 1.  c.  R.  (/) 

44  7:8 34.  4.R.(/) 

44  11:4 34.2. 

44  13:3,4 37.  R.  (g) 

"  13:49 35.2. 

44  14:34 9.3.b.  R.(c) 

44  14:43 47.  5.  b. 

44  16:17 14.  2.  d. 

44  17:11 39.6. 

44  18:26 11.1.R.  (b) 

44  19:20 28.3.  R.  (d) 

44  19:23 8.  La. 

44  20:14 34.  4.  R.  (/) 

44  21:9 48.3.R.  0') 

44  21:13 3.2.  b. 

44  26:18 15.9.  b. 

44  26:36 32.2. 

44  26:42 6.1.R.(a) 

44  27:2,3 37.2.d. 

44  27:24 13.2. 

44  27:23 4.  Lb.  R.(b) 

Num.l:2 3.4. 

44  1:25 15.4.R.  (6) 

44  1:44 15.3.  R.(d) 

44  3:32 9.4.a. 

44  3:41 15.  7.  b. 

44  5:23 38.3.d. 

44  5:27 48.  6.  a. 

44  9:15 29. 2.  a. 

44  11:5 18.2. 

44  12:1 40.6. 

"•  12:5 34.1.R.  (d) 

44  13:17 12.1.e. 

44  14:1 40.  5.  a. 

44  14:2 43. 3.  a. 

44  14:7 10.3. 

44  14:28 43.2.b. 

44  14:28 48. 9.  a. 

44  15:35 28.  4.  b. 

44  16:13 28.3.a.R.(e) 

44  16:27 .45.  2.  c. 

44  16:29 41.1.  c. 

44  16:35 15.7.b. 

44  17:5 22.  4.  c. 

44  17:21 39. 5.  a.  R.  (e). 

44  20:11 15.9.b. 

44  20:14,15 24.2.  f. 

44  22:6 13.2. 

44  22:6 25.1.c.R.(/) 

44  22:6 36.R.(d) 

44  22:30 46.1.  R.  (c) 

44  22:33 11.2.b. 

44  23:1 15.2.b. 

44  23:3 12.2.e.R.  (/) 

44  23:8 12. 2.  e.  R.  (g) 

44  23:29 15.2.b. 

44  24:9 40.7.a. 

44  24:10 28.  3.  b. 

44  24:17 16.  Lc. 

44  24:17 19.2.a. 


BY    AN  INDUCTIVE  METBTOD. 


155 


Num.26:55... 

35.1. 

Deut.l2:6.... 

....34.1.R.(d) 

44 

28:6 

8.3.b. 

44 

12:23.... 

7.6. 

14 

30:6 

48.6. 

44 

12:23.... 

29.6. 

44 

31:49.... 

5.1. 

44 

12:23.... 

37.5.  b. 

44 

31:49.... 

9.  3.  a. 

M 

14:12-18. 

....34.1.R.  (d) 

" 

32:1.... 

..4.1.a.R.  (a) 

44 

14:21.... 

28.  4.  b. 

** 

32:7.... 

41.  4.  d. 

44 

15:3 

23.  La. 

44 

34:2.... 

6. 1.  c. 

" 

15:9 

15.8.  c. 

" 

35:14.... 

8.  2.  a. 

44 

16:20.... 

39.  5.  a. 

44 

35:22b.. 

8.2.d. 

" 

17:13.... 

26.2.  b. 

" 

35:23.... 

41.  4.  c. 

" 

17:19. 20. 

41.4.  a. 

" 

35:28... 

22. 2.  b. 

44 

18:16.... 

....23.1.  R.  (6) 

Deut.l:2  .... 

15.3. 

44 

18:21.... 

42.  6.  c. 

44 

1:2 

....15.3.  R.  (d) 

44 

19:13.... 

8.  3.  a. 

" 

1:3 

..15.  8.  c.  R.(0) 

44 

19:13.... 

10.  La. 

** 

1:12.... 

42.  6.  c. 

•f 

21:1 

45.  2.  a, 

44 

1:13.... 

15.  8.  b. 

44 

21:14.... 

....28.3.  R.(/) 

" 

1:15.... 

4.2.b. 

" 

22:2 

29.  2.  c. 

" 

1:15 

9.3.b. 

44 

22:2 

.  .29.  2.  c.  R.  (i) 

" 

1:23.... 

15.3. 

" 

22:8 

37.2.  c. 

" 

1:23.... 

15.  9.  a. 

" 

22:19.... 

..9.3.b.  R.  (c) 

" 

1:27 

29.  2.  c. 

" 

22:26.... 

.25.1.C.R.  (/) 

" 

1:44.... 

4.3.d. 

44 

26:5 

8.3.  b. 

44 

1:44.... 

21.3. 

44 

26:15.... 

.23. 1.  a.  R.  (h) 

44 

2:14 

4.2.C. 

44 

2:76 

2.  La. 

" 

2:14.... 

47. 5.  e. 

«• 

28:27.... 

47.  4.  a. 

" 

2:24.... 

36.2. 

41 

28:49.... 

13.1. 

" 

2:25.... 

.25.1.c.R.(/) 

44 

28:49.... 

46.1.C. 

44 

2:30.... 

26.1.  a. 

" 

29:12.... 

29.2.  a. 

" 

2:34.... 

34.3. 

" 

30:19.... 

25.  2.  c. 

" 

3:6 

28.1. 

" 

31:12.... 

36.1. 

44 

3:18.... 

8.  3.e. 

44 

32:1.... 

4.3.  e. 

It 

3:18.... 

10.5. 

44 

32:5.... 

8.  2.  d. 

** 

3:21.... 

43.  2.b. 

" 

32:6.... 

41.  5.  a. 

44 

3:24.... 

..12.2.  e.  R.  (0) 

M 

32:10.... 

16,2.  a. 

" 

3:26.... 

41.  Lb. 

44 

32:10.... 

20.1.a. 

" 

4:1 

27.  2.  b. 

" 

32:21.... 

8. 2.  d;  41.  5.  a. 

" 

4:5 

38.  1.  b. 

44 

32:29. . . 

48.  l.c. 

44 

4:11.... 

45.  Lb. 

44 

32:29... 

48.7.a. 

" 

4:27.... 

6.  I.e. 

" 

32:31... 

.44. 1.  d.  R.  (6) 

41 

4:33.... 

24. 2.  c. 

" 

32:35... 

20.  R.  (a) 

44 

4:42.... 

32.4.  a. 

44 

32:41... 

48.5. 

44 

5:23.... 

10.  2.  a. 

44 

33:6.... 

...6.1.e.  R(d) 

" 

5:23.... 

19.4.  R.  (d) 

44 

33:7  ... 

...23.  La.  R.(t) 

" 

6:20,21.. 

25.  2.  d. 

Josh.  1:2 

..11.2.  a.  R.  (g) 

" 

7:7 

37.4.  c. 

" 

1:2 

39.3. 

44 

7:12.... 

..25.1.c.R.(/) 

" 

2:5..... 

.28. 2.  b.  R.  (.g) 

" 

7:17.... 

48.  Le. 

" 

2:22.... 

..13.4.  b.  R.  (e) 

44 

8:3 

.29. 3.  a.  R.  (a) 

" 

2:22. . . . 

15.  2.  a. 

" 

9:6 

9.1.  c. 

41 

3:1 

47.  5.  d. 

►* 

9:14.... 

...23.1.a.R.  tf) 

" 

3:7 

47.  4.b. 

" 

9:15.... 

15.  7.b. 

44 

3:15.... 

...8.3.  f.  R.  (d) 

" 

9:16.... 

17.4. 

4. 

3:17.... 

..28.2.  b.  R.  (g) 

" 

9:21.... 

28.  2.b. 

** 

5:15.... 

7.  7. 

»« 

9:25.... 

34.  7. 

44 

6:11.... 

..28.2.  b.  R.  (flf) 

" 

10:1.... 

8.  3.  d. 

" 

7:2 

9.2.d. 

" 

10:9.... 

7.6. 

44 

7:3 

26.  2.  b. 

" 

10:16... 

25.2.  c. 

" 

7:7 

48.7.R.(0) 

44 

11:1.... 

25.2.  c. 

44 

7:7 

48.  9.  d. 

44 

11:10... 

25.1.a. 

" 

7:21.... 

....4.1.b.R.(b) 

" 

11:12... 

....34.10.  R.  (fc) 

" 

8:33.... 

....4.1.  b.  R.(b) 

" 

11:22. . 

.  .48. 1.  f .  R.  (g) 

14 

8:33.... 

...9.  3.  a.  R.  (a) 

Josh.9:8 22.  3.  d.  R.  (c) 

"     10:24 4.3.b. 

M     10:24 13.  4.  b. 

M     13:33 8.3.C. 

"     14:11 29.  2.  c.  R.  (h) 

"  15:3-11...25.2.a.  R.  (b) 

"     15:19 11.2.a. 

"     16:2,3,6,7,8 

25. 2.  a.  R.  (b) 

H     17:3 44.1.  a.  R.  (d) 

"     17:3 48.  Lf.  R.  (g) 

"     17:9 25. 2.  a.  R.  (b) 

"     17:18 44.  La.  R.  (d) 

M  18:12-21..25.2.a.R.  (b) 

"     21:39 15.5. 

"     22:3 12.  Le. 

»     22:18 45.2.  e. 

"     23:14 10.2. 

"     24:10 28.3.R.(d) 

Judg.l:7 45.2.  c. 

"     3:15 5.  Lb. 

"     3:16 14.  Lb. 

"     5:4 30.2.  R.  (b) 

"     5:23 28.3.  c. 

"     6:3 25.4.b. 

"     6:5 44. 1.  R.(a) 

*     6:16-19 48.6.  R.  (p) 

"     6:25 44.  l.c. 

"     6:27 47.  2.  c. 

"     7:4 12.  l.b.R,  (a) 

"     7:14  41.5.C. 

"     7:17 25.2.d.R.  (d) 

"     7:19 28. 4.  a. 

N     7:19 39.5.b. 

"     8:5 3.3. 

"     8:11 9.3.  a.  R.  (a) 

"     8:11 33.  R.  (a) 

"     8:11 44.3. 

"     8:19 19.4. 

"     8:19 48.7. 

"     9:1 8.3.f.R.(d) 

"     9:2 29.2.b. 

"     9:15 48.  Lb.  R.  (c) 

H     9:55 40.4.b. 

"    10:9 ...,37.3.b. 

"     11:1 8.3.d. 

"     11:9 48.1.b.R.  (c) 

"     11:13 19.4.  R.  (d) 

"     11:20 47. 2,  a. 

u     11^3 42.1.R.(a) 

"     13:2 5.3. 

u     13:3 25.  2.  b. 

"     13:17 42.  5.  a. 

"     14:15 42.  4.  a.  R.  (d) 

tw     14:18 10.4.a. 

"     16:5 10.3. 

"     16:22 1.4. 

M     17:5 7.3. 

"     17:10 38.2.  c. 

M     18:3 45.3.b. 

"     18:5 27.2.C. 

"     18:17 15.  7.  b. 


156 


HEBREW  SYNTAX 


Judg.l8:24... 

12.  I.e. 

44 

19:6.... 

36.1. 

41 

19:13... 

25.1.C. 

w 

19:17... 

1.3. 

44 

19:18... 

34.7. 

m 

20:16... 

1.4. 

44 

20:44... 

34.9. 

Kuth  1:8,9,11. 

2.1.  c. 

44 

1:12.... 

16.  Lb. 

M 

1:13.... 

J2.1.C. 

44 

1:13.... 

...41.1.C.  R.(c) 

44 

1:17.... 

13.2. 

11 

1:19.... 

2. 1.  c. 

u 

1:21.... 

38.  I.e. 

U 

1:21.... 

45.  La. 

44 

1:22 

2.1.C 

u 

2:3 

9.5.e. 

44 

2:7 

25.  Lc. 

M 

2:7 

30.  4. 

U 

2:12.... 

46.  Lc. 

44 

2:16.... 

28.  3.  B.  (a) 

44 

2:17.... 

6.2. 

41 

3:15  ... 

.  .15.  2.  c.  R.  (c) 

44 

4:3 

13.  4.  b. 

1  Sam.  1:2.... 

11. 2.  c. 

44 

1:7.... 

20.2. 

n 

1:12... 

36.  3 

ii 

1:13... 

..41.  Lc.  B.  (d) 

ii 

1:18... 

24.  La. 

44 

1:19... 

24.  2.  a. 

ii 

1:24... 

14.  Lb. 

** 

2:3.... 

6.  3.  a. 

" 

2:3.... 

36.2. 

44 

2:3.... 

....41.8. 

it 

2:4.... 

...30.3. 

ii 

2:4.... 

40.  5.c. 

44 

2:6.... 

24.  Lb. 

ii 

2:6.... 

27.5.  c. 

ii 

2:8.... 

27.  5.  b. 

44 

2:11... 

..27.2.  a.  R.  (0) 

44 

2:13f.. 

....20.  2.  R.  (Ii) 

ii 

2:16... 

48.3.  b. 

44 

2:19... 

38.3.  a. 

44 

2:26... 

..28.3.  d.  R.  (70 

44 

2:27... 

42.2.  b. 

44 

2:28... 

11.  2.  b. 

ii 

2:28... 

....23.2.  R.  (m) 

44 

2:33... 

33.4. 

ii 

3:2.... 

34.  5.  R.(e) 

44 

3:4.... 

37.5.  d. 

44 

3:7a... 

..20.1.b.R.  (e) 

ii 

3:9.... 

27.  4.  a. 

ii 

4:15... 

40.3.  R.  (c) 

ii 

4:18... 

45.1.  a. 

44 

5:9.... 

..13.  4.  b.  R.  (e) 

44 

5:9.... 

33.7. 

44 

6:3.... 

..25. 1.  c.R.(/) 

44 

6:3.... 

.  .48. 1.  b.  R.  (c) 

44 

6:12... 

28.3.  d. 

44 

6:13... 

40.  4.  b. 

ii 

7:16... 

25.  2.  a. 

44 

8:19... 

..44.1.a.R.  (d) 

1  Sam.  8:11,12. 

44   9:1 

44   9:3 

44  9:7  .... 

44  10:4.... 

44  10:19... 

44  10:23... 

44  10:27... 

44  11:9.... 

44  11:13... 

44  12:3.... 

44  12:3.... 

44  12:17... 

44  13:13... 

44  13:15... 

44  14:10... 

44  14:19... 

44  14:19... 

44  14:25b. 

44  14:29f.. 

44  14:33... 

44  14:36... 

44  14:36... 

14  14:45... 

44  14:49... 

44  15:17... 

44  15:20... 

44  15:23... 

44  15:23... 

44  15:23... 

44  15:32... 

44  15:33... 

41  16:3.... 

44  16:4.... 

44  16:7.... 

44  16:16... 

44  16:18... 

44  17:14... 

44  17:14... 

44  17:16... 

44  17:17... 

44  17:28... 

44  17:34... 

44  17:36... 

44  17:36... 

44  17:37... 

44  17:58... 

44  18:6.... 

44  18:30... 

44  19:4  ... 

44  20:2.... 

44  20:4.... 

44  20:5.... 

44  20:6.... 

44  20:11... 

44  20:21... 

44  20:22... 

44  20:41... 

44  21:8.... 

44  21:10... 

44  21:14... 

44  21:15... 


29.5.a 

,.24.2.g.B.(Z> 

34.3, 

25.3, 

.15. 2.  c.  R.  (c! 

47.3.  a. 

.10.4.  a.  R.(/ 
.12.2.  e.  R.  (g 
.27. 1.  b.  R.  (d 

41.  7 

8.4.  c 

17.3. 

37.  5.a 

.48. 2.  d.  R.  (h 
.10.  2.  b.  R.  (c 

19.3 

24.2.g 

.28.  3.  d.  R.  (h 
.24.  2.  g.  R.  (a 
.44. 1.  a.  R.  (d 
.27.  2.  c.  R.  (fr 
...23.  l.R.  (e 
.41. 1.  a.  R.  (a 

43.2.  b 

.24.2.  g.  R.  (a 
.48. 1.  b.  R.  (a 

47.3.  a 

24.2.  g 

41.5.  d 

47.4.  c 

33.4 

38.3.d 

46.  3.  b 

....42.  l.R.  (a. 
21.3 

36.5 

9.5.b 

10.4.b 

37.  5.b 

.28. 2.  b.  R.  (g 
..9.3.  b.  R.  (c 
.10. 2.  b.  R.  (c 
..4.3.d.  R.  (b 
. .  .34.  1.  R.  (d 

39.1 

39.1 

5.  Lb 

...44.  l.R.  (a 

47.  5.  h 

22.3.  d 

45.  Lc 

46.  R.  (a; 

22.  3.b 

.28.3.  a, 

33.1.  a, 

....48.3.  R.  (i: 

19.  3, 

...30.  LB.  (a. 

9.5.e 

....48.3.  E.  (1 
.11.  2.  a.  B.  (cri 
21.1. 


1  Sam.  22:7... 
22:15. 
22:20. 
23:20. 
23:22. 
24:18. 
24:18. 
25:14. 
25:15. 
25:24. 
25:42. 
25:43. 
20:10. 
26:16., 
28:7.. 
28:20. 
29:10. 
30:12.. 
31:7... 
31:9... 
Sam.  1:4.... 
1:9.... 
1:21.. 
1:21.. 
1:21.. 
1:22.. 
2:9... 
2:9... 
2:13.. 
2:32.. 
3:1... 
3:2... 
3:13.. 
3:33.. 
3:34... 
4:4... 
5:5.... 
5:10. . 
7:5... 
7:7... 
7:28.. 
9:1.... 
10:11. 
11:25. 
11:25., 
12:6.. 
12:22. 
12:22. 
13:13. 
13:36. 
14:5.. 
14:5.. 
14:10. 
14:22. 
15:4.. 
15:5.. 
15:16. 
15:19. 
15:23. 
15:25. 
15:33. 
15:37., 


,...44.  LB.  (c) 
....42.2.  B.(b) 

...9.  5.  a. 

43.1.  a. 

...28.3.  B.  (d) 

2.3.  a. 

30.5. 

,45.3.b.B.  (d) 

8.2.  e. 

39.  4.  b. 

...44.  LB.  (a.) 
....44.  LB.  (c) 
.25.  Lc.  B.  (J) 

34.10. 

8.  4.b. 

17.  4. 

...44.  LB.  (a) 
6.2. 


3.4. 

37.1. 

..9.  2.  a.  B.  (a) 

8.  2.  d. 

9.2.b. 

.44.  l.d.  B.  (e) 

20.2. 

8.2.b. 

..8.2.b.B.(b) 

12.1.  g. 

33.1.b. 

.28.3.  d.  B.(?0 

9.5.C. 

47.  3.  a. 

22.  3.  b. 

.41.  Lc.  B.  (d) 

8.1.  b. 

15.5. 

..8. La.  B.  (c) 

42.2.  c. 

32.1. 

37.5.  b. 

....42.3.  B.  (c) 

2.2.  c. 

4.  3.d. 

34.11. 

15.9.  b. 

.13.  4.  b.  B.  (e) 
.25.  Lc.  B.(/) 
...15.  LB.  (a) 

32.2. 

6.1.d. 

24.  2.  d. 

25.  2.  d. 

11.  LB.  (e) 

.25.1.C.  B.(/) 

30.  LB.  (<x) 

34.3.  B.  (c) 

1.3. 

, 40.4.  b. 

11.  2.  b. 

11.2.  c. 

20.  B.  (a) 


BY    AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


157 


8  Sam.  16:17... 

44  17:3.... 

44  17:5.... 

44  17:14... 

44  17:23... 

"  18:3.... 

44  18:7.... 

44  18:11.... 

44  18:13... 

u  18:14... 

44  18:18... 

M  18:18... 

44  18:19... 

44  18:33... 

44  18:39... 

44  19:1.... 

41  19:3.... 

44  19:5.... 

44  19:18... 

M  19:30... 

44  19:20... 

44  19:31... 

"  19:33... 

44  19:33... 

M  19:35... 

44  20:10... 

44  20:19... 

44  21:4.... 

44  21:9.... 

M  21:17... 

44  22:3*... 

44  23:5.... 

44  23:10... 

44  23:15... 

44  23:15... 

44  23:19... 

44  24:9.... 

f  24:24... 
lKgrs.l:2..... 

u  1:24.... 

44  1:35.... 

44  1:52.... 

"      2:2 

44  2:21.... 

44  2:30.... 

44  2:31.... 

44      3:2 

44  3:4..... 

44      3:7 

44  3:18.... 

44  4:14.... 

44      5:1 

44  5:30,23. 

44  6:16.... 

44  6:18.... 

44  7:8b... 

44  7:13.... 

"      8:5 

44  8:13.... 

44  8:37.... 

44  8:33.... 

44  8:47.... 


43.1. 

..6. I.e.  R.(d) 

39. 4.  b. 

.29. 3.  a.  R.  (a) 
.  .8.  4.  c.  R.  (e) 

47.  l.a. 

40.2.  a. 

...29.  4.  R.  (d) 
....48.  7.  R.  (t) 

45.  2.  e. 

.29.  3.  a.  R.  (a) 
...34.1.  R.  (b) 

30.5. 

33.1.  b. 

...43.1.  R.  (a) 

11.1.  a. 

34.1.b. 

33.3. 

...9.5.R.  (/) 

39.3.  b. 

.39.3.b.R.(/) 

, 9.5.d. 

..43.1.R.  (a) 
...43.3.  R.  (b) 

46.3.  c. 

40.6. 

.9.2.c.R.(/). 

47.1.d. 

33.2. 

44. 2.  b. 

12.  1.  f. 

42.1. 

20.  R.  (a) 

43.3.  c. 

42.5.  a. 

....43.3.  R.  (c) 
..2.2.b.R.  (e) 

39.  5.  b. 

23.  1.  b. 

....43.3.  R.  (5) 

, 18.1. 

48.3. 

.35.  3.  d.  R.  (d) 
....40.1.  R. (a) 
.41. 1.  c.  R.  (c) 

8.3.  b. 

37.3.  a. 

15.6. 

39.1.d. 

.11. 3.  d.  R.  (k) 
.33. 1.  b.  R.  (d) 

37. 3.  a. 

4.3.e. 

....34.3.  R.  (e) 

41.3.  c. 

30.  R.  (a) 

..24.2.9.R.(b) 

33.3.  a. 

33.3. 

.44. 1.  a.  R.  (d) 

35.5. 

46.1.d. 


1  Kgs.  9:36,37. 

44  10:31... 

44  10:32. . . 

44  10:33... 

44  11:33... 

44  13:15... 

44  13:16... 

44  13:8.... 

44  13:13... 

44  13:31... 

44  14:11... 

44  14:34... 

44  15:3.... 

44  15:33... 

44  15:23... 

44  15:31... 

44  16:11... 

44  18:4.... 

44  18:11,13. 

44  18:36... 

44  18:33... 

44  18:39... 

44  19:4.... 

44  19:4.... 

44  19:5.... 

44  19:31... 

44  20:6.... 

44  20:6.... 

44  20:13... 

44  20:21... 

44  20:35... 

44  20:36... 

44  20:36... 

44  21:6.... 

44  21:15... 

44  22:1.... 

44  22:1.... 

44  22:10  . . 

44  22:15... 

44  23:30... 

44  33:38... 
3KgS.L2  .... 

44      1:3 


1.4. 

41.6. 

15.  9.  b. 

...30.3.  R.  (h) 
41.1.C.R.  (c) 
.39. 3.  a.  R.  (a) 

43.5.  b. 

22.4.  b. 

42.5.  c. 

25.2.  d. 

38.3.  a. 

.9. 3.  a.  R.  (a) 

17.1. 

33.8.  a. 

34.8. 

9.5.e. 

47.5.  c. 

15.6. 

..25.2.d.R.(d) 
, 4.3.  e. 


2:10..., 
2:24... 
3:16  .. 
3:16... 
3:36  .. 
4:13.... 
4:34... 
4:43... 
4:43... 
5:11 .... 
5:12.... 
5:13... 
5:23.... 
5:33... 
7:9.... 
8:13... 
10:1... 
10:5... 
10:6... 


, 7.6. 

29.4.  c. 

47.2.  a. 

.27. 2.  c.  R.  (k) 

33.8.  c. 

.25. 1.  c.  R.  (/) 
.48. 1.  f .  R.  (g) 

5.3. 

4.3.  c. 

....9.5.R.  (/) 
.25.2.  d.R.(d) 

48. 8.  c. 

......20.  R.  (o) 

.44.1.a.R.  (d) 

8.3.  d. 

45.3.  e. 

35.4. 

43.4.  a. 

lLl.gr. 

48.3.  a. 

42.  4.  b. 

41.6. 

....48.3.  R.  (*) 

.  15.5. 

3.  I.e. 

6.  3.  c. 

40.  2.  b. 

29.3.  c. 

...19.3.  R.  (b) 

28. 5.  b. 

.43.  2.  d.  R.  (d) 

39.  5.  b. 

.25.1.c.R.(/) 

38.3.  b. 

3.3. 


3.5.b. 

.25. 2.  d.  R.  (d) 

31.1. 

15.4. 

46.  3.  a. 

10.  4.  b. 


2Kgs.ll:13 44.  4.  d. 

44  13:19.... 48. 2.  d.R.  (7i) 

44      13:20 30.  R.  (a) 

44      14:8 33.  8.  b. 

44  14:10... 35.1.  c.  R.  (/) 

44      15:16 4.1.b.R.  (b) 

44      16:14 9. 3.  a.  R.  (a) 

44      16:17 6.  La. 

44      18:17 8.  3.  a. 

44      20:4 30.4. 

44     22:3 15.8.b. 

44     23:17 9.3.a.R.  (a) 

44  25:4......3.5.c.R.  (7i) 

44      25:9 8.  3.a. 

IChr.  5:9 6.1.  c. 

44      7:2,9 3.4. 

44      11:9 28.3.d.R.  (h) 

44      13:4 47.  3.  d. 

44      19:5 40.  2.  a. 

44      21:18 47.  3.  c. 

44      28:18 6.1.  R.  (a) 

2Chr.  1:6 15.6. 

44      2:12 18.1. 

44      3:4. 15.4. 

44      3:16 15.6. 

44      13:9 15.2.  c. 

44      16:14 44.1.R.(b) 

44      20:6 41.4.  b. 

44      29:3 15.8.  a. 

44  31:10.... 28. 2.  a.  R.  (e) 

44      34:8 15.8.b. 

Ezra  1:11 L3. 

44    3:10 26.1.  b. 

44     8:35 15.3. 

Neh.l:4 27.2.a.R.  (g) 

"     1:7 28.3.R.  (a) 

44     2:2 28.2.  b. 

44  2:13,15....27.2.a.R.(0) 

44     9:33 10.3. 

"     11:13 9.  5.b. 

Est.  9:1 14.1.  b. 

Job   1:1 ILL  c. 

kl      1:1 12.1.  b. 

44      1:1 37.5.C. 

44      1:1 38.2.c.R.(/) 

"      1:1 46.4.C. 

"      1:3 10.4.b. 

"      1:14 2.2.a. 

"      1:15 39.4.a. 

"      1:16 29.3.  a. 

44      2:10 5.3.  R.  (e) 

44      2:20 15.1.R.  (o) 

"      3:3 13.3.  a. 

"      3:3 20.  La. 

44      3:4 10.3.R.(e) 

"      3:13 37. 3.  a. 

"      3:17 21.3.R.(*>) 

"      5:7 44.  Lb. 

"      6:17 20.  R.  (a) 

"      8:12 41.5.  d. 

«      9:2 42.  5.  b. 

"     9:4 9.Lc. 


158 


HEBREW  SYNTAX 


Job    9:21 14.1.  c. 

44      10:1 33.2.  R.  (n) 

44      10:8,9 42.1.  R.(<x) 

"      10:14 48.  2.  b. 

"      10:17 44.1.  R.  (b) 

44      11:6 3.5.C. 

"      11:13,14 48.  5.  R.  (o) 

44      11:17 10.4.  a.  R.  (0) 

"      11:18 37.5.d. 

44      31:20 21.3.  R.  (b) 

44      14:19 40.4.  a. 

44      15:10 9.1.  a.  R.  (b) 

44      16:4 30.5.R.  (c) 

44      16:6 23.  2.  d. 

44      16:9 30.5.  R.  (c) 

44      16:18 43.1.  a. 

"      17:10.  43.1.a. 

44      18:21 13.3.b. 

44      18:21 46.  5.  a. 

44      19:19 13.  4.  a. 

44      20:17 9.2.  c.  R.  (/) 

44      21:16 19.4.  R.  (c) 

44      21:22 45.1.C. 

44      22:18 19.4.  R.  (c) 

44      24:10 8.  2.  d. 

44      24:14 36.4. 

44      27:3 9.2.  a.  R.  (a) 

44      30:6 9.4.b. 

44      32:6 9.  l.a.  R.  (b) 

44      32:7 40.5.C. 

44      32:22 36.  4. 

44      34:32 46.  5.  a. 

44      36:10 47.1.a. 

44      38:2 11.  I.e. 

44      40:2 43.2.  d.  R.  (d) 

44      40:15 3.2.  c. 

Ps.     1:1 4.3.b. 

44      1:1 48. 1.  f.  R.  (fir) 

44      1:2 33.2. 

44      1:2 44.  La.  R.  (d) 

44      1:3 1.2. 

44      2:1 42.  6.  d. 

44      2:lf 21.  3.  R.  (b) 

44      2:2 5.4. 

44      2.2 21.1. 

44      2:3 23.2.b. 

44      2:6  9.2.d. 

"      2:8 23.2.d. 

44      2:12 9.2.b. 

44      2:12 26.2.C. 

44      3:1 9.  5.  b. 

44       3:5 33.8.d. 

44      3:7 17.2. 

44      3:8 31.7. 

44       4:2 19.4.  R.  (c) 

"       4:2 29.2.b. 

"       5:6 21.3.  R.(b) 

"       5:7 21.3. 

44      5:9,10 40.  7.b. 

44      6:5 23. 1.  a.  R.  (h) 

44      6:7 21.3.  R.  (b) 

44      6:9(cf.l0) 19.2.  c. 


Ps. 

7:4.... 

17.3. 

It 

7:7 

19.4.  R.  (c) 

u 

7:9.... 

43.  2.  d. 

44 

7:12... 

14.2.  a. 

Ik 

7:12... 

27.2.  b. 

It 

7:13... 

36.2. 

44 

7:13f.. 

21. 3.  R.  (b) 

44 

7:14... 

..38.2.  c.R.(/) 

tt 

8:2.... 

.  .12.  2.  e.  R.  (g) 

M 

8:5 

47.  4.  a. 

tt 

9:19.... 

41.8. 

tt 

9:21 . . . 

47.3.  b. 

u 

10:16... 

19.  4.R.  (c) 

44 

11:4.... 

37.4.  c. 

M 

11:6.... 

....23.1.  R.(/) 

tt 

11:6... 

23.1.  d. 

II 

11:7... 

37.4.  a. 

>4 

11:7.... 

37.5.  a. 

it 

12:3.... 

3.1.  c. 

44 

12:4... 

....23.1.R.(/) 

II 

14:7... 

23.1.b. 

44 

15:4.... 

21.2. 

U 

16:3... 

46.  4.  d. 

" 

16:4.... 

9.5.  R.  (/) 

It 

17:5... 

28. 1.  R.(d) 

44 

17:5.... 

28.  5.  R.  (b) 

t. 

18:4... 

24.  3.  b. 

14 

18:33. . 

...9.3.  a.  R.  (a) 

li 

19:2... 

.  .27. 2.  b.  R.  (7i) 

44 

19:4... 

8.2.d. 

M 

19:9... 

9.1.  a. 

" 

19:9... 

40.1. 

M 

19:10.. 

37.  4.  b. 

" 

19:14... 

47.4.  c. 

" 

20:7... 

19.1. 

44 

21:3... 

17.3. 

11 

21:3.... 

41.  2.  e. 

* 

21:6... 

10.3. 

" 

22:7... 

9.1.b. 

It 

22:8... 

30.5.R.  (c) 

44 

22:16... 

21.3.  R.(b) 

M 

22:16.. 

35.2. 

" 

22:22.. 

19.4.R.  (c) 

Ik 

22:30.. 

9.1.  a. 

tt 

23:3. . . 

21.2. 

" 

23:5... 

....6. 1.  e.  R.  (d) 

i4 

23:5... 

21.3.R.  (b) 

M 

24:10.. 

....12. 1.  e.  R.(c) 

tt 

24:10.. 

42.  5.  a. 

" 

25:2 .. . 

41.  Lb. 

" 

25:10  . 

10.3.  R.  (e) 

" 

25:12.. 

46.4.  b. 

44 

26:4,5. 

21.  3.  R.  (b) 

44 

27:2... 

26.  2.  a. 

44 

27:2... 

39. 4.  b. 

M 

27:5.  . 

45.2.  b. 

44 

28:3.... 

45.1.d. 

44 

29:1... 

3.4. 

44 

29:3-9. 

....8.2.  c.  R.  (c) 

44 

29:5... 

...27.  2.b.  R.  (7i) 

44 

31:6... 

19.4.  R.  (c) 

44 

31:8.... 

23.  2.  b. 

rs. 


31:8.... 

46.  2.  a. 

32:3.... 

47.  5.  a. 

32:10... 

.  .10. 2.  a.  R.  (b) 

33:13... 

18.3. 

34:6.... 

....23.1.  R.  (/) 

34:9.... 

10.3. 

35:16... 

...  30.5.  R.  (c) 

37:11... 

..8.2.  b. 

37:12... 

27.2.  b. 

37:14f.. 

.20. 1.  a.  R.  (b) 

37:21... 

.41. 1.  c.  R.  (d) 

38:12... 

...  21.3.  R.  (b) 

40:3,9... 

..  .23.1.R.  (/) 

40:6.... 

41.4.  b. 

41:3.... 

.41. 1.  b.  R.  (b) 

41:3.... 

...23.1.R.  (/) 

41:6 

.25.1.C.R.  (/) 

41:7.... 

48.5. 

42:5,10.. 

....23.2.R.(n) 

44:8.... 

.44. 1.  a.  R.  (d) 

44:18... 

.45. 3.  b.  R.  (d) 

44:21,22. 

48.7.a. 

45:3.... 

..3.5.  c.R.  (7i) 

45:5  ... 

31.4. 

45:7.... 

...9. 2.  a.  R.  (a) 

45:9.... 

...6.1.  e.  R.  (d) 

49:8.... 

....28. 3.  R.  (/) 

49:18... 

41.7. 

50:3.... 

....23.1.  R.  (/) 

50:3.... 

..41. 1.  b.  R.  (b) 

50:4.... 

47.3.  d. 

50:6.... 

., 11.1.  d. 

50:21... 

28.3.R.(a) 

53:5.... 

9.  La. 

55:3,18. 

....23. 2.  R.  (n) 

55:15... 

20.  2. 

56:4.... 

8.2.e. 

56:4.... 

20.R.  (a> 

56:4.... 

46.  4.  e. 

57:7.... 

19.4.R.(c) 

58:2.... 

33.5. 

58:3.... 

8.  l.a. 

59:16... 

24.2.  g. 

60:3..  . 

45.  3.  b.  R.  (d) 

62:5.... 

40.7.  b. 

63:4.... 

10.  4.  a. 

64:8-10. 

24.  l.R.(0) 

65:5..:. 

10.  Lb. 

65:14... 

..  .23.  l.R.  (/) 

65:14... 

30.3. 

66:7..  . 

....23.  l.R.  (/) 

69:1.... 

9.5.C. 

71:3.... 

19.4.  R.  (c) 

71:7... 

....    6.  l.R.  (a) 

71:19... 

..44.  Ld.  R.  (e) 

71:22.. 

....11.1.  R.  (b) 

72:8,13,16,17..23.1.R.(/) 

74:2.... 

12.  Ld. 

74:5.... 

1.2. 

74:14... 

.  .20. 1.  a.  R.  (b) 

77:4,7.. 

23.2.  R.  (n) 

77:14... 

.12.2.  e.R.  (0) 

BY    AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


159 


Ps.     77:17.... 

78:18.... 

80:5 

80:9 

81:14-17. 

84:2 

84:2 

84:5 

87:5 

88:16.... 

90:2 

94:23.... 

98:7 

101:3... 

103:5.... 

104:19... 

104:20... 

104:25... 

104:25... 

110:3.... 

113:5.... 

114:3-7. . 

116:16... 

119:133.. 

119:137.. 

121:3.... 

123:4.... 

125:1.... 

126:2.... 

126:2.... 

128:5... 

133:1.  . 

135:6... 

139:14... 

139:14... 

139:19.. 

144:3.... 

144:14.. 

149:2.... 

Prov.l:20 

"  1:26.... 
"  2:17.... 
"     3:28.... 

"     4:17 

"  5:19.... 
M     5:23.... 

M     6:19 

"     6:24 

"     8:3 

"  10:30.... 
"  12:12.... 
"  12:26.... 
"  13:38... 
"  14:3.... 
"  17:12.... 
w     20:22.... 

"     21:9 

"  22:21 . . . 
*  22:23.... 
M  23:22... 
"  23:22... 
"     24:31.... 


1.  a.  R.  (b) 


...19.4.  R.  (d) 

24.1.  (b) 

....48.  7.R.  (t) 
.  2. 1.  a.  R.  (a) 
.12.2.e.R.  (g) 

27.1.  a. 

3.  I.e. 

....23.2.  R.(n) 
.20. 1.  b.  R.  (e) 
...24.1.  R.  (g) 
...23.1.  R.(/) 

29.1.d. 

40.4.  a. 

...23.1.R.  (/) 

23.  I.e. 

.10.  2.  a.  R.  (b) 

12.  I.e. 

..6.  l.e.  R.  (d) 
..9.3.  a.R.  La) 
...23.1.R.  (/) 
,...19.4.  R.(c) 

3.3. 

40.  2.  b. 

...23.1.  R.(/) 
..9. 3.  a.  R.  (a) 

4.3.f. 

20.  Lb. 

37. 2.  a. 

23.1.d. 

29.  2.  b. 

14.  2.  b. 

33.5. 

35.  3. 

43. 3.  b. 

22.1.b. 

2.1.b. 

.2. 2.  c.  R.  (/) 
....23.  2.  R.  (I) 

8.1.  a. 

27.5.  b. 

37.5.  d. 

...21.3.  R.  (b) 

3.2.  b. 

32 

27.5.  a. 

».  3.  a. 

....23.2.  R.  (I) 

41.  2.  e. 

...21.3.  R.(b) 

8.1.  a. 

8.2.  d. 

16.  2.  b. 

....28.5.R.(b) 
23.  I.e. 

..29.4.  R.  (d) 

6.  Lb. 

21.7. 

12.1.d. 

13.  4.  a. 

.  ..30.2.  R.  (b) 


Isa. 


Prov.25:16. 

26:14. 

27:27  . 

28:1... 
Eccl.l:17.. 

2:7.... 

2:12.. 

2:12... 

2:24. 

3:2... 

4:9.... 

4:17.. 

5:4... 

7:20.. 

8:9... 

8:10.. 

9:16.. 

12:11 . 
Cant.  1:8... 

1:15.. 

2:8... 

5:2... 

7:13.. 

1:1.... 

1:2.... 

1:3a.. 

1:4... 

1:9... 

1:9  . . 

1:9... 

1:12.. 

1:15.. 

1:15.. 

1:16.. 

1:20.. 

1:20.. 

1:21.. 

2:2..., 

2:2... 

2:2.... 

2:6... 

2:8..., 

2:9..., 

2:9... 

2:11... 

2:20... 

3:15.. 

3:17.. 

3:26.. 

5:2... 

5:2... 

5:2... 

5:2... 


5:9... 

5:11. 

5:11  . 

5:12.. 

5:12.. 

5:13.. 

5:15f. 


48.1.  a. 

21.3. 

8.2.b. 

....21.3.  R.  (b) 

3.  2.  b. 

....40.1.  R. (a) 

3.2.b. 

....11.1.  R.  (b) 
.25. 1.  c.  R.  (/) 

, 29.  3.  d. 

15.  7.  a. 

47.2.  b. 

47.1.  a. 

41.  5.  b. 

, 28.4.  a. 

8.3.  a. 

26.  Lb. 

..8.3.  e.  R.  (c) 

10.  4.  b. 

37.  4.  b. 

..8.2.  c.  R.  (c) 
...8.2.C.  R.  (c) 

42.  4.  b. 

44.  4.  a. 

26. 2.  a. 

18.3. 

17.2. 

19.4. 

48.1.d. 

48.7. 

33.6. 

30.2. 

40.3. 

..23.  La.  R.  (f) 

33.6. 

35.2. 

42.  6.  c. 

.  .8.  2.  b.  R.  (b) 

25.1.C. 

25.  4.  a. 

24.  3.  b. 

....21.1.R.  (a) 
....23.  l.R.  (b) 
....24.1.R.  (g) 

40.  5.  c. 

8.3.d. 

42.5.  b. 

38.  3.  c. 

dt.  4.  b. 

.::.  r*  $.  r\  (g) 

,<uX  fj,  U  *.».  (£>) 

31.2. 

47.  3.  d. 

23.1.C. 

....30.  2.  R.  (b) 

41.6. 

..8.3.  e.  R.  (c) 

45.2.  b. 

..6.1.  e.  R.  (d) 
....10.3.  R.  (e) 

19.  2.  a. 

....24.  l.R.  (g) 


5:19 23.2.R.  (I) 

5:24 29.2.C.R.  (7i) 

5:26..  40.7.  c. 

6:1 11.1.R.  (d) 

6:2 27.5.  c. 

6:6 9.5.  R.  (/) 

6:6 45. 3.  b.  R.  (d) 

6:8 3.2.C.  R.  (e) 

6:8 11.2.  b. 

6:8 34.2. 

6:9 28. 3.  c. 

6:9 32.4. 

7:13 29.  La. 

7:14 14.1.  b. 

7:14 39.6. 

8:3 24.1.C.R.  (e) 

8:8 19.2.  b. 

9:1 19. 2.  a. 

9:5 24.1.C. 

9:10 20.1.a.R.  CO 

9:10 2Ll.R.(a) 

9:10-15 24.1.R.<0) 

9:12 9.  3.  a.R.  (a) 

9:55 8.3.f. 

10:4 21.1.R.  (a) 

10:12 8.3.f.R.  (d) 

10:15 41.5.  a. 

10:22 30.2.  R.  (b) 

10:28 21.  l.R.  (a) 

11:7 4.3.  d. 

11:9 19.2.  c. 

13:2 23.1.R.  (/) 

13:9 44.  LR.  (a) 

13:10 19.2.  b. 

14:6 41.5.  c. 

14:21 41.2.  e. 

14:23 28. 2.  a.  R.  (e) 

15:6 37.5.C.R.  (/) 

16:12 19.3.R.  (b) 

17:6 11. 2.  a.  R.  (ff) 

18:2,7 37.5.b.R.  (e) 

19:2 14. 2.  f. 

19:8 9. 2.  a.  R.  (a) 

19:11 6. I.e.  R.  (d) 

20:1 29. 2.  c.  R.  (h) 

21:2 40.  LR.  (a) 

21:3 17.2. 

21:5 28.5.  a. 

21:5 43. 2.  d.  R.  (d) 

21:9 1.2. 

21:12 5.4. 

22:2 9.1.  c. 

22:2 27.1.b. 

22:13 28.1. 

22:16 9.  2.  a.  R.  (a) 

22:17 28. 3.  c.  R.  (g) 

22:24 8.  3.  a. 

23:1,4 23.1.R.  (/) 

23:13 37.5.C.R.  (f) 

23:15 2.2.C. 

24:18 19.2.  c. 

24:19 28.3.  R.  (d) 


160 


HEBREW  SYNTAX 


Tsa. 

26:15.... 

....19.  4.  R.  (c) 

44 

88:1 

.  .9. 2.  a.  R.  (a) 

44 

28:13.... 

25.1.  c. 

u 

28:28.... 

....28.3.  R.(c) 

44 

29:11.... 

..8.2.b.R.  (b) 

it 

29:14.... 

.28. 2.  b.  R.  (g) 

M 

29:16.... 

43. 1.  a. 

44 

29:19.... 

8.3.  f. 

it 

30:1 

.29. 3.  a.  R.  (a) 

44 

31:8 

11.2.  c. 

it 

31:8.... 

39.  7. 

it 

32:7 

29.  2.  c. 

44 

32:17.... 

.  .28. 2.  a.  R.  (6) 

44 

33:1 

36.  5. 

it 

33:6 

8.  4.  a. 

U 

34:12.... 

41.2.  f. 

it 

34:13.... 

40.  4.  a. 

if 

35:lf.... 

...23.1.  R.  (/) 

tt 

36:2 

10.  La. 

tt 

36:8.... 

.  .9. 3.  a.  R.  (a) 

tt 

36:9.... 

.  .9. 2.  a.  R.  (a) 

tt 

37:2 

...6. 1.  o.R.  (c) 

tt 

37:2.... 

10.  4.  b. 

tt 

37:4 

13.1. 

tt 

37:5.... 

..24.1.c.R.(e) 

tt 

37:22.... 

8.4.b. 

44 

38:10.... 

....23.2.  R.  (n) 

tt 

38:20.... 

29. 3.  b. 

44 

39:1 

.24. 2.  g.  R.  (a) 

tt 

40:7.... 

18.3. 

44 

40:7 

48.  5.  b. 

tt 

40:18... 

.12.2.  e.  R.(0) 

44 

40:20... 

.  .9. 1.  a.  R.  (b) 

tt 

40:20.... 

27.1.b. 

tt 

40:20... 

35.3. 

tt 

40:24... 

24.1.b. 

tt 

40:24... 

.  ..44.1.R.  (c) 

tt 

40:27... 

.25.1.C.  R.(/) 

tt 

40:28.... 

42.  4.  a. 

tt 

40:30... 

26. 2.  b. 

44 

41:7.... 

34.6. 

44 

41:8.... 

46.1.R.  (c) 

44 

41:11 . . . 

26.  2.  b. 

44 

41:20.... 

26.  2.  c. 

tt 

41:26... 

....44. 1.  R.  (c) 

tt 

41:28.... 

48.  8.  b. 

44 

42:7.... 

..10.  2.  b.  R.  (c) 

44 

42:16... 

46.  4.  b. 

" 

42:21... 

36.  4. 

tt 

42:24... 

28.  2.  a. 

44 

42:24... 

36.3. 

tt 

43:4.... 

13.2. 

tt 

43:9. ... 

...19.  4.  R.  (c) 

tt 

43:22... 

..22.3.d.R.  (e) 

44 

44:23. . . 

3. 2.  a. 

44 

44:28... 

29. 5.  a. 

44 

47:1.... 

36.  R.  (d) 

tt 

47:1.... 

37.2.  a. 

tt 

47:1.... 

...2.2.C.R.  (h) 

tt 

47:9.... 

29.2.  b. 

tt 

47:11... 

40.  2.  b. 

tt 

47:12... 

13.2.R.  (c) 

Tsa.  48:14 13.  3.  b. 

44  48:18,19 48.  7.  R.  (q) 

44  49:3 13.1. 

44  49:7 24.2.  f. 

44  50:1 2.2.  c.  R.(7i) 

"  50:4 34.6 

44  50:8 46".  R.  (a) 

44  51:12 21:4. 

44  51:15 44.1.d.R.  (e) 

44  51:21 8.  4.  a. 

"  52:8 40.  5.  b. 

44  53:4 9.1.  b. 

44  53:7 39.5.a.R.  (e) 

44  53:10,11 47. 3.  c. 

44  53:11 36.2.  R.  (c) 

"  54:14 23. 1.R.  (/) 

44  55:2 48.  8.  b. 

44  55:10 48. 1.  f . 

44  56:2 14.2.  b. 

44  57:1 14.2.  d. 

44  57:11 44.  I.e. 

44  57:14 23..1.R.  (/) 

44  59:3 3.5.  c.  R.  (h) 

44  59:10 23.2.R.(n) 

44  59:15b-17....24.1.  R.  (flf) 

44  62:10 23.  l.R.  (/) 

44  63:19 48.  7.  R.  (q) 

44  64:4 24.  2.  g.  R.  (o) 

44  65:1 46.  5.  a. 

44  1:4 ll.l.R.(d) 

Jer.  2:5 12.2.e.R.  (fir) 

44  3:1 25.1.C.  R.  (/) 

44  3:25 23.2.R.  (n) 

44  4:5 36.2.  R.  (c) 

44  4:16 24.1.C. 

44  4:16 24.1.R.  (0) 

44  4:19,21 23.2.  R.  (n) 

44  5:2 48.1.b.  R.  (a) 

44  5:9 14.2.e. 

44  5:15 46.4.  a. 

44  7:1 11.1.  R.  (d) 

44  7:6 23.  1.  a. 

44  7:12 46. 1.  d. 

44  7:16 41.3. 

44  7:19 11.2.b. 

44  8:9 8.4.C. 

44  8:13 28.3.R.(c) 

44  9:13 37.2.C. 

44  9:17 30.2.  R.(b) 

44  10:6 38.1.b. 

44  12:3 25.1.b. 

44  13:7 14.2.  d. 

44  13:16 25.  I.e.  R.  (/) 

44  14:1 46.  R.  (h) 

44  14:7 48.1.b.  R.  (a) 

44  14:17 41.1.  R.(b) 

44  15:4 13.2. 

44  15:5b-7 24.1.R.  (0) 

44  16:13 34.3. 

44  17:21 25. 1.  c.  R.  (/) 

44  18:13 38.2.  c.  R.  (/) 

44  18:21 9.1.  b. 


Jer. 

20:8.... 

47. 5.  h. 

44 

20:12.... 

.44. 1.  d.  R.  (e) 

tt 

21:9.... 

25.5. 

44 

22:10... 

.  .28. 3.  c.  R.  (0) 

tt 

22:19... 

32.2. 

tt 

22:29.... 

39. 5.  a. 

tt 

23:5 

27.2.  c. 

44 

23:14.... 

28.  2.  a. 

tt 

23:23  .. 

8.3.b. 

tt 

23:37... 

38. 2.  b. 

44 

24:2.... 

..6.1.e.  R.  (d) 

tt 

28:9 

5.1. 

44 

28:9 

46.  Lb. 

it 

29:23... 

.44. 1.  d.  R.  (e) 

tt 

30:6.... 

45.  2.  d. 

tt 

31:21... 

37.  R.  (g) 

tt 

32:14... 

28.  5.  c. 

it 

32:29... 

.29.  3.  a.  R.  (a) 

44 

32:33.... 

....41.3.  R.  (/) 

tt 

33:2 

6.1.  R.  (a) 

tt 

33:22... 

..9.  La.  R.  (a) 

tt 

36:9 

15.  8.  a. 

tt 

37:14... 

41.3. 

44 

46:1.... 

46.  R.  (7i) 

it 

46:6.... 

....23.1.R.(/) 

44 

48:2 

41.  5.  d. 

tt 

48:4,9... 

2.2.  c. 

tt 

48:9 

....28.3.  R.  (c) 

it 

48:36... 

46.  4.  d. 

44 

51:3.... 

....23.1.R.(/) 

tt 

51:9.... 

..23.1.a.R.  (j) 

44 

51:35... 

11. 2.  d. 

tt 

51:53... 

48.4. 

tt 

52:7.... 

20.  R.  (a) 

Lam.  1:1 

...2.2.  c.  R.  (7i) 

44 

1:17.... 

30.5.R.(c) 

44 

1:21.... 

13.3.  a. 

Ezek.l:20,2L. 

.  .39. 5.  a.  R.  (e) 

" 

2:2  .... 

34.5. 

tt 

7:9 

9.2.  d. 

tt 

9:4 

20.  R.  (a) 

tt 

10:3.... 

..11. 2.  a.  R.(g) 

44 

10:3  ... 

9.  2.  b. 

tt 

12:25... 

46.  R.  (h) 

tt 

13:2.... 

9.  2.  b. 

it 

14:15... 

.  .25. 1.  c.  R.  (/) 

44 

16:4.... 

..,.28.3.  R.  (d) 

tt 

17:15... 

...9.3.  a.  R.  (a) 

44 

17:21... 

34.9. 

tt 

23:20... 

23.2.  R.  (1) 

44 

23:28... 

13.2. 

" 

23:46... 

28.5.  d. 

" 

27:5.... 

...3.5.C.  R.  (h) 

" 

27:34... 

8.2.  e. 

tt 

27:34... 

46. 4.  e. 

ti 

28:16... 

24.1.R.  (0) 

44 

30:11... 

31.3. 

tt 

31:12... 

24.1.R.(0) 

tt 

37:9.... 

4.3.e. 

tt 

39:4.... 

...9.2.C.  R.(/) 

tt 

40:17... 

15.4.  R.(e) 

" 

40:22... 

15.2.  c. 

BY    AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


161 


Ezek.  45:11.. 

...6.1.e.R.(d) 

Amos  5:1.... 

46.  R.(7i) 

Nan.  2:5 

.20. 1.  a.  R.  (c) 

44     45:16 . . 

5.1.  a. 

44 

5:3.... 

33.3. 

44 

2:9 

.37. 5.  b.  R.  (e) 

Hos.  1:6 

.  .41. 1.  c.  R.  (d) 

44 

6:1.... 

43.1.b. 

Hab.2:17.... 

8.  Lb. 

44     3:2 

15.3.R.(d) 

44 

6:12... 

37.2.  b. 

44 

3:8 

6.1.R.(a) 

44     4:2 

.  .43. 2.  d.  R.  (d) 

it 

6:13... 

..8.2.d.  R.  (/) 

44 

3:10.... 

.20. 1.  a.  R.  (o) 

"     4:3.... 

25.1.b. 

H 

7:7.... 

.  .45. 3.  b.  R.  (d) 

44 

3:16.... 

47.  4.  b. 

44     6:11.... 

36.2. 

H 

9:5.... 

.  .44. 1.  d.  R.  (6) 

Hag.  1:1 

9. 5.  a. 

44     8:11 . . . 

..39.5.  a.  R.  (e) 

It 

9:8.... 

....28.3.  R.(/) 
40.  7.  d. 

tt 

2:5 

43.2.  b. 

44     9:4 

8.2.  c. 

M 

9:11... 

tt 

2:11.... 

31.4. 

44     10:6.... 

40. 1.  R.(a) 

Jon 

1:11... 

26.  2.  a. 

Zech.l:3 

25.2.  c. 

44     10:12... 

.25. 1.  c.  R.  (/) 

44 

1:3,5.. 

1.4. 

tt 

1:9 

42.  5.  b. 

44     12:1.... 

3.2.c. 

tt 

3:3.... 

9.  5.  a. 

" 

4:4,13... 

42.  5.  b. 

44     12:6.... 

..44.1.d.  R.(e) 

44 

3:5.... 

9.4.b. 

tt 

4:5 

37.5.  b. 

44     13:8  (cf. 

2Kgs.2:24) 

tt 

3:5.... 

10.  4.  b. 

44 

4:10.... 

...9. 3.  a.  R.  (a) 

.... 

2.1.b. 

M 

4:10.... 

8.3.e. 

tt 

7:1 

15. 8.  c. 

Joel  1:6 

4L5.b. 

" 

4:10. . . 

10.5. 

tt 

7:5 

11.  2.  a. 

44     1:14.... 

44.  4.  e. 

H 

4:10,11. 

42.1.  R.  (a) 

tt 

8:2 

32.3. 

44     1:15.... 

43.  l.b. 

Mic. 

1:10.... 

....28.  3.  R.  (/) 

it 

8:6 

42.1. 

44     1:20.... 

40.  4.  a. 

« 

2:4 

28.3.  R.(d) 

tt 

8:17.... 

....34.10.R.(fc) 

44     2:3ff.... 

..20.  La.  R.  (c) 

it 

2:6.... 

40. 2.  b. 

44 

8:19  ... 

4.3.  d. 

44     2:23.... 

.  44. 1.  d.  R.  (6) 

tt 

2:12.... 

...4. l.b.  R.  (b) 

44 

9:5 

....23.1.R.(/) 

44     4:9 

2.2.C. 

44 

3:6.  .. 

37.3.  b. 

44 

10:7.... 

...23.1.R.(/) 

44     4:18 

....30.2.  R.  (b) 

tt 

3:12.... 

4.3.e. 

tt 

12:10... 

34.10. 

44     4:20.... 

..44.1.d.  R.  (6) 

44 

5:2.... 

19.3. 

44 

12:12-14 

.39. 5.  a.  R.  (e) 

Am  os  1:11... 

29.  5.  b. 

tt 

5:4 

8.3.f. 

tt 

13:6.... 

37.2.  b. 

44     2:16.... 

33.4. 

" 

6:5,16.. 

.  29.  3.  a.  R.  (a) 

tt 

14:4.... 

8.3.  a. 

44     4:2 

..37. 2.  a.  R.(b) 

44 

7:4.... 

.  .10. 4.  a.  R.  (fir) 

tt 

14:4.... 

33  7. 

44     4:7 

37. 3.  b. 

44 

7:10.... 

40.3. 

Mai 

1:2 

..24.2  o. 

44     4:13.... 

..27. Lb.  R.(e) 

Nan.  1:3 

....28.3.  R.  (/) 

tt 

1:11.... 

37.3  * 

INDEX  OF  TEXTS 


Under  "References  for  Study." 


PAGE. 

Gen.  1:5 73 

12 109 

14 114 

16 31,38 

20,21 94 

26 81,14 

28 14,109 

31 23,54 

2:3 103 

5 118 

9 18,84 

10 60,109 

11 22,45 

14 27 

17. 64,110 

19 27 

3:1 38 

3 132,73 

5  / 84,114 

13 121 

17 73 

4:6 121 

10 16,43 

11 132 

13 92 

15 118 

19 31,50 

20 94 

25 95 

5:3 98 

8 81 

26 50 

29 132 

6:2 136 

4 60 

5 38 

14 79 

17 25 

7:2 J32 

6 31,128 

11 36 

21 23 

23 100,132 

24 50 

8:5 31,36 

7 88 

9 47 


PAGE. 

Gen.  8:10,12 50 

13 36,50 

21 100 

44    22 114 

"   9:3 132 

4 25 

5 47 

10 36 

13 14 

18 27 

"    20 98 

24 45 

27 81 

44  10:12 23 

21 25 

44  11:1 106 

3,7 67 

44    8 103 

10 18 

23 18 

25 50 

30 125 

44  12:2 67 

3 79 

44    12 79 

13 67,136 

44  18:2 22 

44    3 45,67,132 

7 67,84,128 

9 67,125 

44    11 47 

15 67 

44  14:4 98,50 

10. 18,31,110 

13 22,31 

19 36 

20 132 

44  15:1 106,114 

2 27 

3 31 

11 22 

13 41 

14 84 

18 43,31 

44  16:5 41 

7 22 

8 43 


PAGE. 

Gen.  16:15 95 

44  17:2 81 

4 79 

5 95,100 

14 110 

20 50,58 

44    21 125 

44    23 31 

44  18:1 98 

2 50 

M    9 106 

10 128 

17 84 

19 100 

21 121 

"    24 .50 

25 123 

44    29 92 

44    33 136 

44  19:1 128,31 

4 60,31 

13 84 

19 79 

20 38 

23 128 

25 23 

28 54 

29 132 

44    33 95 

44  20:1 36 

44    3 125,128 

12 16 

44    18.... 54 

44  21:2 16 

3 22,132 

44    4 128 

7 109 

9 132 

13 27 

44    14 128 

16 41 

26 56,118 

44  22:3 47,31 

5 67 

14 61 

17 81 

20 25 


HEBREW  SYNTAX 


163 


PAGE. 

Gen.  22:24 16 

"      23:1 50 

"  2 41 

6 109 

"  19 23 

"  20 73 

"     24:2 67 

4 25 

44  6 41 

8 142 

10 128 

"  13 31 

14 79 

"  15 118,136 

"  21 84,128 

A  23* 31,43 

44  2& 60 

27 27,41 

44  30 92,84 

44  41 136 

"  43 16 

"  65,66 22 

«     25:23 50 

27 36 

*  30 25,54 

44     26:4 23 

"  8 22 

44  15 27 

44  27 121 

••  32 132 

"    27:1 38 

44  4 64 

44  7 67 

•«  9 56 

**  10 64 

44  19 64 

"  21 43,121 

"••  25 64 

44  29 114,81 

44  30 88 

"  31 81 

44  34 41,110 

44  37 110 

"  38 41 

44  40. 136,79 

44  45 94 

"     28:3 79 

6 81 

15 43 

44  19 22,23,95 

44     29:2 79,38 

3 79 

7 38 

9 128 

15 125 

44     30:2 121 

44  13 58 

14 47 

44  15 22 

16 23 


Gen.  30:20 


PAGE. 

22 

28 67 

30 121 

31 67,103 

33 27 

34 123 

36 50 

38 60 

41 79 

81:1 43 

7 81 

8 31 

16 27 

21 22 

23 50 

27 73 

29 118 

39 60 

82:7 84 

9. 142,14 

11 50,54 

12 128 

15 160 

17 25,18 

18 43 

23 23 

29 142 

31 73,128 

83:13 142 

17 47 

18 100 

84:5 54 

85:3 73 

14 25 

36:12,14 ...73 

37:3 31 

4 41 

15 61 

34 18 

38:9 79 

11 98 

25 132 

39:1,2 25 

3,6 84 

9 45 

10 18 

18 73 

20 31,132 

22 84 

23 47 

40:1 114 

3 31 

6 36 

7 121 

9 110 

13 132 

41:1 84 

11 84 

12 36 

18 50 


PAGE. 

Gen.  41:20 38 

25 132 

M  84 67 

42 22 

43 88 

60 114 

44     42:6 27,98 

44  10 125 

"  11 27 

"  13 38 

15 142 

18 142 

21,22 73 

30 18,109 

37 64 

38 142 

44     48:3 88 

9 142 

10 142 

11 31 

16 18 

"  20 123,88 

30 18 

84 50 

44     44:3,4 128 

44  7 123 

9 132 

17 123 

18 123 

26 128 

44     45:4 45 

44  7 14 

44  9 103 

20 27 

44     46:3 136 

44  33 142 

34 84 

44     47:6 27 

8 43,121 

19 121 

21 27 

24 50 

31 22 

44     48:7 27 

44     49:8 27 

12 18 

44  13 18 

17b 73 

30f. 54 

44     60:5 67 

Ex.    1:7 94 

10 79,14 

12 60 

16 79 

19 25 

21 16 

44       2:2 136 

11 43 

12 118 

"  13 121 


164 


HEBREW  SYNTAX 


PAGE. 

Ex.     2:14,15 22 

18 50 

8:2 22,118 

"  3 36,64 

5 22 

6 36 

7 88 

"  15 36 

"       4:9 47,98 

13 132,31 

14 142 

M  15 45 

17 132 

20 36 

"  21 79,132 

22 73,50 

29 132 

32 73 

"       5:11 64,118 

15 64 

22 43 

"       6:6 79 

"       7:9 41,142 

15 79 

17 16 

"  18,21 22 

26 79 

"       8:1 22 

10 18,25 

11 88 

23 64 

"       9:3 84 

4 45 

8 25 

14 136 

19 79,64 

27 22 

29 36 

32 18 

33 16 

"     10:1 67 

3 56 

7 118 

8 100,101 

12 67 

13 128 

21 67 

26 64 

"     11:1 50 

"     12:3 50 

4 38 

6 50 

"  8,9 36 

13 132 

17 58 

40 50 

42 110 

"     13:17,34 136 

"      14:11 118 

12 92 


PAGE. 

Ex.  15:1 14 

5 16 

"  6,7 60 

13 40 

15 60 

"  16 38 

19 14 

"  20 114 

"     16:5 25 

12 38 

20 98 

32 25 

"     17:11 79 

"     18:15 61 

23 103 

"  26 79 

27 41 

"     19:5 142 

19 60 

23 79 

31 .106 

"     20:3-17 64 

9 31 

"  12 22 

"     21:3 31 

"  5 22 

11 128 

"  12 64 

28 101 

"     22:3 22 

19 118 

26 64 

"     23:1 67 

15 98 

29 79 

30 25 

"     24:7 81 

14 43,31 

"     25:28 101 

35 25 

"     26:3 31 

17 18 

24 81 

33 36 

"     27:7 101 

16 25 

"     28:6 95 

17 25 

"     29:9 16 

12 18 

36 18 

40 50,25 

"     30:33,38 79 

"     31:14 114 

H     32:29 92 

"  34 45 

"     33:7-11 79 

"  12 128 

16 121 

"     34:1 31 


PAGE. 

Ex.  84:34 79 

"     85:24 47 

"     36:4 25 

7 88 

"     87:1 95 

"     88:30 31 

"     89:17 25 

22,27 95 

"     40:18 73 

Lev.  2:2 114 

"      8:4 27 

"      4:24,33 132 

"      5:7 16 

8 45 

9 47 

"      6:13 25 

"      7:7 27 

"  8 100 

27 23 

83 27 

"      9:6 136 

"    10:9 67 

10,11 92 

"    11:32 47 

"    12:5 18 

"    14:43 136 

45 23 

"    16:32 45 

"    18:11 132 

"    20:14 100 

"    23:40 18 

"    24:14 : 79 

"    26:44 58 

"    27:5 50 

"    82:44 88 

Num.    3:49 36 

"       4:19 79 

"       5:15 18,26 

18 31 

23 109 

"       7:3 50 

13 26 

"       9:7 23 

8  67 

23 54 

"     10:17..: 36,142 

18 142 

32 .79 

"     11:6 118 

"  12 64 

13 67 

19 50 

27 84 

"     14:22 43 

28 142 

32 41,111 

"  45 22 

"     15:4-7 26 

14 64 

24 142 


BY    AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


165 


PAGE. 

PAGE. 

PAGE. 

Num.  16:13 

88 

Deu 

fc.    4:13 

50 

Deu1 

t.  21:7 

Ill 

15 

101 

16,19.... 

19 

22:2 

79,41 

"     17:17 

26 

tt 

29 

142 

44 

19 

22,50 

20., 

.  ...79,132 
26 

u 

it 
H 

U 

40 

41 

42 

6:5 

12 

22 

26 

30 

136 

50 

79,31 

128 

88 

64 

123 

79 

tt 

it 
tt 
tt 

21 

79 

"          21 

22 

23 

36 

26 

"     20:3 

123 

10 

121 

47 

136 

79 

26 

24:4 

136 

19 

6 

19 

21 

25:13 

16 

"     21:9 

17,19.... 

92 

••          14 

28:8 . . . 

68  79 

44          33 

22 

M 
M 

6:18 

79 

tt 

32.. 

114 

34 

84 

103 

73 

20,21... 
7:7 

142 

106 

35 

136 

44     22:6 

43 

26 

11 

9 

79 

45 

58 

32 

22 

U 

15 

17 

27 

121 

it 

48 

114 

33 

41 

49 

61 

33 

54 

60 

M 

tt 

8:2 

2,4 

8 

92 

43 

18 

tt 

55 

...118 

"     23:7 

57 

136 

44          8 

64 

22 

121 

62 

58 

14 

14 

9:6 

12 

22 

23 

43 

67 

123 

26 

29:5 

....      136 

28 

22 

30:3 

132 

44    24:17 

....61 

11 
tt 
tt 
H 

it 

It 

15a 

15b,.... 

128 

128 

A 
tt 
tt 

tt 

16 

79 

44     25:17 

88 

81:17 

121 

41     28:13 

26 

96 

64 

118 

58 

142 

25 

98 

82:4 

27 

"     81:2 

27 

67 

6 

31 

44     82:11 

28 

132 

7 

19 

12 

10:1 

13 

15 

67 

84 

73 

11 

61 

19 

15 

45 

23 

16,17.... 

60 

44    85:22 

47 

A 

17 

36 

" 

20 

45 

23 

23 

142 

it 
tt 

11:4 

7 

92 

...23,123,84 

U 

24 

36 

22-24.... 

26,27.... 

142 

33 

64 

tt 

10 

12 

132 

23 

it 

29 

64 

"     86:7,9 

64 

35 

114 

Deut.   1:3 

36 

103 

tt 

23 

38 

it 
tt 

37 

40 

132 

5 

26 

84 

123 

19 

38 

tt 

12:10 

84 

it 

41 

142 

20,25 

! 84 

44 

11 

64,79 

tt 

33:1 

31 

22 

132 

...50 

38 

tt 
tt 

20 

22 

23 

68 

101 

18 

tt 

2 

81 

23 

6 

68 

25 

11 

98 

35 

23 

tt 

18:3,14.... 

68 

tt 

17 

27 

31 

"        2:4 

22 

tt 

4 

121 

44 

19 

7 

47 

54 

tt 

it 

15 

14:2 

79 

38 

tt 

20 

81 

14 

25 

106 

16 

103 

it 

27 

27 

44 

84:5 

26 

23 

27 

tt 

32 

106 

Josh. 

2:5 

128 

25 

103 

tt 

15:10 

92 

44 

8 

118 

27 

28 

tt 

18 

98 

4 

8:12 

50 

30 

81 

tt 

17:2,3 

73 

4 

13 

23 

31 

103 

101 

tt 

9 

43 

! 

16 

4:3 

103 

34 

20 

118 

50 

8:4 

45 

44 

18:14 

27 

* 

9 

73 

5 

18,26 

44 

19:2 

50 

* 

18 

128 

24 

103 

it 

18 

31 

t 

19 

22 

4:1 

22 

tt 

20:5 

68 

* 

20 

50 

3 

....45,123 

M 

21:3,4 

22 

t 

5:2 

103 

10 

132 

44 

3,6 

38 

t 

15 

27 

166 


HEBREW  SYNTAX 


PAGE. 

Josh.    6:13 88 

19 37 

"        7:7 103 

"  13 61 

25 95 

M         8:11 36 

20 114 

24 73 

30 60 

9:13 27 

13 31 

41      10:12 60 

24 45 

"      12:2,5,9 22 

"      18:5 26 

"      14:7 92 

9 142 

11,15 38 

"      15:8,9 41 

21 36 

47 22 

"      17:14 138 

"      19:51 36 

"      21:32 50 

H      22:1 60 

17 73,101 

"      23:10 60 

11 79 

"      24:17 Ill 

Judg.   1:35 73 

2:1 60 

18 60,79,136 

22 84 

8:30 128 

23 81 

24 128 

26 128 

28 36 

4:20 79 

21 128 

24 136 

5:1 73 

8 142 

10 36 

13 125 

17 94 

18 45 

19 128 

22 ..19 

23 88 

26 60 

27 125 

29 60 

30 26 

6:5 60,128 

11 23,36 

18 142 

15 38 

19 128 

25 125 


PAGE. 


Judg.   6:37 

"           28 

73 

50 

*           29...... 

47 

"         7:3 

50 

u           13 

81 

17 

79 

«            19 

88 

22 

8:4 

11 

9:16-20... 
"           28 

125 

84,128 

128 

... 142 

43 

29 

33 

123 

.... 79 

36 

"      11:8.  

109 

79 

16 

"           17,19... 

73 

68 

"           25 

88 

"           33 

50 

*»      12:5 

36 

11,13... 
"      13:9 

109 

128 

23 

"      14:4 

47,143 

109 

"           10 

61 

"           17 

50 

18 

"      15:3 

38,58 

58 

u      16:15 

31 

"      17:6 

135 

128 

109 

"            8 

45 

"           9 

64 

10 

■*      19:11 

'•           17 

109 

128 

64 

•*      20:31 

*           37 

138 

114 

39,40... 
"      26:23 

128 

73 

Ruth.  1:12 

16 

21 

22 

...56,107,38 

45 

135 

19 

2:3 

36 

"        3:4 

19 

*            12 

38 

18 

4:3 

ISam.  1:1 

143 

36,58 

23 

3 

22 

"         3 

79 

*»         12 

81 

"          16 

31 

28 

58 

2:1,3-5... 

5 

10 

56 

36,56 

68 

22 

60 

PAGE. 

.  2:23 23 

26,27,28 88 

30 88 

31.. 79 

8:1 26 

3 118 

3,7b 60 

11 27,84 

13 31,81 

17 142 

4:1 26 

5 96 

10 38 

20 HI 

5:12 31 

6:7 79 

7:12 73 

14 109 

8:6 136 

8 73 

9:6 61,88 

9 60 

13 27 

14 128 

21 36 

24 16 

10:3 47 

9 16 

23 ~38 

11:12 121 

12:3 43 

17 32,92 

20 79 

23 27 

13:5 50 

15 121 

21 79 

14:11 84 

17 43 

19 88 

23 64 

29 23 

33 92 

44 64 

15:1 109 

2... 45,58 

3 79 

16 68,135,133 

17 73 

23 125 

33 109 

16:3 45,101 

4 121 

7 38 

18 23 

23 79 

25 106 

17:6 16 

10 50 

12 23 


BY    AN   INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


167 


PAGE. 

lSam.l7:17,18 36 

34 22,84,107 

34,35 142 

36 109 

65-58 43 

"     18:11 73 

17 128 

*     19:11 84 

13,16 19 

22 106 

"     20:6 142 

13 101 

17 96 

19 103 

20 109 

27 50 

31 31 

36 128,84 

"     21:6 106 

15 64 

"     22:7 19 

"     24:6 36 

13 ..61 

"     25:14 109 

18 50 

24 26,41 

27 114 

29 27 

34 58 

43 109 

"     26:16 101 

19 142 

20 101 

"     28:1,2 73 

18,19 109 

"     80:13 43 

23 123 

2Sam.  1:4 136 

13 121 

18 95 

"       2:8 36 

15 .50 

27 142 

"       8:1 88 

8 73 

13 Ill 

26 109 

35 142 

"      4:4 36 

10 Ill 

"      6:8b 61 

10 88 

24 ..58,101 

"       6:3 23 

16 81,84 

"       7:28 106 

"       9:3 118 

"     10:7 26 

M    11:1 73 

15 79 


PAGE. 

2Sam.l2:l 47 

4 23 

8 68 

16 96 

23b 84 

"         31 79 

M     13:4 84 

15 96 

18 81 

"    14:4 .22 

7 79 

10 Ill 

"         25 92 

26 79,98 

u     15:1 73 

"         4 123 

23 14 

32 98 

33 142 

37 60 

"     16:4 56 

8 31 

9 68 

13 73 

H     17:1,3 68 

"  5 26,41 

6 121 

9 142 

11 56,31 

14 92 

17 79 

"     18:11 92 

12,13 142 

18 50 

29 121 

"    19:2 73 

12 121 

27 16,22 

30 56 

43 43,88 

44 50 

"    20:8 128 

19 31 

"    21:1 73 

4. 136 

20 50 

22 101 

"     23:4 128 

6 27 

"     24:13 114 

14 68 

"         24 26 

lKgs.  1:25 84 

27 43 

28 84 

41 114 

47 22 

52 142,31 

"      2:5 73 

7 36 


PAGE. 

1  Kgs.  2:21 101 

26 31 

"      8:4 60 

8 64 

lib 81 

13 58 

18 36 

23 43,47 

"      4:1 26 

"      6:3 50 

17 136 

28 60 

"      6:32,35 81 

"       7:2 50 

12 26 

38 50 

49 19 

"      8:1 22 

27 64 

30 ..142 

"      9:21 73 

"     10:1 73 

11 81 

"■     10:12 47 

14     11:5 16 

14 132 

25 101 

27 132 

28 136 

"     12:15 92 

16 43 

17 73 

"     13:4 92 

12 43 

18 125 

"    14:3 43 

6 114 

10 107 

28 79,136 

"     15:4 92 

13 ..111,136 

23 36 

"     17:17 38 

24 43 

"     18:12 45,128 

13 73 

19 50 

21 95 

26 107 

32 26 

43 118 

"     19:4 23 

5 34 

10 73 

15 36 

M     20:15,21 22 

32 ..121 

"     21:19 31,41,111 

"     22:14 84 

27 101 


168 


HEBREW  SYNTAX 


PAGE. 

PAGE. 

lKgS-22:30 

88 

2Chr.  20:36 

98 

it 

36 

114 

44 

21:17 

36 

2Kgs.  1:2 

73 

44 

25:9 

92 

n 

3,6 

118 

44 

10 

Ill 

u 

11,13.... 

103 

" 

26:14 

Ill 

u 

2:9  

136 

" 

15 

103 

M 

16 

96 

" 

35:33 

118 

44 

23 

24 

8:4 

128 

16 

26 

Ezra 

44 

1:14 

88 

it 

6:22 

81 

" 

8:25 

22 

M 

8,13 

121 

44 

30,36 

81 

« 

14 

4:2 

43 

142 

118 

88 

44 
44 

9:3 

81 

n 

15 

118 

41 

10:6 

129 

N 

5:13 

142 

M 

14,17 

22 

44 

18 

129 

Neh. 

1:5 

23 

M 

6:2 

5 

19 

101 

44 
44 

2:11 

26 

44 

5:7 

122 

** 

15 

121 

44 

6:12 

16 

" 

25 

50 

" 

8:2... 

50 

44 

7:2,4,19.... 

142 

" 

10 

132 

44 

8:1 

9:27 

45 

27 

44 

9:7,8 

81 

" 

12:39.. 

81 

" 

37 

136 

44 

13:1,30 

81 

" 

11:13 

125 

Estb. 

.  2:11,13.... 

84 

" 

12:5 

64 

" 

14 

81 

44 

7b 

129 

" 

3:8 

118 

" 

15-17.... 

79 

44 

12 

81 

44 

14:8-11 

98 

44 
44 

4:2 

6:6 

118 

" 

15:1 

73 

45 

44 

6 

84 

44 

7:4.  

118 

« 

16:19 

36 

44 

8:8 

15 

118 

" 

18:1 

73 

81 

* 

15 

22 

44 

9:23,24.... 

81 

" 

23 

50 

Job 

1:13 

84 

44 

19:22 

43 

44 

14 

16,84 

« 

20:4 

22:5 

.  94 

36 

44 

2:2 

122 

44 

8:5 

14 

44 

25:9 

38 

" 

18 

129 

IChr 

.   2:22 

50 

44 

4:3 

50 

44 

7:5 

19 

" 

12 

60 

44 

9:28 

47 

U 

17 

122 

44 

32 

26 

44 

19 

64 

" 

11:9 

88 

" 

5:2 

62 

" 

12:33 

19 

" 

5 

79 

44 

13:2 

103 

44 

7 

10 

32 

« 

15:16 

136 

22 

44 

17:5 

47 

i; 

6:5 

8 

122 

44 

17:25 

136 

123 

* 

21:18 

136 

** 

8-10 

68 

" 

22:2 

136 

44 

11 

136 

44 

23:4 

50 

44 

12 

109 

44 

25:5 

50 

44 

14 

32,123 

44 

26:28 

22,28 

" 

17 

132 

" 

27:34 

36 

" 

19 

Ill 

2  Chi 

.  3:4 

50 

44 

7:3 

101 

•  4 

5:11 

92,118 

44 

4 

142 

« 

9:20 

118 

" 

12 

136 

" 

11:17 

50 

" 

17 

64 

44 

20:6 

92 

" 

21 

122 

PAGE. 

Job     8:9 107 

11 64 

"       9:4    50 

15,16 142 

24 23 

25 129 

14      10:2 45 

lOf 60 

15 56 

"      11:2 32,122 

5 123 

18 ...107 

"      12:5 123 

7 114 

11 125 

"      13:5 123 

"  13 43 

25 101 

"      14:11 79 

11,12 125 

13 123 

19 125 

"      15:3 88 

14 136 

17 45 

20 114 

35 88 

"      16:4,5,8 136 

19 19 

"      17:15 27 

"      18:2 36 

ft  15 „..118 

"      19:3 103 

"  16 132 

18 50 

19 43 

20 50 

"      20:19 103 

29 41 

"      21:6 142 

7 98 

21 114 

u  23 32 

"     22:8 27 

18 129 

"      23:3... 103 

14 41 

w      24:22 129 

25 32 

*      25:4 122 

"     28:12 22 

17.. 118 

"      29:2 123 

3 Ill 

10 114 

24 129 

"     30:8 118 

28 136 

"     81:1-4 136 

35 123 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


PAGE. 

Job  82:1 50 

7 114 

15,16 125 

"      88:17 93 

"      84:6 41 

10,13 33 

30 107 

31 139 

"      85:15 118 

"      87:30 50 

"      88:19,34 133 

31 64 

"      41:18 118 

30 33 

"      42:3 139 

"  15 16,114 

Ps.       1:3 98 

3,4,5,6 63 

6 16 

2:1 50 

3 68 

9 33 

13 98 

8:3 84 

6,7 63 

8 54 

"        4:7 84,133 

8 45,133 

5:5 94 

6 56 

7 19 

8 64 

11 50 

7:3 56 

"  3 139 

4,5 143 

5 133 

7:7 139,45 

10 135 

13 58 

16...... 60,56 

8:4 136 

5 64 

6b 73 

9:7 41 

15 136 

16 45 

"       10:4,6,11 118 

"       11:3 58,63 

4 63 

"       12:3 63,98 

5 43 

6 133 

"  7 36 

"  8 33 

"       14:7 133 

"       15:1 64 

3 98 

3-5 56 

"       16:3 133 


PAGE. 

Pa.     16:4 63 

6 50 

"       17:5 50 

8 33 

"  9 62 

10,11 98 

12 63 

14 79 

"       18:4,7 60 

8 73 

31 60 

26-38 63 

38 114 

30 64 

35 114 

M      19:8,9 36 

11 33,73 

"      20:8. 43 

N      21:3 118 

4 33 

12 139 

"      22:2 50 

"  23 58 

39 16 

30 58,73 

33 84 

"      28:4 143 

"      24:2 73 

4 56 

"      25:2 56 

9 81 

11 .....79 

"      27:3 64,142 

7 133 

H      28:6 58 

"      29:5 84 

"      80:3 50 

41  6 64 

9 60 

12 58 

"      81:15 50 

"      82:3 133 

8 64 

9 93 

"      33:13 56 

"      34:8.... 73 

11.... 56 

33 93 

"      85:8 139 

13 94 

17 133 

"  19 118 

"      36:13 32 

13 58 

"      37:23 56 

40 81 

"      38:3 118 

"      39:13 56 

"      40:5 36 

8 50 


PAGE. 

Ps.    40:13 38 

M      41:4 58 

"      42:3 16,63 

3 133 

5 60 

12 133 

"      43:1 33,118 

"      44:3,3f 50 

5 107 

31f 64 

38 93 

"      45:3c 123 

5 16,135 

7 107,33 

10 16 

13 14 

"      46:3 93 

5 37 

10 79 

11 38 

"      48:4 50 

"      49:9 14,81 

11 79 

13 133 

15 22 

20 45 

"      50:6 Ill 

12 142 

16,5 73 

17 73 

"      51:5 109 

9 125 

"      55:7 123 

7-9 136 

24 32 

"      56:3 98 

14 58 

"      57:4 139 

6 123 

"      58:5 133 

8 41 

"      59:17 58 

M      60:5 "....95 

13 135 

"      62:5 139 

"      63:7 142 

"      64:8 95 

"      65:5 132 

10 95 

14 9ft 

"      66:4 14 

14      68:12 94 

18 19 

44      69:4 129 

5 60 

44      71:3 139 

34 58 

"       72:13 133 

4 33 

17 23 


170 


HEBREW  SYNTAX 


PAGE. 


Ps.  73:8.. 
73:15. 
74:2. . 
75:3.. 


76:8.. 

10. 

77:14. 

17. 


....81 

.58,142 
....45 
...142 
....43 
...136 
....92 
....43 
....16 


78:30,31 129 

34 125 

38 79 

40 122 

49 32 

80:11 101 

81:6 32,132 

9,14 123 

84:4 56 

7 36 

85:11 58 

87:3 107 

88:2 125,132 

6 36 

7-10 50 

90:1 36 

10 19,27 

15 132 

91:6 98 

92:6 56 

94:10 95 

17 58 

18 142 

95:10 60,84 

97:7 84 

99:6f 60 

102:8 16 

103:4 22 

104:2 94 

3 22 

6-8 60 

8 43 

11-17 62 

24 56 

27 136 

107:5 129 

119:2 84 

15 142 

58 136 

120:2 26 

5 94 

6 41 

127:2 103 

133:1 92 

189:19 123 

144:4 56 

145:7 38 

148:6 107 

10 23 

Prov.  1:7 32 

8:9,10. 142 


PAGE. 

Prov.  3:14 38 

18 114 

25 32 

28 107 

34 Ill 

4:8 142 

6:16 132 

22,31 142 

31 50 

8:6 16 

14 107 

30 16 

32 132 

"       9:18 36 

"     10:1,2,3,4 62 

22,24 Ill 

24 32 

"     11:2 73 

2,8 56 

22 36 

"     13:24 84,111 

"     14:8 92 

*     15:21 103 

"     16:12 92 

28. 84 

32 38 

"     17:27 ,....96 

"     19:12 43 

23 98 

"     20:9 56 

10 19 

13,25 142 

"     21:3 38 

"     22:12f 56 

23 96 

24  32 

"     24:11 123 

15 ..98 

"     25:3 125 

21 142 

"     26:2 32,92 

"     28:1 14 

6 19 

"     30:25 118 

Eccl.    1:2 36 

5. 125 

13 32,38 

3:17 22 

5:7 19 

7:2 38 

14 43 

24 Ill 

8:5 47 

11 118 

15 41 

9:11 88 

"     10:18 22 

"      12:1 19 

Cant.   1:1 36 

2:11 41 


PAGE. 

Cant.   5:5 19 

"  8 38 

7:10 32 

8:14 Ill 

Isa.      1:3 19 

5 23,129 

7 27,36,84 

11 31 

13 27 

14 103 

15,18 142 

17 103 

18 64,68,22 

20 79 

21 60 

23 61 

31 84 

14        2:2 79 

6 73 

11 81 

17 43 

20 36 

22 41 

'•        3:6 98,123 

8 125 

9 43 

13 84 

4:3 79 

6:1 96 

1,2 73 

3 14,68 

5 88 

6 96 

9 31 

11 36 

11,23 62 

12 79 

"  14,15 73 

17 109 

24 92 

24b 50 

25 73 

6:2 19,50,60 

3 26,47,111 

5 36,58 

6, 50 

7 79 

10 107 

11 118 

13 103,142 

7:6 16 

15 103,88 

16 45 

18 14 

20 19 

23 60 

24 107 

8:1 36 

4 107 

7 84 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


171 


PAGE. 

Isa.       8:9,10 135,142 

11 118 

13 133 

13,14 HI 

9:1 37 

3 33,63 

1,3 36 

1-6 58 

5 73 

13 33 

13 16 

14 37 

44       10:1 33 

44  3 33,93 

5 114 

7 36 

13 .33 

"  14 16,33 

15 31 

38-31 58 

33 93 

44       11:3 36 

8 58 

10 37 

13 19 

44       12:6 14 

44       18:4 33 

7 33 

10 58 

11 79 

13 38 

17 37 

18 ...109 

44       14:1,3,4 79 

6 118 

8 63 

6,19 36 

44       15:7 37 

44       16:4 14 

8,9,10 58 

13 58 

44       17:5 109 

6 Ill 

10 95 

44       18:5 109,58 

44       19:4 19 

13 109 

17 37 

44       21:1 58 

11 84 

44       22:3 36 

4 33 

13 88 

14 136,143 

18 33 

31 95 

44      23:1 58,68,107 

3 114 

4 58,118,135 

7 41 


PAGE. 

23:8 38 

13 114 

14 58 

24:4 58 

6 73 

13 33,58 

25:3 114 

8 58 

9 45 

26:11 60 

14 118 

19... 109 

27:4 41 

6 33 

9 139 

10 79 

16 139 

28:8* 118 

9 33 

16 33 

17b 109 

19 136 

34 33 

29:1 .133 

13 139 

15 103 

31 33 

30:6 45 

11 114 

30 36,114 

33 95 

34 109 

81:3 73 

4 63 

5 16 

6 133 

32:6 63 

13 84 

16 94 

33:6 37 

14 64 

34:3 58 

35:3 33 

36:9 36 

37:3 36 

4. 133 

6 96 

88:15,16 136 

40:8 56 

13 81 

14 73 

30 63 

33 56 

39 45 

30 64 

31 33,63 

41:11 81 

15 33,81 

17 84 

33 68,81 


PAGE. 

Isa.     41:33 68 

34 45 

36 68 

39 37 

44       42:3 37 

44  6 81 

13 33 

14 81 

30 88 

31,33 81 

33 19 

24 45 

44      43:3 136 

17 60 

20 58 

31 45,133 

44       44:15 79 

31 41 

44       45:4 60 

44       46:lf 58 

3 33 

"       47:1 103,139 

9 93 

44       48:30,31 73 

44       49:15 64,118 

18 32 

30 19 

31 27,139 

44       51:3 60 

3b,12 73 

33 37 

44       52:14 118 

44       58:3 36,33 

4 139,37 

44       54:1 45 

5 19 

15 43 

44      55:3 133 

9 56 

13 63 

44       57:19 139 

30 103 

44       59:4 88 

44       60:1 58 

5 114 

6 94 

9,11 139 

14 98 

17 95 

44       62:1b 63 

44       68:19b 133 

44       65:1 45 

44      66:8 47 

Jer.      1:5. 136 

2:2 88 

8 45 

8,11 133 

Ha 50 

16 98 

20 135 


172 


HEBREW  SYNTAX 


PAGE. 

Jer.      2:31 95 

22 143 

26 68 

3T 139 

31 Ill 

8:3 ....103 

15 95 

4:14 114 

5:7 118,131 

6:4 63 

6 ..14 

19 73 

7:4 26 

9 135 

10 93 

13 88 

16,17 118 

18 16 

19 41,47 

33 118 

8:1 36 

5 114 

16 36 

9:1 41 

3 47 

4 103 

14 Ill 

19 109 

"       10:4 114 

6,7 118 

10 36 

"       12:4 114 

13 19 

"      13:1,3 23 

7 118 

16 107 

"  31 136 

36 58 

37 37 

"       14:17 96 

"       15:4 133 

7 135 

15 38,136 

"       16:11 41 

"       17:10 93 

14 135 

"       18:4,8 143 

7 136 

*       19:13 93 

"       20:9 79 

11 96 

17 36 

"       22:10 88 

12 33 

19 101 

34 133 

30 103 

"       23:6 96,114 

14 118 

17 139 


PAGE. 

Jer.    24:3 64 

"       25:14 41 

15 36 

38 58 

"       26:18 98 

"       27:8 Ill 

18 118 

"       28:2 58 

"       30:14.... 96 

M  14,19 96 

"       31:14 58 

19 131 

31 135 

"       82:19  45 

"       33:35,36 143 

"       84:8,9 136 

"       35:14 101 

"       36:9 136 

"      87:9 47 

13 139 

"       88:5 118 

"       41:6 139 

41       43:3 129 

*  44:3 ...133 

18 136 

27   114 

38 33 

"       46:9 33 

14-16 58 

"       48:36,41 33 

*  49:9b 143 

13 Ill 

15 38 

17 16 

Lam.   1:1,3 133 

10 136 

14 133 

"       4:1,3 133 

14 103 

.  1:1 33 

9:7 81 

10:13 125 

11:6 14 

12 45 

13:3 33 

3 118 

6,8 81 

14:33 101 

15:3 47 

16:37 36 

18:33 131 

21:14,33 36 

33 Ill 

24:6 36 

25:13 81 

26:7 36 

10 32 

27:6 31 

28:3,7 38 

29:3 33 


PAGE. 

29:7 79 

"     81:3,16 36 

"     32:10 31 

"     33:9 143 

"     34:3 47 

"     37:3 81 

"     40:1 136 

36 50 

"     41:3,8,13,15 81 

"     43:17 17 

19-37 107 

M     44:3 101 

"     47:10 36 

Dan.    1:3-5 136 

"       8:3,13 33 

15 41 

"       9:5 , 88 

34 14 

Hos.    1:3 33,45 

6... 103 

2:1 64 

8 84 

11 103 

"       3:1 33 

*•       4:3 ....88 

8 114 

11 63 

14 62,111 

17 36 

"       5:15 136 

■       7:5 36 

11 139 

13 136 

u       8:7 118 

9 41 

14 79 

"       9:9 103 

13 93 

14 114 

"     10:4 96 

9 133 

13 136 

14... 79 

"     11:5 133 

6 79 

"     12:12 143 

"     14:4 45 

Joel     1:3 123 

6 129 

8 36 

14 23 

2:5 36 

10 58 

20,21 103 

33 73 

3:3 43 

4:14 19,36 

15 58 

Amos  2:13 41 

"     3:3-6 123 


BY  AN   INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


173 


PAGE. 

PAGE. 

PAGE. 

An 

ios3:7 

142 

Mic. 

8:9 

84 

Hagr. 

1:4 

...41,111,129 

10 

16 

12 

98 

6 

107 

•     4:2  

79 

it 

4:9 

5:4 

22 

43 

tt 

2:3 

16 

107 

5 

125 

114 

»      6:2 

32,58 

it 

0:1 

101 

Zech 

.   1:2 

....96 

4,6 

142 

44 

8 

92 

44 

13 

26 

'        4AH 

18 

125 

M 

13 

103 

tt 

14,15  .. 

96 

123 

44 

7:1 

129 

44 

8:1 

22 

4      6:2 

38 

M 

2 

3 

95 

Ill 

tt 

4 

88 

10  

118 

5,8.... 

22 

11 

95 

it 

8,10 

14 

44 

9 

19 

4      7:2,4b 

4 

12 

81 

136 

....41,111 

Nah. 

1:4,5 

73 

tt 

5:5 

43 

8 

...98 

10 

6:12 

16 

12 

129 

107 

4      8:4 

92 

44 

14 

107 

tt 

14 

114 

11 

79 

44 

2:5 

14 

tt 

7:3 

43 

4      9:8 

88 

Hab. 

1:4 

23 

tt 

5 

41 

Ob 

ad.  1:10 

32 

6 

132 

8:15 

103 

Jo 

a.    1:6 

122 

tt 

2:4 

125 

44 

19 

22 

i 

8 

43 

tt 

6 

45 

tt 

20 

36 

2:1 

14 

M 

12 

79 

44 

9:5 

58 

4-2  .. 

......  103 

tt 

15 

19 

8:1 

129 

47 

36 

tt 

10:6 

11:2 

12 

125 

M 

6 

96 

58 

N 

8 

.  136 

50 

ATi 

a.     1:8 

68 

tt 

5,16,19.. 
3,7 

73 

tt 

12:10 

88 

m 

9,12,16.... 

58 

tt 

60 

tt 

13:8 

50 

" 

13 

114 

'» 

9 

62,98 

" 

14:4 

38 

u 

2:1 

123 

tt 

17,18.... 

68 

tt 

15 

23 

44 

3 

98 

Zeph. 

1:11 

58 

Mai. 

1:2 

73 

M 

4,8 

107 

44 

2:2. 

118 

44 

7 

43,129 

" 

8 

36 

tt 

12 

8:9 

107 

98 

tt 

11.... 
2:5 

125 

tt 

13 

3:4 

73 

43 

22. 

" 

19 

14 

INDEX  OF  HEBREW  WORDS. 

[The  references  are  to  sections,  unless  otherwise  indicated.] 


i'kt..! 

TK... 


nw 


43.2.  R.(b) 

.  40. 4.  b.  R.  (e) 
..11.2.  d.  R.(fr) 

43.  Lb. 

.25.1.  c.  R.(/) 
.  25. 1.  c.  R.  (/ ) 

20.1.b. 

...20.1.b.R.(e) 
.24.  R.  (I)  R.  (b) 
.  .25. 1.  c.  R.  (f) 
30.3. 


14.  2.  f. 

...15.1.R.  (a) 

.34.3. 

5.3. 


"in«-nn«.. 
nnx. ../..'.. .. 

*in« .T.. 

in« 

nn« 

p  ^n« 

St..... 

% 

nr^ 

n5'« 

T* 


W- 


14. 2.  a. 

15.1. 

14.  2.  f. 

..8.4.C.  R.(e) 

14.  2.  f. 

...30. 1.  R.(a) 

34.3. 

47.  5.  f. 

47.5.  f. 

47.5.  f. 

12. 2.  f. 

12.  2.  f. 

42.  5.  c. 

42.  6.  c. 

.22.  3.  d.  R.  (d) 
.25. 1.  c.  R.  (/) 
...6. I.e.  R.(e) 

37.5.  d. 

41.2.  f. 


u 

41.3. 

" 

41.6. 

41.  2.  c. 

r* 

8.2.d. 

41.  4.  b. 

it 

41. 5.  b. 

* 

45. 2.  e. 

Sr« 

41.  4.  b. 

Eft*. 


BTK-ETK... 
Vl'DK..-.,.... 

s*..: T. 


Sk 


14.  2.  d. 

8.  3.  e. 

....15.3.  R.(d) 
....37.2.  R.  (a) 

41.  7. 

14.2.  a. 

14. 2.  b. 

14. 2.  f. 

28.  5.  R.(c) 

.....28.5.  R.(c) 
....30.1.  R. (a) 

33.  R.(b) 

..41.1.b.R.(Z>) 
..41.1.c.R.(c) 


8.2.  d. 



8.2.d.R.  (/) 

23.1.  a.R.(g) 

25.1.  c.R.  (/) 

41.1. 

41.1.b. 

41.1.C. 

41.2. 

w....Sk. 

riS« 

«]S« 


47.  4.  c. 

14. 2.  d. 

..4.1.b.  R.  (d) 
....15.3.R.(d) 
15.6. 


DX..'... 


15.6. 

.42.  4.  b.  R.  (e) 
.48.1.  b.R.  (a) 
.48.  I.e.  R.  (/) 
..48.1.  f.  R.(cr) 
.25. 1.  c.  R.  (/) 


DK..DK-. 

r\m 

X1?  DK... 


43.  3.  b. 

48.1.b. 

48.9.  a. 

..48.  9.  c.R.  (v) 
.48. 1.  b.  R.  (d) 
....15.  3.  R.(d) 

48.1.b. 

48.  9.  a. 


DJDK 

33.  R.(rt) 

v 

. .  2.  2.  c.  R.  (i) 

M 

....44.1.  R.  (c) 

'3    «]« 

..44.1.  a.  R.(d) 

DDK 

41.2.  f. 

1»K 

34.2. 

"    

41.2.  b. 

M 

46. 

M 

.46.  3.  c.  R.  (h) 

U 

46.1. 

"      

.  46.2. 

U 

9.5.R.(e) 

It 

13. 

*      

13.2. 

"      

..25.1.C.R.(/) 

M      

47.1.  a. 

M 

47.3.  a. 

"      

47.4.  a. 

"      

47.4.  b. 

Dnfc...itfK. 

13.1. 

f?T...*HPK... 

13.1. 

fS  ia/it.7.... 

47.  4.  c. 

Dt/...i>t/K.. 

13.1. 

na 

.28.2.  a.  R.  (/) 

" 

..29.2.  a.R.(d) 

" 

34.1. 

» 

....34. 1.  R.  (b) 

tt 

....34.  8.  R.  (/0 

H 

...34.10.  R.(fc) 

M 

..' 46.  3.  b. 

H 

7.  5. 

14 

...9.1.  a.  R.  (a) 

"     

11. 2.  a. 

Ik 

11.  2.  b. 

..11.2.b.  R.(i) 

41 

13.2. 

i»k  n«.... 

.46.  3.  b.  R.  (/) 

n;nn  n«... 

. . .  .29. 1.  R.  (a) 

2 

.  .29. 1.  c.  R.  (Z» 

....30.1.  R. (a) 

(i 

....30.  5.  R.  (c) 

« 

33.  R.(b) 

HEBREW  SYNTAX 


175 


3 &.2.B..(e) 

" 9.2.b.R.(b) 

"   10.4.b. 

»■ 47.5.  c. 

"WK3 46.3.C.R.  (g) 

li..T. 8.2.d. 

MfJ 30.4. 

nD3 33.  R.  (a) 

D^D3 20.1.b. 

" 25.1.C.  R.(/) 

44     47.5.d. 

^  (with^K) 43.1.b. 

Sj .T...".'.25.1.c.R.(/) 

44 41.2.e. 

44 47.4.C. 

*63 41. 4.  c. 

"' 41. 5.  c. 

,!73 41.  2.b.R.  (e) 

" 41.2.e. 

44   41.6. 

44   8.2.d. 

44   41.2.d. 

44   41.5.d. 

44   45.2.e. 

'Phi 41.R.(g) 

"     41.2.  b.R.  (e) 

44     41.2.d. 

44     8.2.d. 

44     41.4.a. 

44     41.  5.c. 

44     45.2.e. 

arif^  «]p33  mpD3... 

TT 4.3.  d.R.(b) 

}3 8.3.e. 

HJ3 31.6.R.  (c) 

|t*y^l| 2.2.c.R.(/) 

"Hij^J. 22.  4.  c. 

44  "'  47.  4.  b. 

Sj$ 40. 4.  b.  R.(e) 

" 8.3.e. 

Ifett 30.5. 

r\3.T. 8.3.e. 

44 15.4.  R.  (e) 

Ttj 8.  3.  a. 

*1H. 30.4. 

"IJjSa 4. 1.  a.  R.  (a) 

d£.' 28.3.  a.  R.(e) 

44 44.1.R.(c) 

hm 30.5. 

n*u 15.4.  r.  (6) 

t£^ 8.2.  c.  R.(e) 

" 37.2.  R.(a) 

44    14.2.b. 

HD  X& 12.2.e.R.(/) 

**.....  ' 8.2.b. 


njft 4.1.  b.R.  (c) 

n 42.2.R.(b) 

H 25.1.c.R.(/) 

44 42.2. 

44 42.2.  R.(b) 

44 42.4.a.R.(d) 

44 42. 4.  b. 

H_ 8.1.R.(a) 

"T 23.R.(d) 

44  23.2.R.(n) 

44  33.1.  a.R.(c) 

44  33.1.b.  R.  (d) 

n«n 4.3.  d.R.(b) 

IJjSri 4.1.  a.  R.  (a) 

pjH 28.  2.  b.  R.  (gr) 

N^nn 39.6. 

Km 12.1.  b.R.  (a) 

44    12.1.  e.  R.(c) 

44    37.  5.  b.  R.(e) 

44    39.6. 

44 42.5.a. 

44    7.6. 

Ih 43.1.b. 

rrn 37.5.  c. 

"T 38.2.c.R.(/) 

nflj 41.5.  e. 

'DTi! 42.3.  R.(c) 

pH 28.  2.  b.  R.  (g) 

*6n 25.1.c.R.(/) 

"  : 42.3. 

IjSn 28.  3.  d.  R.  (h) 

"T.... 30.4. 

f7H 28.  3.  d. 

|n.T. 25.1.  c.R.(/) 

71371 27.  2.  c.  R.  (fc) 

44    37.5.d. 

44    45.  3.  b.  R.(d) 

44    48.1.b.R.(b) 

t4    48.1.b. 

44 48.8.C. 

3^n... 28.  2.  b.  R.  (flf) 

^H 37.  R.(flr) 

tih2T\ 28.  2.  b.  R.  (g) 

D,L73r| 4.3.d.  R.  (b) 

nsVn 28.  2.  b.  R.  (flf) 

pmn 28.  2.  b.  R.  (g) 

oinyn 28. 2.  b.  r.  (g) 

)...'. 22.4.c.R.(/) 

44 24.  4. 

44 34.10. 

44 36.1. 

44 44.1. 

44 44.  l.a. 

44 44.2. 


) 44.  2.  a. 

44 44.  2.  b. 

44 44.2.C. 

44 44.3. 

44  44.4. 

14 45.2. 

OKI 42.  4.  a. 

ripKI 24.1.C.R.  (e) 

rrrn 25.4. 

"' 25. 4.  a. 

"    45.3.a. 

H3H] 24.4. 

•1....' 24.  R.  (b) 

" 24.  R.(c) 

" 26.1. 

UfcH 24.1.c.R.(6) 

tQ- 24.4. 

"'   25.4. 

"    45.3.a. 

K^P)] 25.  R.  (2) 

inj£l 24. 

K}j3*.  24. 

"     25. 

3KT 2. 2.  a.  R.(a) 

tm 38.2.  c.  R.  (/) 

PIT 12.1.b.  R.  (a) 

44 12.1.d. 

44 12.1.e. 

44 13.4.a. 

44 34.2. 

44 42.5.a. 

44 46. 

It 46. 

nj-HT 14.2.  f. 

'rhn 41.  r.  (cr) 

ifaj 28.5.R.(c) 

njJJJ  ll'DT 28.5.R.(c) 

3}?. T. 2.2.c.R.(f) 

iin 30.3. 

BHn 15.  8.  c.  R.  (flf) 

^n'. 43. 2.  b. 

iVrSn 43.2.  c. 

DTlD'n 3.5.C.  R.(fo) 

Din 33.  R.  (a) 

3Triqn 9. 2.  b.R.  (*» 

rrrpn 2. 2.  a.  R.(a) 

ipn..." 30.2. 

^n. 15. 9.  c. 

3*0 8.  3.  a. 

HID 30.3. 

D^D 20.1.b. 

44 '' 20.1.  b.  R.  (e) 

44    25.1.c.R.(/) 

"    41.2.a. 


176 


HEBREW  SYNTAX 


D"1B. 


, 47.  5.  (d) 


pR*^ 35.  3.  a.  R.  (a) 

Y ...'.' 15.  9.b. 

rp'rj  T ...... -8. 3.  a.  R.  (a) 

HIT 15. 9.  c. 

ni'«3V  njn;....8.i.a.R.(c) 

Df* .' 15.3.  R.(d) 

♦♦  15.  8.  c.  R.  (0) 

nfr 2.2.a.R.(a) 

\yt£ li.3.d.R.  Qt) 

pg[i 8.3.  a.  R.  (a) 

MSP 30.  4. 

Bin1 34. 1.  a.  R.  (d) 

Sbp: 33.  R.  (5) 

#\.'. 6.1.e.  R.  (e) 

«" 8.3.d. 

" 37.5.  d. 

3Bh ..30.4. 

Uft0# 35. 3.  a.  R.  (a) 

m\.'..' 34.1.  a.  R.  (d) 

pan  nw  jri\37.3.a.  r.  m 

JttfcP  n«T..'...36.3.R.(c) 

J.v..*...,..J 33.3.  R.  (e) 

" 47.5.  c. 

■ttfHJ 35.1.c.R.(/) 

■«•    , 46.3.C.  R.(g) 

"     47.5.b. 

TITS 14.  2.  e. 

"«3.T. 19.3.  c. 

" 35.  l.c.R.(/) 

" 44.1.a.R.(d) 

« 47.1.  a. 

« 47.1.  b. 

" 47.3.  a. 

•• 47.3.  c. 

" 47. 4.  a. 

" 47.  5.  a. 

" 48.1.e. 

* 48.1.  e.  R.  (e) 

" 48.1.e.R.(/) 

TK'3 48.  3.  d. 

D«0 35.1.c.R.(/) 

"••  ' 44.1.  a.  R.  (d) 

"     48.1.f. 

"     48.1.f.R.(Cf) 

«     48.9.C. 

19.3.  R.  (b) 

48. 3.  d. 

48.7.R.(r) 

15.4.R.(e) 

, 5.1.  a. 

6.1.e.R.  (e) 

8.3.b. 


nnj;  o... 

u 
133 

ss. 


14.  3.  b. 

34.3. 

...37.3.  R.  (a) 

, 40.  5.  a. 

41.7. 


*6  dix-^. 

3S3,:.:....T.. 

n©3 

BJ7D3 

If' 

HD3  

H9j 

li 

S 


, . .  .41.  7.  R.  (h) 

14.3.  d. 

.  .3.  3.  a.  R.  (a) 

43. 6.  b. 

.35. 1.  c.  R.  (/) 

14.3.  e. 

30.3. 


....15.3.  R.(d) 
....15.  4.  R.  (e) 
.....6.1.  R.  (a) 
9.  5. 


*6. 


.13.  4.  b.  R.  (d) 

15.  9.  a. 

.37.  1.  b.  R.  (d) 
.39.  3.  b.  R.  (/) 
.39.  3.  b.  R.  (b) 

39.3.4. 

....39.  4.  R.  (d) 
....30.1.  R.  (a) 

33.  R.  (B) 

. . .  .33. 3.  R.  (6) 
....34.  9.  R.  (i) 

36.  3. 

41. 4.  a. 

43.6.  a. 

47.3.  c. 

47.3.  d. 

47.  4.  b. 

8.2.d. 


..8.2.  d.  R.  (/) 
..33.1.a.R.  (g) 
.35. 1.  c.  R.  (/) 
41.1. 


9.  3.  a.R.  (a) 

14.  3.  a. 


*l3^..  ..*6. 

n;n  *6.... 


41.1.  a. 

..41.1.a.R.Ca) 
.41.1.b.  R.(b) 

41.  I.e. 

.  .41. 1.  c.  R.  (c) 
..41.1.c.R.(d) 

41.3. 

41.  3.  d. 

41.3.  e. 

41.  5.  a. 

....41.  7.  R.  Qi) 
..45.1.C.R.  (a) 

45.3.  e. 

..45. 3.  b.  R.  (d) 

14. 3.  d. 

..37.5.c.R.(/) 


S3....KV 

•iD*6.... 

31? 

nbs1?.... 


t^S 

fc....... 

A 


14. 2.  d. 

..33.1.a.R.(0) 

47. 3.  a. 

14.1.  c. 

33.  R.  (a) 

39.6. 

41.3.  b. 

47.4.  c. 

..29.3.a.R.(a) 

30.3. 


Vt.... 

o-nrn. 
no1?.... 


nflerjjjj... 

TkD.... 

?$p'. 

rn*o 

M 

now?... 
dymd.. 
irtap.... 
#rin.... 

■ft  Tro . 

np 

rib 


.38.  3.  c.  R.  (/) 
.25.  I.e.  R.  (/) 

43.3.  a. 

43.3  b. 

48.  I.e. 

48. 1.  d 

...3.5.C.R.  Ji) 

42,5  b. 

, 42.  5.  b. 

,.33.3.d.R.  (d) 
.35.  l.c  R.(/) 

32.  4.  c. 

.25.1.c.R.(/) 
..29.3.  a.  R. (a) 

47.4.  b. 

.  .29. 3.  b.  R.  (b) 
.38.2.C.R.  (/) 

47.5.8-. 

....15.6.  R.  (/) 

15.6. 

,.13.3.e.R.  (/) 

15.6. 

...4O.5.c.R.(0) 
..32. 3.  d.  R.  (d) 

42.  6.  e. 

..44.4.d.R.  (g) 
..44. 4.  d.  R.  (g) 

47.  5.  h. 

12. 2.  c. 

12. 2.  d. 

13.  2.  e. 

..12.2.  e.  R.  (a) 
...12. 2.  e.  R.  (h) 
34.2. 


niD^-np. 

VID 

*P 


42. 5.  b. 

42.  5.  c. 

46.  R.  (a) 

...12.2.  e.  R.  (g) 

42.  6.  e. 

...28.  2.  b.  R.  (g) 

12.2.  a. 

..12.  2.  a.  R.  (d) 

, 12.2.  b. 

12.2.  d. 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


177 


*D 12.2.e. 

" 12. 2.  e.  It.  (a) 

" 25.1.C.  R.(/) 

** 34.2. 

" 42.5.  a. 

" 42.  5.  c. 

" 43.3.  c. 

" 46.  R.  (a) 

Sk-'D 12. 2.  e.  R.  (g) 

EfP  *©. 25.1.C.  R.  (/) 

jr)Vp.. 43.  3.  c. 

"     43.3.  c.R.  (e) 

hpO 10. 4.  b. 

Vh6 30.2. 

fQ., 8.  3.  f.  R.(/) 

"  9.5.  R.  (/) 

"  10.  4.  a. 

" 10. 4.  a.  R.  (/) 

» 14.2.  c. 

" 33.R.(b) 

"  41.4.d. 

" 41.5.e. 

"  41.6. 

"  47.2.0. 

«  47. 4.  c. 

mo  2.2.0.  R.  (i) 

JTID 30-5- 

nfi^Q  2.1.a.R.(a) 

T\D.*.'. 25.1.C.R-.  (/) 

'no .42. 6.  a. 

Vo 30.S.R.(b) 

tjgj ao.£B.ow 

tysjj 8.2.C 

m   8.  2. c.R. (d) 

"    14.1.C. 

"    15.3.R.(d) 

"ty£)3 8.  2.  c.R.  (d) 

D#3J 8.2.  c.R.  (d) 

D'Efa. 2.1.  a.  R.  (a) 


ptifo 30.1.  R.  (a) 

tnY. 31.6.R.(c) 

33D 37.R.(fl» 

1£. 42.  6.  a. 

"" 47.5.e. 

" 25.1.o.R.(/) 

OK  1^ 47.5.6. 

ni*pj; 19.4.R.(d) 

1^«ni 25.  1.0.  R.(/) 

'"       47.5.e. 

nTjJ 30.3. 

»3  T& 47.  5.  e. 

7}13.  1# 19.  4.R.(d) 

nojf 30.  3. 

«]Oj;T. 30.3. 

1D^ 30.3. 

nop  ryjj 40.  3.r.(o 

"lEW-Si? 46.  3.  c.R.  (ff) 

7tp 30.  2.  R.(b) 

nij? 30.5. 

0¥# 8.  2.c. 

"JV. 14.  I.e. 

3p» 2.2.c.R.(i) 

3pj> 25.1.c.R.(/) 

3*3/. 30.5. 

e^ij; 2.  2.c.  R.  (0 

TW$ 31.6.  R.  (c) 

ns^i  intf  nfcfy 

..♦. 27.1.b.R.(e) 

H3 2.2.c.R.(i) 

|B. 25.1.c.R.(/) 

" 47.4.  c. 

0^3. 8.2.  c. 

"T 14.1.  c. 

D#3 15.  9.  b. 

p3 30.2. 

t3j2/3 30.3. 

DfcnS 33.  R.  (a) 

*1K«. 2.2.c.R.(i) 


H3V 80.3. 

Sip. 8.2.c.  R.(c) 

"  8.2.C. 

"  40.5.b. 

|bpT 8.  3.  a. 

K")P 30.1.R.(a) 

wSn  «np 36.  2.r.(c) 

3"lp....... 14.1.C. 

3Y* 8.2.b. 

Sal 15. 9.  b. 

nin 30.2. 

|p! 4.  l.b.R(d) 

in 30.5. 

y$. 8. 3.  a. 

&&—JR 14.  2.  f. 

fif....... 25.1.o.R.(/) 

bfaw 4.1.b.R.(d) 

yivi 30.2. 

nig] 4.1.  b.R.  (d) 

n^ 4.1.b.R.(d) 

rttB? 31.6.  R.  (c) 

e^tf 30.2.R.(b) 

O'V* 31.  6.  R.  (c) 

33$ 30.4. 

SS& 30.2. 

]3^ 30.4. 

3J3^ 9.2.b.  R.  (b) 

bS^.T 30.5. 

UW 46.1.d. 

HjV 15>3.R.(d) 

rrfriflfef 3.5.c.R.(7i) 

D^nBfr 3.5.C  R.  (7i) 

SpV..' 15.3.R.(d) 

p£ 30.2. 

•73J? 4.1.b.R.(d) 

D^nn 4.1.b.R.(d) 

TV^'fl 4.1.b.R.(d) 


AN  INTRODUCTORY 

New  Testament  Greek  Method, 

TOGETHER  WITH 

A  Manual,  containing  Text  and  Vocabulary  of 
Gospel  of  John  and  Lists  of  Words, 

AND 

The  Elements  of  New  Testament  Greek  Grammar. 

BY 
WILLIAM  R.  HARPER,  Ph.D., 

Professor  in  Yale  University, 

AND 

REVERE  F.  WEIDNER,  D.D., 

Professor  in  A  ugustana  Theological  Seminary,  Rock  Island,  III. 


Octavo,  price,     -      -     $2.50  net. 

#**  Correspondence  concerning  terms  for  introduction  and  examination 
copies  is  solicited  from  instructors  desiring  a  Text-book  in  New  Testa- 
ment Greek. 

CHARLES  SCRIBNER'S  SONS,  Publishers, 

743-745  Broadway,  New  York. 


MANY  who  have  not  studied  Classical  Greek  desire  to 
know  New  Testament  Greek.  For  these  as  well  as 
for  those  who,  having  studied  Classical  Greek,  desire  to 
review  more  particularly  the  principles  of  New  Testament 
Greek,  this  book  is  intended.  By  its  use  the  student,  while 
acquiring  and  mastering  the  principles  of  the  Greek 
Language  by  a  rapid  and  natural  method,  will  be  pursuing 
a  complete  and  thorough  study  of  New  Testament  litera- 
ture ;  and  thus  not  only  to  clergymen  of  all  denominations 
—  to  whom  it  will  serve  as  an  important  basis  for  their 
work  —  but  to  Bible  students  generally  the  book  will  be 
found  invaluable. 

For  several  years  the  inductive  method  of  teaching 
languages,  as  exemplified  in  Professor  Harper's  Text-Books, 
has  been  employed  by  many  of  the  leading  Professors  of 
Hebrew  in  this  country.  A  book  to  embody  the  application 
of  the  method  in  New  Testament  Greek  has  long  been 
called  for,  and  it  is  believed  that  the  present  volume  will 
meet  the  demand. 


HEBREW  AND  SEMETIC  TEXT-BOOKS. 

»   ■   » 

ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW.  By  WILLIAM  R.  HARPER, 
Ph.D.    Twelfth  edition.    Revised  and  Indexed.   8vo,  $2.00 net. 

An  Elementary  Grammar  of  the  Hebrew  Language,  by  an  Inductive  Method. 
Comprising  systematic  statements  of  the  principles  of  Hebrew  Orthography  and  Ety- 
mology, according  to  the  latest  and  most  scientific  authorities,  deduced  from  examples 
quoted  in  the  work  ;  with  a  practically  exhaustive  discussion  and  classification  of  the 
Hebrew  Vowel-sounds. 

INTRODUCTORY  HEBREW  METHOD  AND  MANUAL. 
By  WILLIAM  R.  HARPER,  Ph.D.  Seventh  edition.  i2tno, 
$2.00  net. 

A  Text-Book  for  Beginners  in  Hebrew,  by  an  Inductive  Method.  Containing  the 
Text  of  Genesis  I.-VIII ;  with  notes,  referring  to  the  author's  "  Elements  of  Hebrew," 
Exercises  for  Translation,  Grammar  Lessons  covering  the  Principles  of  Orthography 
and  Etymology,  and  Lists  of  the  most  frequently  occurring  Hebrew  words. 

ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  SYNTAX.  By  WILLIAM 
R.  HARPER,  Ph.D.    8vo,  $2.00  net. 

A  presentation  of  the  principles  of  Hebrew  Syntax,  by  an  inductive  method. 

The  method  of  presentation  includes  (1)  a  citation  and  translation  of  examples 
teaching  a  given  principle ;  (2)  a  statement  of  the  principle  ;  (3)  the  addition  of  details 
and  exceptions  in  smaller  type ;  (4)  a  list  of  references  (in  the  order  of  'he  Hebrew  Bible) 
for  further  study. 

HEBREW  VOCABULARIES.  By  WILLIAM  R.  HARPER, 
Ph.D.   i2mo,  $1.00  net. 

AN  ARAMAIC  METHOD.     By  CHARLES  RUFUS  BROWN. 

PART  I.     Text,  Notes  and  Vocabulary.     12010,  $1.75  net. 

PART  II.     Grammar.     i2mo,  $1.00  net. 

Including  brief  statements  of  the  principles  of  Aramaic  Orthography,  Etymology 
and  Syntax.  The  method  pursued  is  comparative  and  inductive,  h  or  the  convenience 
of  those  using  Harper's  Elements  of  Hebrew,  the  arrangement  has  been  adopted  as  far 
as  possible  from  that  work. 

AN  ASSYRIAN  MANUAL.    By  DAVID  G.  LYON,  Ph.D.   8vo, 

$4.00  net. 


The  Manual  contains  a  list  of  syllabic  signs  in  most  common  use,  a  selection  of  1 
of  the  most  important  historical  texts  transliterated  in  English  letters,  some  pages  of 
Cuneiform  Texts,  Paradigms,  Comments,  and  Glossary. 

AN  ARABIC  MANUAL.     By  JOHN  G.  LANSING,  D.D.    8v0r 
$2.00  net. 

Containing  the  Letters ;  Vowels ;  Signs  •  Accent ;  Pause  ;  Syllables  ;  The  Articles 
Pronouns  ;  different  classes  of  Prepositions,  Conjunctions,  and  Adverbs,  with  a  table  of 
the  most  common  of  these ;  Numerals  ;  the  Verb,  with  its  Measures,  Permutations,  As» 
similations,  Forms,  Voices,  States,  Moods,  Persons,  etc.,  Triliteral  and  Quadriliteral, 
Strong  and  Weak,  Inflections  by  Persons,  Voices  and  Moods,  Derived  Forms,  The 
Weak  Verbs  and  Other  Verbs,  with  explanations,  and  paradigms ;  The  Noun,  Kinds, 
Derivation,  Classification,  Verbal  Adjectives,  Cases,  Declensions,  etc.,  with  examples 
under  all  sections. 


"I  have  used  Professor  Harper's  'Elements' and  'Method' with  the  Junior 
Classes  of  this  Seminary  during  the  past  year.  The  practical  test  has  only  con- 
firmed the  favorable  opinion  with  which  the  books  were  introduced.  I  have  no 
doubt  that,  for  their  purpose,  they  are  the  best  works  now  before  the  public" — 
Prof.  W.  G.  Ballantine,  Oberlin  Theological  Seminary,  Oberlin,  O. 

"  I  take  pleasure  in  commending  the  Hebrew  text-books  of  Professor  W.  R. 
Harper.  They  are  in  my  judgment  practical,  convenient  and  adequate  to  in- 
troduce one  to  a  good  working  acquaintance  with  the  Hebrew  language.  We 
are  using  them  in  this  Seminary  in  the  Junior  Class,  and  propose  to  continue 
to  do  so."— Prof.  Basil  Manly,  Southern  Baptist  Theological  Seminary, 
Louisville  Ky. 

m*  *  x  have  found  them  both  to  stand  the  test  of  the  class-room.  The 
'Elements'  treats  all  principles  thoroughly  and  exhaustively.  The  'Method' 
is  unique  and  in  all  respects  sui  generis.  It  seems  to  me  to  leave  nothing  un- 
done in  helping  a  student  to  a  knowledge  of  the  Hebrew.  It  is  a  vast  improve- 
ment on  the  old  methods.  The  typography  of  both  books  cannot  be  excelled." — 
Prof  Chas.  H.  Corey,  Richmond  Theological  Seminary,  Richmond,  Va. 

"  I  have  used  Dr.  Harper's  Hebrew  '  Elements'  and  'Method'  for  one  year. 
The  results  in  the  class-room  have  been  not  only  exceedingly  gratifying,  but 
more  satisfactory  both  as  to  amount  and  thoroughness  than  m  preceding  years. 
I  not  only  expect  to  continue  the  use  ot  the  'Elements'  and  'Method,'  but  hope 
for  them  that  which  they  richly  deserve — a  constantly  increasing  demand  and 
usefulness.'"'— Prof  J.  G.  Lansing,  Theological  Seminary,  New  Brunswick,  N.J. 

«  *  *  They  are  clearly  written,  so  that  no  one  can  misunderstand  what  the 
author  means  to  say.  They  are  beautifully  printed,  so  as  to  be  in  themselves 
attractive  as  mere  works  of  art  The  '  Method '  is  full,  easy  and  progressive ; 
and,  above  all,  is  liked  and  enjoyed  by  the  students ;  while  the  matter  of  the 
'Elements'  is  well  chosen  both  as  to  quantity  and  quality,  and  is  paragraphed 
and  arranged  in  such  matchless  order  as  to  make  it  most  ready  01  acquisition 
and  convenient  for  referenca" — Prof.  R.  D.  Wilson,  Western  Theological  Semi- 
nary, Allegheny,  Pa. 

m  *  *  Actual  trial  of  these  exponents  of  the  inductive  method  has  convinced 
me  that  they  are  the  best  text-books  of  elementary  Hebrew  that  have  yet  ap- 
peared. The  author  has  not  only  adopted  the  surest  method  of  mastering  the 
phenomena  of  the  language,  but  he  has  also  done  for  beginners  what  Bickell 
and  others  had  done  for  more  advanced  students :  he  has  led  them  back  of  the 
mere  surface  facts  to  the  controlling  principles,  and  encouraged  that  kind  of 
analytical  study  which  makes  Hebrew  a  permanent  acquisition.  These  two 
books  are  simply  indispensable  in  my  class  room."— Prof.  W.  W.  Moore,  Union 
Theological  Seminary,  Hampden  Sidney,  Va. 

"  It  affords  me  pleasure  to  say,  after  a  year's  trial  of  Dr.  Harper's  Hebrew 
text-books  in  the  class-room,  that  they  have  given  entire  satisfaction.  Of  the 
fifteen  years  during  which  I  have  taught  Hebrew,  this  has  been  in  all  respects 
the  most  pleasant  and  satisfactory,  and  1  cannot  but  attribute  the  fact  to  the 
use  of  Harper's  method  of  teaching  the  language.  As  a  consequence  of  its 
introduction,  the  students  have  exhibited  unwonted  enthusiasm,  and  found 
great  delight  in  the  pursuit  of  what  is  commonly  regarded  as  a  very  dreary 
study."— Prof.  F.  A  Gast,  ThedL  Sem'y  of  the  Reformed  Church,  Lancaster,  Pa. 

"I  have  used  Professor  Harper's  books  with  my  classes  for  the  past  three 
years,  and  am  convinced  that,  for  thoroughness  and  perspicuity  of  statement, 
for  simplicity  of  analysis,  and  for  economy  ot  time,  both  in  and  out  of  the 
class-room,  they  afford  just  the  aid  which  a  teacher  desires  from  the  use  of 
text-books.  By  systematic  arrangement  and  appropriate  reiteration  chey  facil- 
itate an  accurate  and  rapid  acquaintance  with  the  Hebrew  language,  while,  in 
the  hands  of  an  independent  teacher,  they  may  be  so  used  as  constantly  to 
stimulate  the  pupil's  curiosity  and  power  of  discovery,  and  thus  greatly  to 
promote  his  interest,  in  the  introductory  stages  of  his  study." — Prof,  CSAS,  RuFTJS 
Brown,  Newton  TheoL  Institution,  Newton  Centre,  Mass. 


AUTHORITATIVE   ENDORSEMENTS. 


The  testimony  of  teachers  and  pupils  who  hare  made  practical  use  of  these  text-books 
is  uniformly  and  enthusiastically  in  praise  of  both  the  books  themselves  and  of  the 
system  embodied  in  them.  &3~  In  tit  acqmisititn  0/tk*  Htbrrat  lmnrumgvy  tm+rt  ra/id 
mm d  smiisfmcttry  frtgrtss  cm*  it  mtmdt  by  mtmns  of  tktst  b*tks  tkmn  by  tkt  use  of  mny 
ttiters  in  ejcistence.^El    The  publishers  invite  attention  to  the  following  testimony : 

FROM  PROFESSORS  OK  HEBREW. 

"  I  like  them  very  much.  No  better  books,  introductory  to  Hebrew,  exist."— Prof.  T. 
K.  Cheyxe,  Oxford  University,  Oxford,  England. 

"  Success  is  the  best  argument.  What  the  Hebrew  Summer  Schools  under  Dr.  Harper 
hare  succeeded  in  doing,  in  giving  the  average  minister  and  student  a  real  grasp  of 
Hebrew,  that  exactly  the  '  Method  '  and  *  Elements '  effect  in  the  class-room.  They 
are  invaluable.  It  is  Davidson  and  Bickell  and  Gesenius  combined.  The  debt  instruc- 
tors owe  the  Principal  of  the  Institute  of  Hebrew  has  not  yet  been  fully  recognized." — 
Prof.  W.  W.  Lovkjoy,  Ref  d  Episcopal  Divinity  School,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

*'  *  *  Remarkably  full  and  precise,  and  appears  well  designed  to  train  the  learner 
in  a  sound  philological  method,  and  to  lead  him  on  gradually  until  he  requires  a  firm 
grasp  of  the  principles  of  the  language." — Prof.  S.  R.  Driver,  in  Contemporary  Review. 


List  of  Institutions  using  Harper's  Hebrew  Text-'Books, 


Tniv.  of  Michigan Ann  Arbor.  Mich. 

Alfred  University Alfred  Centre.  >.  Y. 

Amherst  College Amherst,  Mass. 

Randolph  Mscon  Coll.. Ashland, Va. 

U.  P.  TbeoL  Sem. Allegheny,  Pa. 

Western  Theol.  Sem...  Allegheny.  Pa, 

Adrian  College .Adrian,  Mich. 

Albion  College Albion.  Mich. 

Grant  University Athena,  Tenn. 

Gammon     School     of 

Theology Atlanta.  Ga. 

tsngur  Theol.  Sem Bangor.  Me. 

College. Betnany.W.  Va. 

Boston.  Mass. 

>l.Sem. Chicago,  111. 
Theol.  Sem ... .  Chicago,  111. 
....Clinton,  N.Y. 
Lane  Theol.  Seminary.. Cincinnati.  O. 
Pauline  Holiness  Coll.. College  Mound,  Mo. 

Carthage  College Carthage,  111. 

Harvard  University..  .Cambridge,  Mass. 
Proa.  Rpts.Divin.sk5h  ooLCambridge, Mass. 

Biddle  Cntveraity Charlotte.  X.  C. 

Drake  University Des  Moines,  Iowa. 

United  Brethren  Coll.. Dayton.  O. 
Garrett  Biblical  Inst... Evanston. 111. 
Seabury  Divin.  School. Faribault.  Minn. 

Theological  Sem Gettysburg.  Pa. 

DePaow  University...Greenc*stl*,Ind. 
Southern  University. . .  Greensboro.  Ala. 

Union  Theol.  Sem Hamden  Sidney,  Va. 

Hamilton  Theol.  Sem.. Hamilton.  X.  T. 

Hillsdale  College Hillsdale,  Mich. 

Lake  Fore*t  Unir    .  .  .Lake  Forest.  DJ. 
So.  Bapt.  Theol.  Sem... Louisville.  Ky. 

Cumberland  Univ Lebanon,  Tenn. 

William  Jewell  Coll. . .  .Liberty,  Mo. 
Theol  Sem.  Ref.  Ch.... Lancaster,  Pa. 


Bishop's  College LennoxvIUe.Quebec 

Allegheny  Colfcge Meadvtile,  Pa 

Monmouth  College. Monmouth,  111. 

McGill  College. Montreal,  Can. 

Unirersity  of  Wis Madison.  Wis. 

Bapt.  Tneol.  Sem Morgan  Park,  111. 

Central  Turkey  CoU. . . .  Marash.  Asia. 

Tala  University New  Haven,  Conn. 

Newton  Theol.  Inst.... New onCentre.Mass 

Newberry  College Newberry,  S.  C. 

Theol.  Sem.  Ref.Ch....NewBrunswick,N.J. 
Muskingum  College...  New  concord,  Ohio. 

Columbia  College New  York  City 

Vanderbilt  University. Nashville,  Tenn. 
Nashotah  Theol.  Sem..Nashotah,  Wis. 

Emory  College Oxford.  Ga. 

Theological  Seminary.. Oberiin,  Ohio. 

Oberlin  College Oberiin,  Ohio. 

Pacific  Theol.  Sem....  Oakland,  Cal. 

Olivet  College  Olivet.  Mich. 

Prot.  Epis.  Kiv.School.  Philadelphia.  Pa. 
Rev.  Epts.  Div.  School. Philadelphia,  Pa. 
University  of  Penna. . .  .Philadelphia.  Pa. 

Baptist  College Pontypool,  Eng. 

Rochester  Theol.  Sem.. Rochester,  N.  Y. 
Richmond  Theol.  Sem..Kichmond.  Vs. 
Augustana  TheoL  Sem. Rock  island.  111. 

Earlham  College Richmond,  Ind. 

Central  University Richmond,  Ky. 

Willamette  University  Salem.  Ore. 
Concordia  Seminary.... Springfield,  111. 

Baptist  College Toronto,  Ontario. 

Crozer  Theol.  Sem Upland.  Pa. 

Shurtleff  College Upper  Alton.  UL 

Colby  University Warerville,  Me. 

Wellesley  College Wellesley.  Mass. 

Wllberforce  Univ WDberforce,  Ohio. 

Williams  College Wlillamstown,  Mass. 


%*  These  books  are  for  sale  by  all  booksellers,  or  sent,  post- 
paid, on  receipt  of  price,  by 

CHARLES  SCRIBNER'S  SONS,  Publishers, 

74J-745  BROADWAY.  NEW  YORK. 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 


AN  INITIAL  FINE  OF  25  CENTS 

WILL  BE  ASSESSED  FOR  FAILURE  TO  RETURN 
THIS  BOOK  ON  THE  DATE  DUE.  THE  PENALTY 
WILL  INCREASE  TO  50  CENTS  ON  THE  FOURTH 
DAY  AND  TO  $1.00  ON  THE  SEVENTH  DAY 
OVERDUE. 


B£C*D  t& 

JAN  Sri  ^937  • 


StP29  by-9AM 


A9AiQ(»T  1 8  1969  5  0 


*j_ 


-i-- 


W4fr 


\\Jw 


w#$£ 


\» 


— t 





,1    fr»> 


__^ 


OCT  13 1952  L 


JUf^9    '61    N 


■ .  1 1 

1  : 1 


A/T)  ^  /  ft 


W7   '69-1  P0 


\.    • 


TO 


AUG  31 1969  76 


p^i 


LD  21-100ra-8,'34 


926528 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


